(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Children's Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Graduate Catalog / the University of Maryland, College Park"

WW 



MARYLAND 

GRADUATr-eATAtOG-ISeS-- 1S89 
COLLEGE PARK 



:> t/' 




OFFICERS OF THE 
UNIVERSITY SYSTEM 



Dr. John S. Toll, Chancellor 

Dr. Raymond J. Miller. Vice Chancellor for 

Agricultural Affairs 

Mr. Donald L. Myers. Vice Chancellor for General 

Administration 

Dr. Patricia S. Florestano. Vice Chancellor for 

Governmental Affairs 

Dr. David S. Sparks. Vice Chancellor for Academic 

Affairs and Graduate Studies and Research 

Dr. Jean E. Spencer. Vice Chancellor for Policy and 

Planning 

Mr. Robert G. Smith. Vice Chancellor for Universit}' 

Relations 



OFFICERS OF THE 
COLLEGE PARK 
CAMPUS 



Dr. William E. Kirwan. Acting President 

Dr. Irwin L. Goldstein, Acting Vice President for 

Academic Affairs and Provost 

Mr. Charles F. Sturtz, Vice President for 

Administrative Affairs 

Dr. A. H. Edwards, Vice President for Institutional 

Affairs 

Dr. William L. Thomas, Jr., Vice President for 

Student Affairs 



THE GRADUATE 
SCHOOL, COLLEGE 
PARK CAMPUS 



Dr. Jacob K. Goldhaber, Acting Dean for Graduate 
Studies and Research 



Note: A new structure for governance of higher education in Maryland became 

effective July I. 1988. At the time of printing the names of the new 
Board of Regents were not available for inclusion in this catalog. 



Cover DeMgn bv 



James Thorpe 
Design Service Project 



Cover pholo: Raphael Detail from The School of Alhem. Stanza della Scgnatura. 
Vatican. Scala Fine Arts/Art Resource. NY. 



GRADUATE CATALOG 



The University of Maryland 
College Park 



1988-1989 



EMMY NOETHER (1882-1935) 
is best known for her substan- 
tial and fundamental contri- 
butions to modern abstract 
algebra, especially algebraic 
structures such as chains, 
rings, and ideals. (Permission 
of Springer-Verlag Publishers, 
Inc.) 



CERTY RADNITZ CORI (18%- 
1957) won a share of the 
Nobel Prize in 1947 for her 
discovery of the biochemical 
steps by which glycogen is 
converted to glucose. She was 
the fourth woman elected to 
the National Academy of 
Sciences and a member of the 
first board of the National 
Science Foundation. 
(Archives, Washington Uni- 
versity School of Medicine.) 



ROSALIND FRANKLIN (1920- 
1958) used X-ray diffraction to 
establish that the DNA chain 
has a helical conformation. 
Her research results played an 
essential role in a later project 
which led to the Nobel Prize- 
winning discovery of the 
double helix structure in 
DNA. 



BEATRICE TINSLEY (1941- 
1981) studied the stellar popu- 
lations of galaxies. She identi- 
fied how galaxies change as 
they age and how to deter- 
mine their composition. 
(Permission of American insti- 
tute of Physics, Niels Bohr 
Library.) 



MARIA COEPPERT MAYER 
(1906-1972) was the first to 
propose that protons and 
neutrons of an atomic 
nucleus are arranged in con- 
centric, stable shells like 
electrons. For building and 
proving this theory, she 
shared in the 1%3 Nobel 
Prize for Physics. (Permission 
of the American Institute of 
Physics, Niels Bohr Library.) 







le.' saBg^BMHBaki. 




A Guide to Graduate Programs 



A Guide to Graduate Programs 



Graduate Program Degrees Offered Page 

(course code) 

Aerospace Engineering M.S., Ph.D. 69 

(ENAE) 

Agricultural & Exiension Education M.S., Ph.D. 70 

(AEED) AGS. Certificate 

Agricultural & Resource Economics M.S. Ph.D. 71 

(AREC) 



Agricultural Engineer 
(ENAG) 


ing 


M.S.. Ph . 


Agronomy 
(AGRO) 




M.S., Ph.D. 


American Studies 
(AMSTI 




M.A., Ph D. 


Animal Sciences 
(ADVP) 




M.S., Ph D. 


Anthropology 
(ANTH) 




MA. A. 


Applied Mathematics 
(MAPL) 




MA , Ph.D. 


Architecture 
(ARCH) 




M.Arch 


Art (History or Studio 
(ARTS) 


Art) 


MA, M.F./i 


Astronomy 
(ASTR) 




M.S.. Ph D. 


Biochemistry 
(BCHM) 




M.S., Ph.D. 


Botany 
(BOTN) 




M.S., Ph.D. 


Business & Management 
(BMGT) 


M.S., MBA 


Business/Law Combined 
(LMBA) 


MBA.. J.D. 



Contact Person 



Dr Indcrgid Chopra 

BIdg. 088 

454-8767 

Dr. Merl Miller 

Rm. 0220. Symons Hall 

454-.1738 

Dr Richard Just 

Rm. 2210. Symons Hall 

454^3808 

Dr Fred Wheaton 

Rm. 1124. Shriver Lab. 

454-3901 

Dr. Marvin Aycock 

Rm. 1 109. H J Patterson Hall 

454-3718 

Dr John Caughey 

Rm 2140, Taliaferro 

454^661 

Dr John Vandersall 

Rm. 4151. Animal Science Bldg. 

454-7848 

Dr. Michael Agar 

Rm. 1115, Woods Hall 

454-5069 

Dr. Jeff Cooper 

Rm. 1112. Mathematics Bldg. 

454-ll04.'4362 

Stephen F. Sachs 

Rm. 1205. Architec. Bldg. 

454-3427 

Ms. Stacy Dremerman 

Rm. 1211. Arl/Soc 

454-343 1 

Dr. Michael A'Hearn 

Rm. 1245. Computer & Space 

Sciences Bldg. 

454-6076 

Dr. Marcia Durso 

Rm. 1320. Chemistry Bldg. 

454-2606/05 

Dr. Glenn Patterson 

Rm. 1210. H.J Patterson Hall 

454-3812 

Ms. Mary Ann Walsh 

MBA Coordinator 

Rm. 3104, Tydings Hall 

4.54-5140 

Ms. Mary Ann Walsh 

Rm. 3104, Tydings Hall 

454-5140 



4 A Guide to Graduate Programs 



Business/Public Affairs Combined 
(BMPM) 



MBA., M.P.M, % 



Chemical Engineering 
(ENCH) 


M.S.. Ph.D. 


Chemical Physics 
(CHPH) 


M.S.. Ph.D. 


Chemistry 
(CHEM) 


MS.. Ph D. 


Civil Engineering 
(ENCE) 


MS.. PhD 


Classics 
(CLAS) 


MA. 


Communication Arts &Theatre 
(CMRT) 


M.A.. M.H.A., Ph.D. 
(see Public 
Communication) 



Comparative Literature 
(CMLT) 



Computer Science 
(CMSC) 



Counseling & Personnel Services 
(EDCP) 

Criminal Justice & Criminology 
(CRIM) 

Curriculum & Instruction 
(EDCl) 

Economics 

(ECON) 

Education Policy. Planning & 

Administration 

(EDPA) 

Electrical Engineering 

(ENEE) 

Engineering Materials 
(ENMA) 



M. Ed. MA, Ph.D. 109 

Integrated Master's 

AGS Certificate 

MA . Ph D. 112 



M.Ed. M.A.. Ed.D. 113 

PhD . AGS Certificate 



M A. M.Ed. Ed.D.. 117 

Ph D . AGS Certificate 



Ms. Mary Ann Walsh 

Rm. 3104. Tydings Hall 

454-5140 

Dr. Ted Smith 

Rm. 2113. Chemical Engr Bldg. 

454-2431 

Ms. Diane Mancusu 

Rm. 1109. Inst lor Physical 

Science & Technology 

454-3839 

Dr. Bruce Jarvis 

Rm. 1320. Chemistry 

454-2606/05 

Dr. James Colville 

Rm. 1I73D. Bldg 088 

454-6617/2438 

Dr. Robert J. Rowland. Jr 

Rm. 4220. Jimmez Hall 

454-2510 

Dr Raymond Falcione 

Speech 

454-3868 

Dr. Gene Weiss 

Radio-Tele vision- Film 

454-6218 

Dr. Harry J Klam 

Theatre 

454-6210 

Tawes Fine Arts Bldg 

454-2541 

Dr. Ralph Heyndels 

Rm. 4223. Jimine?. Hall 

454-2685 

Ms. Anna Marie Brennan 

Rm. 1 105. Computing & Space 

Sciences Bldg 

454-2002 

Dr. E. G. Campbell 

Rm. 1210. Benjamin Bldg. 

454-2026 

Dr. Charles Wellford 

Rm. 2220. Le Frak Hall 

454-^4538/53 18 

Dr. E. G. Campbell 

Rm. 1210. Benjamin Bldg 

454-7346 

Dr. John Adams 

Rm. 31 15G. Tydings Hall 

454-3451 

Dr E. G Campbell 

Rm. 1210. Benjamin Bldg 

454-5766 

Dr. Fanzi P Emad 

Rm. 3I79D. Electrical Engineering 

454-4173 

Dr. Manfred Wuttig 

Rm. 1110. Chemical Engr Bldg. 

454-1609 



A Guide to Graduate Programs 



English Language & Literature 
(ENGL) 



Entomology 

(ENTM) 


M.S.. 


Ph D. 


Family & Community 

Development 

(FMCD) 


M.S. 




Food. Nutrition & Institution 

Administration 

(FNIA) 


M.S.. 


PhD. 


Food Science 
(FDSC) 


M.S.. 


Ph D 


French Language & Literature 
(FRIT) 


MA. 


. PhD 


Geography 
(GEOG) 


MA. 


. Ph.D. 


Geography/Library & Information 
(GELS) 


MA. 


. MLS. 


Geology 
(GEOL) 


M.S.. 


Ph.D. 


Germanic Language & Literature 
(GERSl 


MA. 


, Ph D. 


Government & Politics 
(GVPT) 


MA 


, Ph D 


Health Education 
(HLTH) 


M.A. 


. Ph.D. 


Hearing & Speech Science 
(HESP) 


MA 


, PhD 


History 
(HIST) 


M.A. 


. Ph D. 


History/Library & Information 

Services 

(HILS) 


M.A.. 


, M.L.S. 


Horticulture 
(HORTI 


M.S.. 


Ph.D. 


Human Development 
(EDHD) 


M Ed 
Ph.D. 


.. M.A.. Ed.D.. 
. AGS Certificate 



Industrial. Technological & 
Occupational Education 
(EDIT) 



M.Ed . MA.. Ed D.. 
PhD . AGS Certificate 



Dr Theresa Coletti or 

Dr. John Howard 

Rm. 1131. Taliaferro 

454-4109 

Dr Robert F Denno 

Rm. MOOB. Symons Hall 

454-3843 

Dr. Roger Rubin or 

Marie Mount Hall. Suite 1204 

454-2142/6461 

Dr Merrill Read 

Rm. 3304, Marie Mount Hall 

4,54-2139 

Dr. Robert Wiley 

Rm. 1I22A. Hoizapfel Hall 

454-2829 

Dr. William MacBain 

Rm. 3122. Jiminez Hall 

454-4303 

Dr. Kenneth Corey 

Rm. 1113. Le Frak Hall 

454-2241 

Dr. Kenneth Corey 

Rm 1113. Le Frak Hall 

454-2241 

Dr. Henry Siegrist 

Rm. 4101. Geology BIdg. 

454-3548 

Dr. Otto Best 

Rm. 3215. Jimenez Hall 

454-4.301 

Dr Don Piper 

Rm 2181F. Le Frak Hall 

454-6745 

Dr. Robert Gold 

Rm. 2383. Physical Education 

Recreation and Health 

454-3055-2629 

Dr Gerald McCall 

Rm. 0100. Le Frak Hall 

454-583 1 

Dr. Ronald Hoffman 

Rm. 2I02G. Francis Scott Key Hall 

454-2846 

Ms. Jean Diepenbrock 

Dr Ronald Hoffman 

Rm 4110. Hornbake Library 

454-3016/2846 

Dr. Theophames Solomos 

Rm 1122. Hoizapfel Hall 

454-6504 

Dr E G. Campbell 

Rm 1210, Benjamin Bldg. 

454-20342035 20.^6 

Dr. E. G. Campbell 

Rm. 1210. Benjamin Bldg. 

454^264 



A Guide to Graduate Programs 



Journalism 
(JOUR) 

Library & Information 

Services 

(LBSC) 

Linguistics 

(LING) 

Marine-Estuarine-Environmental 

Sciences 

(MEES) 

Mathematical Statistics 

(STAT) 

Mathematics 
(MATH) 

Measurement. Statistics 

and Evaluation 

(EDMS) 

Mechanical Engineering 

(ENME) 

Meteorology 
(METO) 



Microbiology 
(MICB) 



M.A.. (Ph.D. see Public 146 
Communication) 



MLS . PhD. 14 



Music 
(MUSC) 



Nuclear Engineering 
(ENNU) 



Nutritional Sciences 

(NUSC) 



Philosophy 
(PHIL) 



Physical Education 
(PHED) 



Physics 
(PHYS) 

Poultry Science 
(POUL) 

Psychology 
(PSYC) 

School of Public Affairs 
(Public Management and 
Public Policy) 



MM.. DMA,. Ph.D. 167 



M.S., Ph.D. 



M.S.. M.A.. Ph.D. 



M P M , M.P.P 



Dr. L. John Martin 

Rm. 2104. Journalism 

454-5040 

Ms. Jean Diepenbrock 

Rm, 4110, Hombake Library 

454-3016 

Paul Gionell 

Rm. 1107, Mill BIdg. 

454-7002 

Dr Robert E. Menzer 

Rm. 0313, Symons Hall 

454-3714 

Dr, Paul Smith 

Rm. 1 107, Mathematics BIdg. 

454-^944 

Dr. Raymond Johnson 

Rm 1 106, Mathematics BIdg, 

454-2841 

Dr. E. G. Campbell 

Rm. 1210, Benjamin BIdg. 

454-3747 

Dr Colin H, Marks 

Rm. 2168, Eng, Classroom BIdg. 

454-^216 

Dr, Robert G Ellingson 

Rm 2201, Computer & Space 

Science BIdg 

454-2708 

Dr, Anthony MacQuillan 

Rm. 3I12A, Skinner BIdg, 

454-5370 

Dr, Eugene Troth 

Rm, 2110, Tawes Fine Arts BIdg. 

454-7644 

Dr. Frank Munno 

Rm. 2309, Chemical Engineering 

454-2430/2436/2812 

Dr. Joseph H Scares, Jr. 

Rm 2145. Animal Sciences BIdg. 

454-7838/5062 

Dr Jerrold Levinson 

Rm, 1131, Skinner Hall 

454-2850/2851 

Dr David Kelley 

Rm 2343, Phys Ed., Recreation 

& Health BIdg, 

454-2928 

Mrs. Jean Clement 

Rm 1120, Physics & Astro. BIdg. 

454-3514 

Dr. John A. Doerr 

Rm. 3129, Animal Science BIdg. 

454-3837 

Dr, Barry Smith 

Rm. 1147, Zoo-Psych BIdg, 

454-6392 

Ms. Lynn E. Chasen 

Suite 2106, Morrill Hall 

454-7238 



A Guide to Graduate Programs 



Public Comn 
(PCOM) 



Recreation 
(RECR) 



Sociology 
(SOCY) 



Spanish Language & Liierature 
(SPAP) 



Special Education 
(EDSP) 



Textiles and Consumer Economics 
(TXCE) 



Toxicology 



Urban Studies 
(URBS) 



Zoology 
(ZOOL) 



M Ed,. MA.. Ed.D., 190 

Ph D., AGS Certificate 



Dr Thiini,!-. J \\l».ird 

Rm. 1206. I awes ^lnc Arts Bldg. 

454_4.17.1 :.S41 

Dr. Adah Strohcll 

Rm. 2M-,y. I'h>s Kd & Health 

454- .1.188 24 VI 

Dr Joseph Lengcrmann 

Rm 2III.V Art/SiK. Bldg. 

434_S'J.V1 

Dr Eduard Gramberg 

Rm 2215G. Jiminez Hull 

454-4305/6 

Dr. E G Campbell 

Rm 1210. Bcmamin Bldg. 

454-2118 

Dr. B F Smith 

Rm. 2100. Mane Mount Hall 

454-5150 

Dr. Judd Nelson 

Rm. 0300. Symons Hall 

454-7 1 34 

Ms. Barbara Williams 

Rm. 1113. Lc l-rak Hall 

454-2662 

Dr. J. David Allan 

Rm 22.33. Zoo-i's\th Bldg 

454-7300 



Contents 



Part 1: General Information 
Admission to Graduate School 

General 11 

Criteria for Admission 11 

Eligibility 12 

Categories of Admission to Degree Programs 13 

Non-degree Admission Categories 13 

Offer of Admission 16 

Change of Status or Program 16 

Termination of Admission 16 

The Admission Process 16 

Admission of Faculty 18 

Application Instructions 18 

International Students 19 

Records Maintenance and Disposition 20 



Fees and Expenses 

Graduate Fees 20 

Determination of In-State Status for Admission, Tuition, and 

Charge-differential Purposes 21 

Payment of Fees 21 

Refund of Fees 22 

University Refund Statement 22 



Fellowships, Assistantships, and Financial 
Assistance 

Fellowships 22 

Graduate School Tuition Scholarships 24 

Assistantships 24 

Work-Study Program 25 

Loans and Part-time Employment 26 

Veterans Benefits 25 



Contents 9 

Registration and Credits 

Academic Calendar 26 

Developing a Program 26 

Course Numbering System 26 

Designation of Full and Part-time Students 27 

Minimum Registration Requirements 27 

Minimum Registration Requirements for Doctoral Candidates 27 

Partial Credit Course Registration for Handicapped Students 28 

The Inter-Campus Student 28 

Registration Through the Washington Consortium Arrangement 29 

Graduate Credit for Senior Undergraduates 30 

Undergraduate Credit for Graduate Level Courses 30 

Credit by Examination 30 

Transfer of Credit 31 

Course and Credit Changes 32 

Grades for Graduate Students 33 

Computation of Grade Point Average 34 

The Academic Record 34 



Degree Requirements 

Graduate School Requirements Applicable to all Master's Degrees ... 35 
Graduate School Requirements for the M.A., M.S. 

Thesis Option 35 

Non-thesis Option 36 

Requirements for the M.Ed. Degree 36 

Requirements Applicable to Other Master's Degrees 37 

Graduate School Requirements Applicable to All Doctoral Degrees . . 37 

Graduate School Requirements for the Degree of Doctor of Philosophy 38 

Constitution of Dissertation Committee 38 

The Dissertation Committee and the Conduct of the 

Dissertation Defense 39 

Inclusion of Previously Published Materials in a Thesis 

or Dissertation 40 

Requirements for the Degree of Doctor of Education 40 

Requirements for Other Doctoral Degrees 40 

Time Extension Governing Degrees 40 

Waiver of Regulations 41 

Commencement 41 



1 Contents 

Resources 

Location 42 

Special Research Resources 42 

Special Opportunities for Artists 43 

Libraries 44 

Bureaus, Centers, and Institutes 45 

Consortia 61 



Student Services 

Housing 64 

Dining Services 65 

Career Development Center 65 

Counseling Center 66 

Health Care 66 

Health Insurance 67 

Publications of Interest to Graduate Students 67 



Part 2: Graduate Programs 69 

Part 3: Graduate Course Descriptions 203 

Part 4: The Graduate Faculty 529 

Part 5: Appendices 629 

University Policy Statements 629 

Policies on Non-Discrimination 629 

Resolution on Academic Integrity 629 

Code of Student Conduct 632 

University Policy on Disclosure of Student Records 632 

Index 639 



Campus Map 



Admission to Graduate School 1 1 



General Information 



Admission to Graduate School 

General 

Responsibility for admitting applicants to graduate programs rests with the Dean tor 
Graduate Studies and Research. Academic department and program otliccrs along 
with faculty committees review admissions applications and credentials anil make ati- 
missions recommendations to the Dean. In the cases where credentials were earned 
abroad, the staff of the International Education Services is consulted. The standards 
maintained by the Graduate School and individual departments and programs are ap- 
plied to insure that applicants admitted to the University are well qualilicd and trained 
to study at this institution and therefore have a reasonable expectation of successfully 
completing a graduate program. Standards for admission to doctoral ilegrce programs 
are frequently higher than those for admission to master's degree programs. In many 
degree programs, the number of applications received from qualified applicants for 
graduate study regularly exceed the number of applicants who can be accommodated. 
In such cases, only the most highly qualified are offered admission. The nuinber of 
spaces available in various departments is limited according to the availability of fa- 
culty, special resources, and funds for students requiring financial assistance. 

Criteria for Admission 

Those who have earned or will earn a bachelor's degree at a regionally accredited 
college or university in the United States, or the equivalent of this degree in another 
country, will be considered for admission to the Graduate School at UMCP. 

The decision to admit an applicant to a program is based primarily on a combina- 
tion of the following criteria according to requirements of the specific program or de- 
partment. 

1 . Quality of previous undergraduate and graduate work. The 
Graduate School requires as a luininuim standard a B average or 3.0 
on a 4.0 scale, in a program of study resulting in the award of a hac- 
colaureate degree from a regionally accredited college or university. If 
an applicant has studied at the graduate level elsewhere less weight may 
be, but is not necessarily, placed on the quality of the undergraduate 
academic record. Some programs may require a higher minimum grade 
average for admission. 

2. Strength of letters of recommendation from persons competent to 
judge the applicant's probable success in graduate school. Usually 
these letters are from the applicant's former professors who are able to 
give an in-depth evaluation of the applicant's strengths and weaknesses 
with respect to academic work. Additional recommendations may 
come from employers or supervisors who are familiar with the 
applicant's work experience. Applicants should instruct their references 



1 2 Admission to Graduate School 



to send all letters of recommendation directly to the program in which 
they desire entrance. 

3. Scores on a nationally standardized examination. Because the 
predictive utility of these scores may vary from one group of applicants 
to another, a discriminating use of all relevant materials will be made 
in each applicant's case.. The three most widely used standardized ex- 
aminations are the Graduate Record Examinations. Graduate 
Management Admissions Test, and the Miller Analogies Test. 

For information on the programs requiring one of these tests, please 
see the List of Graduate programs in this catalog and the instructions 
accompanying application forms. 

4. Statement by the applicant of academic career objectives and their 
relation to the intended program of study. These statements help the 
department or program identify students whose objectives are consonant 
with the objectives of the program. 

5. Other evidence of graduate potential. Some programs require other 
evidence of graduate potential, such as a portfolio of creative work, 
completion of specialized examinations, or personal interviews. 

Notes about Eligibility for Admission 

1. Prospective students may apply for admission to the University of 
Maryland during or after their final year of undergraduate study, but 
must furnish proof of graduation before the end of their first term of 
enrollment at the University. 

2. Prospective students applying for admission to a graduate degree pro- 
gram in a field of specialization in which they already hold that same 
degree or its equivalent may do so only if the previous degree program 
was of substantially different character or was not accredited. 

3. Prospective Summer only-Students applying for entrance in either of the 
two summer sessions should check the Summer Sessions Bulletin to de- 
termine if the courses they wish to take will be offered. To obtain this 
publication, write to Summer Sessions Office, University of Maryland, 
College Park, MD 20742. 

4. a. Non-U. S. Citizens who are legal permanent residents of the U.S. 
and/or immigrants may use regular applications for admission. All 
credentials accompanied, by English language translations for all docu- 
ments not written in English, must be received by the Graduate School 
at least three months prior to the first day of classes of the semester for 
which the applicants are seeking admission to assure full consideration. 

5. b. Foreign applicants (i.e., applicants who are not permanent residents 
of the U.S. and/or immigrants) must use the International Student 
Application Form obtainable from the Office of Graduate Admissions, 
Graduate School, University of Maryland, College Park, MD 20742. 
All credentials, accompanied by English language translations for all 
documents not written in English must be received by the Graduate 



Admission to Graduate School 1 3 



School at least seven months prior to the first day of classes of the se- 
mester for which the applicants are seeking admission to assure full 
consideration. 

Categories of Admission to Degree programs 

Applicants for degree programs may be admitted to either full or provisional status 
as outlined below: 

Full Graduate Status 

Students admitted to full graduate status must have submitted official documents in- 
dicating a completed baccalaureate degree from a regionally accredited institution and 
be otherwise fully qualified in the judgment of the individual program and the 
Graduate School. 

Provisional Graduate Status 

Students may be admitted to provisional status because: 

1. The previous academic record is borderline or prerequisite coursework 
in the chosen field is insufficient; or 

2. The applicant has majored in another field with a creditable record but 
has not yet clearly demonstrated abilities in the proposed new field; or 

3. The applicant has completed the baccalaureate degree but has not yet 
submitted official verification of the last semester's work and receipt of 
the degree. 

Official transcripts indicating receipt of the degree must be submitted before the 
end of the first semester. 

Non-degree Admission Categories 

Advanced Graduate Specialist CertiHcate Status 

The Advanced Graduate Specialist Program is designed to promote a high level of 
professional competence in an area of specialization in the field of education. The 
candidate must be able to show that he or she can operate as an effective counselor, 
administrator, teacher or skilled person in a major field of professional endeavor. The 
Advanced Graduate Specialist Certificate is offered through most of the programs in 
the College of Education and the Agricultural and Extension Education program in the 
College of Agriculture. The Certificate is awarded by the College of Education or by 
the College of Agriculture. Requirements are as follows:. 

1 . Applicants must meet the same general criteria for admission as those 
prescribed for degree seekers. Additionally, the applicant must have 
completed a master's degree or the equivalent in credits earned either at 
the University of Maryland or at another regionally accredited institu- 
tion. The Miller Analogies Test scores are required at the time of ap- 
plication. 

2. Coursework totaling not more than 30 credits with grades of at least a 
"B" from an accredited institution may be transferred to the program at 
the University of Maryland. 



14' Admission to Graduate School 



3. The program must be developed in cooperation with an advisor and 
filed with the Graduate Studies office in the College of Education. 

4. The Advanced Graduate Specialist Certificate program requires a mini- 
mum of 60 semester hours of credit with not less than 30 semester 
hours of credit completed with the University of Maryland. At least 
one half of the credits earned either at other institutions or at the 
University of Maryland must be in courses comparable to those in the 
600-800 series. The student may be required to take a substantial por- 
tion of the program in departments other than those in the College of 
Education or the College of Agriculture. Registration in certain kinds 
of field study, field experience, apprenticeship or internship may also 
be required. 

There will be a written examination of not less than six hours. A "B" average with 
no "D" or "F" grades will be required before the certificate can be awarded. 

For additional details see "Statement of Policies and Procedures; Advanced 
Graduate Specialist Program in Education," issued by the College of Education. 

Advanced Special Student Status 

The Advanced Special Student Status is designed to provide an opportunity to indi- 
viduals who do not have an immediate degree objective in mind to take graduate level 
courses. Although the primary mission of the Graduate School is to conduct pro- 
grams of graduate instruction leading to advanced degrees, the Graduate Faculty wel- 
comes, to the extent that resources allow, qualified students who have no degree ob- 
jectives. Unofficial transcripts or photocopies of diplomas will be accepted with the 
application for evaluation purposes, but by the end of the first semester of enrollment, 
the student must submit official copies of all required documents. Official transcripts 
must be submitted from all institutions except the University of Maryland, College 
Park. 

Applicants for admission to Advanced Special Student Status must satisfy one of 
the following criteria:. 

1 . Hold a baccalaureate degree from a regionally accredited institution 
with an overall "B" (3.0) average. Applicants must submit official 
transcripts covering all credits used in satisfying the baccalaureate de- 
gree requirements. 

2. Hold a master's or doctoral degree from a regionally accredited 
institution. Applicants must submit an official transcript showing the 
award of a master's or doctoral degree. 

3. Hold a baccalaureate degree from a regionally accredited institution 
and have at least four years of successful post- baccalaureate work 
or professional experience. Applicants must submit an official tran- 
script showing the award of the baccalaureate degree. 

4. Achieve a score that places the applicant in the upper 50 percentile 
of appropriate national standardized aptitude examinations such as 
the Graduate Record Examination Aptitude Test, the Miller's 
Analogies Test, the Graduate Management Admissions Test. Where 



Admission to Graduate School 1 5 



different percentiles are possible, the Graduate School will determine 
which score is acceptable. 

Admission to Advanced Special Student status will normally continue for five 
years. If there is no registration in three consecutive academic semesters, the ad- 
mitted status will lapse, after which a new application will be required. 

Advanced Special Students must maintain a 2.75 grade point average. 

Advanced Special Students must pay all standard graduate fees. Students in this 
status are not eligible to hold appointments as Graduate Teaching or Research 
Assistants or Fellows, or receive other forms of financial aid. All other services, e.g. 
parking, library privileges, etc., are the same as those accorded to other graduate stu- 
dents. Advanced Special Student status is not available to those on "F" (student) or 
"J" (exchange visitor) visas. 

Admission to Advanced Special Student status is not intended to be used as a pre- 
paratory program for later admission to a doctoral or master's program nor to the 
Advanced Graduate Specialist Certificate program. Consequently, no more than six 
credits earned while in this status may be applicable to a degree or certificate program 
at a later time, with the approval of the faculty in the desired program, if the student 
is subsequently accepted for degree or certificate study. For consideration of admis- 
sion to a degree program at a later time, the student must submit a new application. 

Visiting Graduate Student Status 

A graduate student matriculated in another graduate school who wishes to enroll in 
the Graduate School of the University of Maryland at College Park and who intends 
thereafter to return to the graduate school in which he is matriculated, may be admit- 
ted as a Visiting Graduate Student. 

Criteria for enrollment as a visitor are admission to and good standing in another 
recognized graduate school. The applicant need not submit full transcripts of credits, 
but must apply for admission to the UMCP Graduate School and pay the application 
fee. In lieu of transcripts, a student may have the graduate dean of the home institu- 
tion certify, in writing, to the Graduate School that the student is in good standing 
and that the credits will be accepted toward the graduate degree. Unless otherwise 
specified, admission will be offered for one year only. 

Golden Identification Card for Senior Citizens of Maryland 

The purpose of this status is to make available without charge courses and services 
of the University's campuses to citizens who are 60 years of age or older, who are re- 
sidents of the State of Maryland and who are retired (retired persons will be con- 
sidered those who affirm that they are not engaged in gainful employment for more 
than 20 hours per week). People meeting these requirements may apply for graduate 
admission, either as degree or nondegree students, and must meet the same admis- 
sions criteria pertaining to either category as do all applicants. Once admitted and 
having been issued the Golden Identification Card, such persons may register for 
courses in any sessions, subject to the same restrictions as any other student, and use 
the library and other campus facilities during the time they are enrolled in courses. 
Tuition fees will be waived for holders of the Golden Identification Card. 



1 6 Admission to Graduate School 



Admission to an Institute 

Application for admission to an institute should be made directly to the director of 
the institute. If admission to the Graduate School is also necessary, the decision will 
be based on the same criteria for admitting other degree applicants. Admission to an 
institute does not imply that the individual will be automatically admitted in any other 
status at the University of Maryland at a later date. The status lermmates upon 
completion of the institute in which the student was enrolled. A new application must 
be submitted for admission to any other graduate status or program. 

Students already admitted to a regular graduate degree or nondegree status may 
also qualify for participation in an institute. 

Offer of Admission 

Applicants admitted to the Graduate School will receive a written offer of admis- 
sion from the Graduate School which specifies the date of entrance. The offer of ad- 
mission requires a response. If the applicant wishes to accept, decline, or change the 
effective date of the offer, the Graduate School must be notified or the offer of admis- 
sion becomes void. Failure to register for the authorized term also voids the offer of 
admission. If the offer of admission is voided, the applicant must submit another ap- 
plication and may be required to submit additional credentials in order to be con- 
sidered for admission in a subsequent semester. 

Graduate students must consult their academic department for precise registration 
information. 

Change of Status or Program 

Students are admitted only to specified programs for specified objectives. New ap- 
plications are required under the following conditions: lllf the student wishes to 
change programs (students may be admitted to only one graduate program at any one 
time); or 

1. If the student wishes to change status (from nondegree to degree); or 

2. If the student wishes to pursue a new degree objective (change from 
master's to doctoral degree). 

Admission to a new program and/or status is not granted automatically. Each ap- 
plication is subject to approval. 

Termination of Admission Status 

A student's admission terminates when time limits for the completion of the degree 
or nondegree status have been exceeded or when the student is no longer in "good 
standing". Students must maintain an average grade of B or better in all graduate 
courses taken and must otherwise satisfy all additional departmental and Graduate 
School program requirements. The admission of all students, both degree and nonde- 
gree, is continued at the discretion of the major professor, the department or program 
director, and the Dean for Graduate Studies. 

The Admission Process 

To be considered for admission to the University of Maryland College Park 
Graduate School each applicant must obtain and complete the application form, fol- 



Admission to Graduate School 1 7 



lowing all instructions. An application may be obtained by writing directly to the 
Graduate School, South Administration Building, University of Maryland, College 
Park, MD 20742. 

Each applicant must submit the following items in order to be considered for ad- 
mission: 

1. A completed application form. 

2. An application fee of twenty five dollars (do not send cash). 

3. Two complete sets of transcripts reflecting all undergraduate and gradu- 
ate work elected or in progress. Each transcript must bear the signature 
of the registrar and the seal of the granting institution and should in- 
clude the years of attendance, courses taken, grades received, class 
standing, and the degree, certificate, or diploma received. If the appli- 
cant attended UMCP, the Graduate School will obtain your records of 
courses completed on the College Park Campus. To facilitate the pro- 
cessing and review an application, send two sets of unofficial copies of 
transcripts from institutions other than the University of Maryland 
College Park Campus. Official copies of those transcripts are required 
before full admission can be granted. 

4. Three letters of recommendation submitted by professors or others who 
can assess the quality of the applicant's academic performance and 
scholastic potential. Letters of recommendation should be sent directly 
to the academic department in which the applicant is interested. Be 
certain that the applicant's full name is included on each recommenda- 
tion. 

5. Each applicant must prepare a 300-500 word statement of her/his goals 
and objectives in pursuing graduate study. 

6. Standardized Test Scores Many departments and programs require ap- 
plicants to submit scores of standardized examinations, either the 
Graduate Record Examination (GRE), the Graduate Management 
Admission Test (GMAT) or the Miller Analogies Test (MAT). To de- 
termine if one of these examinations is required for admission to the 
department or program to which you are applying, please consult the 
listing at the end of the brochure. If standardized test scores are re- 
quired you may write to the following addresses for further information: 

Graduate Record Examinations 

CN 6004 Educational Testing Services 

Princeton, NJ 08541-6004 USA 

Graduate Management Admissions Test 

Box 966 

Princeton, NJ 08541 USA 



Miller Analogy Test 
Psychological Corporation 
7500 Old Oak Blvd. 
Cleveland, OH 44130 USA 



1 8 Admission to Graduate School 



Examination scores should be sent directly to the department or pro- 
gram to which you are applying. 
7. Departmental Requirements Some departments and programs require 
additional information such as a portfolio or other supplementary ma- 
terials. It is important that applicants contact the department or pro- 
gram to which they are applying for information concerning additional 
admission requirements. Failure to do so may result in an application 
not being considered. 

Calculation of Grade Point Average All applicants must calculate separate grade 
point averages for the following categories: (1) all courses taken for the baccalaureate; 
(2) all credits earned after the first 60 credits for the baccalaureate; (3) credits which 
constitute the undergraduate major; and (4) all credits taken beyond the bachelor's de- 
gree. All grades are to be converted to a four-point grading system. Pass/fail, satis- 
factory, completed credit, and similar grades are not included in these calculations. 
All numerical, alphabetical, or equivalent grades, except as already noted, must be 
calculated as follows: 

a. Multiply quarter credit hours by (.66) to convert to semester credit 
hours. 

b. Multiply the number of semester credit hours for each course by the 
number of quality or honor points earned, as follows; A4; B3; C2; Dl; 
FO. 

c. Divide the total number of quality points by the total number of se- 
mester credit hours. The quotient will be your grade point average. 

Admission of Faculty 

No member of the faculty employed by the University of Maryland having the rank 
of assistant professor or above is permitted to enroll in a program leading to an ad- 
vanced degree at this institution. Faculty who wish to take course work for personal 
enrichment may wish to investigate the Advanced Special Student status. 

Application Instructions 
Application Deadlines 

Applicants should pay special attention to the deadlines listed in each application 
booklet. In general it is to the applicant's advantage to apply well before the pub- 
lished deadline, particularly if the applicant wishes to be considered for fellowships, 
assistantship, or other forms of financial aid. The Graduate School recommends that 
applicants time the submission of their applications, transcripts, and letters of recom- 
mendation to arrive before February 1. Applicants are solely responsible for making 
certain that their transcripts have, in fact, been received by the Graduate School. 

If possible, the application should arrive before the transcripts and other supporting 
evidence of preparation, if these materials cannot be attached to the application. 

Application deadline information for the Fall and Spring Semesters is listed below; 
1. Fall (Aug.) and Spring (Jan.) Semesters-Each department, in consulta- 
tion with the Graduate School, sets its own deadlines for Fall semester 



Admission to Graduate School 1 9 



entrances for U.S. citizens, resident aliens, and refugees. 
2. International Students-All citizens of foreign countries must submit ap- 
plications for admission by the following dates;. 

a. Fall-February 1 of prior academic year (unless the department in 
which you are interested sets an earlier deadline). 

b. Spring-June 1 of prior academic year. 

Summer School 

Students applying for entrance in either of the two summer sessions are urged to 
check the Summer Sessions Bulletin to determine if the courses they wish to take will 
be offered in a particular session. To obtain this publication, write to Summer 
Sessions Office, University of Maryland, College Park. MD 20742. 

International Students 

Foreign students seeking admission to the University of Maryland should not plan 
to leave their country before receiving an official offer of admission from the 
Graduate School. 

1. All citizens of foreign countries must submit applications for admission 
in accordance with stated deadlines. 

2. Special Notes for International Students: 

a. Academic Credentials: The complete application and official tran- 
scripts or mark sheets with English translations must be received in 
the Graduate Admissions Office prior to stated deadlines. 

b. English proficiency: Applicants must demonstrate English language 
proficiency by taking the Test of English as a Foreign Language 
(TOEFL) since all foreign students are expected to read, speak, un- 
derstand and write English fluently. 

c. Financial Resources: Each applicant must furnish a statement of 
financial status to the Office of International Education Services. 
Approximately $13,750.00 annually is required for educational and 
living expenses. 

d. Immigration Documents: Applicants admitted to graduate study will 
be issued a student visa where appropriate. No foreign student 
seeking admission should leave his/her country before obtaining an 
official offer of admission from the Associate Dean for Graduate 
Studies. 

e. Non-U. S. Citizens should address any questions to the Director, 
International Education Services, University of Maryland, College 
Park, MD 20742, USA. 

Reporting Upon Arrival: 

Every foreign student is expected to report to the Office of International Education 
Services, North Administration Building, as soon as possible after arrival at the 
University. This Office will be able to assist not only with various problems regard- 
ing immigration, housing, and fees, but also with problems relating generally to 



20 Fees and Expenses 



orientation to university and community life. Questions concerning criteria and re- 
quirements for foreign applicants should be addressed to the Director, International 
Education Services, University of Maryland, College Park, MD 20742. 

Records Maintenance and Disposition 

All records including academic records from other institutions, become part of the 
official file and can neither be returned nor duplicated for any purpose. Students 
should obtain an additional copy of their official credentials to keep in their pos.ses- 
sion for advisory purposes and for other personal requirements. 

The admission credentials and the application data of applicants are retained for 18 
months only and then destroyed in the following cases: 1 ) Applicants who do not reg- 
ister for courses at the time for which they have been admitted; 2) Those whose appli- 
cations have been disapproved; 3) Applicants who do not respond to the departmental 
requests for additional information; and 4) Those whose applications are not complete 
with respect to the receipt of all transcripts or test results. 



Fees and Expenses 

Graduate Fees* 

Application fee $25.00 

A non-refundable $25 application fee and a separate application must be submitted 
for each program in which entrance is sought. 

The University is pleased to waive the application fee if the student has been ad- 
mitted to and has attended the University of Maryland, College Park Graduate School 
previously. 

Tuition Per Credit Hour:(Academic year 1988-89) Resident Student $108.00 

Non-Resident Student $192.00 

Students admitted to the Graduate School must pay graduate tuition fees whether or 
not the credit will be used to satisfy program requirements. A graduate student who 
wishes to audit a course must pay the usual graduate tuition. 

Continuous Registration Fee (per semester) $10.00 

Graduation Fee 

Master's Degree $25.00 

Graduation Fee 

Doctor's Degree $50.00 

Mandatory Fees"*" 

(Students taking 1-8 credits) $67.50 

(Students taking 9 or more credits) $102.00 

The fees and waivers listed here are those charged at the time this Catalog went to 
press and are offered as a general guide. They are subject to change. Fees charged 
in a particular semester are published in the Schedule of Classes for that semester. 

"*"For a breakdown of the "Mandatory Fees," consult the "Schedule of Classes." 



Fees and Expenses 21 



Determination of In-State Status for Admission, Tuition and Charge- 
Differential Purposes 

An initial determination of in-state status for admission, tuition and charge- 
differential purposes will be made by the University at the time a student's application 
for admission is under consideration. The determination made at that time, and any 
determination made thereafter shall prevail in each semester until the determination is 
successfully challenged. The deadline for meeting all requirements for an in-state 
status and for submitting all documents for reclassiHcation is the last day of re- 
gistration for the semester the student wishes to be classified as an in-state 
student. 

The volume of requests for reclassification may necessitate a delay in completing 
the review process. It is hoped that a decision in each case will be made within nine- 
ty (90) days of a request for determination. During this period of time, or any further 
period of time required by the University, fees and charges based on the previous de- 
termination must be paid. If the determination is changed, any excess fees and 
charges will be refunded. 

Persons who are interested in obtaining a copy of the regulations or who wish as- 
sistance with their classification should contact: Office of Residency Classification. 
Room 0405B Marie Mount Hall, University of Maryland. College Park, Maryland 
20742. 

Payment of Fees - See Schedule of Classes for detail information 

Registration is not completed or official until all financial obligations are satisfied. 
Although the University regularly mails bills to students, it cannot assume responsibil- 
ity for their receipt. If a student does not receive a bill on or before the beginning of 
each semester, it is the student's responsibility to obtain a copy of the bill at Room 
1103. South Administration Building, 8:30-4:15, Monday through Friday. 

The University of Maryland does not have a deferred payment plan. Payment for 
previous balances and current semester fees are due on or before the first day of 
classes. Please Note: Payments for student accounts may be made by Visa or 
Mastercard. Credit card payments may be made in person or by mail. However, 
phone-in payments will not be accepted at this time. 

It is the policy of the University not to defer payment on the basis of a pending ap- 
plication for financial assistance to an outside agency, including Veterans 
Administration benefits, bank loans, guaranteed student loan programs, etc. 

Students will be severed from University services for delinquent indebtedness to the 
University. In the event that severance occurs, the individual may make payment 
during the semester in which services were severed and all services except housing 
will be restored. A five(5) percent Late Payment Fee and a $25.00 Severance of 
Service Fee will be assessed if payment due dates are not followed. 

State of Maryland legislation has established a State Central Collections Unit, and 
in accordance with State law the University is required to turn over all delinquent ac- 
counts to that office for collection and subsequent legal action. The minimum 
Collection Fee is 15% plus any Attorney and/or Court costs. 



22 Fellowships, Assistantships and Financial Assistance 



Refund of Fees 

A Cancellation of Registration submitted to the Registrations Office before the offi- 
cial first day of classes entitles the student to a full credit or refund of semester tuition 
and fees. 

After classes begin, students who wish to terminate their registration must follow 
the withdrawal procedures stated in the "Schedule of Classes" Students will find the 
necessary forms for withdrawal in the Records Office. The effective date used in 
computing refunds is the date the withdrawal form is filed. "Stop Payment" on a 
check, failure to pay the semester bill, failure to attend classes, do not constitute 
withdrawal. 

A request for a refund must be processed by the student with the Office of the 
Bursar; otherwise any credit on the student account will automatically be carried over 
to the next semester. 

Students withdrawing from the University will be credited for tuition in accordance 
with the following schedule; 

Period from date Refundable tuition 

Instruction begins only (Additional 

fee nonrefundable) 

Two weeks or less 80% 

Between two and three weeks 60% 

Between three and four weeks 40% 

Between four and five weeks 20% 

Over five weeks No refund 

University Refund Statement 

Tuition, refundable fees and refundable deposits are authorized for refund only if 
the student completes the prescribed withdrawal procedures or is dismissed from the 
University. Residence Hall and Dining Services charges are authorized for refund 
only if the student completes the prescribed residence hall and dining services contract 
release procedures. Please refer to current "Schedule of Classes" for complete refund 
information and procedures. 

Fellowships, Assistantships and Financial Assistance 

The University of Maryland recognizes the high cost of education today and makes 
every effort to offer financial assistance through a variety of programs to qualified 
students. Approximately one-half of all full-time graduate students receive financial 
support, which may include remission of tuition fees, teaching and research assistant- 
ships, work-study support, and University and state fellowships. Referrals for on- 
campus or area employment opportunities for students and students' spouses are also 
available in various departments and in specific student service centers on campus. 

Admission to a graduate degree program is a prerequisite for the award of a teach- 
ing or research assistantship, a fellowship, a traineeship, a loan, or a work-study 
award. Please be sure that all required documents for your application for admission. 



Fellowships, Assistantships and Financial Assistance 23 



as well as the application for departmental financial support, have been submitted. 
Some awards are made on the basis of the applicant's academic merit, others on the 
basis of need. 

There are three campus units which administer the primary forms of financial sup- 
port: the Graduate School, the individual programs, and the Office of Student 
Financial Aid. The Graduate School processes applications for the Other Race Grants 
(application deadlines: early November and May). The Graduate School also has a 
Fellowship Information Office which lists fellowship opportunities from government 
agencies, foundations, and industry. The individual programs and departments award 
graduate teaching and research assistantships (priority application deadline: March 1) 
and nominate students for tuition scholarships and Graduate School Fellowships (to be 
considered for nomination, apply by February 1). The Office of Student Financial 
Aid processes College Work-Study and National Direct Student Loans (priority date 
for consideration; February 15). To be considered for the priority date in the Office 
of Student Financial Aid, you must have submitted a completed Financial Aid Form 
(available at most colleges throughout the country and by request from the Office of 
Student Financial Aid), financial aid transcripts, if appropriate, and any other required 
documentation to be received by the Office of Student Financial Aid by February 15. 
Note that the Financial Aid Form must be sent to the College Scholarship Service in 
princeton for analysis, which takes approximately 4 weeks. 

A more detailed description of the various forms of financial assistance is given be- 
low. 

Fellowships 

A fellowship is an award bestowed on a student who displays academic merit and 
promise. All applicants for fellowships must be admitted to a degree program in the 
Graduate School on a full- time basis to be eligible. Departments nominate students 
for the various fellowships; it is therefore essential that you submit all application ma- 
terial early. 

The Graduate School Fellowships are awarded annually on a competitive basis. 
Students cannot apply directly for the award; rather they must be nominated by the 
department in which they intend to enroll. The stipend is $7,650 for the 1987-88 
academic year, fellows also receive remission of tuition. The standard application for 
departmental financial aid will serve as an application for this fellowships program 
and must be submitted by February 1 directly to the department in which you seed ad- 
mission. Awards are based on merit. Fellowships may be awarded to any qualified 
in-state, out-of-state, or international student. 

Black Graduate Student Fellowships. To help recruit, retain, and graduate black 
graduate students, UMCP has a fellowship program which provides multi-year sup- 
port. Fellowships are available only to citizens and permanent resident aliens. 
Students must be nominated by departments. 

Other Race Grants This grant is intended to increase the participation of black 
students in graduate education at the College Park campus. Students who are first- 
year students and students in disciplines which blacks are underrepresented will be 
given preference. 



24 Fellowships. Assistantships and Financial Assistance 



Applicants for the Other Race grant must: 

1 . be citizens or permanent resident ahens who are classified as Maryland 
residents: 

2. be admitted as degree-seeking students: 

3. be willing to register as full-time students: 

4. be able to demonstrate special merit or need. 

The individual educational grants vary, and have ranged from $500 - $7,650. 
Tuition is also remitted for up to 10 credits per semester. Students may apply for 
reappointment on a yearly basis for up to three years. Additional details and applica- 
tion materials are available from the Fellowship Office of the Graduate School. 

Graduate School Tuition Scholarships 

First-time graduate students in degree programs who are residents of the state of 
Maryland and have an undergraduate GPA of 3.60 or better from an accredited 
American college or university may ask their departments to nominate them for a 
Graduate Tuition Scholarship. If you think you qualify, please mark the appropriate 
space on the departmentally-administered financial aid form. Departments may have 
additional criteria, e.g., full-time status, for nomination of students in their program. 

Assistantships 

Offers of assistantships, which are made by the individual departments, are contin- 
gent upon the applicant's acceptance as a graduate student in a degree program by the 
Graduate School. Departments may set additional criteria. 

Graduate Teaching Assistantships are available to qualified graduate students in 
many departments and programs. In addition to remission of tuition, these carry ten 
or twelve month stipends ranging, in 1987-88, from $7,650 to $9,480. Applications 
for assistantships should be made directly to the department in which the applicant 
will study. 

Graduate Research Assistantships, with comparable stipends, are available in 
some departments on a ten or twelve month basis. For information, inquire in the in- 
dividual department or program. 

Resident Graduate Assistantships, m limited number, are also available. In 
1987-88, the 12 month stipend is $9,180, plus remission of tuition. In exchange for 
part-time work in undergraduate residence halls as Residence Halls staff members. 
These Resident Assistantships are open to both men and women. Applications for a 
Resident Graduate Assistantship should be made to the Office of Human Resources, 
Department of Resident Life, Cumberland Hall, University of Maryland, College 
Park, MD 20742. 

Administrative Assistantships Many offices on campus currently have graduate 
assistant positions. For further information, contact the Fellowships Office, the indi- 
vidual office or department, or check employment announcements outside the 
Personnel Office in South Administration. 



Fellowships. Assistantships and Financial Assistance 25 



Work Study Program 

The College Work Study Program, through the Office of Student Financial Aid 
(OSFA) which offers part-time opportunities for students who demonstrate sufficient 
financial need. Graduate students who are awarded workstudy and accept it are sent 
work authorization forms stating the amount they can earn during the academic year. 
Job openings will be listed in the Office of Student Financial Aid, Room 2130 of the 
North Administration Building. The student is responsible for visiting the OFSA to 
review the job listings and for setting up interviews with those departments where 
they are interested in working. Once hired, they are to submit a Work Authorization 
Form to the hiring department and make arrangements to begin work. The student's 
work schedule must be mutually agreed upon by the student and the job supervisor, 
and cannot conflict with the student's class schedules. Students cannot work during 
their scheduled class periods. 

Loans and Part-Time Employment 

Guaranteed Student Loan. Guaranteed Student Loan (GSL) is a long term, need 
based, low interest loan program available to students attending the University. 
Students" MUST file a Financial Aid Form (FAF) to determine their eligibility. 
Graduate students may be eligible for up to $7,500.00 per year at an interest rate of 
8%, previous borrowers with 7% or 9% loans will be continued at that rate. Monthly 
repayment begins six months after graduating or ceasing to be enrolled for at least 
half time. If you indicated on your FAF that you were interested in a GSL, a se- 
parate application will be mailed to you. If you do not receive an application prior to 
June 1, one can be obtained from the Office of Student Financial Aid's Public Inquiry 
Counter on the second floor of the North Administration Building. 
PLUS/SLS. Under this federal loan program, $4,000.00 per year (up to a $20,000.00 
total) may be borrowed at a variable rate starting at approximately lO'/r. The award 
is based on the cost of university attendance, and there is no financial needs test. 
Repayment of the loan begins immediately, with the exception of full-time students, 
who can have the principal deferred. For application form, contact the Office of 
Student Financial Aid, or the lender. 

Job Referral Service. The Job Referral Service, located in the Hombake Library is 
an outreach program of the Office of Student Financial aid that serves without charge 
as a clearinghouse for students seeking part-time work and employers seeking help. 
Many jobs are available in the residence halls, libraries, laboratories, and elsewhere 
on and off campus. All full-time students seeking work are welcome to visit the of- 
fice and consult referral lists. Additional information may be obtained from room 
3120 of the Hornbake Library or by calling 454-2490. 

Veterans Benefits 

Students attending the University under the Veteran's Education Assistance Act 
may receive assistance and enrollment certification at the Veterans Certification Office 
in Rm. 1 lOIG North Administration Building. The staff is available to assist regard- 
ing monthly educational assistance checks as well as other benefits such as tutoring 
assistance and vocational rehabilitation services. Telephone 454-4555. 



26 Registration and Credits 



Registration and Credits 

Registration for courses is ongoing during most of the time that the University is in 
session. Information concerning registration procedures, deadlines, and current tuition 
and expenses is found in the "Schedule of Classes," published regularly by the Office 
of Registration and Records. Students interested in summer session courses should 
consult the Summer Session "Schedule of Classes," obtainable from the Office of 
Summer Sessions, Reckord Armory. 

Academic Calendar 

The Academic Calendar is printed in the "Schedule of Classes" for each semester. 
The Graduate School has an "Important Dates" card for graduate students, which lists 
deadlines for submitting requirements for degrees in a particular academic year. 

Developing a Program 

The student is responsible for ascertaining and complying with the rules and 
procedures of the Graduate School and all applicable department or graduate 
program requirements which govern the individual program of study. 

Registration for the newly admitted graduate student seeking a degree or certificate 
begins with a visit to the student's academic advisor in the graduate program or de- 
partment to which the student has been admitted. There the student will obtain infor- 
mation about specific degree or certificate requirements, which supplement those of 
the Graduate School. 

The student will consult the "Schedule of Classes" and will develop, in consulta- 
tion with a graduate faculty advisor, an individual program of study and research. 

Students admitted to Advanced Special Status may seek advice from the Office of 
the Dean for Graduate Studies and Research or from appropriate faculty members. 

The Associate Dean for Graduate Student Affairs is the individual to whom re- 
quests or petitions for exceptions or waivers of regulations or graduate degree require- 
ments should be addressed and to whom appeals of decisions of departmental or pro- 
gram faculty or administrators should be directed. 

Course Numbering System 

Courses are designated as follows: 

000-099 Non-credit courses. 
100-199 primarily first-year courses. 
200-299 primarily sophomore courses. 

300-399 Junior and senior courses not acceptable for credit toward graduate degrees. 
400-499 Junior and senior courses acceptable for credit toward some graduate de- 
grees. 

500-599 professional school courses (Dentistry, Law, Medicine) and post- 
baccalaureate courses not for graduate degree credit. 
600-898 Courses restricted to graduate students. 
799 Master's thesis credit. 
899 Doctoral dissertation credit. 

The first character of the numeric position determines the level of the course and 



Registration and Credits 27 



the last two digits are used for course identification. Courses ending with an 8 or 9 
are courses that are repeatable for credit. All non-repeatable courses must end in 
through 7. 

Designation of Full and Part-time Graduate Students 

In order to reflect accurately the involvement of graduate students in their programs 
of study and research and the use of University resources in those programs, the 
Graduate School uses the graduate unit in making calculations to determine full or 
part-time student status in the administration of the minimum registration requirements 
described below and in responding to student requests for certification of full-time stu- 
dent status. The number of graduate units per semester credit hour is calculated in 
the following manner: 

Courses in the series: 000-399 carry 2 units/credit hour. 
Courses in the series: 400-499 carry 4 units/credit hour. 
Courses in the series: 500-599 carry 5 units/credit hour. 
Courses in the series: 600-898 carry 6 units/credit hour. 
Research course: 799 carries 12 units/credit hour. 
Research course: 899 carries 18 units/credit hour. 

To be certified as a full-time student a graduate student must be officially regis- 
tered for a combination of courses equivalent to 48 units per semester. Graduate as- 
sistants holding regular appointments are full-time students if they are registered for at 
least 24 units in addition to the assistantship. Courses taken for Audit do not generate 
graduate units and cannot be used in calculating full-time or part-time status. The 
University of Maryland may alter this system in the near future. 

Minimum Registration Requirements 

All graduate students, masters and doctoral, making any demand upon the academ- 
ic or support services of the university, whether taking courses, using university li- 
braries, laboratories, computer facilities, office space, housing, or consulting with fa- 
culty advisors, taking comprehensive or final oral examinations, must register for the 
number of graduate units which will, in the judgment of the faculty advisor, accurate- 
ly reflect the student's involvement in graduate study and use of university resources. 
In no case will registration be for less than one credit. 

Minimum Registration Requirements for Doctoral Candidates 

Doctoral students who have been advanced to candidacy must register each se- 
mester, excluding summer sessions, until the degree is awarded. 

Dissertation Research 

Those who have not completed the required semester credit hours of Dissertation 
Research (899) must register for a minimum of one credit of research each semester. 
(See the following sections for specific doctoral degree registration requirements.) 
Doctoral candidates whose demands upon the University are greater than that repre- 
sented by this minimum registration will, of course, be expected to register for the 
number of units which reflect their use of University resources. 



28 Registration and Credits 



Continuous Registration 

Doctoral candidates who have completed the required minimum of credit hours of 
Dissertation Research (899), and who are making no use of University resources, 
must meet a Continuous Registration requirement, in each semester, except for 
summer sessions, until the degree is awarded. This requirement is met by submitting 
the Continuous Registration For™ and paying the $10,00 Continuous Registration fee, 
in person or by mail, directly to the Graduate School. Forms and fees must be re- 
ceived before the end of the eighth week of classes during the fall and spring se- 
mesters. Continuous Registration forms may be obtained from the Graduate School, 
Room 2117, South Administration Building, University of Maryland, College Park, 
MD 20742. 

Failure to comply with the requirement of maintaining Continuous Registration 
will be taken as evidence that the student has terminated the doctoral program, and 
admitted status to the Graduate School will be terminated. A new application for ad- 
mission, with the consequent reevaluation of the student's performance, will be re- 
quired of a student wishing to resume a graduate program, whose admission has been 
terminated under this regulation. 

Partial Credit Course Registration for Handicapped Students 

The Graduate School recognizes that documentably physically handicapped students 
may derive considerable educational benefit from courses which include laboratories 
or other non-classroom activities in which the student is prevented from participating 
because of the handicap. It is therefore, the policy of the Graduate School to allow 
handicapped students to enroll in such courses, complete only those parts of the 
course that their physical capabilities permit, and receive credit for the course propor- 
tionate to their levels of participation. 

Physically handicapped graduate students wishing to enroll in such courses but par- 
ticipate only in certain aspects of them, should consult the Associate Dean for Student 
Affairs in the Graduate School. The Dean will assist the student in making the neces- 
sary arrangements with the department offering the course, the department supervising 
the student's graduate program, and the Registration Office. The final agreement as 
to the student's level of participation and the amount of credit to be awarded will be 
specified in an agreement to be drawn up by the Graduate School and signed by all 
parties concerned. 

The Inter-Campus Student 

A student admitted to the Graduate School on any campus of the University of 
Maryland is eligible to take courses on any other campus of the University of 
Maryland with the approval of the academic advisor and the graduate deans on the 
home and host campuses. Credits earned on a host campus are considered resident 
credit at the home campus and with advisor approval, may meet all degree require- 
ments. Transcripts of work taken at another campus will be maintained on the home 
campus, and fees will be paid to the home campus. Forms for registration as an 
inter-campus student may be obtained from the Graduate School offices on any cam- 
pus of the University. 



Registration and Credits 29 



Registration Through the Washington Consortium Arrangement 

The University of Maryland College Park is a member of the Consortium of 
Universities of the Washington Metropolitan Area. Other institutions currently associ- 
ated with the consortium include the American University, The Catholic University of 
America, the George Washington University, Howard University, University of the 
District of Columbia, Gallaudet College, Mount Vernon College, and Trinity College. 
Students enrolled in these institutions are able to attend certain classes at the other 
campuses and have the credit considered "residence" credits at their own institutions. 
The consortium program permits both undergraduate and graduate students to partici- 
pate. The policies governing registration through the Consortium arrangement are 
listed below. 

UMCP Graduate Students 

1. University of Maryland College Park degree-seeking graduate students 
may take courses at other consortium schools, to be treated as UMCP 
residence credits, with the approval of the Director of Graduate Studies 
of the degree program in which they are enrolled. 

2. No more than 25% of the course credits required for the UMCP gradu- 
ate degree may be taken at other consortium schools through the con- 
sortium arrangement. Practica, internships, workshops and similar ex- 
periential learning courses cannot be taken at other consortium schools. 

3. Significant factors to be considered by the Director of Graduate Studies 
may include but are not limited to: 

a. Unavailability of a similar of comparable course at UMCP within a 
reasonable time frame. Mere convenience is not adequate justifica- 
tion. 

b. possible enhancement of the student's overall program in a way not 
possible at UMCP, as by the presence of unique faculty or the 
availability of a course not offered at UMCP. 

c. The level and content of the course, including the nature of prere- 
quisite course work. 

Visiting Students 

1 . Students from other consortium schools may register for University of 
Maryland College park courses on a space available basis beginning 
with the first day of classes. 

2. Courses for majors in departments or colleges at UMCP that have se- 
lective admission programs will not normally be available to students 
from other consortium schools. 

3. Students from other consortium schools are expected to meet all prere- 
quisites for UMCP courses for which they wish to enroll. 

4. Students from other consortium schools will not normally be permitted 
to register for practica, workshops, internships and other experiential 
courses at UMCP. 

5. Students from other consortium schools who have previously applied 



30 Registration and Credits 



for admission to a UMCP graduate degree program and have been 
denied admission will be permitted to register for graduate courses in 
that program only with the specific approval of the Director of 
Graduate Studies of the program. 
6. Students from other consortium schools who have been dismissed trom 
UMCP for disciplinary or financial reasons will not be permitted to en- 
roll in courses at UMCP under the consortium arrangement. 

Graduate Credit for Senior Undergraduates 

A senior in the final semester at the University of Maryland at College Park who is 
within seven credit hours of completing the requirements for an undergraduate degree 
may, with the appproval of the undergraduate dean, the department or program offer- 
ing the course, and the Graduate School, register for graduate courses. Normally, a 
3.0 grade point average for all courses attempted is required for students seeking to 
exercise this option. Courses elected through this program may later be counted for 
graduate credit toward an advanced degree at the University, if the student has been 
offered admission to the Graduate School. The total of undergraduate and graduate 
courses must not exceed 15 credits for the semester. Excess credits in the senior year 
cannot be used for graduate credit unless proper prearrangement is made. Seniors 
who wish to register for graduate credit should inquire at the Graduate School. Office 
of the Associate Dean for Student Affairs, 2125 South Administration Building, for 
information about the procedure. 

Undergraduate Credit for Graduate Level Courses 

Subject to requirements determined by the graduate faculty members of the depart- 
ment or program offering the course, undergraduate students may register for graduate 
level courses, i.e., those numbered from 600 to 898, with the exception of 799 and 
899, for undergraduate credit. 

A student seeking to utilize this option will normally be in the senior year, have 
earned an accumulated grade point average of 3.0. have successfully completed, with 
a grade of "B" or better, the prerequisite and correlative courses, and be a major in 
the appropriate or a closely related department. The student will be required to obtain 
prior approval of the department offering the course. 

Enrollment in a graduate level course does not in any way imply subsequent de- 
partmental or Graduate School approval for admission into a graduate program, nor 
may the course be used as credit for a graduate degree at the University of Maryland. 

Credit by Examination 

A graduate student may obtain graduate credit by examination in courses at the 400 
level previously identified by the appropriate department or program. As a general 
rule, credit by examination is not available for courses at the 600, 700. or 800 levels 
for, in the judgment of the Graduate Council, courses at these levels require a con- 
tinuing interaction between faculty and students to achieve the educational goals of 
advanced study. 

Students may receive credit by examination only for courses for which they are 
otherwise eligible to receive graduate credit. The department or program in which the 



Registration and Credits 31 



student is enrolled may establish a limit on the number of credits which may be 
earned in this manner. Graduate students seeking credit by examination must obtain 
the consent of their advisor and of the instructor currently responsible for the course. 
Once the student begins the examination, the grade earned will be recorded. 

The Graduate School maintains a list of courses for which examinations are avail- 
able or will be prepared. The fee for credit by examination is $30.00 per course re- 
gardless of the number of credits or units to be earned. 

Transfer of Credit 

A maximum of six semester hours of graduate level course credits earned at region- 
ally accredited institutions prior to, or after, matriculation in the Graduate School may 
be applied toward master's degrees at The University of Maryland. There is no need 
for transfer of credit at the doctoral level. All graduate study credits offered as 
transfer credit must meet the following criteria: 

1. They must have received graduate credit at the institution where earned. 

2. They must not have been used to meet the requirements for any degree 
previously earned. 

3. They must have been elected within five years of the beginning of the 
graduate program to which the credits are sought for transfer. 

4. The department or program to which the student has been admitted at 
Maryland must certify the courses are appropriate to the degree pro- 
gram the student is pursuing at Maryland. 

5. The student must have earned a "B" or better in the courses offered for 
transfer credit. 

6. Transfer work normally satisfies only the 400 level requirements for the 
master's degree and does not apply to the upper level requirement. 

A student seeking acceptance of transfer credit is advised to submit the necessary 
transcripts and certification of department or program approval to the Graduate School 
as promptly as possible for its review and decision. It should be noted that graduate 
departments and programs may impose, more stringent requirements and time limita- 
tions concerning the transfer of credits. In such cases the Graduate School must be 
notified accordingly. 
Criteria that Courses Must Meet to be Accepted for Graduate Credit 

Any courses, workshops, or seminars planned to take place in a span of time less 
than a normal academic semester or summer session and offering graduate credit to 
the participants must meet the following criteria: 

1. There must be 15 "contact hours" per graduate credit. 

a. Lectures: 1 contact hour per 50 minutes lecture. 

b. Non-lecture contact (laboratory, workshops, discussion and problem 
working sessions, etc.): 1 contact hour per 2 or 3 hour session. 

2. No more than three "contact hours" per day will be permitted. (Three 
"contact hours" are equivalent to 0.2 credits) 



32 Registration and Credits 



3. Credit may be accumulated at the rate of no more than one credit per 
weeic. 

Course and Credit Changes 

A graduate student may change elections (drop a course, add a course, change be- 
tween audit and credit status, change the number of credits for a course within the 
listed range, cancel registration or withdraw from the University) by obtaining the ne- 
cessary approvals and observing the published deadlines and procedures. The dead- 
lines are published each term in the Schedule of Classes: the procedures governing 
each of these transactions are listed below. 

Procedures for Schedule Adjustment 

A graduate student may transact the following schedule adjustments through the 
tenth week of classes in a term by submitting a Schedule Adjustment Form to the 
Registrations Office. North Administration Building: Add a course: drop a course: 
change grading option: and change credit level. Currently, there is a $2.00 charge for 
each drop and add processed after the tenth day of class. There is no refund of tui- 
tion and fees for drops processed after the fifth class day (see "Schedule of Classes" 
for further details). 

After the tenth day of classes all graduate students are required to obtain 
Departmental and instructor authorization stamped or written on the add slip. 
Approved requests must be promptly delivered to the Registra's Office, North 
Administration Building. 
Procedures for Late Registration 

Students registering after the established registration period may need an appoint- 
ment to register. Call the Office of Registrations and Records for information. For 
current registration procedures consult the Schedule of Classes. Students registering 
after the established registration period (i.e., beginning with the schedule adjustment 
period) will be assessed a $20 late registration fee. 
Procedures for Credit Level Change and Change of Grading Option 

Students wishing to change their grading option or credit level in a course may do 
so without special approval until the tenth class day each term. After the tenth class 
day, departmental authorization is required until the end of the tenth week. No credit 
level changes or grading options are pemiitted after the tenth week of classes. 

1 . Exceptions to this deadline require the written approval of the instructor 
and the approval of the Graduate School. 

2. The departmental stamp must be placed on the change of grading 
option/credit level form. 

3. Approved forms should be submitted to the Registrar's Office, North 
Administration Building. 

Procedures for Withdrawal from Classes 

The term withdrawal means termination of enrollment for a given term. The date 
of the withdrawal is indicated on a graduate student's academic record. To withdraw 
from a term on or before the last day of classes a graduate student must notify the 



Registration and Credits 33 



Records Office, 1101 North Administration, in writing or in person. Withdrawal be- 
comes effective on the date notification is received in the Records Office. Additional 
information concerning withdrawal from classes can be found in the "Schedule of 
Classes". 

If the time limits in a master's or pre-candidate doctoral student's program have not 
lapsed (5 years to obtain a master's degree and 5 years to reach doctoral candidacy, a 
graduate student is eligible to enroll without readmission. In such cases the student 
should contact the department about registration dates and procedures. Doctoral can- 
didates typically do not withdraw. If a candidate believes that he/she must withdraw, 
he/she must contact the Office of the Associate Dean for Student Affairs. 

Resignation From the University 

A graduate student wishing to resign from the University (i.e.. terminate his/her as- 
sociation with the University) may do so by submitting a letter to the Graduate School 
indicating the reasons for the resignation. The Graduate School will cancel the 
student's admitted status. If the student is registered for classes at the time of his/her 
resignation, the Office of Records and Registrations will be requested to withdraw the 
student effective the date of the resignation. 

A Graduate student seeking to return to the University of Maryland must reapply 
for admission and is subject to all departmental and Graduate School requirements. 
He/she may be required to repeat previously elected courses. 

Procedure for Cancelling Registration for a Term 

To cancel a registration for a given term, after the stated deadlines, a graduate stu- 
dent must provide a written explanation, endorsed by the graduate director of his or 
her program, to the Associate Dean for Student Affairs. If appropriate, the request 
will be processed and, if fees are involved, the necessary adjustments made, please 
note that the cancellation of one's classes during the course of a given term is not 
meant to be used as a means of avoiding poor grades. 

Grades for Graduate Students 

A minimum grade point average of 3.0 for all graduate level courses taken is re- 
quired in order to be in good academic standing and for graduation with a graduate 
degree. Graduate students are required to meet all departmental and program rules 
and regulations. Departments and programs may stipulate requirements more strin- 
gent than those minimally expected by the Graduate School. 

Grading Systems 

The Conventional A through F grading system is used in graduate level courses. 

A "Satisfactory or Failure" (S-F) grading system may be used, at the discretion of 
the department or program, for certain types of graduate study. These include courses 
which require independent field work, special projects, or independent study. 
Departmental seminars, workshops, and departmental courses in instructional methods 
may also be appropriate for the S-F grading system. 

The "Pass-Fail" grading system is a grading option for undergraduates. However, 
in certain cases, a Department or program may give permission for a graduate student 
to use the Pass-Fail option for any 100- .300 level courses that a student takes. 



34 Degree Requirements 



Graduate credit may not be earned for these courses. Thesis and dissertation re- 
search, and courses labelled "Independent Study" or "Special Problems," may use 
either the A-F or the S-F grading system. 

Only one grading system will be used for a single course in a particular semester. 
The grading system will be designated by the department or program offering the 
course. 

Computation of Grade Point Average 

The A is calculated at 4 quality points, B at 3 quality points and C at 2 quality 
points. The grades of D, F, and I receive no quality points. After a student is matri- 
culated as a graduate student, all courses taken numbered 400 and above (except 500- 
level courses, those numbered 799 or 899, and those graded with an S), will be used 
in the calculation of the grade point average. A student may repeat any course in an 
effort to earn a better grade. The later grade, whether higher or lower, will be used 
in computing the grade point average. Grades for graduate students remain as part of 
the student's permanent record and may be changed only by the original instructor on 
certification, approved by the department chair and the Dean for Graduate Studies and 
Research, that an actual mistake was made in determining or recording the grade. 

No course taken after August 23, 1974. will be considered "not applicable" for the 
purpose of computing the grade point average of a graduate student. No graduate 
credit transferred from another institution will be included in the calculation of the 
grade point average. 

The Academic Record (Transcript) 

A graduate student's academic record (transcript) is intended to serve as a complete 
history of the student's academic progress at the University of Maryland. As such, it 
cannot be altered except in conformance with stated Graduate School policies go- 
verning change of election. Under no circumstances will the academic records be al- 
tered because of dissatisfaction with a grade or other academic accomplishment. 



Degree Requirements 

Graduate School Requirements Applicable to all Master's Degrees Programs 

The entire course of study undertaken for any master's degree must constitute a 
unified, coherent program which is approved by the student's advisor' and graduate 
director, and which meets Graduate School requirements. 

A minimum of thirty semester hours in courses acceptable for credit towards a 
graduate degree is required (some degree programs require more than 30 credits); in 
certain cases, six of the thirty semester hours must be thesis research credits. The 
graduate program must include at least 12 hours of course work at the 600 level or 
higher. If the student is inadequately prepared for the required graduate courses, ad- 
ditional courses may be required, which may not be considered as part of the 
student's graduate program. Credits to be applied to a student's program for a 
master's degree cannot have been used to satisfy any other previously earned degrees. 



Degree Requirements 35 



Grade-Point Average 

The student seeking any master's degree must maintain an average grade ot "B" 
(3.0) in all courses taicen for graduate credit. 

Time Limitation 

Ail requirements for the master's degree must be completed within a five year 
period. This time limit applies to any transfer work from other institutions to be in- 
cluded in a student's program. 

Additional Requirements 

In addition to the above requirements, special departmental or collegiate require- 
ments may be imposed, especially for degrees which are offered only in one depart- 
ment, college, or division. For these special requirements, consult the descriptions 
which appear under the departmental or collegiate listing in this catalog or the special 
publications which can be obtained from the department or college. 

Graduate School Requirements for the Degrees of Master of Arts and Master 
of Science 
THESIS OPTION 
Course Requirements 

A minimum of 30 semester hours including six hours of thesis research credit (799) 
is required for the degrees of Master of Arts and Master of Science. Of the 24 hours 
required in graduate courses, no less than 12 must be earned in the major subject. No 
less than one-half of the total required course credits for the degree, or a minimum of 
twelve, must be selected from courses number 600 or above. 

Thesis Requirement 

A thesis must be submitted for the Master of Arts and Master of Science degrees 
except for those programs in which a non-thesis option has been approved by the 
Dean in conformity with the policy of the Graduate Council. Approval of the thesis 
is the responsibility of an examining committee appointed by the Dean, on the recom- 
mendation of the student's advisor. The advisor is the chairperson of the committee, 
and the remaining members of the committee are members of the graduate faculty 
who are familiar with the student's program of study. The chairperson and the can- 
didate are informed of the membership of the examining committee by the Dean. 

Directions for the preparation and submission of theses will be found in the Theses 
Manual, which may be obtained from Room 2117, South Administration Building. 

Oral Examination 

A final oral examination on the thesis shall be held when the student has completed 
the thesis to the satisfaction of the student's advisor, providing all other requirements 
for the degree have been completed, and a 3.0 grade point average, computed in ac- 
cordance with the regulations described under "Grades for Graduate Students" has 
been earned. 

The examining committee, with a minimum of three members,, conducts the oral 
examination (an additional comprehensive written examination may be required at the 
option of the department or program). The chairperson of the examining committee 



36 Degree Requirements 



selects the time and place for the examination and notifies other members of the com- 
mittee and the candidate. Members of the committee must be given a minimum of 
seven school days in which to read the thesis. The duration of the examination is 
normally about an hour, but it may be longer if necessary to insure an adequate exam- 
ination. 

The decision to accept the examination as satisfactory must be unanimous. 
Students may present themselves for examination only twice. The report of the com- 
mittee, signed by each member, must be submitted to the Dean for Graduate Studies 
and Research no later than the appropriate date listed in the "Important Dates for 
Advisors and Students" if the student is to receive a diploma at the Commencement in 
the semester in which the examination is held. 

NON-THESIS OPTION 

The requirements for Master of Arts and Master of Science degrees without thesis 
vary slightly among departments and programs in which this option is available. 
Standards for admission are, however, identical with those for admission to any other 
master's program. The quality of the work expected of the student is also identical to 
that expected in the thesis programs. 

The general requirements for those on the non-thesis program are a minimum of 30 
semester credit hours in courses approved for graduate credit with a minimum average 
grade of B in all course work taken; a minimum of 18 semester credit hours in 
courses numbered 600 or above: the submission of one or more scholarly papers; and 
successful completion of a comprehensive final examination, a portion of which must 
be written. 

A student following a non-thesis master's program will be expected to meet the 
same deadlines for application for a diploma and for final examination reports estab- 
lished for all other degree programs. 

For information on programs which offer the non-thesis option, see the list of 
Graduate programs in the Catalog. 

Requirements for the Degree of Master of Education 

Nearly all departments in Education offer the Master of Education (M.Ed.) degree 
with the following requirements: 

1 . A minimum of 30 semester hours in coursework with a grade average 
of B. Grades for courses not a part of the program but taken in gradu- 
ate status will be computed in the average. 

2. A minimum of 15 hours in courses numbered 600-800 with the re- 
mainder at least in the 400 series. Some departments require courses in 
departments outside of those in Education. 

3. A comprehensive written examination taken at the end of coursework. 

4. EDMS 645. 

5. EDMS 646 or MUED 690 and one seminar paper: or two seminar pap- 
ers. 

For further details, see "Graduate Studies in the College of Education" issued by 



Degree Requirements 37 



the College of Education, and descriptions of departmental programs. 

Requirements Applicable to other Master's Degrees 

The particular requirements for the degrees of Master of Architecture. Master of 
Business Administration, Master of Library Science, Master of Music. Master of Fine 
Arts. Master of Public Policy. Master of Public Management, and Master of Applied 
Anthropology are given under the individual Graduate program entries in those fields. 

Graduate School Requirements Applicable to all Doctoral Degrees 

Credit Requirements 

The Graduate School requires that every student seeking the doctoral degree regi- 
ster for a minimum of 12 research credits, but the number of research and other credit 
hours required in the program varies with the degree and program in question. 

Admission to Candidacy 

Preliminary examinations, or such other substantial tests as the departments may 
elect, are frequently prerequisite for admission to candidacy. 

A student must be admitted to candidacy for the doctorate within five years after 
admission to the doctoral program and at least one academic year before the date on 
which the degree will be conferred. 

It is the responsibility of the student to submit an application for admission to can- 
didacy when all the requirements for candidacy have been fulfilled. Applications for 
admission to candidacy are made in duplicate by the student and submitted to the ma- 
jor department for further action and transmission to the Graduate School. 
Application forms may be obtained at the Graduate School Records Office. 

Time Limitation 

The student must complete the entire program for the degree, including the disser- 
tation and final examination, during a four year period after admission to candidacy. 
Extensions of time are granted only under the most unusual circumstances. If stu- 
dents fail to complete all requirements within the time allotted, they must submit an- 
other application for admission to the Graduate School and, if readmitted, another ap- 
plication for Advancement to Candidacy, after satisfying the usual program prerequi- 
sites prior to Advancement to Candidacy. 

Dissertation 

A dissertation or its equivalent is required of all candidates for a doctoral degree. 
The topic of the dissertation must be approved by the department or program commit- 
tee. 

During the preparation of the dissertation, all candidates for any doctoral degree 
must register for the prescribed number of semester hours of Doctoral Dissertation 
Research (899) at the University of Maryland. 

Directions for the preparation and submission of dissertations will be found in the 
Theses Manual, which may be obtained from the Graduate School Records Office. 

Additional Requirements 

In addition to the above requirements, special departmental or collegiate require- 



38 Degree Requirements 



inents may be imposed, especially for those degrees which are offered in only one de- 
partment, college, or division. For these special requirements, consult the descrip- 
tions which appear under the departmental or collegiate listing in this catalog or the 
special publications which can be obtained from the department, college, or division. 

Graduate School Requirements for the Degree of Doctor of Philosophy 

The Doctor of Philosophy Degree is granted only upon sufficient evidence of high 
attainment in scholarship and the ability to engage in independent research. It is not 
awarded for the completion of course and seminar requirements no matter how suc- 
cessfully completed. 

Foreign Language Requirement 

A number of departments have a foreign language requirement for the Doctor of 
Philosophy degree. The student should inquire in the department regarding this re- 
quirement. Students must satisfy the departmental or program requirement before 
they can be admitted to candidancy for the doctorate. 

Program 

There is no Graduate School requirement stipulating a specific number of course 
credits in either a major or a minor subject. It is the policy of the Graduate School to 
encourage the development of individual programs for each student who seeks the 
Ph.D. To that end, the academic departments and interdisciplinary programs have 
been directed to determine major and minor requirements, levels or sequences of re- 
quired courses, and similar rquirements for submission to the Graduate Council for 
approval. 

Admission to Candidacy 

See requirements for all doctoral degrees. 
Dissertation 

The ability to do independent research must be demonstrated by an original disser- 
tation on a topic approved by the department or program. 

During the preparation of the dissertation, all candidates for the Doctor of 
Philosophy degree must register for a minimum of 12 semester hours of doctoral re- 
search (899) at the University of Maryland. 

Constitution of Dissertation Committee 

1 . A dissertation committee must consist of a minimum of five members, 
at least three of whom must be regular members of The University of 
Maryland Graduate Faculty. Additional committee members may be 
required or invited to serve at departmental discretion. 

2. Each dissertation committee will have a chair, who must be a regular 
member of the Graduate Faculty. Dissertation committees may be co- 
chaired upon written recommendation of the department graduate direc- 
tor or chair and the approval of the Dean of Graduate Studies and 
Research. At least one of the co-chairs must be a regular member of 
the Graduate Faculty. 



Degree Requirements 39 



3. Each committee shall have appointed to it a representative of the Dean 
for Graduate Studies and Research. This person must be a regular 
member of the Graduate Faculty at The University of Maryland College 
Park and must be from a department other than the student's home de- 
partment. In cases where a student is in an interdisciplinary department 
or program, the Dean's Representative must be from a program outside 
the departments and programs involved in the interdisciplinary endeav- 
ors. 

4. Individuals from outside The University of Maryland system may serve 
on dissertation committees provided that their credentials warrant this 
service and upon the written request of and Justification by the depart- 
ment involved. These individuals must, however, be in addition to the 
minimum required number of regular members of the College Park 
Graduate Faculty. 

5. Emeriti and retired professors may serve on dissertation committees 
provided they are members of the Graduate Faculty. 

6. Graduate Faculty who terminate employment at The University of 
Maryland may be regarded for dissertation committee service purposes, 
as members of the Graduate Faculty for a 12-month period following 
their termination. During that time they may chair individual disserta- 
tions and theses and work with students as necessary. After that time, 
they may no longer serve as chairs of dissertations, although they may 
be placed in the status of co-chair. After they leave UMCP. faculty 
may not serve as Dean's Representative. 

The Dissertation Committee and the Conduct of the Dissertation Defense 

Each doctoral candidate is required to orally defend his/her doctoral dissertation as 
a requirement in partial fulfillment of the doctorial degree. The final oral defense of 
the dissertation is conducted by a committee of the Graduate Faculty appointed by the 
Dean for Graduate Studies and Research upon the advice of the candidate's disserta- 
tion advisor and department graduate director. 

Oral defenses must be attended by all members of the officially established doctoral 
examining committee as approved by the Dean for Graduate Studies and Research. 
Should a last minute change in the constitution of the committee be required, said 
change must be sanctioned by the Dean for Graduate Studies and Research in consul- 
tation with the graduate director of the student's home department and the student's 
dissertation chair. 

Notice of doctoral defenses must be published in the student's home department at 
least 5 days before the scheduled event. All doctoral defenses must be open to 
Graduate Faculty of The University of Maryland, College Park campus and any other 
interested parties whom the chair of the dissertation committee, in consultation with 
the Graduate Director of the department, believe to be appropriate. Departments may 
wish routinely to open dissertation defenses to a broader audience, in which case de- 
partmental policies must be established, recorded and made available to all doctoral 
students. 



40 Degree Requirements 



Oral defenses of dissertations must be held in University facilities that are readily 
accessible to all members of the committee and others attending the defense. 

Two or more negative votes constitute a failure of the candidate to meet the disser- 
tation requirement. In cases of failure, it is required that the examining committee 
specify in detail and in writing to the department graduate director, the Dean for 
Graduate Studies and Research, and the student the exact nature of the deficiencies in 
the dissertation and/or the oral performance that led to failure. A second defense is 
permitted, which if failed, results in termination of the student's admitted status. 

Inclusion of Previously Published Materials in a Thesis or Dissertation 

1. A graduate student may, upon the recommendation of the dissertation 
director, and with the endorsement of home department graduate direc- 
tors or chairs, include his or her own published works as part of the 
final dissertation. Appropriate citations within the dissertation includ- 
ing where the work was previously published are required. All such 
materials must be produced in standard dissertation format. 

2. It is recognized that occasionally a graduate student will co- author 
works with faculty and colleagues which should be included in a disser- 
tation. In such instances, the graduate student may include those works 
but only upon the recommendation of the dissertation advisor, the ap- 
proval of the department graduate director or chair and the Dean for 
Graduate Studies and Research. In a co-authored paper, it is incumbent 
upon the examining committee to determine that the student made a 
substantial contribution to the paper which is being included. The for- 
mat of such inclusions must conform to be standard dissertation format. 
A forward to the dissertation, as approved by the Dissertation 
Committee, must state that the student made the primary contributions 
to the relevant aspects of the jointly authored work included in the dis- 
sertation. 

Requirements for the Degree of Doctor of Education 

The requirements for the Doctor of Education (Ed.D) degree are for the most part 
the same as those for the Doctor of Philosophy degree in the College of Education. 
The Ed.D. requires a minimum of 6 semester hours of dissertation credit, while the 
Ph.D. requires a minimum of 12 semester hours of dissertation credit. Consult the 
Graduate Studies Office in the College of Education and the individual department for 
additional details. 

Requirements for other Doctoral Degrees 

The particular requirements for the degrees of Doctor of Musical Arts are given 
under the corresponding program description. 

Time Extensions Governing Degrees 

Students who fail to complete all requirements by the prescribed deadlines may pe- 
tition their departments in order to seek up to a one year extension of time in which 
to complete the outstanding requirements. This extension may be granted by the de- 



Degree Requirements 41 



partment, which must then notify the Graduate School in writing of its decition. The 
Graduate School will confirm this decision in writing to the student and adjust the 
computer database accordingly. Students who fail to complete all requirements for 
the degree following the granting of a time extension by the department must seek 
any additional extension by petitioning the department. If the department supports the 
request, it must forward the request to the Graduate School for review. In such 
cases, the Administrator of Graduate Admissions and Records evaluates the request m 
light of the written explanation provided, and may grant up to one additional year's 
extension. The Graduate School decision will be communicated in writing to each 
petitioner and a copy will be sent to the student's home department. 

Petition for Waiver or Partial Waiver of a Regulation 

All policies of the Graduate School have been formulated by the Graduate Council, 
the governing body of the Graduate School, with the goal of ensuring academic quali- 
ty. These policies must be equitably and uniformly enforced for all graduate students. 
Nevertheless, circumstances occasionally occur which warrant individual considera- 
tion. Therefore, if a graduate student believes that there are compelling reasons for a 
specific regulation to be waived or modified, the student should submit a written peti- 
tion to the Graduate School, Room 2125 South Administration, explaining the facts 
and issues which bear on the case. In all instances, the petitions must be reviewed by 
the departmental graduate director or chair and, if the petition involves a course, by 
the course instructor. If both of these people recommend approval and so state in 
writing, it is then forwarded to the Graduate School for final review. 

Commencement 

Applications for the diploma must be filed with the Office of Admissions and 
Registrations within the first three weeks of the semester in which the candidate ex- 
pects to obtain a degree, except during summer session. During the summer session, 
the application must be filed during the first week of the second summer session. 
Exact dates are noted for each semester and the summer sessions in "Important Dates 
for Advisors and Students." Failure to meet specific deadlines may result in a delay of 
one or more semesters before graduation. 

If, for any reason, students do not graduate at the end of the semester in which 
they have applied for the diploma, they must re-apply for it in the semester in which 
they expect to graduate. 

Academic costume is required of all candidates at commencement exercises. Those 
who so desire may purchase or rent caps and gowns at the University of Maryland 
student supply store. Orders must be filed eight weeks before the date of commence- 
ment but may be cancelled later if students find themselves unable to complete the re- 
quirements for the degree. 

Resources 



42 



Location 

In location, faculty and students at the University of Maryland enjoy the best of all 
possible worlds. Situated on 1,300 acres in Prince Georges County, the College Park 
Campus is a part of the larger metropolitan area of Washington, D.C., which is rapid- 
ly becoming the nation's capital in cultural and intellectual activity as well as political 
power. The Kennedy Center for the performing Arts, the Filene Center, and the 
many fine area theaters regularly present performances by the world's most exciting 
and renowned artists. The Smithsonian Museums and the National Gallery of Art, 
among others, sponsor outstanding collections and special exhibits that attract national 
attention. In addition to cultural activities, the nation's Capital provides interested 
students the opportunity to observe at first hand the work of federal institutions; to sit 
in the galleries of congress; to watch the Supreme Court in session; and to attend pub- 
lic Congressional hearings. The possibilities for personal enrichment offered in this 
exciting cosmopolitan area are indeed enormous. 

Outside the metropolitan area, and just minutes from the campus, the scene in the 
Maryland countryside is pleasantly rural. Maryland offers a great variety of recrea- 
tional and leisure activities in its many fine national and state parks, from the Catoctin 
Mountains in Western Maryland to the Assateague Island National Seashore on the 
Atlantic bound Eastern Shore, all within a pleasant drive from the campus. Historic 
Annapolis, the state capital, is only a short drive away, and the city of Baltimore, 
with its rich variety of ethnic heritages, its cultural and educational institutions, and 
its impressive urban transformation is only thirty miles from College Park. 

Special Research Resources 

The College Park Campus is in the midst of one of the greatest concentrations of 
research facilities and intellectual talent in the nation, if not in the world. Libraries 
and laboratories serving virtually every academic discipline are within easy commut- 
ing distance. There is a steady and growing interchange of ideas, information, techni- 
cal skills, and scholars between the University and these centers. The libraries and 
facilities of many of these centers are open to qualified graduate students at the uni- 
versity. The resources of many more are available by special arrangement. 

In the humanities, the Library of Congress and the Folger Shakespeare Library, 
with its extensive collection of rare manuscripts, are among the world's most out- 
standing research libraries. In addition, Dumbarton Oaks; the National Archives; the 
Smithsonian Institution; the World Bank; the National Library of Medicine; the 
National Agricultural Library; the Enoch Pratt Free Library of Baltimore; the libraries 
of the Federal Departments of Labor; Commerce; Interior; Health, Education, and 
Welfare; Housing and Urban Development; and Transportation, and approximately 
500 other specialized libraries are all within a few minutes drive of the College Park 
Campus. These resources make the University of Maryland one of the most attractive 
in the nation for scholars of all disciplines. 

The proximity of the Beltsville Agricultural Research Center of the United States 
Department of Agriculture has stimulated the development of both laboratories and 
opportunities for field research in the agricultural and life-sciences. The National 
Institutes of Health offer unparalleled opportunities for collaboration in biomedical 



43 



and behavior research. Opportunities are also available for collaborative graduate 
study programs with other major government laboratories, such as the National 
Bureau of Standards, the Naval Research Laboratory, and the U.S. Geological 
Survey. The long-standing involvement of the State of Maryland in the development 
of the commercial and recreational resources of the Chesapeake Bay has resulted in 
the establishment of outstanding research facilities for the study of marine science at 
the University of Maryland Center for environmental and Estuarine Studies, with re- 
search facilities at Horn point near Cambridge, at Crisfield, and at Solomons Island, 
Maryland. 

Campus facilities are also excellent for research in every discipline. Work in the 
behavioral sciences, particularly in learning, is centered in laboratories equipped for 
fully automated research on rats, pigeons, and monkeys. 

Exceptional research facilities in the physical sciences include two small Van de 
Graaff accelerators; an assortment of computers, including a pDp 11/45, a UNIVAC 
1108 and a UNIVAC 1100/41: a 10 KW training nuclear reactor.; a full scale low ve- 
locity wind tunnel; several small hypersonic helium wind tunnels; specialized facilities 
in the Institute for physical Science and Technology; a psychopharmacology labora- 
tory; shock tubes; a quiescent plasma device (Q-machine) and a speromak compact fu- 
sion device for plasma research; and rotating tanks for laboratory studies of meteoro- 
logical phenomena. 

Students also have access to research farms, greenhouses, and even laboratory- 
equipped vessels for research in the Chesapeake Bay. The University also owns and 
operates one of the world's largest and most sophisticated long-wavelength radio te- 
lescopes located in Clark Lake, California and in the Astronomy Program Observatory 
on campus. 

Special Opportunities for Artists 

Advanced work in the creative and performing arts at College Park is concentrated 
in the Tawes Fine Arts Building and the recently completed Art-Sociology Building. 
Creative work is greatly stimulated by the close interaction that has developed be- 
tween the students and faculty of the University and the artists and scholars at the 
National Gallery, the Corcoran Gallery, the Hirshhom Museum, the Phillips Gallery, 
the Smithsonian Institution, as well as the musicians of the National Symphony 
Orchestra and small musical groups. The Kennedy Center for the performing Arts 
and the Filene Center (Wolf Trap Farm Park) have further enhanced the climate for 
creative artists attending the University. 

Outstanding work on campus in theater, dance, radio, and television is aided by the 
proximity of the campus to the National Theater, the Arena Stage, the Morris 
Mechanic Theater, and numerous little theater groups in the Washington and 
Baltimore area. There is a frequent and steady interchange of ideas and talent be- 
tween students and faculty at the University and both educational and commercial ra- 
dio and television media, as a consequence of the large professional staffs which are 
maintained in the Washington area. 



44 



Libraries 

The University library system includes major research libraries on both the College 
Park and Baltimore Campuses. 

The libraries on the College Park Campus contain over 1.8 volumes, and they sub- 
scribe to more than 20,000 periodicals and newspapers. Additional collections of re- 
search materials are available on microfilm, microfiche, phonograph records, tapes 
and films. 

The Theodore R. McKeldin Library is the largest library on campus and the princi- 
pal library of graduate use in the humanities, social sciences, and life sciences. 
Special collections include those of Thomas I. Cook in political science; Romeo 
Mansueti in the biological sciences; Katherine Anne porter and Djuna Barnes; ma- 
terials from the Bureau of Social Science Research; the archives of the Baltimore 
News America; Maryland documents; and the files of the Industrial Union of Marine 
and Shipbuilding Workers of America. In addition, the University is a regional depo- 
sitory of U.S. Government publications, and the Government Documents/Maps 
Room in McKeldin includes U.S. Government publications, documents of the United 
nations, the League of Nations and other international organizations, agricultural ex- 
periment station and extension service publications, and maps from the U.S. Army 
Map Service. The East Asia Collection is the world's largest repository of published 
and unpublished Japanese-language materials from the Allied Occupation period. The 
McKeldin collections also include microfilm productions of government documents, 
rare books, early journals, and newspapers. 

Graduate students at UMCP are not served by McKeldin alone. Six branch librar- 
ies also are included as part of the UMCP Libraries system. Although the Hornbake 
Library's collection is primarily for the undergraduate student, this library does offer 
ample study space and a 24-hour study room. In addition, Nonprint Media Services, 
the central location for audiovisual materials in the library system and the campus, is 
in the Hornbake Library. 

Also in the Hornbake Library building is the Music Library with books, periodi- 
cals, music scores and parts, and music recordings in both music and dance. The 
Music Library's special collections include items from the American Bandmasters 
Association Research Center, the National Association of College Wind and percus- 
sion Instructors Research Center, the International Clarinet Society Research Library, 
and the International piano Archives at Maryland. 

The Engineering and Physical Sciences Library (EPSL) contains materials in phys- 
ics, engineering, mathematics and geology with other significant collections in com- 
puter science, environmental sciences, water resources, and aerospace science. EPSL 
is also a U.S. patent depository and its large Technical Reports Center has collec- 
tions from NASA, ERDA, and Rand Corporation, and other agencies and organiza- 
tions. 

The Charles E. White Memorial Library is a collection of chemistry, bio-chemistry 
and microbiology materials. Materials include books, periodicals, major indexes and 
comprehensive spectra collections. 

Architecture students are served by the Architecture Library with materials on ar- 



Resources 45 



chitectural design, theory and history, urban design, landscape architecture and build- 
ing technology. This library's special collections include rare architecture books dat- 
ing as far back as the seventeenth century, materials on world expositions from 1857 
to 1937 and the collection of the National Trust for Historic Preservation. 

For graduate students in art, the Art Library collects materials in art history, studio 
art, art education, photography, graphic arts, interior design and textiles. Special col- 
lections include art reproductions and art exhibition catalogs. 

Research is supported in the UMCP Libraries with a variety of technological tools. 
An online catalog identifies library materials from the collections of libraries in the 
University of Maryland system including the UMBC, UMES, UMAB-Law and 
UMUC campuses. It provides access to this information through public terminals lo- 
cated throughout the library system and through telephone connections using terminals 
in homes or offices. Research is also supported through CARS and MiniCARS, com- 
puter assisted reference services for accessing hundreds of remote bibliographic, tex- 
tual and numeric databases. Both McKeldin and Hombake Libraries offer microcom- 
puters for the use of anyone in the UMCP community. 

In the McKeldin, Hombake and Engineering and Physical Sciences Libraries, li- 
brary users can run their own computer searches in databases in education, social 
sciences, life sciences, business, and for patent information. 

Bureaus, Centers, and Institutes 

Acknowledging the importance of an interdisciplinary approach to knowledge, the 
University maintains organized research units outside the usual department structures. 
These institutes, centers, and bureaus offer valuable opportunities for faculty and stu- 
dents to engage in research and study in specialized areas and in public service activi- 
ties. 

Bureaus 

Bureau of Business and Economic Research: Director: John H. Cumberland. The 
Bureau of Business and Economic Research conducts economic research in the areas 
of regional and urban development, environmental and natural resources management, 
and state and local public finance, projects are funded by the University and by State 
and Federal Government agencies. Research is conducted by Bureau faculty 
members, who hold joint appointments with the Department of Economics, and by 
advanced graduate students working on degree programs. 

Bureau of Governmental Research: Director: Allen Schick. Activities of the 
Bureau of Governmental Research relate primarily to the problems of state and local 
government in Maryland. The Bureau engages in research and publishes findings 
with reference to local, state and national governments and their interrelationships. It 
undertakes surveys, sponsored programs and grants, and offers its assistance and ser- 
vice to units of government in Maryland. The Bureau furnishes opportunities for qua- 
lified students interested in research and career development in state and local ad- 
ministration. 



46 



Centers 

Center on Aging: Associate Director: Dr. Edward F. Anseilo. The Center on 
Aging, established in 1974, has a university-wide mandate to promote aging-related 
activities. The Center's goals are to: (1) promote disciplinary and interdisciplinary 
aging related research by assisting in proposal preparation and in communication with 
various government and private funding sources; (2) encourage departments, schools, 
and colleges to pursue aging-related research and develop gerontologically- oriented 
courses; (3) provide students with educational programs, field experiences, training 
opportunities, and job placements that will prepare them for careers in aging-related 
occupations; and (4) conduct training programs, sponsor conferences, and provide on 
and off-campus technical assistance to meet the needs of practitioners who serve older 
persons. In addition, the Center sponsors a colloquium series on aging- related topics 
that is open to students and the public, conducts training and conferences for com- 
munity level practitioners, and offers the annual Institute for Gerontological Practice 
for persons involved in direct service activities for the elderly. The Center coor- 
dinates the Graduate Gerontology Certificate for students pursuing master's and doc- 
toral degrees in regular university departments as well as for those who return to the 
campus as advanced special students. 

Architecture and Engineering Performance Information Center (AEPIC): 
Director: John Loss. A joint center of the School of Architecture and the College of 
Engineering. AEPIC was founded in 1982 to develop the systems, programs, sof- 
tware, and storage networks for the systematic collection, collation, analysis, and dis- 
semination of information about the performance (dysfunction) of buildings, civil 
structures, and other constructed facilities. 

Architects, engineers, contractors, developers, manufacturers, lawyers, building 
owners and users, federal and state agencies, insurance underwriters, university and 
private research organizations, and others interested in the objectives of AEPIC can 
use this computer-based collection of performance information for: ( 1 ) planning new 
projects; (2) reviewing existing structures for rehabilitation or restoration; (3) teaching 
(case studies); (4) modifying codes and regulations; (5) planning research; (6) prepar- 
ing professional texts; (7) investigating for dispute resolution; (8) developing new pro- 
ducts for the industry; (9) implementing effective quality control measures; (10) im- 
proving professional and industry practice; and (11) creating an in-house resource base 
with lessons learned from project performance. 

Center for Automation Research: Director: Azriel Rosenfeld. The Center for 

Automation Research, established in 1983, conducts interdisciplinary research in 
many areas of industrial and business automation. The Center currently consists of 
four laboratories: Business Automation, Computer Vision, Human/Computer 
Interaction, and Robotics. Some of the principal areas of interest of these laboratories 
are as follows; 

• Business Automation: office automation systems, impact of automation 
on organizational behavior; decision support systems; man-machine in- 
terfaces. 

• Computer Vision: robot navigation; industrial computer vision; 
knowledge-based vision systems; machine architectures for vision; im- 



Resources 47 

age processing algorithms and software. 

• Human/Computer Interaction: experimental studies of human perfor- 
mance with computers; user interfaces for expert systems; programmer 
workstation and system development tools; training; on-line assistance; 
and documentation. 

• Robotics: control systems; kinematics; dynamics; computer-aided de- 
sign; manufacturing automation; modeling and identification; artifical 
intelligence; locomotion; structural design; applications. 

In addition the Center has close relationships with other research groups at the 
University. These include the Laboratory for Computer Aided Design (Department of 
Electrical Engineering); the Database Systems Research Laboratory (College of 
Business and Management); the Machine Intelligence and pattern Analysis Laboratory 
(Department of Computer Science); and the Laboratory for the Study of psychological 
Aspects of Automation (Department of Psychology). 

Center for Business and Public Policy: Director: Frank E. McLaughlin. The 
Center, housed in the College of Business and Management at UMCP, seeks to en- 
courage more effective public policy development in the contemporary social and po- 
litical environment. It conducts and promotes research and dialogue among members 
of the affected groups and public officials concerning the broad pattern and changing 
character of business and society relationships, and directs attention to specific public 
policy issues through conferences and seminars. It emphasizes the study of more ef- 
fective approaches to the resolution of disputes involving business and society. The 
Center publishes and distributes a wide range of documents reflecting its work. 

Comparative Education Center: Director: George A. Male. Established in 1967, 
the Comparative Education Center provides cross-cultural encouragement and assis- 
tance to faculty and students with international education interests. Center staff 
members represent special competence on Western Europe, Africa, the Near East, and 
on international organizations. 

The Center arranges study visits for educators from other countries, holds symposia 
and occasional lectures, and periodically publishes research essays on international 
education topics. The Center is associated with the Department of Education Policy, 
Planning, and Administration. 

Computer Science Center: Director: Dr. Glenn Ricart. The Computer Science 
Center is the hub of University computing services on the College Park campus. In 
addition it is a trendsetter in intra-and inter-university computer communication, prov- 
iding a broad range of computer power via a highspeed broadband coaxial cable data 
network, local Ethernet networks, and gateways to such national networks as 
BITNET, ARPAnet, SURAnet, and MFEnet. 

Researchers, faculty, staff and students can access instructional and research com- 
puting resources on the Center's Unisys 1100/92, IBM 3081, IBM 4381, and two 
IBM 4341 systems. Additional computing capability is provided by the Center's 
UNIX systems, connected to the Campus Network (UMDnet). Currently the systems 
are designed for student use, and all three are MicroVAX lis running ULtrix 2.0. 

Depending on the machine, computer account holders can use general programming 



48 



packages like Fortran, Cobol, Basic, and Assembler, as well as more specialized 
packages in statistics (SAS and SPSSx), graphics, and database (SQL). For qualified 
users with large-scale computing needs, the Center operates a VAX 11/785 with a 
Floating Point System — 164 array processor, and maintains a link via satellite with a 
Cray X-MP/48 supercomputer at the San Diego Supercomputer Center. 

A special feature of the University's computer communications network is the 
availability of electronic mail. Mail allows users to send and receive messages from 
users to send and receive messages from users on other terminals connected to CSC- 
supported computers. 

Because of the enormous popularity of microcomputers on campus the Center has 
established numerous workstation labs for faculty, staff, and students. These labs fea- 
ture IBM PCS, PS/2s (and compatibles), and Apple Macintosh microcomputers. 

Support services for faculty, staff and graduate researchers using CSC-sponsored 
computing resources include: 

• programming, microcomputing, and statistical consultation; 

• software evaluation and development: 

• data entry: 

• publication production: 

• Kurzweil scanning; 

• mark sense reading (optical scanning); 

• collection of specialized software for micro and mainframe computers; 

• non-credit short courses; and 

• maintenance and repair service on computer equipment. 

An additional service arm of the Center is the Computer Emporium, located on 
campus. The "store" sells microcomputers and related peripherals to faculty, staff and 
students at prices reflecting educational discounts. 

Additional information and numerous free handouts about the Center's resources 
and services are available in the Program Library, Room 2337. Faculty and staff can 
also subscribe (free of charge) to the Center's quarterly newsletter by requesting a 
mailing list application form from the Program Library. 

Center for Curriculum Development and Change: Director: Louise M. Berman. 
This Center is committed to. working with public and private schools, schools of 
nursing and medicine, business and industrial organizations, museums, and govern- 
mental and private agencies on issues pertaining to curriculum development and 
change. 

Among the activities of interest to Center staff and groups they serve are plans for 
designing, implementing, and evaluating curriculum programs; advanced study and in- 
service education for faculty and administrators; networking and identification of spe- 
cialized experts in the curriculum field; and development of national and international 
curriculum programs and exchanges. The Center is associated with the Department of 
Education Policy, Planning, and Administration. 

Center for Educational Research and Development (CERD): Director: Dr. John 



49 



T. Guthrie. Associate Director: Dr. Gerald V. Teague. The Center for 
Educational Research and Development (CERD) is a research facility devoted to 
promoting the study of analysis and complex issues in education. The problems ad- 
dressed include student learning and development, teacher effectiveness, curriculum 
theory, policy analysis, and the social context of education. Issues are examined 
through a variety of methodologies including qualitative approaches, surveys, correla- 
tional studies, experiments and philosophical/literary analysis. The Center communi- 
cates its findings broadly, attempting to bring new knowledge to the attention of edu- 
cational decision-makers and the public through a variety of publication outlets. 

The Center provides service to College staff in the development of scholarly activi- 
ties. Assistance is given in the areas of literature retrieval and review, research de- 
sign and analysis, and the communication of findings. Preparation of grant proposals 
including financial preparation, monitoring and accounting is supported. For the pur- 
poses of conducting research activities and sustaining communication regarding the 
application of new knowledge to educational problems, the Center provides a liaison 
with local. State and National education agencies. Collaborations of educational, cor- 
porate, and university communities engaged in common research pursuits are facili- 
tated. 

Family Service Center: Director: Dr. Carol A. Werlinich. The Family Service 
Center (FSC) was established in 1980 by the Department of Family and Community 
Development. The Center's mission is to enhance the quality of life for Maryland fa- 
milies and the communities in which they reside. Enabling the family is the summary 
goal of all of the Family Service Center's multifaceted programs. 

The Center activities include: (1) direct marital and family therapy service, (2) the 
offering of a variety of therapy groups; e.g., couples, adolescents and their families, 
single parents, etc.; (3) the publication of The Maryland Family, a vehicle for the 
optimal functioning of families in our community; (4) the locus for clinical data col- 
lection and research; and (5) the primary training site for the department's clinical stu- 
dents. 

Of these activities, therapy training and direct services to families are central. 
Since its inception a decade ago, the FSC has contributed to the training of over 100 
family therapy professionals, and the FSC has provided marriage and family therapy 
services to over 2,000 Maryland families. No family is refused service because of 
inability to pay. The Center has a full-time staff as well as associated faculty 
members and graduate students. 

Family Research Center: Director: Dr. Roger H. Rubin. The purpose of the Family 
Research Center (FRC) is to enhance family research opportunities by securing extra- 
mural funding and encouraging cooperative ventures within the University and with 
other institutions. A variety of ongoing and special research projects are operated in 
the Center from its facility on Knox Road. The current components of the center in- 
clude the editorial office of the international journal. Comparative Urban Research; 
the office of the District of Columbia Metropolitan Area Council on Family Relations; 
the Family and Computer Research Project, the international office of the Groves 
Conference on Marriage and the Family; and the Marriage and Family Therapy Group 
project. 



50 



The Family Research Center is associated with the Department of Family and 
Community Development. 

Industrial Relations and Labor Studies Center: Director: Paul A. Weinstein. The 
program of Industrial Relations and Labor Studies was recently organized at UMCP 
and is concerned with two kinds of activity. The first is interdisciplinary research 
directed primarily toward the study of labor-management relations, wages and related 
problems, the labor market, comparative studies and personnel problems. The Center 
draws on the expertise and interests of faculty from the College of Business and 
Management, the School of Law and the Department of Economics, History, psycho- 
logy and Sociology. The second main activity consists of community and labor rela- 
tions education projects serving management, unions, the public and other groups in- 
terested in industrial relations and labor-related activities. These projects consist of 
public lectures, conferences, and symposia as well as non-credit courses. Discussions 
concerning the development of a Master's degree in Industrial Relations and Labor 
Studies are currently underway. 

Center for Innovation: Director: Jerald Hage. The Center for Innovation has three 
main goals: (1) the development of new theories about organizations broadly con- 
ceived. (2) the search for innovative solutions to practical problems, and (3) research 
on technologically advanced and innovative organizations. Among its theoretical 
frameworks are a multidimensional approach to technology and product systems, and 
a contigency theory of mental health delivery systems. Several other research projects 
focus on the attempt to integrate organizational theory and the analysis of societies. 
Among the items on the Center's research agenda is an innovative project in Chile on 
quality work circles, industrial democracy, and the problems of employment and pro- 
ductivity. 

Throughout the past year, members of the Center, which is sponsored jointly by 
the Departments of Psychology and Sociology and the College of Business and 
Management at UMCP, have presented papers at numerous conferences; these 
working papers are available to interested parties upon request. 

Center for International Development and Conflict Management (CIDCM): 

Director: Edward E. Azar. The Center is a think tank focusing on management and 
resolution of protracted conflict in the world today. 

The Center's staff, composed of University faculty and visiting fellows and associ- 
ates, studies dozens of comtemporary international and intercommunal conflicts their 
causes, dynamics, management strategies, and peaceful resolution. 

The Center's activities pursue three goals, consistent with the mission of the 
University of Maryland: research, service, and teaching. 

Research at the Center is organized in groups of projects — a) Conflict Theory and 
Management Strategies; and b) Regional and Country Studies. Key areas of research 
at the Center include: Theory of protracted Social Conflict, Strategies of Conflict 
Management and Resolution, population and Development. The Center's current area 
studies and projects include:. Central America project. Studies on Israel, Studies on 
Korea, Studies on Lebanon, Middle East project, and South Africa project. 

Service to the wider community of scholars, government, campus, and public in 



Resources 51 

the United States and abroad to share knowledge and to provide technical assistance is 
the second focus of the Center. 

The Center sponsors public lectures, seminars, and policy round- table discussions 
on a variety of contemporary issues. 

The Center hosts resident and visiting scholars and fellows from the United States 
and other parts of the world and collaborates with national and international institu- 
tions. 

Teaching Faculty members and fellows of the Center work closely with the teach- 
ing departments of the University of Maryland in organizing and teaching undergradu- 
ate and graduate courses and seminars. 

As a research tool, the Center has been building a computerized information base 
on conflict and cooperation events on a worldwide basis. 

Center for Language and Cognition: Director: David L. Horton. The purpose of 
the Center for Language and Cognition is to provide a central focus for instruction 
and research training on all aspects of language and cognition represented by the 
training staff. The Center's specific goals are to (1) encourage and support research 
and (2) to train students capable of making substantial contributions to the understand- 
ing of human cognitive systems and of relating this understanding to behavior in nat- 
ural settings. The training program consists of classroom instruction (courses and 
seminars), research apprenticeships, and a variety of special features designed to pro- 
vide an integrative program for all students. The special features include an 
"interdisciplinary" center seminar which provides a common forum for the discussion 
of contemporary issues and an evening discussion seminar in which a variety of pro- 
fessional, practical, and theoretical issues are considered. Also of importance are the 
visiting scholar series, a technical report series, and a variety of informal procedures 
for the training of competent, mature scientists. 

The Maryland Center for Productivity and Quality of Working Life: Director: 
Tom Tuttle. The Maryland Center for Productivity and Quality of Working Life op- 
erates within the College of Business and Management. The Maryland Center was 
established in 1977 to promote productivity, quality and labor- management coopera- 
tion in Maryland. 

Helping organizations develop productivity measurement systems, employee in- 
volvement programs, productivity gain-sharing systems, joint labor-management pro- 
jects and other "tactical" improvements is an important part of the Center's work. 
But the real challenge is helping organizations understand that productivity and quality 
of working life must be viewed as strategic issues to be built into the fabric of the or- 
ganization. 

Only by thinking strategically can businesses, labor organizations and government 
agencies work together to make the substantive changes needed to survive in the rap- 
idly changing world we live in... and assure that jobs will remain and grow in 
Maryland. 

The Center has four major functions: 1) to foster increased productivity and quality 
of working life and to increase competitiveness through direct technical assistance to 
public and private sector organizations in Maryland; 2) to act as a clearing house for 



52 Resources 



information about productivity and quality of working life and publish a bimonthly 
newsletter, "The Maryland Workplace"; 3) to increase knowledge levels about produc- 
tivity and quality of working life in Maryland through the regular curriculum of the 
University, as well as through training programs sponsored by the Center; and 4) to 
conduct research which adds to the body of knowledge about productivity and the 
quality of working life. 

Center for Mathematics Education: Director: Dr. Patricia F. Campbell. The 
Center for Mathematics Education facilitates a graduate program in mathematics edu- 
cation relating mathematics, psychology, and learning. The Center provides a setting 
in which graduate students, faculty, participating children, parents, and appropriate vi- 
sitors can become involved in the formal and informal interactions so essential to ap- 
plied research on the learning and teaching of mathematics. 

In support of its graduate program, the Center sponsors two major projects: The 
Mathematics Clinic and the Mathematics Teaching Laboratory. The Mathematics 
Clinic provides a context wherein graduate students can study the teaching and 
learning of mathematics as they work directly with students in grades 1-12 who have 
difficulty learning mathematics. Models and procedures for the diagnosis and re- 
mediation of learning difficulties in mathematics are tested and refined in the Clinic. 

The Mathematics Teaching Laboratory provides an extensive array of materials for 
teaching elementary school mathematics materials that Center faculty and graduate 
students not only evaluate but also use in their work with children or pre-service 
teachers. 

Center for Ocean-Land-Atmosphere Interactions: The Center for Ocean-Land- 
Atmosphere Interactions (COLA) has been established in the Department of 
Meteorology to foster interdisciplinary research and to increase our understanding of 
the physical processes in the oceans, atmosphere, and at the land surface, and their 
interactions. It is recognized that the interactions among the ocean-atmosphere-land 
processes are perhaps the most important determinants of the fluctuations which affect 
the global and regional habitability of the planet earth. A better understanding of in- 
teractions among the ocean-atmosphere-land processes is essential to enable us to dis- 
tinguish between the natural variability of the coupled system and changes caused by 
external forcing or human activities. An important objective of the center is to study 
the contributions of internal dynamic processes and the slowly varying boundary con- 
ditions at the earth surface in determining the variability and predictability of short 
term climate, and to explore the feasilibity of dynamic prediction of monthly and sea- 
sonal averages. Specific atmospheric, biospheric and oceanic studies currently being 
conducted by the Center are listed below: 

1 . Study of physical mechanisms which determine the interannual variabil- 
ity and predictability of monthly and seasonal averages. 

2. Mathematical modeling of large scale atmospheric processes and 
predictability of the coupled ocean-land-atmosphere system. 

3. Study of climatically significant feedbacks operating between the land 
surface and the regional and global circulation using a biologically and 
physically realistic biosphere-atmosphere model. 



Resources 53 



4. Investigation of the use of satellite remote sensing data in initializing 
and validating the combined atmosphere-biosphere model. 

5. Research on mesoscale coastal modeling and tropical ocean modeling. 

6. Four dimensional assimilation of ocean data using realistic ocean mod- 
els. 

Reading Center: Director: Robert M. Wilson. The Reading Center provides support 
services for undergraduate and graduate students in the area of reading education. 
The faculty of the Center believe that a positive learning environment facilitates 
learning and are continuously searching for ways to improve reading instruction. 

The Center operates a diagnostic and remedial clinic in which graduate students 
work with children who have mild to severe reading difficulties. Clinic diagnosis and 
instruction is of the highest quality and is closely supervised. Over 2,000 children 
have been assisted in the clinic. Hundreds of graduate students have refined their 
diagnostic and remedial instructional skills there. The clinic provides a pool of re- 
search subjects for faculty and graduate students. 

The Center facilitates faculty research through awarding small grants, obtaining re- 
search subjects, and sponsoring staff development in such areas as research design 
and statistical procedures. 

Collaborative efforts are made with other UMCP faculty as well as with the 
Maryland State Department of Education and the local schools. These efforts have 
resulted in interdisciplinary classes, conferences, and research projects. Faculty and 
graduate students aid local schools by conducting inservice activities, consulting on 
curriculum development, and providing support to parent organizations. 

Center for Renaissance & Baroque Studies: Director: S. Schoenbaum (UMCP). 
Executive Director: Adele Seeff (UMCP). The Center for Renaissance & Baroque 
Studies, housed in the Division of Arts and Humanities at UMCP, was established in 
1981 to serve all disciplines within the Division of Arts and Humanities. 

The Center has several objectives; to promote interdisciplinary research and teach- 
ing among faculty in Renaissance and Baroque studies; to aid individual departments 
in the development of new curricula and programs; to support and publicize faculty 
research projects; to promote closer relations with major research centers in the 
Washington and Baltimore areas; to strengthen ties with faculty in humanities disci- 
plines form regional colleges and universities; to enrich the life of the university and 
area community through lectures, conferences, exhibitions, concerts, and other public 
presentations; and to consolidate ties between university and secondary school faculty 
in Maryland. 

Major programs sponsored by the Center include the scholar-in- residence program, 
which appoints a distinguished scholar for a semester to teach, lecture, and conduct 
faculty colloquia; an annual interdisciplinary symposium; the Maryland Handel 
Festival, Newton Symposium; and two summer institutes for secondary school teach- 
ers in Fine Arts and Shakespeare. 

Center for Research in Public Communication: Director: Michael Gurevitch. 
Associate Director: Jay Blumler. The Center for Research in public Communication 



54 



is sponsored jointly by the College of Journalism and the Department of 
Communication Arts and Theatre and is housed in the College of Journalism. The 
Center was established in 1972 and serves today as an institute dedicated to the study 
of the structure and processes of journalism, public relations, advertising, and other 
forms of mass communications. 

The Center's philosophy has three elements: 1) stress on the holistic character of 
the public communication process; 2) concern with comparative cross-cultural re- 
search: and 3) policy orientation. This philosophy underlies such studies as the rela- 
tionship between journalists and their news sources: the interactions between public 
relations departments, activist groups, and government: and the role of mass media in 
different societies. 

Some examples of projects, on-going and planned, include a study of the role of 
the media as sources of interpretative frameworks by which people give meaning to 
their awareness of social issues; a study of interactions between candidates and jour- 
nalists in setting the agenda of campaign issues in recent British and U.S. elections; 
and a five-year study, funded by the foundation of the International Association of 
Business Communicators (lABC). on the characteristics of "excellent" public relations 
departments and how those departments contribute to the effectiveness of their organ- 
izations. A study of the structure and the contents of television news exchanges 
among members of the European Broadcasting Union, and a study of "The New 
Television Program Marketplace", examining the implications of changes in the mar- 
ketplace for television programs upon the diversity, innovation, quality and creative 
freedom in American Television Programming. 

Center for Rotorcraft Education and Research: Director: Prof. Alfred Gessow. 
The Center for Rotorcraft Education and Research operates within the Department of 
Aerospace Engineering, and is one of the Centers of Excellence in Rotorcraft 
Technology created by the U.S. Army Research Office. The purpose of the Center is 
to expand the rotorcraft technology base through the conduct of research and the train- 
ing of M.S. and Ph.D. rotorcraft specialist. 

Graduate studies and research are conducted in rotorcraft aeroelasticity. structural 
dynamics and vibrations, aerodynamics, and flight dynamics and controls. The ex- 
perimental and computational facilities available to the Center include the Glenn L. 
Martin wind tunnel, with a test section of 8 by 1 1 ft and speeds of up to 230 mph, an 
extensively instrumented aeroelastic rotor test rig, a structural dynamics laboratory, a 
state-of-the-art composite structures fabrication and testing facility, and the Cray X- 
MP supercomputer of the San Diego Supercomputer Consortium, of which the 
University of Maryland is a founding member. 

Science Teaching Center: Director: William G. Holliday. The Science Teaching 
Center, through the Department of Curriculum and Instruction, offers master's and 
doctoral degrees specializing in science education. Students may focus their studies 
on research in: 

• science curriculum development, evaluation and implementation, 

• interactive computer systems, 



55 



problem solving and inquiry processes, 
science classroom processes and management, 
learning science in non-school settings, 
studying how students learn science, 
science textbook learning, and 
science teacher development. 

In addition, other education topics at the elementary, secondary, and post- 
secondary levels directly related to the learning and teaching of science can be 
pursued. 

Currently, the Center consists of nine professors, a support staff, and over 40 ac- 
tive master's and doctoral students. Faculty members in collaboration with graduate 
students are actively engaged in research in new technologies, reading comprehension, 
and classroom processes. Excellent facilities and a comprehensive collection of curri- 
culum materials, documents and journals enhances the functioning of the Center. 

Course requirements, while flexible, allow students to develop competence in the 
theory and research of science education, as well as in a science discipline. Graduate 
students in consultation with a faculty advisor develop a program of study to meet 
their needs and interests. The core of the student's program consists of course work 
in science education, research methodology, and science. 

Center for the Study of Education Policy and Human Values: Director: Barbara 
Finkelstein. This Center organizes research and development programs which engage 
humanities scholars, teachers, school administrators, public officials and educators 
from several nations in cooperative research and development programs focussing on 
issues of ethical and political importance in the study and practice of education. The 
Center organizes studies, creates programs, generates publications, and provides con- 
sulting services in four areas: 

• Professional Culture 

• Intercultural Education and Communication 

• The Child, the Family, Education and the State 

• The individual, the School, and social structures 

The Center has developed programs with the American Historical Association, the 
Japanese Embassy, the Governor's Office of Children and Youth, with State depart- 
ments of education, the National Endowment for the Humanities, the Council for the 
Advancement of Citizenship. It organized and directs the Mid- Atlantic Region Japan 
in the Schools Program, orginated the teacher education component of National 
History Day, provides consulting services to museums, educational television stations, 
global education agencies, school systems, civic education associations, and cultivates 
partnerships between Humanities scholars, school systems, the diplomatic core, and 
educators in the United States and in Japan. 

The Center is part of the Department of Education Policy, Planning and 
Administration. 

Survey Research Center: Director: John Robinson. The Survey Research Center 



56 Resources 

was created in 1980 as a research facility within the behavioral and social sciences. 
The Center specializes in the design of questionnaires and the conduct of surveys for 
policy purposes, and has the capacity to conduct mini-survey experiments, and in- 
depth clinical interviews. The Center provides assistance to researchers in sample de- 
sign, has technical expertise on the storage, manipulation, and analysis of very large 
data sets, and provides support services to archive and maintain such data sets. 

The Center supports graduate education by providing both technical training and 
practical experience to students. Also, the Center has a strong community service 
mission through the provision of technical assistance on survey methods and survey 
design to units of state and local governments, and by conducting surveys on a con- 
tract or grant basis for these governmental units. 

Transportation Studies Center: Director: Everett C. Carter (UMCP). Housed in the 
College of Engineering, and with input from the other units of the College Park cam- 
pus as well as from academic departments on the Baltimore County campus, the 
Center acts as a catalyst to foster research and development and interdisciplinary stu- 
dies in transportation and to provide the means for investigators from different disci- 
plines to work together on a wide range of transportation related problems. 
Objectives of the Center are to identify potential research projects by establishing a 
dialogue and rapport with sponsoring agencies and offices; to provide coordination be- 
tween the various disciplines engaged in or having potential to engage in transporta- 
tion research and between potential research sponsors and University researchers; to 
facilitate cooperation between the University of Maryland and other universities and 
industry, for joint undertakings; to promote and, where appropriate, to supervise spe- 
cific educational programs of an interdisciplinary nature. 

Among the areas identified as having interest and research potential are transporta- 
tion systems management, transportation planning, public policy, public utilities, sys- 
tems economics, mass transit systems, conversation of energy, terminal siting, bridge 
and pavement design, traffic flow coordination, traffic safety and efficiency, transpor- 
tation economics, aerospace transportation, meteorological factors, noise control, 
highway landscaping, environmental considerations, and air. rail, water and highway 
alternatives. 

Water Resources Research Center: Director: Robert E. Menzer. The Water 
Resources Research Center sponsors and coordinates research on all aspects of water 
supply, demand, distribution, utilization, quality enhancement or degradation, and al- 
location or management. The Center brings together water resource user groups, such 
as local, state and federal management and regulatory agencies and citizens groups, 
with university researchers and educators to assist in the solution of both basic and 
applied water resources problems. Research proposals are solicited from researchers 
which address water problems within the state, while water resources problems con- 
fronting management, regulatory and health agencies and or citizens of the state are 
determined by use of an advisory committee. The Center acts to bring together the 
technical expertise, financial resources and other contributions necessary to help solve 
existing water resources problems and to generate basic scientific information which 
may contribute to solutions of future problems or which may prevent development of 
new water resource problems. The Center's funds are derived from the Water 



Resources 57 

Resources Division, U.S. Geological Survey, under PL 98-242, from substantial uni- 
versity contributions in faculty time and other expenses, and from other local, state 
and federal agencies and private sources, funds are made available for research pro- 
jects on a competitive basis. Training of graduate and undergraduate students in wat- 
er resources and the transfer of existing water resources knowledge to user groups are 
integral components of the Center's activities. 

Center for Young Children: Director: Marilyn Church. The Center for Young 
Children is a research facility for graduate students and faculty. It is located in the 
College of Education and is under the direction of the Department of Curriculum and 
Instruction. Approximately 70 children ages 3 trhough 5 attend daily sessions in a 
nursery school-kindergarten setting. Observation booths adjoin each room providing 
facilities for observational research and instruction. An individual testing room is also 
available for use in working with individuals or small groups of children. 

Institutes 

Institute for Advanced Computer Studies: Director: Larry Davis. The University 
of Maryland Institute for Advanced Computer Studies was established in 1985 as a se- 
parate research department. UMIACS, while residing on the College Park campus, is 
intended to serve the entire University system as a focal point for research activities in 
computing. 

UMIACS has 47 affiliate faculty whose principal academic appointments are in 
other educational departments in the University. The departments represented are: 
computer science (UMCP), electrical engineering, mathematics, physics, business and 
management, philosophy, economics, linquistics, and computer science (UMBC). 

The Institute publishes and distributes technical reports. Other activities include a 
Distinguished Lecturer Series, workshops, conferences and seminars; graduate student 
research; and a Visiting Scholars program. 

Institute for Cliiid Study: Director: Robert C. Hardy. In its program, the Institute 
collects, interprets, and synthesizes the scientific findings in various fields that are 
concerned with human growth, development, learning and behavior. Programs, 
which have an educational psychology focus, provide study of all aspects of life span 
development from infancy through aging. Institute research is primarily concerned 
with social aspects of development. The Institute offers graduate programs leading to 
the Master of Education, Master of Arts, Doctor of Philosophy and Doctor of 
Education degrees, and the Advanced Graduate Specialist Certificate in the area of 
human development. 

Cooperative Institute for Climatic Studies (CICS): Following more than a decade 
of fruitful collaboration in meteorology and climate research, NOAA and UMCP have 
established a Cooperative Institute for Climate Studies on campus. Principal partici- 
pants are the national Weather Service and the National Environmental Satellite Data 
and Information Service of NOAA and the University of Maryland Meteorology 
Department. The Institute is organized to: 1) foster collaborative research between 
NOAA and the University in studies of satellite climatology and climate diagnostics, 
modeling, and prediction, 2) serve as a center where scientists and engineers working 
on problems of mutual interest may focus on studies contributing to the understanding 



58 Resources 

of earth- ocean-atmosphere climate systems, cHmate modehng, climate prediction and 
satellite climatology. The Institute's activities are also expected to include coopera- 
tive programs with other research groups, both nationally and internationally, and to 
stimulate training of scientists and engineers in appropriate disciplines involved in the 
atmospheric sciences. 

The Institute employs numerous Fellows, research scientists, and research associ- 
ates from the cooperating agencies as well as graduate research assistants to accom- 
plish its goals. 

Institute of Criminal Justice and Criminology: Director: Charles Weilford. The 
Institute coordinates the University's interests and activities in the areas of law en- 
forcement, criminology, and corrections. The Institute has a very extensive and care- 
fully integrated undergraduate program. Special emphasis, however, is placed on 
graduate programs and on research. 

The research capabilities and the academic programs of the Institute make possible 
the achievement of its primary goal the education of social and behavioral scientists 
who have chosen the problem of crime and its prevention and controls as their spe- 
cialization. The Institute offers the M.A. degree with options in criminology or cri- 
minal justice and the Ph.D. degree in criminal justice and criminology. 

Institute for Governmental Service: Director: Donald F. Norris. The Institute pro- 
vides information, consulting, research and technical assistance services to county, 
municipal governments, and state agencies in Maryland. The Institute also provides 
support to the Constitutional and Administrative Law Committee of the Maryland 
House of Delegates. Assistance is provided in such areas as program evaluation, sur- 
vey research, preparation of charters and codes of ordinances, fiscal management, in- 
formation systems, and related local or intergovernmental activities. The Institute 
analyzes and shares with governmental officials information concerning professional 
developments and opportunities for new or improved programs and activities. 

Institute for Philosophy and Public Policy: Director: Dr. Douglas MacLean. The 
Institute for Philosophy and Public Policy conducts an interdisciplinary program of re- 
search and curriculum development, investigating the structure of arguments and the 
nature of values relevant to the formation, justification, and criticism of public policy. 
Most research efforts, chosen from topics expected to be a focus of public policy de- 
bate during the next decade, are coordinated by Institute research staff and conducted 
cooperatively by working groups composed of philosophers, policymakers, analysts, 
and other experts from within and without the government. This diversity, permits 
comprehensive examination of the major aspects of the complex issues investigated. 
Current research areas include: regulatory policy, environmental ethics, nuclear strate- 
gy, the nature of ecology, the rationality of attitudes toward risk, equality of oppor- 
tunity, the ethics of legal negotiation, and the mass media and democratic values. 
Research products are made available through commercial publication, distribution of 
model courses, a quarterly newsletter, working papers, and workshops. 

The Institute's curriculum development seeks to bring philosophical issues before 
future policymakers and citizens. Courses dealing with contemporary normative 
issues in the national and international arenas are offered through the School of Law, 



59 



School of public Affairs, and various undergraduate programs. Courses which have 
been offered include: Hunger and Affluence, Philosophical Issues in Public Policy; 
Human Rights and Foreign Policy; Ethics and Energy Policy; The Endangered Species 
Problem; Risk and Consent; Ethics and the New International Order; The Morality of 
Forced Military Service; Theory of Regulatory Policy; Ethics and National Security; 
and Environmental Ethics. The Institute operates within the School of Public Affairs. 

Institute for Physical Science and Technology: Acting Director: James A. Yorke. 
The Institute for Physical Science and Technology is a center for interdisciplinary re- 
search in pure and applied science problems that lie between those areas served by the 
academic departments. These interdisciplinary problems afford challenging opportuni- 
ties for thesis research and classroom instruction. Current research topics include a 
variety of problems in applied mathematics, statistical physics, optical physics, fluid 
mechanics, physics of condensed matter, space science, upper atmospheric physics, 
engineering physics, and biomathematics. Other areas of interest are remote sensing, 
the effect of ionizing radiation on chemical systems, and the history of science and 
technology. 

Courses and thesis research guidance by the faculty of the Institute are provided 
through the graduate programs in the academic departments of the College of 
Computer, Mathematical and physical Sciences. The Institute sponsors a wide variety 
of seminars. Of principal interest are general seminars in statistical physics, applied 
mathematics, fluid dynamics, and in atomic and molecular physics. Information 
about these can be obtained by writing the Director or by calling (301) 454-2636. 

Institute for Research in Higher and Adult Education: Director: Robert 0. 
Berdahl. The primary focus of the Institute is to encourage and support the study of 
public policy issues concerning the relations between institutions of higher and adult 
education and their state and federal governments. The Institute concentrates on state 
level problems, particularly those relating to Maryland institutions. 

The Institute's location in College park, next to the nation's capital, facilitates 
monitoring and researching federal policies in postsecondary education. The Institute 
addresses problems such as (1) legislative performance audits of higher education, (2) 
evaluation of statewide boards of higher education, (3) interactions among statewide 
boards, accrediting agencies and universities, (4) fundraising and research develop- 
ment, and (5) inter-institutional cooperation. 

The teaching base of greatest relevance to the Institute lies in the graduate pro- 
grams in higher and adult education in the UMCP Department of Education policy, 
planning and Administration; however, interaction with students and faculty from oth- 
er relevant areas is strongly encouraged. 

Institute for the Study of Exceptional Children and Youth: Director: Philip J. 
Burke. The Institute is a research unit adjunct to the Department of Special 
Education in the College of Education at UMCP. The Institute is a problem-centered 
organization engaged in innovation, research, and evaluation related to major issues 
affecting the lives of exceptional individuals, the gifted and talented as well as the 
handicapped. The Institute has five interlocking task areas: policy studies, consumer 
involvement and evaluation, leadership development, interdisciplinary studies, and 



60 Resources 



dissemination. 

Projects administered by tiie Institute include programs in the areas of public policy 
and technology and a variety of research projects in the areas of policy, technology, 
and program evaluation. 

The Institute is an ongoing part of the University that also serves as a center for 
technical assistance to local schools and agencies with respect to needs of handi- 
capped children and youth. The Institute focuses its resources on key issues, prob- 
lems, and research areas that will maintain a strong and independent voice in matters 
relating to exceptional children and youth. 

Institute for Urban Studies: Director; Kenneth E. Corey. The mission of the 
Institute is to generate and disseminate new knowledge of urban processes and urban 
functions. Institute faculty have particular interest in the interdisciplinary analysis, 
planning and mangement of contemporary urbanization, including such forces as 
economic development, information-age technology and employment, organizational 
behavior, policy formulation and public-private services. Both domestic and interna- 
tional urban development issues are researched. 

The Institute for Urban Studies is a multi-campus interdisciplinary bachelor's and 
master's degree granting unit. It was created to offer a learning program to educate 
urban professionals to plan, manage and develop metropolitan communities. The 
Washington-Baltimore urban corridor provides an excellent instructional and research 
setting for faculty and students. Since contemporary urban problems must be solved 
by a multi-disciplinary approach, the master's programs are based on the Institute's 
core courses in combination with the specialized substantive knowledge offered by the 
diverse departments and professional schools of the University. The Institute has 
developed a joint program with the UMAB Community Planning Program to enable 
the professional, accredited Master of Community Planning (M.C.P.) degree to be ta- 
ken by students in College Park as well as in Baltimore. 

Laboratories 

Research and Development Laboratory on School-Based Administration: Director: 
Edward J. Andrews, Jr. This laboratory is the research and development unit of the 
Maryland Commission on School-Based Administration and the Maryland Assessment 
Center project. It is concerned with the professional preparation and inservice deve- 
lopment of school principals. Collaborating with the Department of Education Policy, 
Planning, and Administration in these efforts are the Maryland State Department of 
Education, other institutions of higher education, and the 24 local school districts in 
Maryland. 

The Laboratory's mission is to devise and activate a systematic plan to strengthen 
the effectiveness of school principals in Maryland through programs of principal as- 
sessment, professional preparation and development, and research on principal assess- 
ment and development. 



Resources 61 



Consortia 

The University of Maryland is a member of a number of national and local consor- 
tia concerned with advanced education and research. They offer a variety of oppor- 
tunities for senior scholar and graduate student research. 

OAK RIDGE ASSOCIATED UNIVERSITIES, INC. (ORAU), is a non-profit 
educational and research consortium of 51 colleges and universities in the South 
formed in order to broaden the opportunities for member institutions collectively to 
participate in many fields of education and research in the natural sciences related to 
the environment, energy, and health. Educational programs range from short term 
courses or institutes, energy, and health. Educational programs range from short term 
courses or institutes, conducted with ORAU facilities and staff, to fellowship pro- 
grams administered by ORAU for the U.S. Department of Energy. 

The National Center for Atmospheric Research (NCAR), was created to serve as a 
focal point of a vigorous and expanding national research effort in the atmospheric 
sciences. NCAR is operated under the sponsorship of the National Science 
Foundation by the UNIVERSITY CORPORATION FOR ATMOSPHERIC 
RESEARCH (UCAR), made up of 48 U.S. and Canadian universities with doctoral 
programs in the atmospheric sciences or related fields. The scientific staff includes 
meteorologists, astronomers, chemists, physicists, mathematicians, and representatives 
of other disciplines. Over the years, UMCP Meteorology department, faculty, and 
staff members have had an active collaboration with NCAR colleagues and have made 
use of NCAR facilities. The Meteorology Department maintains a mini-computer 
which allows access to NCAR's CRAY 1 computer. 

UNIVERSITIES RESEARCH ASSOCIATION, INC. (URA), a group of 52 uni- 
versities engaged in high energy research, is the sponsoring organization for the Fermi 
National Accelerator Laboratory, funded by the U.S. Department of Energy. The 
accelerator, located near Batavia, Illinois, is the world's highest-energy proton acce- 
lerator. University of Maryland faculty and graduate students have been involved in 
experiments at Fermilab since its inception. 

The INTER-UNIVERSITY COMMUNICATIONS COUNCIL (EDUCOM) pro- 
vides a forum for the appraisal of the current state of the art in communications 
science and technology and their relation to the planning and programs of colleges 
and universities. The council particularly fosters inter-university cooperation in the 
area of communications science. 

The UNIVERSITIES SPACE RESEARCH ASSOCIATION (USRA) was designed 
to promote cooperation between universities, research organizations, and the govern- 
ment in the development of space science and technology, and in the operation of la- 
boratories and facilities for research, development, and education in these fields. 
USRA currently has four active research programs. They focus on low gravity cloud 
physics, computer applications in science and engineering, lunar science, and ma- 
terials processing in space. 

The University of Maryland is a member of the INTER-UNIVERSITY 
CONSORTIUM FOR POLITICAL and SOCIAL RESEARCH (ICPSR). One purpose 
of the Consortium is to facilitate collection and distribution of useful data for social 



62 



science research. The data include survey data from the University of Michigan 
Center for poHticai Studies and from studies conducted by other organizations or by 
individuals, census data for the United States, election data, legislative roll calls, judi- 
cial decision results, and biographical data. 

The University of Maryland jointly participates in the CHESAPEAKE RESEARCH 
CONSORTIUM, INC., a wide scale environmental research program, with the Johns 
Hopkins University, the Virginia Institute of Marine Science, and the Smithsonian 
Institution. The Consortium coordinates and integrates research on the Chesapeake 
Bay region and is compiling a vast amount of scientific data to assist in the manage- 
ment and control of the area. Each participating institution calls on faculty expertise 
in a diversity of disciplines including biology, chemistry, physics, engineering, geolo- 
gy, and the social and behavioral sciences. Through this interdisciplinary research 
program a computerized Management Resource Bank is being developed containing a 
biological inventory of the Chesapeake Bay region, a legal survey, and socioeconomic 
data of the surrounding communities. The Consortium provides research opportunities 
for faculty members, graduate students, and undergraduate students at the University. 

Officially chartered in 1969, the SEA GRANT ASSOCIATION is a growing or- 
ganization concerned with the development and wise use of ocean and Great Lakes re- 
sources. Composed of the nation's major colleges, universities and institutions with 
ocean programs, the Association works for the betterment of the management and 
utilization of marine resources. Maryland's research and education program is greatly 
involved with estuarine processes and commercial fisheries, especially oysters, in the 
Chesapeake Bay. Other important research efforts such as the joint cholera program 
with Florida, Louisiana and Oregon, represent strong national efforts. 

The University of Maryland was awarded its first institutional Sea Grant funding by 
the Department of Commerce for the calendar year 1977. Although forty-six univer- 
sities, colleges and non- profit organizations hold either regular or associate member- 
ships in SGA, Maryland is one of only about twenty who have comprehensive institu- 
tional programs and who are eligible to become Sea Grant Colleges. 

The goal of the CONSORTIUM ON HUMAN RELATIONSHIPS IN 
EDUCATION is to involve all interested agencies in the State of Maryland in the ide- 
ntification, development, and utilization of the human resources of the State for the 
purpose of improving human relationships in education. The consortium provides 
training activities for educational personnel, promotes the sharing of expertise among 
education professionals, disseminates information as to activities, personnel and ma- 
terials concerning human relationships, and promotes cooperative relationships among 
the agencies involved. 

Established in 1965, the UNIVERSITIES COUNCIL ON WATER RESOURCES 
(UCOWR), is a national consortium with approximately 80 members. UCOWR was 
created to provide a forum for interchange of information pertaining to water re- 
sources research in academic communities. Member institutions also exchange infor- 
mation on special conferences, seminars, symposia and graduate study opportunities. 

The University of Maryland is an associate member of the UNIVERSITY- 
NATIONAL OCEANOGRAPHIC LABORATORY SYSTEM (UNOLS) established to 
improve coordinated use of federally supported oceanographic facilities, bringing to- 



Resources 63 



gether the Community of Academic Oceanographic Institutions which operate those 
facilities, and creating a mechanism for such coordinated utilization of and planning 
for oceanographic facilities. As an associate member, the University of Maryland op- 
erates research programs in the marine sciences and operates the University of 
Maryland Center for Environmental and Estaurine Studies. 

Chartered in 1981-1982 with the University of Maryland among its founding 
members, the POTOMAC RIVER BASIN CONSORTIUM comprises 20 or so aca- 
demic, governmental and private sector institutions whose intent is to expand scholar- 
ly and popular interest and involvement with the many natural, cultural, and historical 
dimensions of the potomac Valley basin and its subregions and the Chesapeake Bay. 
Consortium interests range from agriculture, anthropology, and engineering to historic 
preservation, environment, geography, history, public policy and urban studies. 
Consortium activities, intermural and interdisciplinary, are aimed at enhancing oppor- 
tunities for collaborative studies of the region in academic curricula, student ex- 
change, internships, workshops, seminars, and a publication program of academic stu- 
dies and papers. 

The University of Maryland is one of the charter members of THE 
SOUTHEASTERN UNIVERSITIES RESEARCH ASSOCIATION (SURA), a consor- 
tium of 35 institutions of higher learning formed in 1980 for the purpose of managing 
large cooperative projects in science, engineering and medicine. SURA's first under- 
taking was the proposal for a National Electron Accelerator Laboratory (NEAL). 
Although NEAL's primary research potential is in nuclear science, research in con- 
densed matter physics, medicine, and industrial applications is a natural byproduct. 

The purpose of the SOUTH-EAST CONSORTIUM FOR INTERNATIONAL 
DEVELOPMENT is to respond to the economic and social needs of limited resource 
peoples and less developed countries. Memberships in the organization is open to 
universities, research institutions and other organizations with capabilities related to 
rural and urban development and technology transfer. The University of Maryland is 
a charter member and has participated in several SECID technical assistance contracts 
including ones in Kenya, Sri Lanka, Sierra Leone, Guyana, Malawi, Zambia, 
Senegal, and Mali. 

The goal of the CONSORTIUM FOR INTERNATIONAL CROP PROTECTION 
(CICP) is to promote economically efficient and environmentally sound crop protec- 
tion practices in developing countries. CICP sponsors training for developing country 
extension workers, researchers, agricultural and health officials, and others to help 
reduce dependence on chemical insecticides and foster a more holistic approach to 
pest control; fields research teams to assess plant protection problems; and provides 
specialists for other technical assistance. 

The consortium, which operates under an $8.7 million, five-year authorization 
budget, most of which derives from the U.S. Agency for International Development, 
claims as members 13 U.S. universities and the U.S. Department of Agriculture. 
UMCP entomologist Allen Steinhauer serves as the executive director of CICP, which 
this spring moved to its new headquarters in College Park Entomology professor Dale 
Bottrell serves as one of CICP's key personnel in his role as technical assistance spe- 
cialist in entomology. 



64 Resources 



Incorporated in 1963, THE ORGANIZATION FOR TROPICAL STUDIES. INC. 
(OTS) is a growing consortium of 43 academic institutions, manages an annual budget 
of more than $2.5 million, owns one of the most well-equipped and best staffed tropi- 
cal research stations in the world, and offers graduate courses in field ecology and 
agro-ecology. It is supported largely by major grants from NSF. several private foun- 
dations, and member institutions. University of Marly and was elected to membership 
in 1985; local OTS representatives are Douglas Gill. Zoology and Alien Stemhauer. 
Entomology. 

OTS is a leader in education and research in tropical biology. Its prmcipal course 
is "The Fundamentals Course in Tropical Biology: an Ecological Approach." Offered 
twice a year in English, this 8-week course is taught in Costa Rica by a team of two 
dozen expert faculty. Twenty superior graduate students are chosen competitively 
from member universities in Northern and Latin America. Research opportunities of- 
fered by OTS include field stations and research fellowships for graduate students. 
OTS manages three research stations in Costa Rica. 

Student Services 

Off-Campus Housing 

The Off-Campus Housing Office (Room 1195. Stamp Student Union. 454-3645), 
in cooperation with many of the local landlords and apartment managers, maintains an 
extensive and up-to-date list of vacancies under several headings (Rooms, 
Unfurnished Apartments, Houses to Share, etc.). This office can also provide stu- 
dents with convenient maps of the College park area and with lists of local motels, 
trailer and mobile home parks, real estate agents, and furniture rental companies. In 
addition, the University has set aside a limited number of furnished rooms in the 
undergraduate residence halls for single graduate students. 

Current rates for housing in the area are about $200-$250 per month for a room in 
a private or student home. $400-$500 per month for an efficiency or one bedroom 
apartment; $200-$250/month for a shared apartment, and $800-$950/month for an un- 
furnished house. 

Graduate Housing 

The University itself maintains two apartment complexes for married graduate stu- 
dents and for a limited number of single graduate students. Both Lord Calvert 
Apartments and University Hills Apartments are within walking distance of,campus. 
which means that there is usually a waiting list, especially during the period immedi- 
ately preceding the fall semester, priority for housing in these complexes is currently 
given to married full- time graduate assistants, then married full-time graduate non- 
assistants. Rent for a one-bedroom apartment is currently (1987-1988) $312- 
$330/month, with two-bedroom apartments costing from $351-$369/month; a limited 
number of efficiencies are available to single students for a monthly rent of $268- 
$302. Students must sign a one year lease and pay a security deposit of $1(X) 
(payable when an apartment is assigned). There is a nonrefundable application fee of 
$10.00. After the initial lease expires, residence in the apartments is on a monthly 
basis. Graduate students who maintain full-time status are permitted to live in the 



65 



apartments for a maximum of thirty-six months. 

Information and applications for University-owned housing can be obtained from 
the Rental Office, 3424 Tulane Drive, Hyattsville, MD 20783, (422-7445). 

University Dining Services 

The University Department of Dining Services offers several dining options avail- 
able to graduate students. The D.S. Cash Plan or the Resident Dining Plans offer stu- 
dents the ability to dine at various restaurants all over campus. The D.S. Cash Plan 
has a minimum deposit of $50.00. The Resident Dining Plans cost $843.00 per se- 
mester. Information on both plans is available from the Dining Services Contract 
Office (454-2906). 

Dining Services features over 17 different restaurants and Eateries across campus. 
Menu offerings range from salad bars, delis and fresh dough pizza to a buffet res- 
taurant and steak house. All facilities are open to everyone, but students on board 
plans receive discounts and are entitled to specially priced meals. For more informa- 
tion, call 454-2901. 

Career Development Center 

The Career Development Center, located in Hombake Library offers a wide variety 
of services to graduate students. The goal of the Center is to assist students in ex- 
ploring career opportunities and planning their career futures. Services include indi- 
vidual career counseling, a comprehensive Career Resource Center, frequent work- 
shops at no charge, and a variety of job search services including the Credential 
Service, the On- Campus Recruiting Program, the Mini-Resume Referral Service, and 
up-to-date job listings. Students interested in employment in the fields of education 
and library science will find the Credential Service especially valuable. 

Graduate students are encouraged to participate in any of the CDC programs and 
services. The professionally qualified staff is also available to present special pro- 
grams to classes, seminars, colloquia, and student associations. For further informa- 
tion, call 454—2813 or stop by the Career Development Center located on the 3rd 
floor-South Wing, Hombake Library. 

Certain services of the Center are also available to students' spouses. 

Counseling Center 

The Counseling Center offers frequent workshops on educational/psychological top- 
ics such as assertion, eating disorders, time management and stress management; an 
open educational/vocational library; recorded interviews with departments heads on 
the characteristics of graduate majors offered on the campus; and weekly Research 
and Development series of presentations on current educational/psychological topics. 
Available services to graduate students include the following: 

1 . Counseling Service - which offers initial consultation on 
educational/vocational or emotional/social problems and provides 
further counseling services or referral services to appropriate individuals 
or agencies in the area. 



66 



2. Disabled Student Service - professionals in this office provide services 
for disabled graduate students including general campus information, 
assistance in locating interpreters, readers for the blind and access 
guides to various buildings and facilities on campus. 

3. Parent Consultation and Child Evaluation - professionals provide con- 
sultation, testing and individual, group, parent and family counseling 
for youngsters ages 5-14 and families. 

4. Learning Assistance Service - educational skills assistance including 
thesis and dissertation writing, time management, and assistance on im- 
proving English-as-a-Second Language including individual counseling, 
conversation groups, workshops, and other activities. 

5. Testing, Research and Data Processing Unit - national testing programs 
such as the CLEP, GRE and Miller Analogies are administered through 
this office, as well as testing for counseling purposes. In addition, the 
staff members produce a wide variety of research reports of characteris- 
tics of students and the campus environment. 

6. Office location - Shoemaker Building, telephone for Counseling Service 
454-2931, Disabled Student Service 454-5028 (and TTY 454- 5029), 
Parent Consultation and Child Evaluation 454-7203, Learning 
Assistance Service 454-2935 and Testing, Research and Data 
Processing Unit 454-3126. 

Health Care 

The University Health Center is located on Campus Drive directly across from the 
Student Union. Both graduate and undergraduate students are eligible for health care 
at the Health Center. Services provided include both emergency and routine medical 
care, mental health evaluation and treatment, health education, laboratory, x-ray, 
gynecological services, and upon referral from a Health Center physician, dermatolog- 
ical services and orthopedic services. 

Students requiring service should call the Health Center for an appointment. 
Students who are injured or are too ill to wait for an appointment will be seen on a 
walk-in basis. Emergencies always receive highest priority. 

The Health Center provides services from 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Monday through 
Friday during the semester. Limited services are available after 5:00 p.m. and on 
weekends. Urgent problems will be treated at any time without an appointment. 

Upon payment of the health fee registration, a student becomes eligible for routine 
medical care and professional services at the Health Center. Charges, however, are 
made for certain laboratory tests, all x-rays, casts and allergy injections. It should be 
noted that the mandatory health fee is not a form of health insurance. For informa- 
tion and emergencies, call 454- 3444; Appointments, 454-4923; Mental Health, 
454-^925; Women's Health, 454-4923; Health Education, 454-4922. 



Resources 67 

Health Insurance 

Because the mandatory health fee is not a form of health insurance and many stu- 
dents do not have adequate coverage, a voluntary group insurance policy is available 
to students. This policy provides benefits, at very reasonable rates, for hospital, surg- 
ery, emergency, laboratory, and x-ray purposes,; some coverage for mental and nerv- 
ous problems; and contains a major hospital provision. Students may enroll at mid- 
year for a half- yearly rate, and they may elect to have family coverage. Enrollment 
periods for the policy are August 15. January 1. and June 1. For additional informa- 
tion and application forms, see the brochure available in the Health Center. 

In addition, teaching, research, and graduate assistants are eligible for the State 
employee insurance plan options, please note that fellows and hourly employees are 
not eligible for the State employee insurance plan. For further information, contact 
your department, or the personnel Benefits office. 

Publications of Interest to Graduate Students 

In addition to the Catalog, the Graduate School prepares the following publications: 

Graduate Application Booklet. This booklet, which contains the application forms 
and information you need to complete the forms, is available on request from the 
Graduate School Mailing Office or from the individual departments. 

Guide to Graduate Life. This handbook, designed to provide the new graduate stu- 
dent with an introduction to the campus and the College Park area, is available from 
the office of the Dean for Graduate Studies and Research. 

Graduate Assistant Handbook. This handbook sets forth policies, procedures, and 
services of interest to graduate assistants and is available from the departmental gradu- 
ate offices and the office of the Dean for Graduate Studies and Research. 

The Theses Manual. This manual contains the instructions for preparation of theses 
and dis.sertations and is available from the Graduate School (Room 2117, South 
Administration). 

Important Dates for Advisors and Students. This calendar card of dates for submis- 
sion of final documents is available from the various departmental graduate offices, as 
well as from the office of the Dean for Graduate Studies and Research. 



68 



Aerospace Engineering (ENAE) 69 



GRADUATE PROGRAMS 



Aerospace Engineering (ENAE) 

Professor and Chair: Gessow 

Professors: Anderson, Chopra, Donaldson, Melnik 

Associate Professors: Barlow, Jones, Lee, Winklemann 

Assistant Professors: Cell, Vizzini, Leishman 

Lecturers: Agrawal, Billig, Chander, Chien, Hong, Kammeyer, Kim, Korkegi, 

Kushner, Lekoudis, Regan, Stanzione, Vamos, VanWie, Yanta. Wardlaw, Waltrup, 

Weissman 

The Aerospace Engineering Department offers a broad program of graduate studies 
leading to the degrees of Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy. The curricula 
for these degrees are adapted to meet the objectives and background of the individual 
student and are planned by the student and an advisor. Applications for admission are 
invited from those holding a B.S. degree in engineering, the physical sciences, and 
mathematics. Aerodynamics and Propulsion, Structural Mechanics, Rotorcraft, and 
Flight Dynamics are the major areas of specialization available to graduate students. 
Within these areas of specialization, the student can tailor programs such as 
Computational Fluid Dynamics, Hypersonic Aerodynamics, Composite Structures, and 
Helicopter or V/STOL Technology. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Two master's degree options are available: thesis and non-thesis. No special 
Departmental requirements are imposed beyond the Graduate School requirements. 

For the Doctor of Philosophy degree, the Aerospace Engineering Department re- 
quires a minimum of 42 semester hours of course work beyond the B.S. including: 
(1) not less than 18 hours within one Departmental area of specialization, (2) not less 
than 6 hours from among the other areas of specialization in the Department, and (3) 
not less than 9 hours in courses which emphasize the physical sciences or mathemat- 
ics. The total in (2) plus that in (3) must be at least 15 hours, 12 hours of which are 
at the 600 level. Written qualifying and oral comprehensive examinations are also re- 
quired. 

P'acilities and Special Resources 

Facilities and equipment which support experimental studies in low speed aero- 
dynamics, structural dynamics, helicopter dynamics, and composite structures include 
the Glenn L. Martin Wind Tunnel with a 7 feet, 9 inches by 11 feet test section, oth- 
er open and closed section subsonic tunnels, a supersonic tunnel, a structural dynam- 
ics rig, a 10 feet diameter vacuum chamber for rotor test, a model rotor test, a micro 
processor controlled autoclave with a 3 feet by 4 feet working section, testing ma- 
chines, and a laboratory minicomputer system for fully automated data acquisition. In 
addition to the main frame computer available on campus, the Department currently 
maintains dedicated multi-user computer systems such as the Hewlett-Packard HP 1000 



70 Aerospace Engineering (ENAE) 



E, HP9000, HP1000/A900 and the Sperry 5000. 

Financial Assistance 

A number of graduate assistantships and fellowships, including the Glenn L. 
Martin, Rotorcraft and Hypersonic fellowships, are available for financial assistance. 
For courses, see code ENAE. 

Agricultural and Extension Education Program (AEED) 

Acting Chair: Miller 

Professors: Longest 

Associate Professors: Cooper, Rivera, Seibel, Smith 

Assistant Professor: Gibson 

Lecturer: Sieling, Adams 

Affiliate Professors: Booth, Coffindaffer, Jones, Oliver, Shelton, Snipp 

Adjunct Professors: Brown, Flyger, Jarvis, Ross, Soobitsky, Werge 

Programs in Agricultural and Extension Education enable professionals to be more 
effective in their careers. The Department Programs are multidisciplinary and organ- 
ized into Agricultural Education; Adult, Continuing and Extension Education; 
Community Development; and Natural Resources Management majors. 

Faculty competencies and specializations within the Department include: teacher 
education; program administration and supervision; staff and leadership development; 
program development and evaluation; community analysis, development and leader- 
ship; organizational development and leadership; public affairs education; program 
management; natural resources management; and environmental education. In addi- 
tion. Department faculty and graduate students are involved in interdisciplinary pro- 
grams such as international extension and research, rural sociology, and natural re- 
sources management and environmental education. 

Degree Information 

Student academic programs are built around core Departmental and major field re- 
quirements. Courses may be included from other departments and colleges as appro- 
priate to the student's special interests and career aspirations. 

Graduate degrees are offered in Agricultural Education; Adult, Continuing, and 
Extension Education; Community Development; and Environmental Education (M.S. 
only) with specializations in each. Master of Science, both thesis and non-thesis pro- 
grams, is available. An advanced Graduate Specialist Certificate requiring 30 credits 
beyond the master's degree is also available. 

Doctor of Philosophy programs are to meet Graduate School and Department re- 
quirements and are planned according to the student's previous education, experience, 
special interests, professional plans, and aspirations. No specific number of credits is 
required, but is dependent on the student's qualifications and area of concentration. 
No foreign language is required, but it is encouraged for those interested in interna- 
tional development. Research and major competencies will be developed through spe- 
cific courses. Department research projects, and/or projects developed by the student 
as part of his or her academic program. 



Agricultural and Extension Education Program (AEED) 71 



Admission Information 

Applicants for all programs must present transcripts and recommendations from 
three individuals qualified to assess the academic abilities of the applicant. Results of 
the Miller Analogies and/or GRE tests must also be included with the application. 

Facilities and Special Resources: 

Graduate education programs are enhanced by accessibility to the graduate library 
and the Computer Center. 

Departmental emphasis is placed on providing opportunities for interaction between 
faculty and graduate students representing an international and culturally diverse di- 
mension. 

Proximity of the Department to Washington, D.C., and the national headquarters of 
many organizations and agencies is ideal to allow access to and interaction with key 
leaders and sources of data. Some of the resources include: USDA, EPA, National 
Agricultural Library, Library of Congress, International Development Management 
Center, Lifelong Learning Research Conference, AEED Center for International 
Extension Development, National 4-H Center, and National FFA Center. 

Financial Assistance 

Graduate assistantships are offered to qualified applicants on the basis of past aca- 
demic performance and availability of funds. Many of the full-time students in the 
Department hold assistantships or some other form of financial aid. 

Additional Information 

For additional information on programs, admission procedures, and financial aid 
contact: 

Chair 

Agricultural and Extension Education Department 

0222 Symons Hall 

University of Maryland 

College Park, MD 20742 

Phone:(301)454-3738 
For courses, see code AEED. 

Agricultural and Resource Economics Program (AREC) 

Professor and Chair: Hueth 

Professors: Bender, Brown, Cain, Chambers, Foster, Gardner, Just, Lessley, 

McConnell, Strand, Tuthill, Wysong 

Associate Professors: Bockstael, Hardie, Lopez, Russell 

Assistant Professor: Leathers, Lichtenberg, Horowitz 

The Department of Agricultural and Resource Economics offers courses of study 
leading to the degrees of Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy. The graduate 
program prepares students through courses in traditional subject matter areas, research 
experiences designed to give technical and creative competency in applied economics, 
and seminar and discussion opportunities. 



72 Agricultural and Resource Economics Program (AREC) 



The Department provides two areas of specialization, agricultural economics and 
resource economics. Study and research within these two areas of specialization can 
include agricultural development, international trade, agricultural marketing, produc- 
tion economics, agricultural policy, econometrics, land use, marine resources, water 
resources and environmental quality. 

Substantial employment opportunities exist for persons with advanced training in 
agricultural and resource economics. Graduates from the Department obtain employ- 
ment in government, industry, and universities. In government, graduates are hired 
by such agencies as the U.S. Departments of Agriculture and Interior and the 
Environmental Protection Agency. Some obtain positions with the World Bank and 
similar agencies. Industry positions include management or program responsibilities. 
Entry positions in academics are usually assistant professor positions (teaching, re- 
search, extension) in major universities. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Thesis and non-thesis options are available for the Master of Science degree in both 
areas of specialization. The thesis option requires a minimum of 24 credits of course 
work and six credits of thesis. The final examination is oral, takes place after 
completion of the thesis and is primarily a defense of the thesis. The non-thesis op- 
tion requires 33 credits of course work, a scholarly paper and a comprehensive written 
examination. The examination is primarily concerned with course work taken during 
the program. 

A minimum of 48 credits of course work beyond the bachelor's degree and 12 
credits of dissertation research are required for the Ph.D. degree. Qualifying exam- 
inations are administered on completion of core course requirements. An oral disser- 
tation defense is also required. 

There is no foreign language requirement for any graduate degree. The time re- 
quired to complete a master's degree is generally two years. The Ph.D. adds a mini- 
mum of two years beyond the master's program. The Graduate Record Examination 
(GRE) Aptitude Test scores are required with the application for admission. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The Department actively draws upon the resources of many state, federal, and in- 
ternational agencies unique to the Washington. D.C. area to offer experience from the 
world of government and business. The Library of Congress in Washington and the 
National Agricultural Library in Beltsville (just north of the campus) enhance teaching 
and research efforts. 

Financial Assistance 

Graduate assistantships are offered to qualified applicants on the basis of past aca- 
demic performance, research potential and availability of funds. Many full-time stu- 
dents in the Department hold assistantships or some other form of financial aid. Part- 
time and summer work is often available for students not on assistantships. Also, a 
large number of graduate fellowships are available. 



Agricultural and Resource Economics Program (AREC) 73 



Additional Information 

The Handbook of Policies for the Graduate Program provides course require- 
ments, examination procedures, and descriptive material for the M.S. and Ph.D. pro- 
grams. For specific information contact: 

Dr. Richard E. Just 

Graduate Coordinator 

Department of Agricultural and Resource Economics 

University of Maryland 

College Park. MD 20742 
For courses, see code AREC. 

Agricultural Engineering Program (ENAG) 

Associate Professor and Chair: Stewart 

Professors: Harris, Johnson, Wheaton 

Associate Professor: Grant 

Assistant Professors: Magette, Shirmohammadi 

Affiliate Assistant Professor: Brinsfield 

Visiting Professor: Yeck 

The Department of Agricultural Engineering offers a graduate program of study 
with specialization in either agricultural or aquacultural engineering leading to the de- 
gree of Master of Science or Doctor of Philosophy. Courses and research problems 
place emphasis on the engineering aspects of the production, harvesting, processing, 
and marketing of terrestrial and aquatic food and fiber products. Concern for the con- 
servation of land and water resources and the utilization and/or disposal of byproducts 
associated with biological systems is included in order to maintain and enhance the 
quality of our environment while contributing to efficient production of food and to 
meet increasing population demands. 

Agricultural engineering graduate students can look forward to excellent employ- 
ment opportunities. Recent estimates indicate three to five openings presently exist 
for every student completing an advanced degree in agricultural engineering. Future 
projections indicate the demand for agricultural engineers with advanced degrees will 
be as good or better than it is presently. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Admission is open to graduates in engineering, physical science or biological 
science who meet Graduate School requirements and who have satisfactorily com- 
pleted a core of basic engineering courses. For the thesis M.S. program, a minimum 
of 30 semester hours are required of which at least 9 hours will be agricultural engi- 
neering courses. 6 hours will be thesis research, and 3 hours will be biometrics. A 
non-thesis M.S. is also available requiring a minimum of 33 semester credit hours. 
At least 9 credit hours will be ENAG courses. 3 hours will be a required paper, and 3 
hours will be biometrics. 

A minimum of 60 credit hours beyond a B.S. are required for the Ph.D. program 
of which 12 hours will be thesis research and 3 hours will be biometrics. Additional 
courses may be required depending on the student's background. 



74 Agricultural Engineering Program (ENAG) 



The Department has no language requirements for either graduate degree. Except 
for the above requirements, a M.S. or Ph.D. program is planned on a personal basis 
and is oriented toward the intellectual and professional objectives of the student. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

In addition to well-equipped laboratories in the Department, the facilities of the 
Agricultural Experiment Station, the Computer Science Center, and the College of 
Engineering are available. 

Financial Assistance 

Financial assistance may be available to qualified candidates. 

Additional Information 

For additional information contact: 

Dr. Fredrick Wheaton 

Graduate Coordinator 

Agricultural Engineering Department 

University of Maryland 

College Park, MD 20742 
For courses, see code ENAG. 

Agronomy Program (AGRO) 

Professor and Chair: Aycock 

Professors: Bandel, Decker, Fanning, McKee 

Associate Professors: Angle, Demoeden, Glenn, Kenworthy, Mcintosh, Mulchi, 

Ritter, Sammons, Turner, Vough, Weil, Weismiller 

Assistant Professors: Bruns, Hill. James, Rabenhorst, Slaughter, Thomison, 

Welterlen 

The Department of Agronomy offers graduate courses of study leading to the de- 
grees of Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy. The student may pursue major 
work in the crops division or in the soils division of the Department. Programs are 
offered in cereal crop production, forage management, turf management, plant breed- 
ing, tobacco production, crop physiology, weed science, soil chemistry, soil physics, 
soil fertility, soil and water conservation, soil genesis and classification, soil survey 
and land use, soil mineralogy, soil biochemistry, soil microbiology, air pollution, 
waste disposal, and soil environment interactions. 

All graduates with advanced degrees in Agronomy from this University have found 
employment in areas of their interests. Most are doing teaching or research at other 
universities or with the federal government; some are with international agencies and 
a few have advanced to administrative positions. A number are employed by indus- 
tries in research or sales-related positions. Some graduates are managing whole divi- 
sions of these corporations. Others are employed by consulting firms or are breeding 
new varieties of crops for sale to farmers. Opportunities for employment of 
agronomy graduates in the future appear to be excellent. 



Agronomy Program (AGRO) 75 



Admission and Degree Information 

Thesis and non-thesis options are available for the Master of Science degree. A 
bachelor's degree in agronomy is not required if the student has adequate training in 
the basic sciences. All students must complete the Master of Science degree before 
admission to the doctoral program. Departmental regulations have been assembled for 
the guidance of candidates for graduate degrees. Copies of these regulations are 
available from the Department of Agronomy. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The Agronomy Department has over 20 well-equipped laboratories to carry out bas- 
ic and applied research in crop and soil science. Basic equipment in the laboratories 
include: x-ray diffraction and mass spectrophotometer, atomic absorption gas chroma- 
tograph, isotope counters, petrographic scopes and equipment for thin section prepara- 
tions, neutron soil moisture probe and scaler, tissue culture equipment, grain quality 
analyzer, and carbon furnace. Growth chambers, extensive greenhouse space, and 
five research farms and/or research and education centers permit a wide range of soil 
and environmental conditions for research into plant growth processes. A complete 
complement of planting and harvesting equipment is available for field research. A 
computer center located on campus is available for use by the Department. 
Microcomputers within the Department are also available. The University and the 
National Agricultural Sciences Libraries, supplemented by the Library of Congress, 
make the library resources among the best in the nation. Many projects of the 
Department are conducted in cooperation with other departments on campus and with 
the headquarters of the Agricultural Research Service of the United States Department 
of Agriculture located three miles from campus. 

Financial Assistance 

A limited number of research assistantships and teaching assistantships are avail- 
able for qualified applicants. 
For courses, see code AGRO. 

American Studies (AMST) 

Associate Professor and Chair: Kelly 

Associate Cliairman and Director of Graduate Studies: Caughey 

Associate Professors: Caughey, Diner, Lounsbury, Mintz 

Assistant Professor: Sies 

Adjunct Professor: Washburn 

American Studies offers an interdisciplinary program of study leading to the M.A. 
and the Ph.D. degrees. The Department is particularly oriented toward the study of 
19th and 20th century American culture with special emphasis in the areas of popular 
culture, literature and society, women's studies, ethnography, material culture, film, 
art, and social and cultural change. By combining courses in American Studies with 
study in other departments and fields, students can tailor their graduate program close- 
ly to their individual interests and career goals. Internship opportunities are available 
in area museums, archives, government agencies, and local historical societies. 
Courses in material culture taught at the Smithsonian Institution and George 



76 American Studies (AMST) 



Washington University are open to students in American Studies through a coopera- 
tive agreement. The Department also cooperates with the Departments of History, 
Anthropology, Geography and Urban Studies, and the School of Architecture in spon- 
soring a certificate program in Historic Preservation. Students interested in that pro- 
gram are admitted to one of the cooperating departments and, upon successful appli- 
cation to the Committee on Historic Preservation, complete 24 additional credit hours 
in preservation related courses. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Applicants to the program should have a broad liberal arts background appropriate 
to the interdisciplinary study of American culture at the graduate level. 

The master's program requires completion of 30 credit hours. Students who elect 
to write a thesis take 24 hours of course work and 6 hours of AMST 799 (thesis cred- 
it). Students who elect the non-thesis option take 30 hours of course work and submit 
a scholarly paper based on independent research in lieu of a thesis. In addition, all 
students must pass a written examination. 

Ph.D. candidates must complete at least 30 credit hours beyond the master's de- 
gree, organized around an area of concentration, pass three written comprehensive ex- 
aminations, and write and defend a dissertation based on original research. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The Washington area offers extraordinary research facilities for the study of 
American culture, past and present, including the Library of Congress, the National 
Archives, the National Museum of American History, and the National Gallery, as 
well as numerous other museums, collections, archives, and libraries. Through con- 
sortial arrangements with other schools in the area, including the George Washington 
University and Georgetown University, students may augment their programs with 
courses otherwise unavailable at the University of Maryland. 

Financial Assistance 

A limited number of teaching assistantships are available in addition to regular gra- 
duate fellowships. Students holding assistantships typically teach two sections of 
AMST 201, Introduction to American Studies. Awards are generally made to stu- 
dents who have successfully completed one year in the graduate program. 

Additional Information 

Additional information on program offerings, degree requirements, and financial 
aid can be obtained by writing to: 

Director of Graduate Studies 

Department of American Studies 

University of Maryland 

College Park, MD 20742 
For courses, see code AMST. 



Anthropology Program (ANTH) 77 



Animal Sciences Program (ADVP) 

Professor and Program Chair: Vandersall Professors: Westoff (Department Chair) 
Mather, Vandersall, Vijay, Williams, Young (Animal Science); Mohanty (Associate 
Dean), Marquardt (Veterinary Medicine) Professors Emeriti: Flyger, Keeney 
Associate Professors: DeBarthe, Douglass, Erdman, Harsock, Majeskie, Peters, 
Russek-Cohen, Stricklin (Animal Sciences); Dutta, Mallinson (Veterinary Medicine) 
Affiliate Associate Professor: Stephenson (Veterinary Medicine) Assistant 
Professors: Alston-Mills, Barao, Cassel, Marshall, Varner (Animal Sciences); 
Carmel, Gorham, Ingling, Samal, Snyder (Veterinary Medicine) 

The Graduate Program in the Animal Sciences (ADVP) offers work leading to the 
degrees of Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy. Both the thesis and non- 
thesis options are available for the Master's Degree. Areas of faculty research interest 
within the Program include animal nutrition, physiology, behavior, virology, immuno- 
logy, and cell biology. Opportunities for study are primarily related to domestic ani- 
mals but studies with other species are possible. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Applicants are required to submit scores of the Graduate Record Examinations 
(aptitude) and at least 3 letters of recommendation. 

It is recommended that during the first semester, required by the second, the stu- 
dent select a chairman of his/her Advisory Committee for program approval. With 
this Committee's advice, a proposed schedule of courses that includes at least one 
credit of ADVP Seminar (ANSC 698 A) must be filed. Committees may require 
remedial courses if the student enters with inadequate prerequisites or has deficiencies 
in his/her undergraduate program. By the third semester a thesis research or non- 
thesis "scholarly paper" must be approved and filed. The thesis or "scholarly paper" 
must be presented in a public seminar in addition to the final oral examination by the 
Advisory Committee. A written comprehensive examination is required of non-thesis 
students. A final bound copy of the thesis or scholarly paper must be submitted to 
the Program Office. Students with adequate undergraduate training usually complete 
the master's degree within two years. 

Ph.D. students entering from other institutions with the master's degree are ex- 
pected to meet the requirements indicated above. The M.S. is not a prerequisite for 
admission to Ph.D. study. However, most students find it advantageous. Two addi- 
tional credits of the program seminar are required. Early in the program an Advisory 
Committee must be formed for program approval. A plan of study and research pro- 
posal must be filed as in the master's program. At least one semester of teaching ex- 
perience is required. The Admission to Candidacy Examinations are both written and 
oral. Prior to the final oral examination, the candidate must present his/her disserta- 
tion in a public seminar. In addition to the dissertation, at least one paper in form for 
publication in a referred scientific journal must be approved. A final bound copy of 
the dissertation must be submitted to the Program Office. The Ph.D. degree should 
be completed within three years after the M.S. degree. 



78 Anthropology Program (ANTH) 



Facilities and Special Resources 

Faculty in the Program are an outstanding group representing research accom- 
plished in a wide variety of related fields. Excellent supporting courses in physiolo- 
gy, biochemistry, and microbiology are available in the appropriate departments. 
Courses in biometrics listed in the catalog under BIOM provide a strong background 
in experimental design and statistical analysis. Terminals and micro computers are 
available in the Animal Sciences Center. The Computer Science Center offers 
courses in programming and computer language as well as facilities for statistical 
analysis of thesis data. 

Outstanding laboratory facilities are available in the Animal Sciences Center which 
include the combined resources of the Department of Animal Sciences and the 
College of Veterinary Medicine. Facilities are available for cell culture, monoclonal 
antibody production, and enzyme-linked immunosorbant assays. Instrumentation is 
available to graduate students for gas liquid chromatrography, atomic absorption, ultra 
violet and visible spectrophotometry, calorimetry, electron microscopy, liquid scintil- 
lation radioactivity measurements, electrophoresis, ultracentrifugation, ovum mi- 
cromanipulation and a variety of microbiological techniques. Controlled environment 
facilities in the Center permit work with laboratory animals and detailed experiments 
on larger animals. Surgical facilities are available for research in the areas of repro- 
ductive and nutritional physiology. 

Herds and flocks of beef cattle, dairy cattle, horses, sheep, and swine are readily 
available for graduate research. Limited numbers of experiments can be conducted on 
the campus with large animals. Experiments requiring large numbers of animals are 
carried out at one of four outlying farms. A cooperative agreement with the 
Agricultural Research Service at nearby Beltsville, Maryland (BARC) makes available 
laboratory, animal and research personnel resources of importance in the graduate pro- 
gram. 

In addition to excellent library facilities on the campus, the National Agricultural 
Library, the National Library of Medicine, and the Library of Congress, all located 
within 10 miles, constitute the best library resources for graduate study available any- 
where. 

Financial Assistance 

A number of graduate assistantships are available and awarded to students pre- 
senting strong academic records and a capability and motivation to perform well in 
teaching or research assignments. 

Additional Information 

For specific information on the Program, admission procedures, or financial aid, 
contact: 

Dr. J. H. Vandersall, Chair 

Animal Sciences (ADVP) Graduate Committee 

Department of Animal Sciences 

University of Maryland 

College Park, MD 20742 



Anthropology Program (ANTH) 79 



For courses, see code ANSC. 

Anthropology Program (ANTH) 
Associate Professor and Chair: Whitehead 
Professors: Agar, Gonzalez, A. Williams, M. Williams 
Associate Professor: Chambers, Leone 
Assistant Professors: Dent, Stewart, Wali 
Lecturers: Cassidy, Eidson, Wulff 

The Department of Anthropology offers a Master of Applied Anthropology (MAA) 
degree. This is a new professional program for students interested in an anthropology 
career outside academia. Core courses include preparation in cultural analysis and 
management. Students intern with an agency or organization suitable to their career 
interests. Specialization is flexible permitting students to select from a variety of 
areas of career focus or to tailor course requirements to their special career require- 
ments. 

Admission and Degree Requirements 

Students are required to submit evidence of Graduate Record Examination scores 
and to fulfill the regular admission requirements of the Graduate School. Forty-two 
semester hours of work are required. All students must complete an intern There is 
no thesis requirement. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

A Departmental computer lab, three teaching and research labs for physical anthro- 
pology and archeology, and a photographic darkroom, are available for student use. 

Financial Assistance 

A limited number of teaching assistantships are available to qualified graduate stu- 
dents. Part-time employment related to Department research is occasionally available. 

Additional Information 

For additional information please contact: 

Dr. Michael Agar, Graduate Director 

Department of Anthropology 

University of Maryland 

College Park, MD 20742 
For courses, see code ANTH 

Applied Mathematics Program (MAPL) 

Professor and Director: J. Cooper (ENAE) 
Professor: Donaldson 

Associate Professors: Jones, Lee (BMGT) Professors: Bodin, Gass, Golden, Kotz 
Associate Professors: Alt, Assad, Ball, Fromovitz, Widhelm (ENCH) Professors: 
Cadman, Gentry, McAvoy Associate Professor: Calabrese (ENCE) Professor: 
Sternberg Associate Professors: Garber. Schwartz (CMSC) Professors: Agrawala, 
Basili, Edmundson, Kanal, Minker, Stewart Associate Professor: O'Leary, Reggia 
Assistant Professors: Elman, Fontecilla, Stotts (ECON) Professors: Almon, 



80 Applied Mathematics Program (MAPL) 



Betancourt, Kelejian Associate Professor: Coughlin (ENEE) Professors: Baras, 
Blankenship, DeClaris, Davisson. Ephremides, Harger, Krishnaprasad, Mayergoyz, 
Newcomb. Ott, Taylor Associate Professors: Makowski, Narayan, Tits, Tretter 
(MATH) Professors: Alexander. Antman. Benedetto, Berenstein, Cooper, Douglis, 
Evans, Fitzpatrick. Glaz, Green, Greenberg, Hummel, Johnson, Liu, Osbom, Pearl, 
Sweet, Wolfe Associate Professors: Arnold, Jones, Sather, Schneider, Vogelius 
Assistant Professors: Maddocks (ENME) Professors: Marks, Yang Associate 
Professors: Bernard, Shih, Walston (METO) Professors: Baer, Vemekar Associate 
Professors: Robock (IPST) Researcli Professors: Babuska, Professr: Dorfman, 
Faller. Hubbard, Kellogg, Olver, Yorke, Zwanzig (Distinguished Professor) (PHYS) 
Professors: Banerjee, Brill, Dragt, Einstein, Ferrell, Glick Gluckstem, Greenberg, 
Griffin, Korenman, MacDonald, Misner, Prange, Redish, Sucher, Wallace, Woo 
Associate Professors: Das Sarma, Fivel. Gates, Hu, Kim, Wang Assistant 
Professors: Hassam (STAT) Professors: Mikulski, Yang Associate Professors: 
Kedem, Slud, Smith (PUAF) Professor: Young (ANSC) Associate Professor: 
Russek-Cohen 

The interdisciplinary Applied Mathematics Program offers the degrees of Master of 
Arts and Doctor of Philosophy. These are awarded for graduate study and research in 
mathematics and its applications in the engineering, physical, and social sciences. In 
addition, the applied Mathematics Program offers certified minors in applied mathe- 
matics for graduate students not enrolled in the Program. 

The Program is administratively affiliated with the Department of Mathematics. 
Under this arrangement the Department of Mathematics assumes the responsibility for 
the administration of the applied mathematics courses under the MAPL label. 
Moreover, the Graduate Office of the Department maintains the records of all students 
in the Applied Mathematics Program and handles correspondence with those applying 
for admission. However, it is important that any application for admission indicates 
clearly whether a student wishes to enter the Mathematics (MATH) or the Applied 
Mathematics (MAPL) Program. 

The aim of the Applied Mathematics Program is to train individuals who are able 
to enhance their understanding of a wide spectrum of scientific phenomena through 
the application of rigorous mathematical analysis. In accordance with the goal, at 
least half of the required work is expected to be in courses with primarily mathemati- 
cal content, and the remaining part has to include a coherent set of courses in some 
field of application outside of the usual mathematics curriculum. Some of the special- 
ities currently pursued by graduate students in the Program are various areas of phys- 
ics, information structures, meteorology, operations research, pattern recognition, 
structural mechanics, and systems and control theory. Many other areas of study are 
available through the participating departments. It may also be noted that the faculty 
includes a strong group in numerical analysis and that all students include courses on 
numerical and scientific computing in their programs. 

Employment opportunities in industry, government, and education are currently 
very good for the applied mathematician. Our graduates have little difficulty finding 
satisfactory employment. In particular, the local employment environment is very 
favorable since there are many scientific and educational institutions in the area, such 



Applied Mathematics Program (MAPL) 81 



as the Goddard Space Flight Center, the National Bureau of Standards, and the 
National Institutes of Health. 

Admission and Degree Information 

In addition to the general requirements of the Graduate School, applicants for ad- 
mission to graduate study in the Program should have completed, with at least a B av- 
erage (3.0 on a 4.0 scale), an undergraduate program of study which includes a strong 
emphasis on mathematics. The student's general ability for graduate study in the 
Program and mathematical capabilities will be determined from his or her record and 
recommendations . 

A mathematical preparation with grades of B or better at least through the level of 
advanced calculus in a school of good academic standing is normally considered suffi- 
cient demonstration of the required mathematical background. Previous education in 
some part of an application area, such as physics or one of the engineering disci- 
plines, economics, etc., and basic competence in computational techniques will be 
favorably considered in a student's application for admission to the Program, although 
this is not a prerequisite. 

When a student has decided upon an area of specialization, a student advisory com- 
mittee is appointed by the Director of the Program. This committee, working togeth- 
er with the student, is responsible for formulating a course of study leading toward 
the degree sought. This course of study must constitute a unified, coherent program 
in an acceptable field of specialization of applied mathematics and must meet with the 
approval of the Graduate Committee for Applied Mathematics. 

Besides any other requirements specified by the Graduate School, the following 
specific conditions must be met for an M.A. degree in Applied Mathematics: 

1. At least 12 of the 24 required course credits for the M.A. degree with 
thesis are in courses with primarily mathematical content. At least 6 of 
these 12 credits are at the 600-800 level. At least 3 of the 12 credits 
are in courses on numerical analysis. At least 1 of the 12 credits is in 
an approved applied mathematics seminar. 

2. The 24 required course credits include either 6 credits at the 600-800 
level or, alternatively, 9 credits of which 3 are at the 600-800 level in 
courses whose content is primarily in the student's chosen field(s) of 
application. 

No course may be used to meet the requirements under both ( 1 ) and 
(2) above. 

3. At least 15 of the 30 required course credits for the non- thesis master's 
option are in courses with primarily mathematical content. At least 9 
of these 15 credits are at the 600-800 level. At least 3 of these 15 
credits are in a course on numerical analysis. At least 1 of the 15 cred- 
its is an approved applied mathematics seminar. 

4. The 30 required course credits include either 6 credits at the 600-800 
level or, alternately, 9 credits of which 3 are at the 600-800 level in 
courses whose content is primarily in the student's chosen field(s) of 
application. 



82 Applied Mathematics Program (MAPL) 



No course may be used to meet the requirements under both (1) and (2) above. 

The student must pass the comprehensive examination for the M.A. degree with- 
out thesis. The examination consists of at least three parts, with at least one of the 
parts in a mathematics area and at least one of the parts in an area of application. 
The parts shall be taken as closely together as possible. (Comprehensive examina- 
tions are not required for the M.A. degree with thesis.) A scholarly paper is required 
for the M.A. degree without thesis. 

The student in the doctoral program must take a minimum of 36 hours of courses 
exclusive of dissertation research. At least 24 of these 36 credits are at the 600-800 
level. 

A transfer of at most 24 credits of graduate-level work taken at a regionally ac- 
credited institution prior to or after admission to the Ph.D. Program is permitted prov- 
iding: (1) the Graduate Committee for Applied Mathematics has approved the transfer, 
(2) a grade of B or better was earned in the courses taken (no course with pass/fail 
grades will be accepted), and (3) the credit was earned within the time limit imposed 
for completing the Ph.D. degree at the University of Maryland. 

Course Distribution: 1) at least 18 of the required 36 credits are in courses with pri- 
marily mathematical content. At least 9 of these 18 credits are on the 600-800 level. 
At least 3 of the 18 credits are in numerical analysis. At least 2 of the 18 credits are 
in approved mathematics seminars. 2) The 36 credits include either 6 credits at the 
600-800 level or alternately 9 credits of which 3 are at the 600-800 level in courses 
whose content is primarily in the student's chosen field(s) of application. 3) No 
course may be used to meet the requirements under both items (1) and (2) above. 

The student must pass the comprehensive examination for the Ph.D. The examina- 
tion consists of at least three parts, with at least one of the parts in an area of mathe- 
matics and at least one of the parts in an area of application. The parts shall be taken 
as closely together as possible. 

In addition, the student must pass the Candidacy Examination for the Ph.D. de- 
gree. The Candidacy Examination is an oral examination which serves as a test of 
the detailed preparation of a student in the area of specialization and seeks to discover 
if he or she has a deep enough understanding to carry out the proposed research. The 
examination assumes further advanced course work beyond the Comprehensive 
Examination. 

Certified Minors 

The Applied Mathematics Program offers certified minors in applied mathematics 
to regular graduate students who are enrolled in a graduate degree program of the 
University of Maryland other than the Program itself. The successful completion of 
the requirements for such a minor will be recorded in the student's transcripts. 
Moreover, a number of departments participating in the Applied Mathematics Program 
permit the requirements of the certified minor to replace part of the degree require- 
ments of the major department. 

A student wishing to pursue a certified minor in applied mathematics must fill out 
an application form for participation in the Certified Minor Program. Such forms are 



Applied Mathematics Program (MAPL) 83 



available from the Office of the Director of the Applied Mathematics Program. 

The Certified Minor Program at the master's level must contain at least 6 semester 
hours in 400-level courses and 3 semester ours in 600-level courses, or 6 semester 
hours in 600-level courses. At the doctoral level the Certified Minor Program must 
contain at least 9 semester hours of graduate credit of which at most 3 hours may be 
at the 400-level. 

Financial Assistance 

The main source of support for full-time students in the Program is teaching assis- 
tantships in the Department of Mathematics. These assistantships carry a stipend plus 
remission of tuition of up to ten hours each semester. In addition there are some re- 
search assistantships available in participating departments once a student has acquired 
advanced training. 

For courses, see code MAPL. 

Architecture Program (ARCH) 

Professor and Dean: Steffian 

Graduate Director: Sachs 

Assistant to the Dean: Lapanne 

Professors: Hill, Lewis, Loss, Lu, Schlesinger, Steffian 

Associate Professors: Bechhoefer, Bennett, DuPuy, Etlin, Fogle, Schumacher, Vann 

Assistant Professors: Arikoglu, Kelly, Thiratrakoolchai, Wiedemann, 

Lecturers: Mclnturff, Read, Rixey, Schurter, Wingate 

Instructor: Mason 

The School of Architecture offers a graduate program leading to the professional 
degree Master of Architecture. The School's basic objective is to provide the highest 
possible quality professional education and training in architecture. Its program is or- 
ganized around required courses in architectural and urban design, architectural histo- 
ry and theory, and architectural science and technology. Electives in architecture and 
related fields are available in a curriculum that is rigorous and challenging. The 
School is accredited by the National Architectural Accreditation Board. It is a 
member of the Association of Collegiate Schools of Architecture assigned to the 
Northeastern Region. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Admission to the graduate program is competitive. Candidates must satisfy the 
general requirements of the Graduate School and submit the following: 1) three letters 
of recommendation from persons competent to judge the applicant's probable success 
in graduate architectural school, 2) results of the Graduate Record Examination apti- 
tude tests (not over five years old), and 3) evidence of creative ability in the form of 
a portfolio of drawings, photographs, or other expressive media; details concerning 
format and content may be obtained from the School of Architecture. 

Applications will be considered from three categories of students: 1 ) students with 
four-year baccalaureate degrees (architecture or equivalent major) from accredited ar- 
chitecture schools, 2) students with baccalaureate degrees not in architecture from an 
accredited college or university who successfully complete specified undergraduate 



84 Architecture Program (ARCH) 



prerequisites which are outlined by the School of Architecture, and 3) students with 
an accredited professional bachelor or masters degree in architecture. Students are ex- 
pected to enroll on a full-time basis. For complete information on curricula require- 
ments for these categories, write to the School of Architecture. 

1 . Students entering the program with a four-year baccalaureate degree in 
architecture from an accredited college or university normally require 
two years of graduate study to complete the requirements for the pro- 
fessional degree Master of Architecture. The established curriculum re- 
quires four semesters of academic work encompassing a total of 60 
credits. Additional credits may be required depending upon the admis- 
sions committee's evaluation of the individual's academic and architec- 
tural experience. 

2. Students entering the professional program with other than architecture 
baccalaureate degrees will normally require seven semesters of design 
studio and other prerequisite courses. Students may be granted ad- 
vanced standing if they have completed the appropriate prerequisites. 
Information on required courses and curriculum may be obtained from 
the School of Architecture. 

3. A special option leading to the Master of Architecture degree is avail- 
able for those students already possessing a professional degree in arch- 
itecure (B.Arch. or M.Arch.) from an accredited program. This option 
is designed to accommodate the needs of students who wish to do ad- 
vanced work beyond that required for the professional degree. 
Applicants must specify in detail the nature of the proposed course of 
study for review and approval by the admissions committee prior to 
their admission. They must coinplete a minimum of 30 credits includ- 
ing ARCH 799 Thesis in Architecture (6 credits). At least 12 credits, 
other than thesis, shall be 600-level or above. All course selections 
must be approved by the graduate committee of the School. 

Presently, areas of concentration in which the School has noteworthy 
resources for advanced work are architectural and urban design for 
developing countries, architectural history and preservation, and archi- 
tectural technology. 

4. A program leading to a Master's Certificate in Historic Preservation is 
available to M.Arch. candidates. The course of study include 24 cred- 
its and an approved thesis, which may satisfy requirements of both the 
Architecture and Preservation curricula. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The School of Architecure is ideally located between Washington, D.C. and 
Baltimore in the midst of a large number of historic communities and a varied physi- 
cal environment. The resulting opportunity for environmental design study is unsur- 
passed. Resources of the School include a modem physical plant providing design 
work stations for each student, a wood-working and modelshop, an environmental 
testing laboratory, a computer aided design facility, and a darkroom. The library, lo- 



Architecture Program (ARCH) 85 



cated in the School, contains some 26,000 volumes and 130 current periodicals mak- 
ing it one of the major architectural libraries in the nation. The National Trust 
Library for Historic Preservation, housed in the School, contains 11,000 volumes and 
450 periodical titles. The slide collection numbers some 220,000 slides on architec- 
ture, landscape architecture, planning, and technical subjects. An opportunity for pro- 
fessional experience and service is provided through the School's nonprofit Center of 
Architectural Design and Research, CADRE Corporation, whose mission is to broa- 
den the educational experience of students through environmental design services 
directed by faculty members and rendered to a variety of clients. 

Maryland students continue to participate in field archaeology. Projects in the past 
have taken place in Tunisia, Turkey, Jordan, Israel, and Sri Lanka. The School is a 
sponsoring institution of CAHEP (Caesarea Ancient Harbor Excavation Project) now 
in its eleventh year. Qualified students participate in both land and underwater ar- 
chaeology. 

Summer workshops for historic preservation are sponsored by the School in Cape 
May, NJ, a designated national historic landmark district, and Kiplin Hall, North 
Yorkshire, England. Students may earn credit doing hands-on restoration work and 
by attending lectures presented by visiting architects, preservationists, and scholars. 

Students may also earn studio credit by attending summer programs abroad; the 
School sponsors excursions to Turkey (Istanbul), Sri Lanka, Italy (Rome), and France 
(Paris). 

Financial Assistance 

The School of Architecture offers a limited and varying number of teaching and re- 
search assistantships, scholarships, fellowships, and internships. Applicants should 
apply for financial assistance when submitting the application for admission. 

For courses, see code ARCH. 

Art History (ARTH) 

Professors: Bumham, Denny, Driskell, Eyo, Farquhar, Miller. Rearick 
Associate Professors: Hargrove, Pressly, Spiro, Wheelock, Withers 
Assistant Professors: Caswell, Kim, Peters-Campbell, Venit 

The Department of Art History offers programs of graduate study leading to the de- 
grees of Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy. The Program is committed to the 
advanced study and scholarly interpretation of works of art from the prehistoric era to 
the present, and is grounded in the concept of art as a humanistic experience. 

Admission and Degree Information 

For admission to the Master's program, an undergraduate degree from an ac- 
credited college or university, or its equivalent, is required. Although the applicant 
must demonstrate a general knowledge of art history, an undergraduate major in art 
history is not required. The candidate should, however, have completed a minimum 
of 12 credit hours in art history courses. Other humanities area courses should be 
part of the candidate's undergraduate preparation. The verbal and quantitative 
Graduate Record Exam is required for admission. 



86 Art History (ARTH) 



To complete the master's program, the student must complete 30 credit hours with 
a grade of B or better, including ARTH 692, Methods of Art History; pass a 
Departmentally administered language examination in either French or German; pass a 
written comprehensive examination which tests the candidate's knowledge and 
comprehension of the principal areas and phases of art history; complete a thesis 
which demonstrates competency in research and in original investigation; and pass a 
final oral examination on the thesis and the field which it represents. 

Requirements for the Doctor of Philosophy degree include 30 credit hours of 
courses taken at the 600 level or above with a grade of B or better; ARTH 792, 
Methods of Art History; reading knowledge of both French and German; oral and 
written qualifying examinations in the candidate's major and minor fields; a disserta- 
tion which demonstrates the candidate's capacity to perform independent research; and 
a final oral examination on the dissertation and the field it represents. 

All applicants are encouraged, and those seeking financial assistance are required, 
to submit their applications by February 1 for entrance in the fall term; for admission 
in the spring, applications must be completed by November 1. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The Middle Atlantic Symposium in the History of Art is an annual spring event 
which is sponsored by the University of Maryland and held jointly at the National 
Gallery of Art and the University. This symposium provides the opportunity for ad- 
vanced graduate students from the member institutions to present their research at a 
professional forum. 

The University also supports the University of Maryland Caesarea Project, an on- 
going excavation at Caesarea Maritima, Israel. Qualified graduate students are eligi- 
ble for participation in the excavations, and work at this site may lead to M.A. or 
Ph.D. dissertation subjects. 

The University of Maryland Art Gallery is under the administration of the College 
of Arts and Humanities and works cooperatively with the Departments of Art and Art 
History. The gallery organizes and hosts major exhibitions and produces catalogues 
of historical and contemporary art for the benefit of the University community and the 
general public. Graduate courses in museum studies are offered through the gallery. 
In addition to its exhibition programs, the gallery maintains a permanent collection of 
twentieth-century American paintings, prints and works on paper, and a study collec- 
tion of African sculpture. 

The University of Maryland is located in the suburban Washington, D.C. area and 
is 30 minutes from the National Gallery of Art, the Smithsonian Museums, the 
Corcoran Gallery, the Phillips Collection, and other museums in the metropolitan 
area. The campus is a 50-minute drive from the Walters Art Gallery, the Baltimore 
Museum of Art, and the Johns Hopkins University. In addition to the University's 
64,000-volume art library, students have access to the Library of Congress, Archives 
of American Art, and the research libraries of Dumbarton Oaks, National Museum of 
American Art, and other branches of the Smithsonian. The Department's slide collec- 
tion with some 175,000 slides is the largest and most comprehensive in the area. The 
Department is a member of the Consortium of Washington Universities which has 



Art History (ARTH) 87 



seven member institutions and which offers, on average, twenty to twenty-five gradu- 
ate courses and seminars each semester. 

Financial Assistance 

Fellowships are awarded strictly on the basis of merit by the College of Arts and 
Humanities and by the Graduate School. Graduate assistantships are awarded by the 
Department of Art History. Graduate assistantships are awarded by the Department of 
Art History as grants to serve as research assistants at major museums in the 
Washington-Baltimore area. 

Additional Information 

A more detailed description of Departmental requirements for the above programs 
and other information may be obtained directly from the Department of Art History. 

For information on the Master of Education in Art Education, refer to the section 
devoted to Secondary Education in this catalog. 

For courses, see code ARTH. 

Art Program (ARTS) 

Professor and Acting Chairman: Morrison 

Professors: DeMonte, Driskell, Lapinski, Morrison, Truitt 

Associate Professors: Craig, Forbes, Gelman, Kehoe, Klank, Krushenick, Niese, 

Pogue 

Assistant Professors: Blotner, Gossage, Richardson, Ruppert, Sanborn 

The Department of Art offers a program of graduate study leading to the degree of 
Master of Fine Arts. The graduate faculty of the Art Department consists of over 20 
active professional artists specializing in the traditional studio areas of painting, sculp- 
ture, printmaking, drawing, and photography. Additional interests are reflected in 
course offering such as papermaking, environmental art, and mixed media. 

Studio facilities are spacious and well-equipped. Painting students are able to work 
in oils, acrylic, watercolor, fresco, encaustic, and spray/airbrush. Of special interest 
is a methods and materials course offered yearly. The sculpture area includes two 
woodshops, a foundry, shops for welding, forging, stone and wood carving, and an 
environmental sculpture space. Printmakers can choose to work with intaglio, lithog- 
raphy, photo- etching, silkscreen, or woodcuts. Drawing and papermaking facilities 
are also available, as well as special project rooms. For photography students there is 
a complete darkroom. 

Each graduate student is provided with a spacious studio and access to models and 
to classroom facilities. Environmental works and sculptural installations may be built 
both indoors and outside on the grounds. 

Within the building housing studio art there are two galleries and two libraries. 
The University of Maryland Art Gallery features national and international exhibi- 
tions, as well as faculty and MFA thesis shows. The West Gallery provides student 
organized exhibitions by and for undergraduate students and a space for social activi- 
ties for both students and faculty members. The Art Library, which is shared by the 
Studio and Art History Departments, provides both visual and literary reference vo- 



88 Art Studio (ARTS) 



lumes in addition to films and videos. The slide library boasts a growing collection 
of reproductions of artworks from significant art movements. 

Admission and Degree Information 

For admission to graduate study in studio art, an undergraduate degree with an art 
major from an accredited college or university, or its equivalent, is required. The 
candidate should have a minimum of 30 credit hours of undergraduate work in studio 
courses and 12 credit hours in art history courses. Other humanities area courses 
should be part of the candidate's undergraduate preparation. In addition, special 
Departmental requirements must be met. Candidate for the Master's of Fine Arts de- 
gree will be required to pass an oral comprehensive examination, present an exhibi- 
tion of their thesis work, write an abstract based on the thesis, and present an oral de- 
fense of the thesis. 

Financial Assistance 

The Department offers seven teaching assistantships. There are also two-year fel- 
lowships available from the College and a number of University Graduate 
Fellowships. Applicants should submit their applications by February 1 for considera- 
tion for a graduate assistantship or for a fellowship. 

Additional Information 

For further information, call or write: 

The Art Department 

University of Maryland 

College Park, MD 20742 

(301)454-3431 
For courses, see code ARTS. 

Astronomy Program (ASTR) 

Professor and Director: Bell 

Professors: A'Heam, Erickson, Harrington, Kerr (Emeritus), Kundu, Papdopoulos 

Rose, Trimble, Wentzel, Wilson 

Adjunct Professors: Hauser, Holt, Westerhout 

Associate Professors: Blitz, Eichler, Heckman, Matthews, Zipoy 

The Astronomy Program, administratively part of the Department of Physics and 
Astronomy, offers programs of study leading to the degrees of M.S. and Ph.D. in 
Astronomy. The M.S. program includes both thesis and non-thesis options. Areas of 
specialization include: galactic structure, solar physics, solar system, astronomical in- 
strumentation, cometary studies, and high energy and plasma astrophysics. 

A full schedule of courses in all fields of astronomy is offered including galactic 
astronomy, general astrophysics, solar system astrophysics, observational astronomy, 
celestial mechanics, solar physics, study of the interstellar medium, extragalactic as- 
tronomy, and plasma astrophysics. The faculty has expertise in most major branches 
of astronomy. Some of the areas in which ongoing research efforts exist are stellar 
atmospheres and spectra, comets, solar radio astronomy, the interstellar medium, ac- 
tive galaxies and plasma astrophysics. 



Astronomy Program (ASTR) 89 



Opportunities for permanent jobs in the "traditional" areas of universities and ob- 
servatories are limited, although initial temporary appointments as Research 
Associates are considerably easier to obtain. While the more traditional positions are 
highly competitive, opportunities exist in other areas especially in computer software 
firms which do contract work for federal laboratories. All recent Maryland 
Astronomy Ph.D.'s have obtained full-time employment in work related to their train- 
ing. 

Admission and Degree Information 

No formal undergraduate course work in astronomy is required. However, an 
entering student should have a working knowledge of the basic facts of astronomy 
such as is obtainable from one of the many elementary textbooks. A more advanced 
knowledge of astronomy will of course enable a student to progress more rapidly dur- 
ing the first year of graduate work. 

Normally a satisfactory score on the GRE Advanced Test in Physics is required be- 
fore an applicant's admission to the Graduate School will be considered. In special 
cases, the Graduate Entrance Committee may waive this requirement and set other 
conditions as a requirement for admission to be fulfilled either before admission or 
during the first year at Maryland. 

Ph.D. program: During the first two years, full-time students must take at least 
four and normally will take all of the principal courses: ASTR 600, 605, 610, 620, 
640, and 670 plus the required courses in physics. A research project is required dur- 
ing the second year. Students will be aided in identifying a suitable project by the 
end of the first year. Qualification for the Ph.D. program is based on the overall per- 
formance in course work, research projects, and a written examination integrating the 
six principal courses. The examination is taken during the summer after the second 
year. 

The University of Maryland has recently joined with the University of California at 
Berkeley and the University of Illinois in a project to expand and upgrade the radio 
observatory located at Hat Creek in California. When the initial stages of the project 
are completed in a few years, the new array will be the largest such instrument 
operating at mm wavelengths. This will be a major tool for the exploration of the in- 
terstellar medium. When the system is fully operational, it will be possible to do re- 
mote observing from the Maryland site. Data reduction will be possible "in house" 
because of a major planned expansion in the computer facilities in the Astronomy 
Program. 

Course requirements for the Ph.D. include the principal courses, at least two addi- 
tional advanced astronomy courses, and twelve credits of advanced physics. In addi- 
tion, students must acquire some personal experience with modem observational 
methods and analysis, normally by accompany a faculty member to a suitable obser- 
vatory. All of the principal courses are required before advancement to candidacy. 

Candidates for the Master of Science Degree with thesis are required to obtain 24 
credits (exclusive of registration for master's research) of which at least 12 are in the 
major area and at least 12 must be at the 600 level (not necessarily the same 12). In 
addition, at least 6 credits must be in a related field (supporting area). 



90 Astronomy Program (ASTR) 



To obtain the Master of Science degree without a thesis, 6 credits in the major at 
the 600 level are required in addition to the general requirements described above. 
That is, a total of 30 credits are required of which 18 must be in the major and at 
least 18 at the 600 level. The student must also pass a written examination, usually 
consisting of the written part of the Ph.D. qualifying Examination with appropriately 
chosen passing requirements. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The Astronomy Program carries on an extensive research program in the areas dis- 
cussed above with the graduate students playing an active role in this research. 
Approximately one-fourth of all research papers published have a graduate student as 
one of the authors. 

The Program has strong interaction with the national astronomy observatories and 
many of the students and faculty carry on observing programs at them. There are 
also very close ties with neighboring scientific institutes. A major program of coo- 
perative research has been established with the Goddard Space Flight Center and a 
number of graduate students carry on research programs there. There are also con- 
tacts with the Naval Observatory, the Naval Research Lab, and other government 
agencies. 

For courses, see code ASTR. 

Biochemistry (BCHM) 

Professors: Gerlt, Holmlund, Munn, Ponnamperuma 

Associate Professors: Armstrong, Dunaway-Mariano, Hansen, Sampugna 

Assistant Professor: Brusilow, Julin 

The Graduate Program in Biochemistry is the College Park component of the 
University of Maryland Graduate Program in Biochemistry which also has compo- 
nents at the University of Maryland Baltimore County and at the University of 
Maryland Medical School and Dental School in Baltimore. The program offers study 
leading to Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Research specializa- 
tion at College Park is available in drug metabolism, enzyme kinetics, lipid bioche- 
mistry, membrane structure and function, metabolic regulation, nucleic acid bioche- 
mistry, and nutritional biochemistry. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Both the thesis and non-thesis options are offered for the M.S. degree. Applicants 
should have completed an undergraduate program of study with strong emphasis on 
chemistry and/or biology with appropriate supporting courses in mathematics and 
physics. Before obtaining a degree in the program, a student must demonstrate ade- 
quate preparation in biochemistry and in analytical, organic and physical chemistry. 
For this purpose diagnostic examinations in these subjects are offered to students at 
the beginning of their first semester. Students who perform unsatisfactorily on these 
examinations or who may not have had undergraduate preparation in one or more of 
these areas will be advised to register for appropriate courses. Information on course 
work, comprehensive examinations, and the research interests of the faculty is avail- 
able for the guidance of degree candidates. 



Biochemistry (BCHM) 91 



Facilities and Special Resources 

Biochemistry research is conducted in a new wing occupied in 1975. In addition 
to well-equipped research laboratories, the following central facilities are available: 
animal colony, fermentation pilot plant, analytical ultracentrifuge, PDP-11 computer, 
liquid scintillation counters, nuclear magnetic resonance spectrometers, and a 
chemistry-biochemistry library. 

Financial Assistance 

Graduate teaching assistantships are usually available in the Chemistry and 
Biochemistry Departments. The assistantships involve teaching undergraduate labora- 
tory and recitation classes and permit a tuition waiver for a ten credit program of gra- 
duate study each semester. 

Additional Information 

Information on requirements and research interests of the faculty may be obtained 
from: 

Director of Graduate Studies 

Department of Chemistry and Biochemistry 

University of Maryland 

College Park, MD 20770 
For courses, see code BCHM. 

Botany Program (BOTN) 

Professor and Acting Chair: Bean 

Professors: Corbett, Gantt, Kantzes, Krusberg, Kung, Lockard', Patterson, Reveal, 

Sisler 

Associate Professors: Bamett, Bottino, Cooke, Karlander, Motta, Racusen, Steiner, 

Sze, Teramura 

Assistant Professors: Forseth, Grybauskas, Hutcheson, Van Valkenburg, Watson, 

Wolniak 

Adjunct Associate Professor: Cohen 

Afiniiated Associate Professor: Inouye 

'Joint appointment with Secondary Education 

The Department of Botany offers graduate programs leading to the degrees of 
Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy. Course programs and research problems 
are developed under close supervision by the Student's advisor according to the intel- 
lectual and professional needs of the student. The objective of the program is to 
equip the student with the background and techniques for a career in plant science in 
academic, governmental, industrial, or private laboratories. 

Areas of specialization include anatomy and morphology, plant biochemistry, cell 
biology, plant ecology, physiology of fungi, genetics and molecular biology, mycolo- 
gy, plant nematology, plant pathology, phycology, plant physiology, systematics, and 
virology. 

Job opportunities for M.S. and Ph.D. degree holders in Botany continue to be 
good. A high percentage of our graduates currently find appropriate positions within 



92 Botany Program (BOTN) 



a short time of graduation. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Tliere are no special admission requirements. A liigh degree of intellectual excel- 
lence is of greater consequence than completion of a particular curriculum at the un- 
dergraduate level. The degree requirements are flexible. However, they involve de- 
monstration of competence in the broad field of botany, as well as completion of 
courses in other disciplines which are supportive of modem competence in this field. 
A foreign language may be required if deemed essential by the student's Graduate 
Advisory Committee. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The Department has laboratories equipped to investigate most phases of botanical 
and molecular biological research. Field and green house facilities are available for 
research requiring plant culture. Major pieces of equipment include transmission and 
scanning electron microscopes, ultracentrifuges, a liquid chromatograph, low-speed 
centrifuges, microtomes for cutting ultrathin sections, infra-red spectrophotometers, 
recording spectrophotometers, gas chromatographs, and environmentally controlled 
growth chambers. A herbarium; enzyme preparation rooms; dark rooms; cold rooms; 
special culture apparatus for algae, fungi, and higher plants; spectrophotometers; and 
respirometers are among the many special pieces of equipment and facilities that are 
available for research. 

Financial Assistance 

Financial assistance is available in the form of teaching and research assistantships. 

Additional Information 

The Department has a special brochure available upon request. For specific infor- 
mation on Departmental programs, admission procedures, or financial aid contact: 
Chair 

Department of Botany 
University of Maryland 
College Park, MD 20742 
For courses, see code BOTN. 

Business and Management Program (BMGT) 

Dean: Lamone 

Asssociate Dean: Leete 

Assistant Dean: Brown 

Director of Doctoral Program: Preston 

Director of MBA & MS Programs: Waikart 

Assistant Director of MBA & MS Programs: Saks 

Chairpersons: Bradford, Loeb, Golden, Durand, Locke, Corsi, Hevner 

Professors Emeriti: Taff , Wright 

Professors: Bartol, Bodin, Bradford, Carroll, Chen, Durand, Gannon, Gass, Golden, 

Gordon, Greer, Haslem, Jolson, Kolodny, Kotz, Lamone, Leete, Levine, Locke 

(Psychology), S. Loeb, Masi (Affiliated), Preston, Simon, Taff (Emeritis), Yao 



Business and Management Program (BMGT) 93 



Associate Professors: Alt, Assad, Ball, Bedingfield, Biehal, Corsi, Courtright (Ret), 
Edelson, Edmister, Fromovitz, Hevner, M. Loeb, Nickels, Olian, Poist, Power, 
Taylor, Widhelm 

Assistant Professors: Ahad, Basu, Calfee, Chang, Christofi, Eun, Friar, Grimm, 
Gupta, Holcomb, Huss, Jang, Krapfel, Mattingly (Affiliated), Premack, Raschid 
(Affiliated), Scheraga, Schick, K. G. Smith, R. Smith, Soubra, Stark, Stephens 

The College of Business and Management offers graduate work leading to the de- 
grees of Master of Business Administration (MBA), Master of Science in Business 
and Management (M.S.), and Doctor of Philosophy (Ph.D.). The College's MBA 
program is accredited nationally by the American Assembly of Collegiate Schools of 
Business. Only about 30% of the more than 1,000 graduate programs in the country 
are accredited by the AACSB, a reflection of the quality of faculty, students, curricu- 
lum, and facilities. 

Areas of faculty specialization include accounting, finance, management science 
and statistics, information systems, marketing, management and organization, tran- 
sportation, and business and public policy. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Admission criteria for the MBA, M.S. and Ph.D. programs are based on: (1) quali- 
ty of undergraduate and graduate course work, (2) score on the Graduate Management 
Admission Test (GMAT), (3) letters of recommendation, (4) other relevant informa- 
tion and professional experience, and (5) written essays of objectives. Prospective ap- 
plicants should contact the program at 301^54-5140 for application materials. 

MBA Program The College of Business and Management offers an MBA program 
designed to provide the educational foundation for those students with the potential to 
exhibit the highest degree of excellence in future careers as professional managers. 
The MBA program requires 54 credits of course work (18 courses of which 5 are 
electives), normally 4 semesters for a full-time student. There is no thesis require- 
ment. Successful students in the program are expected to demonstrate the following: 
(1) a thorough and integrated knowledge of the basic tools, concepts and theories re- 
lating to professional management; (2) behavioral and analytical skills necessary to 
deal creatively and effectively with organizations and management problems; (3) an 
understanding of the economic, political, technological, and social environments in 
which organizations operate; (4) a sense of professional and personal integrity and so- 
cial responsibility in the conduct of managerial affairs both internal and external to the 
organization. 

Program prerequisites include a bachelor's degree, successful completion of a 
college-level calculus course and knowledge of a computer programming language. 

About one-half of the students enrolled are full-time and one- half are part-time. 
Full-time students take 15 credits during each semester of the first year and 12 credits 
each semester of their second year. Part-time students take 6 credits each regular se- 
mester and during the summer. Most courses for part- time students begin at 7:00 
p.m. However, occasionally there may be an evening course with an earlier starting 
time. Students whose cumulative grade point average falls below 3.0 will be placed 
on probation and will be given a specified amount of time to raise the gpa to a 3.0. 



94 Business and Management Program (BMGT) 



Failure to do so will result in academic dismissal from the program. 

Maryland MBA graduates obtain employment in a wide spectrum of organizations. 
Starting salaries typically range from $25,000 to $45,000 per year. 
M.S. Program The College offers an M.S. program for students wishing to concen- 
trate in Accounting/Information Systems, Information Systems, Operations Research, 
or Statistics. The Program is designed for students with strong quantitative skills who 
desire a more technical management education. Student typically come to the pro- 
gram with undergraduate majors in business, engineering, sciences, information and 
computer systems, mathematics, or economics. Prerequisites include calculus and a 
high level computer language. Additional prerequisites in business and management 
fundamental courses are determined by the student's background. Depending on the 
concentration selected, the program calls for either 30 or 33 credit hours beyond the 
prerequisites. A thesis option is offered which may represent 6 credits in the area oi 
concentration. Program progress and admission standards described above for ±e 
MBA program are also applicable to the M.S. program. 

Ph.D. Program The Ph.D. program is designed to produce outstanding scholars in 
management related disciplines. To this end, a strong research philosophy pervades 
the entire program. The low student to faculty ratio fosters a high degree of interac- 
tion between faculty and students on research projects of mutual interest, frequently 
culminating in journal articles. Students whose career aspirations are congruent with 
the program's research orientation can look forward to a learning experience that is 
not only demanding but also stimulating and enriching. Recent graduates are em- 
ployed at the following academic institutions: Ben Gurion University, Boston College, 
Georgia Tech, Penn State, Texas A & M, Syracuse, Houston, Vanderbilt University, 
the University of North Carolina, and the University of Texas. 

Maryland Ph.D. students achieve excellence through course work preparation in 
basic and major and minor fields (required), supervised teaching during the period of 
residence (recommended), and independent research culminating in the writing of a 
doctoral dissertation (required). A full-time commitment (3 courses per semester) to 
the program is mandatory as a condition of admittance. 

All Ph.D. students are provisionally admitted and must achieve a 3.25 GPA in 
each of their first two semester. Failure to do so results in being placed on probation. 
The probationary period will last one semester at which time the student will be dis- 
missed unless a 3.25 overall GPA is obtained. 

Ph.D. course requirements range upward from a minimum of 42 units plus disserta- 
tion credits, depending on the amount of relevant prior study. Preparation in calculus 
is required for admission. 

The Ph.D. student may select a single major (18 credits) with one minor (12 cred- 
its), or a double major (18 credits each). Major areas of concentration may be chosen 
from among such fields as accounting, finance, human resource management and la- 
bor relations, information systems, management science and statistics, marketing, or- 
ganizational behavior, management strategy and policy, and transportation and physi- 
cal distribution. 

Minors and second majors may include areas inside or outside the College of 



Business and Management Program (BMGT) 95 



Business and Management. Typical outside minors include computer science, 
economics, engineering, government and politics, mathematics, psychology and socio- 
logy. 

Additional course requirements include: two courses from the MBA core 
(accounting, finance, marketing, and behavioral factors), one or two graduate courses 
in economics, a course in research methodology (not required in all majors), and four 
research tools courses specified by the major area. Some of these requirements may 
be waived if equivalent courses have been satisfactorily completed at AACSB institu- 
tions. 

Students are required to take written comprehensive examinations in the major area 
and the minor or research tools subject area. After all course work and written exams 
have been successfully completed, each student must pass a comprehensive oral ex- 
amination. Having passed the oral exam, the student is advanced to candidacy. 

Each Ph.D. candidate prepares a formal dissertation proposal and defends it at an 
open meeting of faculty and students. The proposal should clearly indicate how the 
dissertation will make a major contribution to the literature of the field. Every doc- 
toral student must register for a minimum of 12 dissertation research credits during 
the program. 

The minimum residency requirements is the equivalent of three years of full-time 
graduate study and research. Of the three years, the equivalent of at least one year 
must be spent at the University of Maryland. 

MBA/JD Joint Program 

The College of Business and Management and the School of Law of the University 
of Maryland at Baltimore offer a joint program of studies leading to MBA and JD de- 
grees. Under the terms of the joint program, a student may earn both degrees in four 
academic years. The accelerated program is possible because some courses can be 
credited toward both degrees. Candidates must apply for admission to the Law 
School at Baltimore as well as to the Graduate School at College Park and must be 
admitted to both programs. 

Under the joint program 75 credits in law school coupled with 39 credits in busi- 
ness courses are required for graduation. Fifteen credits of law will be substituted for 
MBA elective course work. Grade point averages in each program will be computed 
separately and students must maintain minimum standards in each school to continue 
in the program. The Graduate School will not accept transfer credit from course work 
taken outside the joint program. A student must complete both programs satisfactori- 
ly in order to receive both degrees. A student whose enrollment in either program is 
terminated may elect to complete work for the degree in which he or she remains en- 
rolled, but such completion must be upon the same conditions as required of regular 
(nonjoint program) degree candidates. Student programs must be approved by the law 
school advisor for the joint program and the MBA Program Director. For further dis- 
cussion of admission and degree requirements, students should see the above and con- 
sult the entry in the University of Maryland School of Law catalog. 



96 Business and Management Program (BMGT) 



MBA/MPM Joint Program 

The College of Business and Management and the School of Public Affairs offer a 
joint program of studies leading to the MBA and MPM degrees. Under the terms of 
the joint program, a student may earn both degrees in approximately five semesters. 
The accelerated program is possible because some courses can be credited toward 
both degrees. Candidates must be admitted to both programs. 

Under the joint program, 66 credits are required for graduation, split roughly equal- 
ly between the programs. Grade point averages in each program will be computed se- 
parately and students must maintain minimum standards in each school to continue in 
the program. A student must complete both programs satisfactorily in order to re- 
ceive both degrees. A student whose enrollment in either program is terminated may 
elect to complete work for the degree in which he or she remains enrolled, but such 
completion must be upon the same conditions as required of regular (nonjoint pro- 
gram) degree candidates. Student programs must be approved by the Associate Dean 
of the School of Public Affairs and the MBA Program Director. For further discus- 
sion of admission and degree requirements, students should see the general admission 
requirements for each program. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The College faculty has been recruited from the graduate programs of leading uni- 
versities in the nation. They are dedicated scholars, teachers, and professional leaders 
with a strong commitment to academic excellence, and to the education of the profes- 
sional manager and researcher. 

Special programs offered by the College include an Executives- in-Residence 
Program and an MBA practicum course, BMGT 791, in which students research a 
problem of significant management concern in a participating firm or agency. 
Through graduate program requirements and faculty research activities, students gain 
exposure to private enterprise, to the public sector, and to the vast education, re- 
search, library, and cultural resources of Washington, D.C. 

The students also have access to the exceptional academic and professional re- 
sources of the College Park campus including excellent library and computer facili- 
ties. A remote computer terminal and on-line teletype facilities are located in the 
building. 

Financial Assistance 

Financial aid is available to qualified students in the form of fellowships, graduate 
assistantships, work-study, scholarships, and for Ph.D. students, instructorships. 

Additional Information 

The College has available brochures which give specific degree requirements for 
the MBA and Ph.D. programs. Initial inquiries should be directed to: 
Director of the Masters Programs 
College of Business and Management 



Director of the Doctoral Program 
College of Business and Management 



Business and Management Program (BMGT) 97 



University of Maryland 
College Park, MD 20742 
For courses, see code BMGT. 

Chemical Engineering Program (ENCH) 

Professor and Director: Smith 

Professor and Department Chair: Roush 

Professors: Asbjomsen, *Birkner, Cadman, Gentry, Hsu, McAvoy, Regan 

Associate Professor: Calabrese, Gasner 

Assistant Professors: Choi, Coppella, Davison, Halemane, Payne, Rao, Wang, 

Zafiriou 

*Joint appointment with Civil Engineering 

An individual plan of graduate study compatible with the student's interest and 
background as established between the student, an advisor, and the program director. 
The general chemical engineering program is focused on four major areas; applied po- 
lymer science, biochemical engineering, environmental and energy-related engineer- 
ing, and process analysis and simulation. 

Admission and Degree Information 

The programs leading to the M.S. and Ph.D. degrees are open to qualified students 
holding the B.S. degree. Admission may be granted to students with degrees in engi- 
neering and science areas from accredited programs. In some cases it may be neces- 
sary to require courses to fulfill this background. The general regulations of the 
Graduate School apply in reviewing applications. 

The candidate for the M.S. degree has the choice of following a plan of study with 
or without thesis. The equivalent of at least three years of full-time study beyond the 
B.S. degree is required for the Ph.D. degree. All students seeking graduate degrees 
in Chemical Engineering must enroll in ENCH 610, 620, 630, and 640. In addition 
to the general rules of the Graduate School, certain special degree requirements are 
set forth in Departmental publications. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

A number of special facilities are available for graduate study and research and are 
coordinated through the Laboratory for Radiation and Polymer Science, the Polymer 
Reaction Engineering Laboratory, the Chemical Process Systems Laboratory, the 
Laboratory for Biochemical Engineering and Environmental Studies, the Biochemical 
Reactor Scale Up Facility, and the Nuclear Reactor Facility. These laboratories con- 
tain advanced digital process control computers, AI computers, a gamma radiation fa- 
cility, an electron accelerator, polymer processing equipment and polymerization reac- 
tors, polymer characterization instrumentation, a laser anemometry facility, a thermo- 
hydraulics facility, and an aerosol characterization facility. 

For courses, see code ENCH. 



98 Chemical Physics Program (CHPH) 



Chemical Physics Program (CHPH) 

Director: Coplan 

Associate Director: Moore (CHEM) 

Professors: Alexander, Greer, Khanna, Miller, Moore, Tossell, Weiner 

Associate Professor: Mignerey (CHEM) (ENCH) Professor: Gentry Associate 

Professor: Calabrese (ENCH) (ENEE) Professors: Davis, Hochuli, Lee (ENME) 

Associate Professor: Gupta Assistant Professor: Radermacher (ENME) (IPST) 

Professors: Benesch, Coplan, Fisher, Ginter, Mcllrath, Sengers, Wilkerson, Zwanzig 

Associate Professor: Gammon (IPST) Assistant Professor: Hill, Milchberg (IPST) 

(IPST/CHEM) Assistant Professor: Thirumalai (IPST/NIH) Adjunt Professor: 

Nossal (IPST/PHYS) Professor: JR. Dorfman Associate Professor: T.R. Kirkpatrick 

(IPST/PHYS) (METO) Associate Professors: Ellingson, Dickerson (PHYS) 

Professors: Einstein, Ferrell, Lynn, Redish Associate Professor: Williams (PHYS) 

The Chemical Physics Program provides an academic path for those candidates 
wishing to establish a professional career for which knowledge of both physics and 
chemistry is necessary. The program offers M.S. and Ph.D. degrees. Candidates 
have the option of concentrating their studies in chemistry, physics, chemical engi- 
neering, electrical engineering, mechanical engineering, or meteorology. 

The Chemical Physics Program is under the joint sponsorship of the Institute for 
Physical Science and Technology and six academic departments (Chemistry, Physics, 
Electrical Engineering, Chemical Engineering, Mechanical Engineering, and 
Meteorology). The Chemical Physics Committee oversees the program and is made 
up of representatives from the various sponsoring units with the director of the pro- 
gram as its chair. The Chemical Physics Program Office administers the program and 
is affiliated with the Institute for Physical Science and Technology. A booklet de- 
scribing Chemical Physics at Maryland (College Park) can be obtained from the 
Chemical Physics Office upon request. 

The research of the 37 member faculty covers a diversity of disciplines such as sta- 
tistical mechanics, laser spectroscopy, intermolecular energy transfer, molecular 
dynamics, phase traditions, properties of fluids, fluctuation phenomena, biophysics 
and particle scattering. Access to national research laboratories in the Washington 
metropolitan area is made possible through the related research activities of the 
Chemical Physics faculty. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Students with an undergraduate major in physics, chemistry, engineering or mathe- 
matics may apply. A strong background in physics and some background in chemis- 
try is desirable for successful completion of the program. Students admitted to the 
Chemical Physics Program will also be listed in the department of their chosen area of 
concentration. 

The program, of course, is adjusted to the needs of the individual student. When a 
candidate does not possess the required undergraduate background in both physics and 
chemistry, an advisory committee will prescribe appropriate undergraduate courses. 
Candidates for the Ph.D. degree must pass the chemical physics qualifying examina- 
tion. This exam is based on material covered by the physics qualifying examination 



Chemical Physics Program (CHPH) 99 



in the areas of classical mechanics, quantum mechanics, statistical mechanics, thermo- 
dynamics, electricity, and magnetism. Additional questions, appropriate to chemical 
physics, on atomic and molecular spectroscopy and structure, molecular bonding theo- 
ry, chemical reaction dynamics, and chemical thermodynamics are also part of the ex- 
amination. In addition to passing the Ph.D. qualifier exam, the student is required to 
take a graduate laboratory course, 2 semesters of seminar, 4 advanced courses, and 12 
credit hours of thesis research concluded by the presentation and defense of an origin- 
al dissertation. 

Students may choose either a thesis or non-thesis option for the M.S. degree. 
Programs of work are arranged on an individual basis and require approval of an advi- 
sor associated with the Chemical Physics Program. The requirements for the non- 
thesis option are completion of 30 credit hours of courses including PHYS 602. 
PHYS 622, CHEM 601, and a graduate laboratory course, unless specifically ex- 
empted; submission of a scholarly paper, a master's level pass on the Ph.D. qualify- 
ing exam. The requirements for the thesis option are completion of 24 credit hours of 
courses including PHYS 602 or CHEM 687, PHYS 622, CHEM 601, and a graduate 
laboratory, unless specifically exempted, 6 credit hours of thesis research; a written 
thesis; and a passing grade on an oral examination which includes the defense of the 
written thesis. 

Financial Assistance 

Teaching and research assistantships are available for qualified students. 

Additional Information 

Requests for further information concerning the Chemical Physics Program can be 
obtained by writing to: 

Professor M. A. Coplan, Director 

Chemical Physics Program (I.P.S.T.) 

I.P.S.T. Building, Rm. 1109 

University of Maryland 

College Park, MD 20742 
For courses, see code CHPH. 

Chemistry Program (CHEM) 

Professor and Chair: Mazzocchi 

Professor and Associate Chair: Jarvis 

Professors: Alexander, Ammon, Bellama, Castellan, Freeman, Gerlt, Gordon, Greer, 

Grim, Hansen, Helz, Henery-Logan, Holmlund, Huheey, Jaquith, Jarvis, Khanna, 

Kozarich, Mariano, Mazzocchi, Miller, Moore, Munn, O'Haver, Ponnamperuma, 

Poulos, Stewart, Tossell, Walters, Weiner, Zwanzig 

Professors Emeriti: Adler, Keeney, McNesby, Pratt, Rollinson, Stuntz, Svirbely, 

Vanderslice, Veitch 

Associate Professors: Armstrong, Boyd, DeVoe, Dunaway-Mariano, Kasler, 

Mignerey, Murphy, Ondov, Sampugna 

Assistant Professors: Brusilow, Hemdon, Julin, Poll, Ruett, Thirumalai 

Research Professor: Bailey 



1 00 Chemistry Program (CHEM) 



The Chemistry Department offers programs leading to the Master of Science or the 
Doctor of Philosophy degrees with specialization in the fields of analytical chemistry, 
biochemistry, bioorganic chemistry, chemical physics (in cooperation with the 
Institute of Physical Sciences & Technology and the Department of Physics and 
Astronomy), environmental chemistry, inorganic chemistry, nuclear chemistry, organ- 
ic chemistry, and physical chemistry. The graduate program in biochemistry is de- 
scribed separately in this catalog. The graduate program in chemistry has been de- 
signed with maximum flexibility so that students can achieve strong backgrounds in 
their chosen fields of specialization. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Both the thesis and non-thesis options are offered for the M.S. degree. 
Departmental regulations concerning diagnostic examinations, comprehensive exam- 
inations, and other matters pertaining to course work have been assembled for the 
guidance of candidates for graduate degrees. Copies of these regulations are available 
from the Department of Chemistry and Biochemistry. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The Department has many special research facilities to support research in the 
fields given above. Facilities include "clean" rooms for lunar and environmental sam- 
ple analysis. X-ray crystallographic instrumentation, mass spectrometers. NMR spec- 
trometers including 200 MHz and 400 MHz Fourier-transform NMR spectrometers, 
ESC A spectrometers, ultracentrifuges, and analytical optical spectrometers. 
Departmental research is supported on two large computers in the Computer Science 
Building, a Unisys 1 100/92 and a IBM 3081, both of which are accessible by remote 
time-sharing terminals. The Department has an excellent glassblowing shop, a stu- 
dent faculty machine shop, and access to other campus machine shops. The 
Chemistry Library has an extensive collection of books, journals, and abstracts in che- 
mistry, biochemistry, and other fields. Included in the Chemistry Library is a com- 
puter terminal for literature searching. 

Financial Assistance 

Entering graduate students are normally supported on graduate teaching assistant- 
ships. These assistantships usually involve teaching undergraduate laboratory and re- 
citation classes and enable the student to pursue a ten-credit program of graduate stu- 
dy each semester. 

Additional Information 

The Department has a brochure available describing its graduate program and the 
research interests of its faculty. For a copy of the brochure, or for specific informa- 
tion on graduate programs in chemistry, admissions procedures, or financial aid, con- 
tact: 

Associate Chairman for Graduate Studies and Research, 
Department of Chemistry and Biochemistry 
University of Maryland 
College Park, MD 20742 
For courses, see CHEM. 



Civil Engineering Program (ENCE) 101 



Civil Engineering Program (ENCE) 

Professor and Chair: Colville 

Professors: Aggour, Albrecht, Birkner, Carter, McCuen, Pilcher, Ragan, Sternberg, 

Witczak 

Associate Professors: Garber, Goodings, Hao, Schelling, Schonfeld, Schwartz. 

Vannoy, Wolde-Tinsae 

Assistant Professors: Austin, Ayyub, Bemold, Chang, Perl, Walters 

The Department of Civil Engineering offers graduate work leading to the degrees 
of Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy. All programs are planned on an indi- 
vidual basis by the student and an advisor to consider the student's background and 
special interests. Course and research opportunities are available in the general areas 
of transportation and urban systems, environmental engineering, water resources, 
structural engineering, geotechnical engineering, and construction engineering and 
management. In general, emphasis is on learning sound engineering principles and 
applying them to human needs. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Applicants for admission should hold a B.S. degree in civil engineering. However, 
applicants with undergraduate degrees in other disciplines may be accepted with the 
stipulation that deficiencies in prerequisite undergraduate course work be corrected be- 
fore enrolling in graduate courses. There are no entrance examinations required for 
the program. 

Two options are available for the Master of Science degree: thesis and non-thesis. 
The Department's policies and requirements are the same as the requirements of the 
Graduate School. 

The requirements for the Doctor of Philosophy degree are the same as those posed 
by the Graduate School. An approved program of study suited to the needs of the 
student is developed by the student and an advisor. The student must pass a qualify- 
ing examination before being admitted to candidacy. Normally, the qualifying exam 
is taken when the student's course work is at least 75% completed. There is no lan- 
guage requirement for the Ph.D. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

Departmental research facilities available to graduate students include laboratories 
in the following areas: transportation, systems analysis, environmental engineering, 
hydraulics, remote sensing, structures, and soil mechanics. Computer facilities avail- 
able include the Computer Science Center's Unisys 1100/92 and IBM 3081 computers 
complemented by remote terminals and mini- and micro-computer systems located 
within the department, and a joint Civil Engineering/Mechanical Engineering CAD 
Laboratory. 

The Washington and Baltimore Metropolitan Areas are easily accessible for data, 
field studies, library access, contacts with national organizations, and attendance at 
national meetings. The location of the University of Maryland offers a unique oppor- 
tunity to obtain an advanced degree in civil engineering. 



1 02 Classics Program (CLAS) 



For courses, see code ENCE. 

Classics Program (CLAS) 

Professor and Chair: Rowland 

Associate Professors: Duffy, Hallett, Hubbe, Staley 

Assistant Professors: Doherty, Stehle 

Visiting Faculty (1988-89): Meltzer 

The Department of Classical Studies offers a graduate program of study with spe- 
cializations in Latin, Latin and Greek, and Classical Civilization leading to the degree 
of Master of Arts. The goal of this program is to provide students with advanced stu- 
dy of the Latin and/or Greek languages and literatures in the context of a broader and 
deeper knowledge and understanding of Greek and Roman culture and civilization. In 
addition to advanced courses in language, each student will be required to take course 
work in related disciplines outside of the Classics Department. Some individual pro- 
grams may require more than 30 hours. Students may chose one of three tracks to- 
ward the degree: Latin, Latin and Greek, or Civilization of the Classical World. The 
Department of Ancient Studies at the University of Maryland-Baltimore County coop- 
erates in offering this program; however, no more than twelve (12) credits earned at 
UMBC will be accepted in satisfaction of the requirements for this degree. 

Department Requirements 

During their first semester in the program, students will be required to demonstrate 
their proficiency in reading Latin, Greek, or both well enough to pursue course work 
at the graduate level. Students may not enroll for further graduate level courses until 
they have demonstrated this proficiency. All degree candidates in the program will be 
required to take either Latin 490, Greek 490, or both depending on the areas of con- 
centration, along with CLAS 601 unless they have previously taken similar courses. 
Before being approved for the degree, students will also have to demonstrate profi- 
ciency in reading one modem foreign language — normally French. German, or Italian; 
a different modem foreign language, if related to the student's research area, may also 
be approved. Students who elect to write a thesis will be required to take an oral ex- 
amination on that thesis. 

Requirements and Areas of Concentration 

The Latin program requires a minimum of thirty hours of approved course work, 
twelve of which, exclusive of thesis research credits, must be in Latin at the 600-level 
or higher; six of these hours must be from the period courses LATN 620-630. Six of 
the thirty hours should be in thesis research credits, although two courses in Latin at 
the 600-level or higher may, with permission, be substituted for the thesis. An inde- 
pendent research project may also be an acceptable altemative for the thesis. Six of 
the thirty hours at the 400-level or above must be in aspects of classical civilization 
offered in archaeology, art, history, linguistics, philosophy. Romance philology, or in 
approved allied fields. 

Final examination: Sight translation in Latin (3 hours); written examination (3 
hours) in Latin literature. 



Classics Program (CLAS) 1 03 



SAMPLE PROGRAMS: 

1) Outside emphasis in linguistics, non- thesis: CLAS 60L LATN 490. LATN 
610, LING 432, LATN 604. LATN 620. LATN 623, LATN 631, LATN 640, FREN 
602. 

2) Outside emphasis in history, thesis: CLAS 601, LATN 490, LATN 604. LATN 
623, LATN 640, LATN 630, HIST 838, HIST 841, LATN 799. 

The Latin and Greek Program requires a minimum of thirty-three hours of ap- 
proved course work. Nine hours of course work in one language and three in the oth- 
er, exclusive of research credit, must be at the 600-level or higher. Six of the thirty 
hours should be in thesis research credits, although two courses in the languages at 
the 600-level or higher may, with permission, be substituted for the thesis. An inde- 
pendent research project may also be an acceptable alternative for the thesis. Six of 
the thirty-three hours at the 400-level or above must be in aspects of Classical civil- 
ization in courses offered in archaeology, art, history, linguistics, philosophy, 
Romance philology, or in approved allied fields. 

Final examination: Sight translation examination in both languages (2 hours in one, 
1 hour in the other) and written examination (3 hours) in Classical Greek and Latin 
Literature. 

SAMPLE PROGRAMS: 

1) Outside emphasis in philosophy, non-thesis: CLAS 601, LATN 490, GREK 
490, LATN 704, LATN 605, LATN 623, GREK 602, GREK 604, GREK 606, PHIL 
412, PHIL 413. 

2) Outside emphasis in art history, thesis: CLAS 601, LATN 490. GREK 490. 
LATN 623, LATN 624, LATN 630, GREK 604, GREK 606, ARTH 403, ARTH 
702, CLAS 799. 

The Civilization of the Classical World Program requires a minimum of thirty 
hours of approved course work. Twelve of those hours, exclusive of thesis research, 
must be at the 600-level or higher, and six of those twelve must be in either Latin or 
Greek langauge courses or in any combination of the two. The other six hours at the 
600-level or higher will be in the study of Classical civilization or the classical tradi- 
tion in courses offered in archaeology, art, classics, history, philosophy, or in ap- 
proved allied fields. Six of the remaining hours should be in thesis research. An 
independent research project may also be an acceptable alternative for the thesis. The 
remaining six hours, which must be at the 400-level or above, can be in aspects of 
Classical civilization in courses offered either by the Classics Department or in ar- 
chaeology, art, history, linguistics, philosophy, Romance philology, or in approved 
allied fields. Students in this concentration will have an advisory committee of three 
faculty members appointed by the Departmental chair. 

Final examination: Sight translation examination (2 hours) and written examination 
on the civilization of the Classical world (4 hours). 



1 04 Classics Program (CLAS) 



SAMPLE PROGRAMS: 

1) Outside emphasis in theatre, non-thesis: CLAS 601 GREK 490, CLAS 470, 
CLAS 621, CLAS 670. LAIN 404, LAIN 624, LAIN 631, GREK 603, THET 490. 
THET 690. 

2) Outside emphasis in comparative literature, thesis: CLAS 601, LATN 490. 
CLAS 620. CLAS 670. LATN 605. LATN 623. CMLT 488. CLAS 799. 

For courses, see codes CLAS. GREK, and LATN. 

Communication Arts and Theatre Program (CMRT) 

Professor and Chair: Gillespie 

Professors: Aylward. Bentley. Fink, Gomery, Kolker. Meersman, Puphcsc 

(Emeritus), Wolvin 

Associate Professors: Falcione, Freimuth. Gaines, Kirkley. Klumpp. McCaleb, 

0"Leary, Weiss 

Assistant Professors: Carlson, Coleman. Blum. Brown. Parks. Robinson. Shyles. 

Patterson. Elam, Kriebs. Marchetti. Milton. Stowe 

Lecturers: Doyle, Niles, Lancaster. Sincell 

The Department of Communication Arts and Theatre offers the Master of Arts de- 
gree in each of the three divisions: speech communication; theatre; radio-television- 
film. Within each of these divisions it is possible to concentrate in specific areas 
which are described below. The Department also offers a Master of Fine Arts in 
Theatre. 

The Department also participates in the Ph.D. degree in Public Communication, 
which embraces all three divisions and the College of Journalism. Although the 
Ph.D. program is interdisciplinary within the four areas, a student is free to explore 
and concentrate in specific areas such as rhetoric and public address, organizational 
and political communication, governmental communication, broadcast communication, 
public relations, international communication, science and medical communication, 
theatrical theory and aesthetics, theatre history, and cinema history and aesthetics. 
For complete information on admission and degree requirements, see the "Public 
Communication Program" entry. 

There are increasing opportunities for employment in many fields associated with 
communication. Employment opportunities may be found in private business and in- 
dustry, local, state and federal government agencies, in various educational institu- 
tions, and in the media and theatre. 

Admission and Degree Information 

For admission to the graduate program in any of the divisions, the applicant must 
meet all requirements of the Graduate School and. normally, provide acceptable 
Graduate Record Examination scores. If applicants do not have the equivalent of an 
undergraduate major in their field of interest, opportunities exist for them to take 
course work in preparation for subsequent admission. 

The Department offers the M.A. degree with thesis and non-thesis options. AU)ng 
with the minimum requirements established by the Graduate School, each division of 



Communication Arts and Theatre Program (CMRT) 1 05 



CMRT has special requisites for the completion of its own program. Graduate assis- 
tants are generally able to complete their 30 hour programs in 18 months, while stu- 
dents without assistantships most often finish in a calendar year. 

Radio-Television-Film 

A student in the Radio-Television-Film Division may either concentrate in a parti- 
cular area (film or broadcasting, for example) or elect a more general program cover- 
ing the multiple aspects of electronic and film communication. Students whose aca- 
demic goals extend beyond the Radio-Television-Film Division may, upon approval of 
their advisor, take as many as twelve credit hours in cognate fields in other divisions 
or other departments of the University. Examples of such programs would include 
educational uses of media, broadcast management, and electronic journalism. 

Speech Communication 

Students who elect to pursue a program of study in the Division of Speech 
Communication are encouraged to develop programs reflecting an understanding of 
the genesis, the nature, and the effects of human speech behavior. A student may 
concentrate within a specialized area of Speech Communication (Political 
Communication or Organizational Communication, for example) or may elect a more 
general course of study. Students in the Speech Communication Division are urged to 
augment their program of study with course work in complementary disciplines and 
with communication internships in the Washington, D.C. metropolitan area. 

Theatre 

The M.A. program in Theatre is designed to provide the student with opponuniiics 
to enhance and develop historical and critical faculties and to prepare for participalmn 
in further graduate work at the doctoral level. This is accomplished throuirh course 
work and in the writing of a thesis using historical and critical research niethixlolo- 

gies. 

The three-year M.F.A. in Theatre is designed to oiler superior students advanced 
training and opportunities for creative activity. The program prepares the student for 
entrance into the professional theatre or for teaching in the creative area at the college 
or university level. The areas of concentration are costume design and theatre 
management. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The University of Maryland is within a few miles of the John F. Kennedy Center 
for the Performing Arts; Arena Stage; the National, Ford's and Folger Theatres; and 
the Wolf Trap Farm Park for the Performing Arts. In addition, a number of Equity 
and non-Equity dinner theatres and semi-professional experimental theatres abound in 
the area. 

Two of the greatest libraries in the world, the Library of Congress and the Folger 
Shakespeare Library, are in close proximity to campus. Students also regularly make 
use of the Broadcast Pioneers Library, the Smithsonian Institution, the National 
Archives, and the more than 50 specialized libraries and institutions in the 
Washington metropolitan area. 



106 Communication Arts and Theatre Program (CMRT) 



The Department has use of the Tawes Fine Arts Theatre, other smaller theatres on 
campus, the Communication Research Center, and audio and video production facili- 
ties. 

For courses, see codes RTVF, SPCH and THET. 

Comparative Literature Program (CMLT) 

Professor and Director: Heyndels 

Professors: Beck, Beicken, Bentley, Best, Bryer. Clignet, R. Cohen, Damrosch. 

Difederico, Freedman, Fuegi, Gillespie, Gramberg, Haber, Herin, Holton, Jones. 

Kerrigan, Kolker, Lifton, MacBain, Oster, Pacheco, Panichas, Patterson, Price. 

Rimer, Rowland, J. Russell, Schoenbaum, Sosnowski, Sutherland, Therrien. 

Wittreich 

Visiting Professors: Bourdieu, Haarscher, Knox. Leenhardt, Logan, Semprun 

Associate Professors: Barry, Bennett, Berlin, Bilik, Birdsall, R.H. Brown. 

Caramello, Carretta, Caughey, Coogan. David, Diner, Duffy, Fink, Flieger, 

Fredericksen, Glad, Grimsted, Gullickson, Hage, Hallett, D. Hamilton, G. Hamilton, 

Handelman, J. Harris, Herman, Igel, Joyce, Kelly, Kerkham, Klein, Klumpp, 

Levinson. Loizeaux. Martin, Mintz, Odell, Peterson, Pfister, J. Robinson, C. Russell, 

Staley. Tarica. Trousdale 

Assistant Professors: Aguilar-Mora, Blum, Falvo. Dungey. Gullickson, Kristal, 

Leinwand, Levine, Marchetti, E. Robinson, Stehle, Strauch, Zappala 

Instructor: Spector 

Faculty Research Assistant: Taitsch 

The Comparative Literature Program and Center for Critical Studies offer graduate 
work leading to the degrees of Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy It associates 
a distinguished faculty and offers concentrated work in major movements and genres, 
in literary theory, and in literature and the other arts. The greatest strength of the 
program is currently in the history and criticism of dramatic literature, in the novel, in 
sociology of literature and culture, and in film studies. Interdisciplinary work is very 
much encouraged as is practical criticism in the arts. The three main priorities of the 
program are: 

1 . The critical theory and socio-philosophical approach of the literary pro- 
cess (including cultural anthropology); 

2. The study of literature as a part of the global "representation" and sym- 
bolic process (with an emphasis on film studies and drama); 

3. The historical and theoretical approach of the relationship between li- 
terature and the arts (including painting, photography, music, architec- 
ture, etc.). 

The different fields concerned by the program are: English, American, French and 
Italian, German, Russian, Spanish and Portuguese and Latino-American literatures; 
American, Women's studies, East-Asian, Jewish studies; Classics, History, 
Sociology, Philosophy, Arts and History of the Arts, Communication Arts, Theatre, 
Radio-Television-Film, and Music. 



Comparative Literature Program (CMLT) 107 



Admission and Degree Information 

Applicants should have a strong background in the arts and humanities. Since ad- 
vanced work in comparative literature is based on the premise that literature should be 
read in the original whenever possible, students are expected to be able to read at 
least one langauge other than English with a high degree of aesthetic appreciation. 
Ph.D. students are expected to use at least two foreign languages actively in their 
work, and it is assumed that efforts will be made to develop an acquaintance with one 
or two additional languages. Entrance examinations are not required, but high scores 
on GRE literature and language examinations will add weight to credentials. 

Students take courses in CMLT and in the different affiliate departments and pro- 
grams. The M.A. degree requires thirty credits, either 24 hours of course work, a 
comprehensive examination and a thesis, or thirty credits of course work and a 
comprehensive examination. To enter the Ph.D. program, the M.A. thesis is highly 
recommended. No specific number of credits is required for the Ph.D. as the number 
will vary according to the preparation and goals of the individual student. The aver- 
age has been eight to ten courses beyond the M.A. A Master's degree is a required 
step toward the Ph.D. The Ph.D. comprehensive examinations cover four major 
areas, determined after consultation with the individual student's committee, and in- 
cluding a genre, a period, a theory examination (required) and a non-literary field. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The resources of the Library of Congress, the Kennedy Center, the Folger Library, 
the American Film Institute, Kennan Institute, and Dumbarton Oaks are regularly 
drawn upon, as are internship possibilities in the greater Washington area, abroad (in 
the framework of the "Maryland in Europe/Europe at Maryland" program and the 
Visual Press, cf. infra) and also graduate exchange programs with European universi- 
ties. Students have, of course, ready access to all the museums, galleries, libraries 
and cultural institutions of the Washington D.C. metropolitan area and the 
Washington-Baltimore-Philadelphia-New York corridor. 

The Center for Critical Studies is the research unit of the program, associating the 
faculty and the graduate students. It is an organization designed to promote theoreti- 
cal inquiry in literature and the other arts and to sponsor practical and engaged criti- 
cism of them. Its emphasis is on interdisciplinary scholarship rather than the study of 
texts in isolation. It is therefore particularly concerned with the arts in performance, 
with reception and communication theory, with contemporary theory of criticism, and 
with the practice of criticism in the mass media. To achieve its intent of mediating 
between theory and practice, the Center brings together theoreticians, artistic creators 
and working critics; it organizes scholarly symposia whose findings are broadly disse- 
minated, and it sponsors internships for critics who either work, or seek to work in 
the different fields of the cultural and symbolic creation. 

Special ties link the Center for Critical Studies with Brussels' Center for Sociology 
of Literature, the Center for Sociology of Literature of the "Ecole des Hautes Etudes 
en Sciences Sociales" (Paris) and other similar European institutions. 

The CMLT Program and Center for Critical Studies, in cooperation with several 
departments and schools, is also running a comprehensive international academic, ar- 



1 08 Comparative Literature Program (CMLT) 



tistic and cultural exchange program called "Maryland in Europe/Europe at 
Maryland". 

A special interdisciplinary visiting professorship is based in the Comparative 
Literature Program, thanks to the sponsorship of the Perelman Foundation (Brussels - 
Jerusalem). Each academic year, a highly distinguished and internationally recog- 
nized scholar, coming from the United States of America or from abroad, is invited 
into the program as the Perelman Visiting Professor. 

The Comparative Literature Program is also hosting the Brecht Yearbook (a CMLT 
faculty is the editor-in-chief) along with the campus-wide Visual Press whose director 
is also a member of the CMLT faculty body. The Visual Press is responsible for sev- 
eral international mediayfllm/video projects, including "Beckett Directs Beckett", 
"Nothing Immoral: Brecht", "The Social History of Climate". "The Maryland 
Seminars on European Cultural Issues", etc. 

Financial Assistance 

Various teaching and research assistantships and general university fellowships are 
available, along with some special fellowships. CMLT students may teach in various 
departments cooperating in the CMLT Program and may be considered for a year 
abroad as a teacher at cooperating European universities. 

For courses, see code CMLT. 
Computer Science Program (CMSC) 

Professors: Agrawala, Atchison, Basili, Chu, Davis, Edmundson, Kanal, Minker, 

Rosenfeld, Samet, Stewart 

Associate Professors: Austing, Gannon, Knott, Nau, OLeary, Reggia, 

Roussopoulos, Shneiderman. Smith, Tripathi, Zelkowitz 

Assistant Professors: Aloimonos, Amir, Carson, Elman, Faloutsos, Fontecilla, 

Furuta, Gasarch, Hendler, Jalote, Johnson, Kruskal. Mark, Mount, Pedis, Plateau, 

Purtilo, Ricart, Rombach, Sellis, Shankar, Stotts 

The Department of Computer Science offers graduate programs leading to the de- 
grees of Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy in the following areas: artificial 
intelligence, data bases, computer vision, numerical analysis, programming languages, 
software engineering, computer systems, and theory of computing. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Admission and degree requirements specific to the graduate programs in computer 
science are described in a brochure available through the Departmental Graduate 
Office. There are two options for the master's degree: 1) 24 hours of course work 
plus the completion of a thesis, or 2) 30 hours of course work, a comprehensive ex- 
amination, plus the completion of a scholarly paper. There is no minimum course re- 
quirement in the doctoral program. The number and variety or courses offered each 
semester enables students and their advisors to plan individualized programs. 



Computer Science Program (CMSC) 1 09 



Facilities 

The Department maintains a research laboratory containing a DEC 8600, VAX 
1 1/785, two VAX 1 l/750s, a Pyramid 90x and more than 70 Sun workstations all ne- 
tworked together running Berkeley UNIX. We have integrated 30 Xerox STAR work 
stations running XDE or Interlisp into our network. Several TI Explorers, Symbolics 
Lisp machines, Textronics Smalltalk workstations are also available. 

The Departmental network is also on ARPANET (address: mimsy.umd.edu) and 
CSNET. 

In July, 1983, the department was awarded $4.3 million from the National Science 
Foundation as part of the Coordinated Experimental Research (CER) program to es- 
tablish a Laboratory for Parallel Computation. ZMOB - a distributed processor con- 
sisting of 128 communicating Z-80 microprocessors is the center of the Laboratory 
for Parallel Computation. 

Several faculty members are also affiliated with the University's Center for 
Automation Research (CfAR). CfAR has two VAX ll/785s, several Symbolics 
3600, two Butterfly parallel processors, and a Connection Machine for use by its re- 
search assistants (most of whom are Computer Science graduate students). 

Additional Information 

For information on degree programs and graduate assistantships contact: 
Graduate Office 

Department of Computer Science 
University of Maryland 
College Park, MD 20742 
For courses, see code CMSC. 

Counseling and Personnel Services Program (EDCP) 

Professor and Chair: Hershenson 

Professors: Birk, Marx, Magoon'", Power, Pumroy', Schlossberg 

Associate Professors: Greenberg, Hoffman, Lawrence, Leonard", Medvene". Rhoads, 

Scales', Sedlacek", Spokane, Strein, Teglasi, Westbrook" 

Assistant Professors: Boyd"^, Clement^, Freeman', Komives, Lucas', McEwen, 

Mielke-\ Molla\ Mullison", Osteen\ Schmidt', Reed', Thomas^ 

'joint appointment with Psychology 

'joint appointment with Counseling Center 

•''joint appointment with Student Affairs 

The Department of Counseling and Personnel Services offers graduate programs de- 
signed to provide the knowledge and skills needed for practice and scholarship in 
counseling and related human service professions. These fields are concerned with 
assisting people (individually, in groups, and in organizations) to attain their optimal 
level of personal, social, educational, and career functioning. Graduates of the 
Department are employed in a variety of settings including schools, colleges and uni- 
versities, mental health agencies, rehabilitation agencies, correctional facilities, busi- 
ness and industry, government agencies, other community service facilities, and pri- 
vate practice. These professionals may serve any of several roles either at the 



110 Counseling and Personnel Services Program (EDCP) 



practitioner's level or at an advanced level as supervisors, researchers, educators, or 
program administrators. Master's level professional entry-level programs are offered 
in five areas of specialization. 

1) The School Counseling program prepares students to become school counselors 
in elementary, middle, and high school settings. School counselors provide expertise 
in the personal, social, academic, and vocational development of the school-aged 
child: counsel children individually and in groups; coordinate pupil services in 
schools; and function as a consultant to classroom teachers, school administrators, and 
parents. 2) The School Psychology program prepares students for certification as 
school psychologists, whose principal duties are to assess intellectual and emotional 
factors that affect pupils' functioning in school settings and to devise intervention 
strategies to enhance the learning and behavioral adjustment of pupils. 3) The 
College Student Personnel specialty program prepares specialists for service in higher 
education settings in two areas of concentration: College Counseling and Student 
Personnel Administration which includes such functions as student development, stu- 
dent union, housing, admissions, placement, deans of students and vice presidents of 
student affairs. 4) The Community Counseling specialization provides three emphases 
within the program: career development and vocational counseling, community mental 
health counseling and consultation, and adult development and counseling. 5) The 
Rehabilitation Counseling specialty program prepares counselors to work with persons 
having mental, emotional, social, or physical handicaps. 

Because of differences in certification, licensure, and employment requirements 
across specialty areas, professional entry-level programs of two types are offered, de- 
pending on the area of specialization: 1) a master's degree program {M.A., thesis re- 
quired or M.Ed., thesis not required), or 2) an integrated Master's/ Advanced Graduate 
Specialist (A.G.S. program. In this program, the student is admitted to the full se- 
quence, takes the master's comprehensive examination after twenty-four hours of 
course work, writes a master's thesis (if M.A.) after about twenty-four more hours of 
course work, then takes the A.G.S. comprehensive examination while completing the 
degree and A.G.S. certificate simultaneously. It is possible for students in the inte- 
grated Master's/A. G.S. program to stop at the master's level, after completing thirty 
to thirty-six semester hours (including the thesis, if M.A.); but this master's degree 
will not qualify them for certification in those specialty areas that require a sixty- 
semester hour academic program. The applicant should contact the Department for 
further information concerning the entry-level requirements and curriculum of each 
area of specialization. 

It is possible for individuals who wish to enter a career in counseling but who are 
undecided about which area of specialization they wish to pursue to apply for admis- 
sion at the master's level as "Undesignated" applicants. These students may apply for 
admission to a specialty area within their first 15 credits of coursework within the 
Department. While admission to a particular specialty will depend on available space 
and the student's appropriateness for that specialty area, they will be assured of being 
admitted to one or more areas as long as their academic performance and professional 
development have been satisfactory. 

The A.G.S. certificate is offered in all of the aforementioned areas of specializa- 



Counseling and Personnel Services Program (EDCP) 111 



tion. For individuals who hold a master's degree in counseling or a closely related 
field, this certificate program may serve: 1) to provide the additional education re- 
quired for professional certification or licensure in those specialty areas which require 
a program of two year's length, and/or 2) to provide the academic background for an 
advanced level of professional practice within a specialty area. 

The Ph.D. degree in Counseling and Personnel Services is offered in four areas of 
specialization: a) Counseling Psychology (in collaboration with the Psychology 
Department), b) School Psychology, c) College Student Personnel Administration, and 
d) Counseling and Consultation. The goal of doctoral studies is to prepare students to 
achieve exceptional competence in the theory and practice of their field; to develop 
high level skills as researchers, educators, and administrators; and to assume positions 
of leadership in various relevant settings. Students in the Counseling Psychology spe- 
cialization are educated to work as doctoral level counseling psychologists and super- 
visors in such settings as college and university counseling centers, community mental 
health agencies, and academic departments. Doctoral level school psychologists serve 
as advanced level practitioners, supervisors, administrators, researchers, and teachers 
of school psychology. Students in College Student Personnel Administration are pre- 
pared to assume leadership positions as administrators of college or university student 
personnel services or as teachers and researchers of college student personnel work. 
Doctoral students in Counseling and Consultation are prepared to assume roles as su- 
pervisors, consultants, administrators, educators or researchers in school counseling, 
rehabilitation, career development, or gerontological counseling programs. All Ph.D. 
students in the Department are educated in accord with the scientist-practitioner mod- 
el, wherein they are expected to attain advanced skills as both practitioners and re- 
searchers in their area of specialization. 

Professionally accredited/approved programs within the Department include: School 
Psychology and Counseling Psychology Doctoral Programs, by the American 
Psychological Association; Rehabilitation Counseling Masters (M.A. or M.Ed.) 
Program, by the Council on Rehabilitation Education; Community Counseling Masters 
(M.A. or M.Ed.) and Counseling and Consultation Doctoral Programs, by the Council 
for Accreditation of Counseling and Related Educational Programs. The 
M.A./A.G.S. Program in School Psychology and the Master's (M.A. or M.Ed.) 
Program in School Counseling are approved for certification by the Maryland State 
Department of Education and are accredited by the National Council for Accreditation 
of Teacher Education. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Applicants for regular admission to master's degree programs must have an overall 
undergraduate average of B (3.0 on a 4-point scale) and must submit their scores on 
the Miller Analogies Test or Graduate Record Examination (required for School 
Psychology M.A./A.G.S. program). Their undergraduate program must include at 
least 15 semester hours of course work in behavioral science fields (anthropology, 
education, psychology, sociology, and/or statistics). Applicants for admission to 
A.G.S. and Ph.D. programs must have a master's degree in counseling or a closely 
related field. For Admission as a Ph.D. student, a grade point average of 3.5 in prior 
graduate work is required, together with an acceptable score on the Miller Analogies 



112 Counseling and Personnel Services Program (EDCP) 



Test or the Graduate Record Examination (for Counseling Psychology and School 
Psychology). Selective screening of qualified applicants is necessary in order to limit 
enrollment to the available faculty resources of the Department. 

Departmental comprehensive examinations are required of all master's, A.G.S. and 
doctoral students. All doctoral students are required to take advanced courses in sta- 
tistics and research design. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

All master's, A.G.S. , and doctoral students in the Department are required to in- 
clude supervised fieldwork experiences as part of their degree programs. To this end, 
the Department has excellent cooperative relationships with the Division of Student 
Affairs (including such offices as the Counseling Center, Orientation, Campus 
Activities, the Student Union, Resident Life, and Commuter Affairs), with units in 
Academic Affairs (such as Advising, Career Development, Admissions, and 
Experiential Learning), and with units in University College. Fieldwork may also be 
done at a wide variety of school systems, counseling services, and mental health 
agencies in the Maryland/District of Columbia area. 

In addition to campus and Department resources, students also utilize the many ma- 
jor research and professional institutions of relevance to the counseling and personnel 
services field which are easily accessible to the campus. These include the Library of 
Congress, the National Library of Medicine, the National Institutes of Health and of 
Education, the American Psychological Association, and the American Association for 
Counseling and Development. 

Financial Assistance 

The Department offers several graduate assistantships, and paid experiences have 
been arranged for some students in the Department with a variety of on-campus and 
off-campus agencies. 

Additional Information 

Individual brochures describing the curriculum of each professional entry-level and 
each doctoral specialization may be obtained by writing or calling (301) 454-2026 the 
Department. 

For courses, see code EDCP. 

Criminal Justice and Criminology Program (CRIM) 

(Institute of Criminal Justice and Criminology) 

Directorand Professor: We 11 ford 

Professor Emeritus: Lejins 

Professors: Loftin, Sherman 

Associate Professors: Ingraham. Maida, Paternoster, Smith 

Assistant Professors: Gottfredson, Uchida, Young 

The Program of graduate study leading to Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy 
degrees in the area of Criminal Justice and Criminology is intended to prepare stu- 
dents for research, teaching, and professional employment in the operational agencies 
in the field of criminal justice. This program combines an intensive background in a 



Criminal Justice and Criminology Program (CRIM) 113 



social science discipline such as sociology, psychology, public administration, etc., 
with graduate-level study of selected aspects of the criminal justice field. 

A study recently completed of Institute M.A. and Ph.D. alumni reveals that 
Master's degree graduates have found employment in both public and private institu- 
tions in virtually every kind of activity associated with the criminal justice system: re- 
search; teaching; federal, state, and local law enforcement; courts; corrections; private 
security; funded programs; etc. Ph.D. graduates have found employment mostly in 
teaching, research, and as administrators in government agencies. 

Admission and Degree Information 

In addition to the general Graduate School requirements, special admission require- 
ments include the Graduate Record Examination Aptitude Test, a major in a social 
science discipline, and 9 hours of course work in the appropriate area of criminal jus- 
tice. For the M.A. applicant, the undergraduate social science major must have in- 
cluded at least one course each in theory, statistics, and research methods. The Ph.D. 
applicant must have completed two statistics, two research methods, and two theory 
courses, one of each being at the master's level. Admission to the Ph.D. program 
presupposes completion of the M.A. degree. At the discretion of the Graduate 
Admissions Committee of the Institute, deficiencies in some of the above areas may 
be made up by noncredit work at the beginning of the program. 

Students enrolled in the M.A. program have two options: a criminology option and 
a criminal justice option. The general plan of study for both options is as follows: 
thirty (30) semester hours of courses consisting of: 1) at least 6 appropriate level 
courses in criminology and criminal justice, three of which are required courses which 
must be passed with a "B" or better; 2) a graduate level course in statistics, the course 
to be selected from an approved list; 3) 6 credit hours of either thesis credit or addi- 
tional course work depending on the option selected by the student; and 4) one elec- 
tive course. The student has a choice between a M.A. degree with a thesis or an 
M.A. degree without thesis but with some additional requirements. 

For completion of the Ph.D. degree, in addition to the general Graduate School 
Ph.D. requirements, competence in research methodology and in quantitative tech- 
niques is expected, as well as competence in the general theory of the criminal justice 
field and in the specialization area selected by the student. The necessary course 
work is determined on the basis of the student's previous preparation, needs, and 
interests. The candidate is required to pass comprehensive examinations. 

Financial Assistance 

Graduate teaching assistantships are available on a competitive basis. Further, gra- 
duate research assistantships are sometimes available for graduate students to partici- 
pate in research projects directed by faculty members and funded by outside sources. 

Additional Information 

A brochure describing the Institute of Criminal Justice and Criminology and its 
programs is available upon request. Inquiries should be directed to: 
Graduate Program Coordinator 
Institute of Criminal Justice 



114 Criminal Justice and Criminology Program (CRIM) 



University of Maryland 
College Park, MD 20742 
For courses, see code CRIM and CJUS. 

Curriculum and Instruction Program (EDCI) 

Chair: Arends 

Professors: E.G. Campbell, Fein, Fey*", Folstrom', Gambrell, Holliday, Jantz, 

Johnson, Layman**, Lockard", Roderick, Sublett. Weaver, Wilson 

Associate Professors: Amershek, Borko, Brigham, P. Campbell, Cirrincione'', Craig, 

Davey, Davidson, DeLorenzo, Dreher, Eley, Farrell-\ Gamer, Heidelbach. 

Henkelman'', Herman, McCaleb', McWhinnie"^, Saracho, D. Williams 

Assistant Professors: Gillingham, Graeber, Krajcik, Markham, Sanford, Slater, H. 

Williams" 

Ijoint appointment with Music 

2joint appointment with Botany 

3joint appointment with Human Development 

4joint appointment with Geography 

Sjoint appointment with History 

6joint appointment with Mathematics 

Sjoint appointment with Physics 

9joint appointment with Communication Arts and Theatre 

'°joint appointment with Housing and Applied Design 

' 'joint appointment with Library and Information Services 

The Department offers programs leading to the following degrees or certificates: 
Master of Arts (thesis and non-thesis). Master of Education, Advanced Graduate 
Specialist, Doctor of Education, and Doctor of Philosophy. The Department offers a 
variety of programs individually designed to meet the personal and professional goals 
of graduate students. These goals may include educational research, teaching, super- 
vising, providing leadership as curriculum specialists within the disciplines, teacher 
education or consulting at all levels of instruction; early childhood, elementary, se- 
condary, and higher education. Programs are offered to meet the needs of profession- 
als in school and non- school settings. All programs are available on the College 
Park Campus; some programs are available in off campus centers. 

Areas of emphasis include art education, early childhood education (birth to eight 
years of age), elementary education, history/social studies education, language and 
cultrual studies (English education, foreign language education, teaching English as a 
second language, speech and drama education), mathematics education, music educa- 
tion, professional development (teacher education and staff development), reading 
education, science education, and uses of microcomputers in education. 



Curriculum and Instruction Program (EDCI) 115 



Admission and Degree Information 

The master's degree programs require a minimum of 30 to 36 semester hours, the 
A.G.S. diploma program 60 hours beyond the bachelor's degree, and the doctorate a 
planned sequence of approximately 60 semester hours beyond the master's degree. 
Programs include both theory and practicum, professional work, research, and aca- 
demic courses. There are no foreign language requirements unless the dissertation is 
on a topic that requires it. ? Admission requirements for the master's program includr 
a 3.0 undergraduate grade point average and the submission of the Miller Analogies 
Test or the Graduate Record Examination test scores. Admission to an A.G.S. or 
Doctoral program requires a 3.5 grade point average in previous graduate studies and 
either a 3.0 undergraduate grade point average or at least a 40 percentile on the Miller 
Analogies Test or Graduate Record Examination. 

Master's degree students are required to take a 6 hour comprehensive examination 
near the end of their program. Doctoral students are required to take a preliminary 
examination, after approximately 12 semester hours of work and a comprehensive ex- 
amination near the completion of the program. An oral examination in defense of the 
dissertation constitutes the final step in completing the doctorate. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

Special facilities in the Department of Curriculum and Instruction to support gradu- 
ate study and research include the Micro Teaching and Decision Making Laboratory, 
the Center for Mathematics Education, the Center for Young Children, the Reading 
Center, and the Science Teaching Center. Additional facilities in the College of 
Education include the Educational Technology Center, the Curriculum Laboratory, 
and Teacher Education Centers in local schools. 

Financial Assistance 

A number of graduate assistantships are available in the Department of Curriculum 
and Instruction. These assistants work with research, supervision of student teachers, 
and teaching undergraduate classes. 

Additional Information 

Write or call the Department (301) 454-7346 for more specific information about 
the various programs. 

For courses, see code EDCI. 

Economics Program (ECON) 

Professor and Chair: Hulten 

Professors: Aaron, Adams, Almon, Bergmann, Betancourt, Brechling, Clague, 

Cumberland, Harris, Kelejian, McGuire, Mueller, Myers, Oates, Olson, Polakoff, 

Schultze, Straszheim, Wonnacott 

Professors Emeriti: Dillard, Gruchy, O'Connell, Ulmer 

Associate Professors: Abraham, Bennett, Coughlin, Cropper, Haltiwanger, Knight, 

Meyer, Murrell, Panagariya, Schwab, Weinstein 

Assistant Professors: Anderson, Evans, Haliassos, Kessides, Kole, Lyon. Ouliavis, 

Prucha, Succar, Wallis 



116 Economics Program (ECON) 



Programs are offered leading to the Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy de- 
grees. Areas of specialization include: economic theory, advanced economic theory, 
comparative economic systems and planning, econometrics, history of economic 
thought, industrial organization, institutional economics, international economics, la- 
bor economics, monetary economics, public finance, public choice, and regional and 
urban economics. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Applicants should have taken (or should plan to take immediately) advanced under- 
graduate courses in microeconomics, macroeconomics, and statistics. Applicants are 
expected to have two or more semesters in calculus and additional mathematics. In 
addition, the Aptitude Test section of the Graduate Record Examination is required 
and the Advanced Economics Test is strongly recommended. Letters of recommenda- 
tion from three persons competent to judge the probability of the applicant's success 
in graduate school should be sent directly to the Director of Graduate Studies in 
Economics. Part- time graduate study is not encouraged since few courses are taught 
at night. 

The Master of Arts degree in Economics may be taken under either the thesis op- 
tion (24 hours plus a thesis) or the non-thesis option (30 hours, including Economics 
621-622, a written examination in economic theory, and a research paper). The re- 
quirements for the non-thesis option for the M.A. are met automatically in the course 
of the Ph.D. program in Economics. 

The main requirements of the Ph.D. program are (1) a written examination in 
economic theory, normally taken in August of the first year of study, (2) written ex- 
aminations in two selected fields, (3) completion of a sequence of work in economet- 
rics, and (4) a dissertation. Additional work in theory, methods, and fields is normal- 
ly expected. In the third year, students commence directed research by participation 
in workshops appropriate to their dissertation research. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The graduate program in Economics is a comprehensive one. The Department pos- 
sesses unique strength in the Economics of the Public Sector and Public Choice. The 
Department has general strengths in urban economics, poverty, natural resources and 
the environment, international economics and economic development, and other ap- 
plied areas. Special research projects under the supervision of faculty members are 
carried on in inter-industry forecasting and other fields. 

Financial Assistance 

Research assistantships are available in special projects. Numerous teaching assis- 
tantships are also available. The Department can usually help graduate students find 
part-time employment in federal agencies engaged in economic research. There are a 
limited number of fellowships available, including several for members of groups pre- 
sently under- represented among economics. 



Economics Program (ECON) 117 



Additional Information 

A complete description of the requirements of the degrees in economics and the ad- 
mission process is available on request from: 

Director of Graduate Studies in Economics 

Department of Economics 

University of Maryland 

College Park. MD 20742 
For courses, see code ECON. 

Education Policy, Planning, and Administration Program (EDPA) 

Professor and Chair: Warren 

Professors: V. Anderson (Emeritus), Andrews, Berdahl, Berman, Carbone, Chait, 

Dudley, Finkelstein, Male, McClure (Emeritus), McLoone, Newell (Emeritus), 

Stephens 

Associate Professors: Agre, Clague, Goldman, Hopkins, Huden, Lindsay, Noll, 

Selden, Schmidtlein, Splaine 

Affiliated Associate Professor: Hershfield 

Assistant Professor: Slater 

Affiliate Assistant Professors: Edelstein, Gilmour, McKay 

The Department of Education Policy, Planning, and Administration offers programs 
of study for the M.A., M.Ed., Ed.D., and Ph.D. degrees as well as for the Advanced 
Graduate Specialist (A.G.S.) certificate. Areas of specilization include: administra- 
tion and supervision, curriculum theory and development, education policy, higher 
and adult education, and social foundations of education. Ed.D. programs are offered 
at several off-campus sites and also on the College Park campus. Programs are tai- 
lored to students' objective and backgrounds. Graduates enter careers in research, ad- 
ministration, policy making, planning, supervision, or teaching in public or private 
schools, adult and higher education, non-school educational settings, government 
agencies, or community organizations. Some graduates find career opportunities in 
other countries or with international organizations dealing with education. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Admission requirements for the master's program requires a 3.0 undergraduate 
grade point average and the submission of the Miller Analogies Test or the Graduate 
Record Examination test scores. Admission to an A.G.S. or Doctoral program re- 
quires a 3.5 grade point average in previous graduate studies, a 3.0 undergraduate 
grade point average, and at least a 40 percentile on the Miller Analogies Test or 
Graduate Record Examination. Selective screening of qualified applicants is neces- 
sary to limit enrollment to the available faculty resources. Doctoral students take a 
preliminary examination early in their programs. All graduate students take compre- 
hensive examinations. 

A research, teaching, or administrative internship is required in most Department 
programs. The internship is performed under faculty supervision in schools, colleges, 
or agencies appropriate to the student's professional interests. 



118 Education Policy. Planning, and Administration Program (EDPA) 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The Department has estabHshed liaison with area schools, colleges, and local, 
state, and federal education agencies which facilitate the use of these agencies for re- 
search and field experiences. Embassies in Washington. D.C. provide access to ma- 
terials for the study of foreign education systems. Associated with the Department 
are the National Center for Postsecondar>' Governance and Finance, the Center for the 
Study of Education Policy and Human Values, the Comparative Education Center, the 
Institute for Research in Higher and Adult Education, the Research and Development 
Laboratory on School-Based Administration, and the Center for Curriculum 
Development and Change. 

Financial Assistance 

Some graduate assistantships are available to qualified graduate students. 

Additional Information 

For information and a Departmental brochure, please write to the Department 
Chair. 

For courses, see code EDPA. 

Electrical Engineering Program (ENEE) 

Professor and Chair: Destler 

Professors: Baras. Barbe. Blankenship. Chu. Davis. Davisson. DeClaris. Emad. 

Ephremides, Frey. Granatstein. Harger. Hochuli, Ja'Ja'. Krishnaprasad. Lee. Levine, 

Lin. Ligomenides. Mayergoyz. Newcomb. Ott. Peckerar. Rabin. Reiser. Rhee, 

Slaughter. Striffler. Taylor 

Associate Professors: Abed. Antonsen. Chen. Dagenais. Geraniotis. Gligor, Goldhar. 

Ho. Makowski. Nakajima. Narayan. Oruc. Pugsley. Shayman. Silio, Tits, Tretter, 

Zaki 

Assistant Professors: Chang. Far\ardin. Fuja. Iliadis. loannou. James. Menezes. 

Menyuk. Milchberg. Papamarcou. Shamma. Shan. Webb 

The Electrical Engineering Department offers graduate programs leading to the 
M.S. and Ph.D. degrees. A diverse offering of courses, seminars, colloquia. and the- 
sis guidance encompasses a broad spectrum of topics. Specialization is possible in 
communications (random processes; detection, estimation, coding, and information 
theories; digital signal processing; optical communications: communication networks; 
and remote sensing systems), computers (computer architecture, networking, and digi- 
tal system design; operating systems; and software engineering), control (computer- 
aided design; nonlinear, sampled data, and distributed parameter systems; system op- 
timization; and optimal and stochastic control), electrophysics (electromagnetic theory, 
charged-particle dynamics, quantum electronics, millimeter- and microwave-antenna 
and optical engineering, lasers, nonlinear optics, chemical physics, and biophysics), 
and microelectronics (circuits and devices; VLSI and computer-aided design; mi- 
crowave and integrated circuits, semiconductor materials, and technology). 

Joint programs are maintained with the mathematics, physics, and computer science 
departments and the chemical physics, material science, and transportation programs. 



Electrical Engineering Program (ENEE) 119 



Opportunities for programs of study in conjunction with many national laboratories 
and technical facilities also exist. The Department has active theoretical research pro- 
jects in optical communication, communication networks, coding theory, traffic con- 
trol, remote sensing, solar energy conversion devices, and many other areas. 

Employment opportunities for graduates of the Department have been exceptionally 
rich in recent years. Private industry, research laboratories, government agencies and 
labs, and academic institutions have been hiring at virtually unprecedented rates. This 
strong demand should continue through the coming decade. The accompanying salary 
scales have been, and should continue to be, very attractive. Recent graduates from 
the Electrical Engineering Department have been employed by IBM, Westinghouse, 
the Applied Physics Laboratory, the Naval Research Laboratory and similar institu- 
tions in advanced research and development positions. Others have been employed 
by consulting firms working on a wide range of special problems. The growing de- 
mand for engineering faculty, particularly in the areas of computer engineering and 
microelectronics, has created a large number of opportunities for those interested in 
teaching careers. 

Admission and Degree Requirements 

The present minimum requirement for admission to the Graduate School as an 
Electrical Engineering student is graduation from an ABET accredited undergraduate 
program in electrical engineering with a B-t- or better grade point average, or similar 
undergraduate preparation in mathematics, computer science, physics, or other areas 
of engineering or science. 

Requirements for the master's thesis and non-thesis options are those of the 
Graduate School. All requirements must be completed within 5 years. 

Requirements for the Ph.D. degree include a minimum of 42 semester hours of 
graduate approved courses, the Ph.D. qualifying examination, and completion of all 
dissertation and oral examination requirements. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

Modern research and project laboratories in the Department support a wide variety 
of research. They include a microprocessor development laboratory, a gas laser la- 
boratory (He-Ne and €02 laser stability and lifetime studies and applications), quan- 
tum electronics laboratories (nonlinear optics, laser sensors, molecular energy transfer 
processes, and laser millimeter wave systems), an electromagnetic laboratory 
(millimeter and microwave systems and interactions and dielectrometry), a semicon- 
ductor research laboratory with a clean room and a complete set of characterization 
equipment and techniques, and a charged-particle beam laboratory with two intense 
relativistic electron beam generators (studies of new accelerator concepts and novel 
sources of high power millimeter and microwave radiation). Computational support is 
provided through an integrated campuswide communications network that provides ac- 
cess for Departmental IBM and Zenith personal computers and other terminals to the 
University's Unisys 1100/92 and IBM 3081 computer systems, national and interna- 
tional packet switching nets, and the department's VAX- 11/785, Pyramid 90X, and 
Ridge-32 computers, the several MicroVAX and Sun Workstations, and associated 
peripherals, including laser printers and fileservers. The communications and signal 



120 Electrical Engineering Program (ENEE) 



processing laboratory has a Masscomp 5500 computer and an IIS S575 image pro- 
cessing system, and the VLSI design facility is supported with VALID workstations. 
A complete engineering library is housed nearby in conjunction with the mathematics, 
computer, and physical science collections. 

Financial Assistance 

Financial aid is available to graduate students in the form of Graduate Research 
Assistantships, Graduate Teaching Assistantships, and Fellowships. Applications for 
Graduate Research and Teaching Assistantships should be completed and sent to the 
Electrical Engineering Office of Graduate Studies. 

Graduate Research Assistantships are awarded subject to availability of funds and 
are renewed subject to satisfactory research progress. Summer appointments are often 
available. 

Graduate Teaching Assistantships are usually awarded in April. Preference is gi- 
ven to United States citizens. Duties may include laboratory teaching assignments, 
assistance in the computation facility, or assistance in courses. Teaching Assistants 
must register for at least nine credit hours per semester. 

Graduate Research Fellowships are available for highly qualified applicants in a 
number of areas. 

Local industries and government agencies have work-study programs in which 
about half of the Electrical Engineering graduate student body participates. 
Application should be made directly to the agencies. 

Additional Information 

Special brochures or publications offered by the Department may be obtained by 
writing to this address: 

Electrical Engineering Office of Graduate Studies 
University of Maryland 
College Park, MD 20742 
For courses, see code ENEE. 

Engineering Materials Program (ENMA) 

Professor and Director: Wuttig 

Professor and Dean: Dieter 

Professor and Department Chair: Roush 

Professors: Armstrong , Arsenault 

Adjunct Professor: Kramer 

Assistant Professors: Ankem . Salamanca- Young 

Associate Faculty: Park 

The Engineering Materials program is administered by the Department of Chemical 
and Nuclear Engineering. Special areas of concentration include diffraction, disloca- 
tion and mechanical behavior of materials, x-ray and electron microscopic techniques, 
electronic and magnetic behavior of materials, the chemical physics of materials, and 
the properties and behavior of polymeric materials. 



Engineering Materials Program (ENMA) 121 



Admission and Degree Information 

The programs leading to the M.S. and Ph.D. degrees are open to quahfied students 
holding the B.S. degree. Admission may be granted to students with degrees in any 
of the engineering and science areas from accredited programs. In some cases it may 
be necessary to require courses to fulfill this background. The candidate for the M.S. 
degree has the choice of following a plan of study with thesis or without thesis. The 
equivalent of at least three years of full-time study beyond the B.S. degree is required 
for the Ph.D. degree. All students seeking graduate degrees in Engineering Materials 
must enroll in EDNMA 650, 660 and 671. In addition to the general rules of the 
Graduate School, certain special degree requirements are set forth by the Department 
in their departmental publications. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

Special equipment available includes scanning and transmission, electron micros- 
copes, x-ray diffraction equipment, crystal growing, sample preparation and mechani- 
cal testing facilities, and high pressure and cryogenic equipment. 

Additional Information 

Information is available from: 

Director 

Engineering Materials Program 

Department of Chemical and Nuclear Engineering 

University of Maryland 

College Park, MD 20742 
For courses, see code ENMA. 

English Language and Literature Program (ENGL) 

Professor and Chair: Cross 

Professors: Bryer, Cross, Damrosch, Freedman, Holton, Howard, Isaacs, Jellema, 
Lawson, Panichas, Peterson, Plumly, Russell, Salamanca, Schoenbaum, Trousdale, 
Vitzthum. Winton 

Associate Professors: Auchard, Barry. Beauchamp, Bennett. Birdsall. Caramello, 
Carretta, Cate, Coletti, Coogan, Cooper, David, Donawerth, Fahnestock, Flieger, 
Fraistat, Fry, D. Hamilton, G. Hamilton, Handelman. Herman, Joyce, Kleine, 
Komblatt, Leinwand, Loizeaux, Mack. Marcuse, Miller, Norman, Pearson, Peterson, 
Robinson, Wilson. Wyatt 

Assistant Professors: Auerbach. Cartwright, Coleman. Collier. Dobin. Dunn. Grant- 
Davie. James. Leonardi. Levine, Moser, Rutherford. Smith. Van Egmond 

The Department of English offers graduate work leading to the degrees of Master 
of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy with areas of specialization in English and 
American literature. In addition, candidates for the M.A. degree may take a minor in 
composition and rhetoric, and they may emphasize creative writing (up to 15 hours, 
including a creative thesis, out of 30). Traditionally most students enrolled in gradu- 
ate programs in English Language and Literature have sought employment in post se- 
condary teaching. Although this situation continues today, the declining number of 
projected faculty openings means that an increasing number of students are finding it 



1 22 English Language and Literature Program (ENGL) 



desirable to seek non-academic employment. The non-academic areas that attract 
most of these students include publishing, business and technical writing, administra- 
tion and personnel management. For the student who decides to seek one of these al- 
ternatives, the University of Maryland offers a Career Development Center which 
helps place students in careers suitable to their interests and to their level of educa- 
tional achievement. 

Admission and Degree Information 

In addition to the general Graduate School requirements, applicants to the M.A. 
program should present a 3.0 GPA in English and 24 hours of upper-level English 
courses. Applicants to the Ph.D. program should present a 3.7 GPA and an M.A. 
degree in English. All applicants should submit a writing sample to the Office of the 
Director of Graduate Studies. Exceptions are occasionally made when other evidence 
is unusually strong. 

Thirty credit hours are required for the M.A.; there is a distribution requirement to 
assure coverage of the major historical fields. The student may either take 24 hours 
of course credit and write an M.A. thesis for the other 6 hours, or may take 30 hours 
and pass a written comprehensive examination. 

The Ph.D. requires 51 hours of total graduate work (normally 21 hours beyond the 
M.A.). There are four further requirements, normally completed after course work: 
(1) an examination in a foreign language, (2) a general oral examination on the major 
areas of English and American literature, (3) a written examination on the student's 
area of specialization, and (4) the dissertation. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

In addition to drawing on the cultural and intellectual resources of Washington, 
D.C., the English Department is an active participant in the Folger Institute of 
Renaissance and 18th Century Studies. Folger Institute fellowships have been 
awarded to advanced graduate students in the English Department. 

Financial Assistance 

A small number of fellowships are awarded by the Graduate School to candidates 
nominated by the various departments. Most financial aid is in the form of teaching 
assistantships (two courses of composition per semester) which are awarded by the 
Department in March. At present about 90 assistantships are awarded each year, of 
which about 25 go to new students or to others who have not held them previously. 

Additional Information 

Additional information on admission, financial aid, and degree requirements can be 
obtained from: 

John Howard 

Director of Graduate Studies 

Department of English 

University of Maryland 

College Park, MD 20742 
For courses, see code ENGL. 



Entomology Program (ENTM) 1 23 



Entomology Program (ENTM) 

Professor and Chair: Steinhauer 

Professors: Barbosa, Bottrell, Davidson, Denno, Jubb, Menzer, Messersmith, Wood 

Associate Professors: Armstrong, Dively, Hellman, Linduska, Ma, Mitter, Nelson, 

Raupp, Reichelderfer 

Assistant Professors: Lamp, Scott 

Adjunct Professors: Coddington, Erwin, Ferguson, Grissell, Gwadze, Hsu, Knutson, 

Marsh, Miller, Thompson 

Professors Emeritus: Bickiey, Bissell, Haviiand, Jones. Harrison 

The Department of Entomology offers both the M.S. and Ph.D. degrees. Graduate 
students may specialize in physiology and morphology, toxicology, biosystematics, 
ecology and behavior, medical entomology, apiculture, insect pathology, economic 
entomology, and pest management. 

Employment opportunities for graduates exist in industry; academia; federal, state 
and local governments; and in international and national spheres. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Students applying for graduate work in entomology are expected to have strong 
backgrounds in the biological sciences, chemistry, and mathematics. Since the 
Department is particularly anxious to find strong basic preparation, an undergraduate 
major in entomology is not required for admission to the program. Students lacking 
certain specific courses in their undergraduate program may need to extend the normal 
period of time required for the degree. 

In the M.S. and Ph.D. programs, the student is given great latitude in the selection 
of the advisory study committee, choice of the major study areas and supporting 
course work, and choice of the research program. The M.S. degree is awarded fol- 
lowing the successful completion of the course requirements and a satisfactory thesis. 
A non-thesis M.S. option is available for those interested in qualifying as pest 
management specialists. In this program a field experience course including a 
comprehensive report is substituted for the thesis. 

Upon admission to the M.S. or Ph.D. program, the student is given a departmental 
examination to evaluate general knowledge of biology and entomology. After passing 
this examination the student's study committee suggests a program of course work 
and approves a detailed research proposal. Following completion of most course 
work the Ph.D. student is given an oral qualifying examination before applying for 
admission to candidacy. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

Facilities are maintained in the Department for research in all areas of specializa- 
tion offered. In addition, cooperative programs with other departments in Agriculture 
and Life Sciences are possible. Cooperative research programs are often maintained 
by the Department with several government agencies such as the Beltsville 
Agricultural Research Center, the U.S. National Museum of Natural History, and the 
Walter Reed Army Institute of Research. Students may also participate in the 
Maryland Center for Systematic Entomology where cooperative guidance toward ad- 



1 24 Entomology Program (ENTM) 



vanced degrees has been established between the Department and scientists in the 
Insect Identification and Beneficial Insect Introduction Institute, U.S.D.A. and the 
Department of Entomology, Smithsonian Institution. Specialized facilities are fre- 
quently made available to graduate students in these programs. In many instances 
graduates of the programs in entomology find employment in such government agen- 
cies because of the contacts made in these cooperative projects. 

Financial Assistance 

There are a number of teaching and research assistantships available to entomology 
graduate students on a competitive basis. Several part-time employment opportunities 
are available in governmental and private research and developmental laboratories in 
the area. 

Additional Information 

The Department's "Guidelines for Graduate Students" gives additional information 
on the graduate program, including requirements for admission, course requirements, 
examinations, seminars, and research areas and facilities. Copies are available from: 
Department of Entomology 
University of Maryland 
College Park, MD 20742 
For courses, see code ENTM. 

Family and Community Development Program (FMCD) 

Professor and Chair: Billingsley 

Professors: Gaylin, Hanna 

Associate Professors: Epstein, Hula, Myricks, Rubin 

Assistant Professors: Anderson, Churaman, Leslie 

Lecturers: Werlinich 

The Department of Family and Community Development is devoted to describing, 
explaining, and improving the quality of family life by means of research, education, 
community outreach, and public service. The curriculum places special emphasis 
upon the family and the community as mediating structures in determining life quali- 
ty. The approach is holistic, i.e., human ecology. Departmental graduate training 
prepares students for jobs in research centers: consulting firms: voluntary and non- 
profit organizations: federal, state, and local governments: business enterprises; and 
private practice. 

The Department offers a Master of Science degree with individually designed areas 
of emphasis. These include a working knowledge of the growth of individuals 
throughout the life span, with particular emphases on inter-generational aspects of fa- 
mily living and the effective delivery of family-oriented services. A specialization in 
marriage and family therapy is offered (accredited by the American Association for 
Marriage and Family Therapy) which draws upon knowledge of family dynamics and 
change using the clinical techniques of therapy and consultation. Courses are avail- 
able for students interested in the processes and methods of change for improving 
community services that impact upon families. A student may focus on the efficient 
utilization of available family and community resources, the relationship between 



Family and Community Development Program (FMCD) 125 



available resources and governmental (and private sector) policies, and the develop- 
ment of expanded resources through citizen action. Specializations include manage- 
ment of human service programs, family policy analysis, and consumer affairs. The 
Family Service Center provides clinical services to several hundred families. The 
Family Research Center is the research facility for the study of family life. 

Admission and Degree Information 

The Department employs the general policies of the Graduate School as the basic 
criteria for admission to the Master's program. In addition, it is required that individ- 
uals take the Aptitude section of the GRE and have adequate undergraduate prepara- 
tion in one or more of the following areas; anthropology, economics, geography, fa- 
mily development, planning, political science, psychology, public administration, so- 
cial work, sociology, or urban studies. A course in elementary statistics at the under- 
graduate level is recommended. 

The Master's program is 30 hours with additional hours for those in the Marriage 
and Family Therapy specialization. The student may choose either the thesis or non- 
thesis option. A student selecting the thesis option is required to enroll for six hours 
of thesis research. For the non-thesis option, a student will complete 30 hours of 
course work and take oral and written comprehensive examinations. 

Financial Assistance 

Due to the limited number of available Graduate Assistantships and the high de- 
mand for these positions, application for financial aid should be made prior to April 
1st for the fall semester of the coming year. 

Additional Information 

Further information regarding this program can be obtained by contacting the 
Department directly; telephone (301) 454-2142. 
For courses, see code FMCD. 

Food Science Program (FDSC) 

Professor and Chair: Wiley 

Professors: Bean, Bender, Cook, Heath, Johnson, Keeny (Emeritus), King 

(Emeritus), Mattick (Emeritus), Quebedeaux, Scares, Solomos, Twigg (Emeritus), 

Vijay, Westhoff, Wheaton 

Associate Professors: Chai, Doerr, Schlimme, Stewart 

Assistant Professor: Kantor, Marshall 

Visiting Lecturers: Bednarczyk, Elehwany, Gillette, Shehata, Solomon, Weeks 

The Food Science Program offers the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy 
degrees. The Program is interdepartmental with participation or support from the 
Departments of Animal Sciences, Horticulture, Botany, Poultry Science, Agricultural 
Engineering, Chemistry, MicroBiology, Agricultural and Resource Economics, and 
the Sea Food Processing Laboratory of the Environmental and Estuarine Studies 
Center. Programs of study and research are individually planned with the student and 
an appropriate committee. Areas of study encompass animal, plant, seafood, and fab- 
ricated food products. Specialization is available in food microbiology and fermenta- 



126 Food Science Program (FDSC) 



tions, food chemistry and biochemistry, quality assurance, food engineering and pro- 
duct development, nutritional evaluation, food sanitation, packaging, and distribution. 
Employment opportunities for M.S. and Ph.D. degree graduates are excellent. 
Students are employed in federal and state regulatory agencies, research and develop- 
ment laboratories, quality assurance laboratories, chemistry and microbiological la- 
boratories, and food production plants. Ph.D. graduates normally accept positions in 
academia with teaching and research assignments or in upper management positions in 
above listed laboratories or federal agencies. Salaries are competitive. 

Admission and Degree Information 

In addition to minimum Graduate School requirements, the Aptitude Test of the 
GRE is required. The Food Science Admissions Committee evaluates and makes re- 
commendations on all applications based on academic and professional experience and 
letters of recommendations (at least 3 required). When feasible the Committee may 
conduct a personal interview. In the absence of a bachelor's degree in Food Science 
or Food Technology, a strong background in physical and biological sciences is re- 
commended. Inadequate prerequisites will result in a requirement to complete a 
remedial program to remove all deficiencies. Program requirements are as follows: I) 
Food Science (the equivalent of the following courses): FDSC 412, 413, Principles of 
Food Processing; FDSC 421, 423, Food Chemistry; FDSC 430, 434, Food 
Microbiology; FDSC 431, Food Quality Control; 2) Biochemistry: minimum of 3 
hours graduate credit; 3) Colloquium (seminar): attendance each semester and at least 
2 presentations for credit during the program of study; and 4) provisional admission 
requirements must be satisfied in the time period designated. 

For the M.S. degree, students must complete the program of study approved by 
their committee which will include the minimum requirements. Students entering the 
Program without a background in Food Science must complete all FDSC course defi- 
ciencies in order to obtain the M.S. degree. For the M.S. with thesis, a research pro- 
posal must be submitted to the student's committee for review and approval by the 
end of the second semester of study. Students who for various reasons or circums- 
tances cannot readily satisfy the thesis research requirement may select the M.S. non 
thesis option. This requires 6 additional hours of courses at the 600 level in addition 
to the program requirements above. A scholarly paper on a subject approved by the 
committee must be prepared and presented at a regular FDSC colloquium. A final 
comprehensive examination, including defense of the .scholarly paper, will be con- 
ducted by the student's committee. Part of this examination will be written. The 
above programs should be completed within 3 semesters and a summer session. 

For admission to the doctoral program the M.S. degree is not required but is gener- 
ally recommended. Students completing an M.S. degree in the FDSC Program, 
UMCP must receive a favorable recommendation from the M.S. degree final examin- 
ing committee. Students admitted from outside the FDSC Program, UMCP will be 
examined orally by their committee as a basis for developing a suitable program of 
study. The student must complete a program of study as approved by the student's 
committee including requirements of the Graduate School and FDSC Program. There 
is no required number of hours of course work. Programs are developed based on the 



Food Science Program (FDSC) 127 



individual needs of each student. A proposal for dissertation research will be pre- 
sented to the student's committee for review and approval by the end of the third se- 
mester of study. A comprehensive oral examination will be conducted by the com- 
mittee and other interested faculty members after substantial completion of the pro- 
gram of study and usually before the end of the fourth semester. Satisfactory perfor- 
mance in this examination is required before recommendation for admission to can- 
didacy is granted. Each student will assist in teaching at least one course regardless 
of whether employed as a graduate assistant. The candidate will defend the disserta- 
tion before a committee of at least 5 members appointed by the Dean for Graduate 
Studies. The candidate's advisor is usually chair of the committee. It is recom- 
mended that the candidate prepare initial drafts of intended publications for review be- 
fore the final examination. This program should be completed in 3 years or less de- 
pending on the candidate's previous background. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The combined resources of the participating Departments are available for Food 
Science research. Laboratories, pilot plants, and equipment are located in the Animal 
Sciences Center, Holzapfel Hall, Turner Laboratory, and Shriver Hall. Facilities are 
available for the experimental processing of fruits, vegetables, poultry, red meat, and 
dairy products. A seafood processing facility is located off campus. Laboratories are 
equipped for microbiological, biochemical, biophysical, and engineering research in- 
cluding facilities for laboratory animals. Instrumentation includes gas-liquid chroma- 
tographs, atomic absorption, spectrophotometers, electron microscope, radiosotope 
counters, amino acid analyzer, ultracentrifuge, fermenters, and controlled environment 
incubator. University research farms are available for both plant and animal produc- 
tion studies. Specialized facilities of nearby governmental and food industry laborato- 
ries are regularly made available for graduate student research. The National 
Agricultural Library is about 3 miles from the campus. The FDSC Program has an 
exchange agreement with the Food Science Department of the Central University of 
Venezuela for graduate study and research. 

Financial Assistance 

Teaching and research assistantships are made available by the participating 
Departments. Financial support is also available from contracts and grants and by 
special arrangements with several nearby government laboratories and industry. 

Additional Information 

A detailed brochure, "Graduate Study in Food Science," is available and can be 
obtained by contacting: 

Dr. R.C. Wiley 

Coordinator and Chair 

Food Science Program 

Holzaphel Hall 1122A 

University of Maryland 

College Park, MD 20742 

Telephone: (301)454-2829 
For courses, see code FDSC. 



1 28 French Language and Literature Program (FRIT) 



French Language and Literature Program (FRIT) 

Associate Professor and Chair: Tarica 

Professors: MacBain. Theirien 

Associate Professors: Black, Cottenet-Hage, Demaitre, Fink Russell 

Assistant Professors: Ancekewicz, Brami, Falvo, Joseph, Mossman, Verdaguer 

The Depailment of French and Italian prepares students for the M.A. and Ph.D. 
degrees in French language and literature. The composition of the graduate faculty 
and the variety of course offerings make it possible for students to specialize in any 
period or movement of French literature or any aspect of the French language, with 
the consent of their advisors. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Entry into the M.A. program is open to students having a solid grounding in 
French language and literature. It is strongly recommended that all applicants, wheth- 
er graduates of the University of Maryland or not, take the GRE General 
Examination. 

The students' knowledge of French is screened at the beginning of their first se- 
mester through a Language Proficiency Examination. In addition to evidence of inde- 
pendent scholarly research in the form of a thesis (thesis option) or a substantial re- 
search paper (non-thesis option), successful completion of the M.A. program involves 
passing a comprehensive examination (a six hour written examination followed by a 
one hour oral examination) in French literature and/or culture from the Middle Ages 
to the present. The M.A. program is generally completed in four semesters. 

Entry into the Ph.D. program is open to the most highly qualified and most highly 
motivated candidates who can show that individual research is their major interest and 
who give evidence of strong qualifications to pursue that interest. 

All applicants for the Ph.D. program (except M.A. graduates of this Department) 
must pass a three-part preliminary examination administered at the start of the first se- 
mester, consisting of an explication de textes, an essay, and an oral examination be- 
fore being fully admitted to the prograin. They are then required to complete a pro- 
gram of seminars related to their field of interest and to pass three Qualifying 
Examinations and a Foreign Language Translation examination before being admitted 
to candidacy and beginning worl, on their dissertation. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

In addition to the University graduate and undergraduate libraries, the Department 
maintains a reference library. Area research facilities include the Library of Congress 
and the Folger Library (specializing in 16th, 17th, and 18th-century literature). The 
Department has a chapter of the National Honor Society, Phi Sigma Iota. 

Financial Assistance 

Financial support is available in the form of assistantships and fellowships. For in- 
formation contact the Department of French and Italian. 



French Language and Literature Program (FRIT) 1 29 



Additional Information 

For complete information concerning the Department's requirements set forth in the 
Guide to Graduate Programs in Frenclt write: 

Department of French and Italian 

Language and Literature 

University of Maryland 

College Park. MD 20742 
For courses, see code FRIT. 

Geography Program (GEOG) 

Professor and Chair: Corey 

Professors: Fonaroff, Harper 

Associate Professors: Brodsky, Christian, Groves, Kearney, Leathennan, Mitchell, 

Thompson. Wiedel 

Assistant Professors: Cirrincione, Coward. Lai. Marcus 

Lecturers: Broome. Chaves. Frieswyk 

Affiliate Faculty: Corsi 

The Department of Geography offers the Ph.D. and M.A. degrees. All degree- 
seeking graduate students are required to complete the following courses during their 
first full year of study: GEOG 483 (requires non-class time on campus). GEOG 600, 
GEOG 605, GEOG 610 (M.A. students only), and all prerequisites associated with 
these required courses. 

While progress in the graduate program is largely an individual matter, students 
entering the Ph.D. should think of three years as the norm. The Department requires 
few particular courses; students at both levels initiate their own program of course 
work and submit a plan of study for approval. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Incoming M.A. students are expected to have an undergraduate degree in geogra- 
phy. Students from other fields will be required to do additional remedial work. All 
graduate applicants should submit aptitude test scores of the Graduate Record 
Examination. 

The M.A. degree program can support specializations in: (1) physical geography 
— coastal and estuarine environments; (2) metropolitan analysis and planning; (3) hu- 
man geography, especially historical geography; and (4) geographical analysis — re- 
mote sensing- cartography-geographic information systems-spatial analysis, this must 
be taken in combination with a systematic concentration. Geography internships are 
encouraged for students in each specialization. 

All M.A. degree students will specialize by taking at least five courses in one of 
the four M.A. level specialty areas. In addition, each M.A. student will devise a 
three course non- specialization designed to provide some breadth of knowledge in 
geography or in a related field; a regional or area-studies focus can be taken as part of 
the three course non-specialization. M.A. degree requirements are set at a minimum 
of 38 graduate credit hours. No more than 13 credit hours may be taken at the 400 
level. 



130 Geography Program (GEOG) 



General M.A. students may take the six credit hour thesis or non-thesis, two paper 
option. Students specializing in remote sensing-cartography-geographic information 
systems-spatial analysis are expected to take the non-thesis, two paper option. The 
non-thesis option involves the preparation of two substantial research papers. All 
M.A. students take an oral examination defense of a research proposal and a final oral 
examination based either on the thesis or the first of the two research papers. 

The Ph.D. program provides for individual student specialization. Doctoral appli- 
cants must submit a written statement of study that is used to solicit faculty sponsors. 
Because of the degree of specialization inherent in Ph.D. study, the Department only 
considers applicants whose interests coincide with departmental faculty competence. 

For admission to the doctoral program, the Department normally requires a grade 
point average higher than 3.0 and an M.A. degree from a recognized geography de- 
partment, or competence in terms of fields of study and level of achievement compa- 
rable to the M.A. degree of the Department. A non M.A., direct Ph.D. program is 
possible by petition from the student and upon approval of a faculty committee ap- 
pointed by the Department Chair. 

After completion of formal course work requirements for the Ph.D.. there is a 
two-part qualifying examination. Part one is a written examination in the student's 
two major fields of specialization. Part two is an oral examination evaluating the dis- 
sertation proposal. Upon satisfactory completion of the dissertation there is a final 
oral examination. 

Employment opportunities in applied geography, especially in the Washington, 
D.C. metropolitan area, while highly competitive, remain strong. Would-be practic- 
ing geographers should stress such marketable studies as remote sensing, cartography, 
computer cartography, geographic information services, international development, lo- 
cational analysis, management and program planning. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

Departmental research facilities are contemporary and outstanding. They include 
cartographic laboratories, a computer mapping and spatial analysis facility, a coastal 
geomorphology laboratory, and remote sensing facilities. A minicomputer graphics 
system and numerous microcomputers are housed in the Department. The Department 
publishes an Occasional Papers Series. The University's Institute for Urban Studies 
(see "Urban Studies Program") is a program associated with the department by means 
of a common unit head. 

Additional Information 

More detailed information on the M.A. and Ph.D. programs can be obtained from: 
Graduate Program Advisor 
Department of Geography 
1113 Lefrak Hall 
University of Maryland 
College Park, MD 20742 
Tel: (301)454-2241 
For courses, see code GEOG. 



Geology Program (GEOL) 131 



Dual Master's Degrees Programs in Geographic Information 
Systems 

This is a joint program of the College of Library and Information Services and the 
Department of Geography. It results in two master's degrees; the Master of Library 
Science (MLS) and the M.A. in Geography. The dual-degree program requires a 
minimum of 56 graduate credit hours. For a full-time student, the program requires 
two years of intensive study. Admission to the program is competitive and students 
must apply separately and be admitted both to Library and Information Services and 
to Geography. Contact either the Department of Geography (301) 454- 2241 or the 
College of Library and Information Services (301) 454—3016 for more information. 

Geology Program (GEOL) 

Professor and Chair: Chang 

Professor: Adler 

Associate Professors: Ridky, Segovia, Siegrist, Stifel, Weidner, Wylie 

Assistant Professors: Cnadela, Nielsen, McLellan 

The Department of Geology offers graduate programs leading to the M.S. and 
Ph.D. degrees. Broad research interests among faculty members make study and re- 
search available in all major fields of geological sciences with specialization in 
economic minerals, fuels, and deposits; engineering and environmental geology; ex- 
perimental petrology and crystal chemistry; solution and trace element geochemistry; 
sedimentation; stratigraphy and paleontology; structural geology; and regional geolo- 
gy- 
Admission and Degree Information 

Qualified students with a major in geology as well as in physics, chemistry, biolo- 
gy and related sciences and engineering are invited to apply for admission to the gra- 
duate programs. There is no single prescribed curriculum for all graduate students. 
The entire course of study is individually developed for each student by his/her gradu- 
ate program committee. All students are required to take an entrance examination, re- 
sults from which are used to design their academic schedules. 

The M.S. degree is awarded following the successful completion of the course re- 
quirements and a satisfactory thesis. For the Ph.D. degree, requirements include sa- 
tisfactory course work, a comprehensive examination, and completion of all disserta- 
tion and oral examination requirements. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The Department has all standard laboratory equipment for rock, mineral, and fossil 
preparation and treatment. Special equipment includes a fully automated x-ray spec- 
trometer; an electron microprobe analyzer; x-ray diffractometers; atomic absorption 
spectcophotometer research transmitted and reflected light microscopes; geophysical 
equipment of magnetic, seismic, resistivity and EM measurements; and a complete la- 
boratory for mineral synthesis and phase equilibrium studies at high- temperatures and 
high-pressures including hydrothermal, internally-heated piston-cylinder, and 
Bridgman opposed-anvil systems. Extensive library, computer, and electron micros- 



1 32 Geology Program (GEOL) 



cope facilities are available on campus for graduate research. 

The University of Maryland is located within the metropolitan area of Washington. 
D.C. and close to the city of Baltimore where a large number of outstanding institu- 
tions are located. These include the United States Geological Survey, Bureau of 
Mines, Department of Energy, Environmental Protection Agency, National Bureau of 
Standards, NASA's Goddard Space Flight Center, the Smithsonian Institution, the 
Carnegie Institute's Geophysical Laboratory and Department of Terrestrial Magnetism, 
and the Geological Survey of Maryland. Opportunities exist for programs of study in 
cooperation with many of these institutions. 

Financial Assistance 

Graduate students are eligible for Departmental teaching assistantships. Graduate 
School assistantships, and grant- supported fellowships and research assistantships. In 
addition, some curatorial, library, and other part-time work is available. 

Additional Information 

The Department's "Graduate Programs in Geology at Maryland" gives additional 
information on the requirements, examinations, faculty research interests and publica- 
tions, research facilities, and financial aids. Copes are available from: 
Department of Geology 
University of Maryland 
College Park, MD 20742 
For courses, see code GEOL. 

Germanic Language and Literature Program (GERS) 

Professor and Chair: Davidson 

Professors: Beicken. Best, Herin, Jones (Emeritus), Oster, Pfister 

Associate Professors: Bilik, Fletcher, Frederiksen 

Assistant Professors: Pagan, Strauch 

The Germanic Section of the Department of Germanic and Slavic Languages and 
Literatures offers programs of study leading to the M.A. and Ph.D. degrees. 
Specialization includes the following areas: Language Pedagogy and Applied 
Linguistics; Germanic Philology; Medieval Literature and Culture; and Literature of 
the German Speaking Countries from the Renaissance to the Present. 

Admission and Degree Information 

In addition to the Graduate School requirements, candidates must have a bachelor's 
degree with an undergraduate major in German language and literature or the equiva- 
lent and fluency in the written and spoken language. Candidates for the doctorate 
must have a master's degree in Germanic Studies or in a related discipline, for exam- 
ple: German, Scandinavian Studies, Language Education, Medieval Studies, etc. 

Degree requirements for the M.A. (thesis option) are: 24 hours of course work, the 
thesis, and a written comprehensive examination. The M.A. (non-thesis option) re- 
quires 30 hours of course work, a mini-thesis with oral defense, and a written 
comprehensive examination. For both options the comprehensives consist of four 
two-hour examinations based on the course work and the M.A. Reading List. 



Germanic Language and Literature Program (GERS) 133 



Degree requirements for the Ph.D. are as follows: 1) completion of at least 30 
hours of course work beyond the master's degree over a period of residency at the 
University of Maryland of at least one year, and a further 12 hours of dissertation re- 
search: 2) a reading skill examination in a language other than English or German, 
which may be another Germanic language or a language related to the candidate's re- 
search; 3) comprehensive written examinations; 4) presentation of the dissertation top- 
ic to the Germanic Section graduate faculty before the topic is approved; and 5) the 
three-hour examinations. The candidate has considerable freedom in choosing the 
fields of philology or applied linguistics, medieval literature, and modem literature. 
Candidates who opt for all three selected topics in German literature will choose sub- 
jects in the following periods: 16th and 17th centuries, 18th century, 19h century, 
20th century; in which case the required modem literature examination will require 
philology, Scandinavian studies, medieval studies, etc., will take a general examina- 
tion in the modem literature required exam. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

In addition to its course offerings listed below, the Germanic Section of the 
Department of Germanic and Slavic Languages and Literatures sponsors the German 
Club, the University of Maryland Chapter of Delta Phil Alpha (the national German 
language honors society). Distinguished scholars and lecturers, as well as visiting 
professors, visit the metropolitan area and campus regularly. College Park's closeness 
to Washington, D.C. facilitates participation in the many cultural functions of the ca- 
pital with its wealth of German and Scandinavian social groups and national societies. 

Financial Assistance 

The Germanic Section is able to contribute to the financial support of its graduate 
students in the form of teaching and non- teaching assistantships as well as several 
fellowship. 

Additional Information 

For further information write to: 

Director of Graduate Studies 

Department of Germanic and Slavic Languages and Literature 
University of Maryland 
College Park. MD 20742 
For courses, see code GERS. 

Government and Politics Program (GVPT) 

Professor and Chair: Quester 

Professors: Azar, Bobrow, Butterworth, Claude, Conway, Davidson, Dawisha, 

Elkin, Glass, Hsueh, Marando, McNelly, Oppenheimer, Phillips, Piper, Piraqes, 

Reeves, Segal, Stone, Uslaner, Wilkenfeld 

Associate Professors: Alford, Glendening, Heisler, Ranald. Terchek 

Assistant Professors: Kaminski. Lanning, McCarrick, Mcintosh, Soltan 

The Department of Government and Politics offers programs leading to the degrees 
of Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy. Areas of specialization include 



134 Government and Politics Program (GVPT) 



American politics, comparative politics, international politics, political theory. p*>liti- 
cal economy, public administration, public policy, public law, national security, and 
political development. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Master's degree candidates may select a thesis or a non-thesis option, both of 
which require six semester hours of political theory or political philosophy, six se- 
mester hours of methods courses, and a comprehensive examination in one field. 
Both options require a total 30 semester hours of credit. 

The doctoral program involves seminars, research, and opportunities for teaching 
experience. Generally, students will be expected to complete 42 hours of graduate 
work including courses in political theory and methods which are required for all stu- 
dents. In consultation with an advisor, students will identify two fields of specializa- 
tion and must pass comprehensive written examinations in both fields and complete a 
dissertation. 

Financial Assistance 

In addition to teaching assistantships, the Department also has a government intern- 
ship program for students interested in public administration and a limited and vari- 
able number of research positions with research grants. 

Additional Information 

Further information and a manual on graduate study can be secured from the 
Department's Office of the Director of Graduate Studies. 
For courses, see code GVPT. 

Health Education Program (HLTH) 

Professor and Chair: Gilbert 
Professors: Burt, Gold, Greenberg, Leviton, Wilson 
Associate Professors: Allen, Beck, Clearwater, Feldman. Miller 
Assistant Professors: Hollander. McKay, Thomas 

The Department of Health Education offers a program designed to prepare students 
to enter health education and related health professions in teaching, research, con- 
sulting, and administrative roles. Graduates of the program have placement oppor- 
tunities in professional education, research, health maintenance, public schools, com- 
munity health agencies, health care delivery and promotion, and private and govern- 
mental consulting settings. 

Admission and Degree Information 

The Department offers courses of study leading to the degrees of Master of Arts 
and Doctor of Philosophy. The Masters program offers both thesis and non-thesis op- 
tions. 

The Department offers fully developed tracks of study and some field experience in 
several areas including stress management, worksite health promotion, health behav- 
ior, safety education, school health education, sexuality, drug education, community 
health, and others. Advanced degree study is not limited to these areas. Each stu- 



Health Education Program (HLTH) 1 35 



dent, in consultation with the Director of Graduate Studies and the appropriate facul- 
ty, designs an individual program of study to meet his/her projected professional 
needs. 

Admission will be considered for students holding at least a bachelor's degree in 
areas related to the social, psychological, or biological basis of human health. 
Entrance requirements include an undergraduate GPA of at least 3.0 and a graduate 
GPA of 3.5, satisfactory GRE scores (quantitative and verbal sections), and letters of 
recommendation . 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The student may experience specific application of theory through numerous field 
studies and departmental service programs in the areas of controlling stress and ten- 
sion, children's health and development, programs for the aged, weight control, 
women's health, and safety education. Special departmental facilities include the 
Psychophysiological Research Laboratory, the Minority Health Research Laboratory, 
the Population Research Laboratory, the Safety Education Center, and a college mi- 
crocomputer laboratory. 

The proximity of the National Institutes of Health, the National Library of 
Medicine, and the Library of Congress render the University of Maryland unusually 
well suited for graduate work in health education. 

Financial Assistance 

A limited number of Graduate Teaching and Research Assistantships are available 
through the Department. University fellowships may also be obtained. 

Additional Information 

For any additional information and program specifics, write to: 
Dr. Robert S. Gold 
Director of Graduate Studies 
Department of Health Education 
University of Maryland 
College Park, MD 20742 
For courses, see code HLTH. 

Hearing and Speech Sciences Program (HESP) 

Professor and Acting Chair: McCall 

Professor: Yoni-Komshian 

Associate Professors: Baker, Dingwall, Gordon-Salant, Roth 

Assistant Professors: Ratner 

Professor Emeritus: Newby 

Admission and Degree Information 

The Department of Hearing and Speech Sciences offers the M.A. degree with 
either the thesis or the non-thesis option, and with major emphasis either in speech 
and language pathology or in audiology. The Master's degree is required for individ- 
uals preparing for positions as speech pathologists or audiologists in schools, in hospi- 



1 36 Hearing and Speech Sciences Program (HESP) 



tals or rehabilitation facilities, in hearing and speech centers, or in other clinical 
settings. Academic course work is combined with supervised clinical practice in the 
University Speech and Hearing Clinic and in selected outside clinical facilities, so that 
the graduate will meet the academic requirements for clinical certification by the 
American Speech and Hearing Association and for licensing in the State of Maryland. 
The Master's degree program is accredited by the American Boards of Examiners in 
Speech Pathology and Audiology. 

Applicants for the M.A. degree with an undergraduate major in the hearing and 
speech sciences or a related field are considered for admission. The M.A. degree 
program usually requires a full two years of graduate study. The program of study 
for individuals without a background in the hearing and speech sciences may need to 
be extended beyond two years. Only full-time students are admitted to the program. 

The Department also offers the Ph.D. with a major emphasis in speech, language, 
or hearing. Students with a Bachelor's degree or a Master's degree are considered for 
admission to the doctoral program. Matriculated doctoral students will choose a spe- 
cial interest area within their major. Special interest areas may focus on the normal 
aspects of their major or disorders related to the major. A student must also select a 
minor area of study either from within or outside departmental offerings. There are 
no foreign language requirements for the degree. However, advanced courses in sta- 
tistics and experimental research design are required. Course programs for the doctor- 
ate are planned by the student and a committee of at least four faculty members. All 
doctoral students are expected to participate for academic credit in varied research ac- 
tivities within the Department. Written and oral comprehensive examinations for ad- 
mission to candidacy are scheduled following completion of formal academic course 
work. Doctoral students must register for at least 12 semester hours of dissertation 
research credit before completing the degree. 

In addition to the application materials required by the Graduate School, the 
Department requires applicants to furnish scores on the aptitude portions of the 
Graduate Record Examination. Prospective applicants should note that decisions on 
summer and fall admissions are made in early March, and on spring admission in ear- 
ly November. Early application is encouraged. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The facilities of the Department include: (1) several modem research laboratories 
equipped to support research in the areas of language, acoustic phonetics, physiolog- 
ical phonetics, psychoacoustics, speech perception, neuropsychology, and brain stem 
evoked response audiometry; (2) an integrated audiovisual laboratory; (3) a depart- 
mental library; and (4) a hearing and speech clinic which includes several audiological 
test suites and diagnostic/therapy rooms equipped for observation. Additional re- 
search and clinical facilities are available in the Washington and Baltimore metropoli- 
tan areas. The Library of Congress, the National Library of Medicine, and the librar- 
ies of various medical schools in the Washington-Baltimore area supplement the 
University's libraries at College Park. 



Hearing and Speech Sciences Program (HESP) 1 37 



Financial Assistance 

A limited number of graduate assistantships are available through the Department. 
Assistantships carrying teaching, research, or clinical responsibilities are awarded on a 
competitive basis. 

Additional Information 

Additional information about the M.A. and Ph.D. programs may be obtained by 
writing to the Chairman, Department of Hearing and Speech Sciences. 
For courses, see code HESP. 

History Program (HIST) 

Professor and Chair: Price 

Professors: Betz, Berlin, Brush, Callcott, Cockbum, Cole, Foust, Gilbert. Goodblatt, 

Haber, Harlan, Kent, Lampe, McCusker, A. Olson, K. Olson, Price, Smith, Sparks, 

Warren. Yaney 

Associate Professors: Breslow, Darden. Farrell, Flack Folsom, Friedel, Eckstein, 

Grimsted, Gullicksin, Harris, Hoffman, Kaufman. Holum. Majeska, Matossian, 

Mayo, Moss, Perinbaum, Ridgway, Rozenbilt, Speigal, Stowasser, Weissman, 

Wright, Zilfi 

Assistant Professors: Bradbury, Nicklason, Sumida, Williams 

Joint appointment with Institute for Physical Sciences and Technology 

Joint appointment with Secondary Education 

Joint appointment with Philosophy 

The Department of History offers programs leading to the degrees of Master of 
Arts and Doctor of Philosophy. Areas of specialization include: United States, 
Ancient, Medieval, Early Modern European, Modem European, British, Russian, 
Latin American, African*, Middle Eastern', East Asian, Diplomatic. Economic, 
Science, and Women's History' 

'Fields at M.A. level only. 

Admission and Degree Information 

The Master of Arts degree serves both as a firm grounding in a field of history for 
teaching purposes and as preparation for the pursuit of the doctorate. In addition to 
general Graduate School requirements, the aptitude parts of the GRE are required: it 
should be noted that an undergraduate major in history is not required for admission. 
Thirty credit hours are required for the degree. 

The Department offers both a thesis and a non-thesis program. Departmental re- 
quirements for the degree include one section of a general seminar (American, 
European, or Comparative World History) and two 800-level research seminars. A 
maximum of nine hours of credit may be taken in 400-level courses. For those stu- 
dents who select a thesis option, six hours in M.A. thesis research courses (HIST 
799) are required. There will be a final oral examination confined to the thesis and 
the area in which it lies. Candidates selecting the non-thesis option must take 30 
credits (15 in the major field, 9 in the minor field, and 6 hours of electives), submit 
two scholarly papers to their examining committee, and pass a four hour comprehen- 



1 38 History Program (HIST) 



sive examination in their major area. 

Admission to the doctoral program will be decided by the student's M.A. examin- 
ing committee on the basis of the student's record of achievement in course work, 
written examination (if required in the student's major area), and thesis and oral de- 
fense of the thesis or two submitted research papers. Students with M.A. degrees 
awarded at other institutions will be asked to submit substantial evidence of their writ- 
ten work when they apply for admission to the doctoral program. Doctoral candidates 
must complete three sections of the General Seminar. Within four semesters after 
entering the doctoral program, every student must pass a general oral and a special 
field written examination in his or her major area and one written field examination in 
a minor area. These examinations will test a broad, intelligent, and informed 
handling of the major historical problems and literature of that field. 

An oral examination on the student's dissertation prospectus and a bibliography on 
the dissertation field are required. The dissertation is to be understood as constituting 
the largest single portion of the doctoral program: it is expected to be a distinct contri- 
bution to historical knowledge and/or interpretation. 

All doctoral students must show a reading competence in one foreign language. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

In addition to the field concentrations described above, the Department of History 
offers several forms of specialized training. In the field of historical editing the 
Department has introduced a successful internship course in archival work in conjunc- 
tion with the National Archives. Since 1970 the Department has sponsored a journal 
of history. The Maryland Historian, which features scholarly articles and reviews 
and which provides practical experience for graduate students in the production of a 
journal. The journal was founded and is managed and produced by graduate students 
in the Department of History. The Department also sponsors major editorial projects: 
the Brooker T. Washington Papers, The Samuel Gompers Papers, the Freedom in 
Southern Society project, and the Charles Carroll of Carrollton papers. A number of 
History Department graduate students have gained valuable research and editing ex- 
perience on these projects which also receive support from the National Historical 
Publications and Records Commission. In conjunction with the Department of 
Philosophy, the Department of History sponsors and participates in the Folger Institute 
of Renaissance and Eighteenth-Century Studies. The Institute offers seminars for gra- 
duate students and faculty, workshops, conferences, coUoquia, and lectures. The 
Institute awards fellowships to graduate students, and several of these awards have 
gone to doctoral candidates from the University of Maryland's History Department. 
Still another project in which the Department of History participates is the Caesarea 
excavations. This project provides a rich source of theses and dissertation topics for 
graduate students in Ancient History. 

Financial Assistance 

The Department offers financial assistance principally in the form of teaching assis- 
tantships to outstanding graduate students. These positions, vary in number according 
to the availability of funds, but generally number about 38 which are awarded to stu- 
dents working toward the Ph.D. or M.A. degree. Appointment as a teaching assistant 



History Program (HIST) 139 



provides students an opportunity to worlc closely with faculty members in the teaching 
of undergraduate survey courses in history. Paid internships at regional historical in- 
stitutions which carry tuition scholarships are also available. 

Additional Information 

Complete descriptions of programs and requirements may be obtained from the 
History Department. For courses, see code HIST. 

Concentration in the History and Philosophy of Science 

The Committee on the History and Philosophy of Science supervises graduate study 
leading to the M.A. and Ph.D. degrees in History or Philosophy. Courses are offered 
in a wide range of subjects in the history and philosophy of science and technology, 
and research facilities are available on the College Park campus and in the 
Washington area. For advanced research the emphasis is on the history and philoso- 
phy of physical and biological science in the 19th and 20th centuries; history of the 
philosophy of science and scientific ideas; genetics, computer science, geophysics and 
astronomy; and scientific institutions in the United States. Integration of historical 
and philosophical interpretations of science is stressed in both teaching and research. 

While academia is the traditional employer of historians and philosophers of 
science, other opportunities exist with museums, government, and industry. 
Academic opportunities for historians and philosophers of science recently have been 
more plentiful than for historians or philosophers in general. While the numbers are 
small, thus far the Committee has successfully placed all its degree recipients. 

Students should apply for admission to either the History Department or the 
Philosophy Department, indicating History and Philosophy of Science as the field of 
specialization. Since people with diverse backgrounds can be successful in this field, 
there are no rigid requirements for admission; the quality of a student's work in 
science, history, and philosophy, as demonstrated not only by grades and test scores 
but also by papers and independent projects, is more important than the number of 
credit hours in these subjects. But prospective students should also be warned that 
the minimum requirement for doing research in the history and philosophy of science 
covers substantially more areas than normally expected of Ph.D.'s in any one of the 
traditional fields of history or philosophy or a science; it includes training in a science 
equivalent to a B.S. (preferably M.S.) degree, proficiency in both oral and written 
expression, and ability to read at least one foreign language (preferably both French 
and German). 

The Committee also encourages applications from students who do not intend to 
obtain a Ph.D. in history and philosophy of science but desire only the M.A. as pre- 
paration for careers in science, teaching, government service, technical administration, 
museum work, etc., or who plan to proceed to the Ph.D. in another field. 

A few teaching assistantships are available in the History and Philosophy 
Departments for students who have adequate backgrounds in those subjects. 
Detailed information may be obtained by writing to: 
Chairperson 
Committee on the History and Philosophy of Science 



140 History Program (HIST) 



1131 Skinner Building 
University of Maryland 
College Park, MD 20742 
For courses, see code HIST. 

Studies Leading to the M.A. in History and the M.L.S. 

The Department of Historj' and the College of Library and Information Services 
coordinate two master degree programs to meet the need for multi-disciplinary gradu- 
ate training for archivists, records managers, manuscript curators, rare book librarians, 
bibliographers, conservation administrators, and those wishing to become subject and 
research specialists in academic, special, and/or research libraries. Because of the 
University's proximity to a variety of immensely rich research collections, students 
are able through internships to gain first- hand experiences that reinforce their class- 
room instruction. 

The aim of the sequence of courses leading to the two degrees is to prepare stu- 
dents to understand the intellectual approach of the research scholar through historic 
training and to meet those research needs through the information services offered in 
CLIS. The coordinated curricula provide four main options: 1) archives and records 
managements, 2) curatorship of historical collections, 3) scholarly editing and publish- 
ing, and 4) reference research and bibliographic services. The fifty-four hours re- 
quired for the degrees combine twenty-four hours in each component plus six elective 
courses. The M.A. -M.L.S. is a non- thesis plan, but students may choose to write a 
thesis when such research enhances their program. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Students may apply for admission under the rubric HILS (History- Library Science) 
either through the Department of History or CLIS. Each has a coordinator who 
serves as an advisor for students. Since many of these courses are offered in se- 
quence, it is important for students to work closely with these advisors. The two de- 
grees are awarded simultaneously, and a student who fails to complete the special re- 
quirements for the coordinated degree programs may not receive either degree. If stu- 
dents subsequently wish to receive only one degree, they must transfer from HILS 
either to the graduate program in History (HIST) or to the College of Library and 
Information Services (LBSC) and fulfill the normal requirements for the separate 
M.L.S. 

Financial Assistance 

A few teaching assistantships are available in the Department of History, and the 
College of Library and Information Services has some fellowship aid for students in 
this course of directed study. These are awarded on a competitive basis in both com- 
ponents. 

Additional Information 

Detailed information may be obtained by writing to the HILS Coordinator, in either 
the Department of History or the College of Library and Information Services. 
For courses, see code HIST. 



Horticulture Program (HORT) 141 



Horticulture Program (HORT) 

Professor and Chair: Quebedeaux 

Professors: Gouin, Oliver, Solomos, Wiley 

Adjunct Professors: Galletta, Kretchmer, Krizek 

Professors Emeritus: Link, Scott, Shanks, Stark, Thompson, Twigg 

Associate Professors: Beste, Bouwkamp. Deitzer, Gould, Kundt, McClurg, Ng. 

Schales, Schlimme, Swartz, Walsh 

Assistant Professors: Hamed, Healy, Hershey, Scarfo, Stutte 

Lecturer: Mityga 

The Department of Horticulture offers graduate study leading to the Master of 
Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. The Master of Science degree is offered 
with both thesis and non-thesis options. Candidates place major emphasis in the areas 
of pomology, vegetable crops, floriculture, or ornamental horticulture. Within these 
commodity areas students may direct their studies and research efforts to mineral nu- 
trition, postharvest physiology, genetics and breeding, chemical growth regulation, 
water relations, plant propagation, histochemistry, photoperiodism, and other factors 
affecting production, postharvest handling, and preservation of horticultural crops. 
The research activities required for the thesis or dissertation are normally carried out 
in conjunction with the research programs of the Departmental staff. 

The candidate's program may be directed toward a career in research, teaching, ex- 
tension education, or industry. Many recent graduates are currently involved in pro- 
grams at major universities; others are teaching at the vocational agriculture and com- 
munity college level. Still others are employed as County Agents with the 
Cooperative Extension Service or work in research and development with the U.S. 
Government, private industry, or international agriculture. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Students seeking admission should present undergraduate preparation in horticul- 
ture, botany, chemistry, and supporting agricultural disciplines. Those without this 
background are advised to enroll as undergraduate students to correct these deficien- 
cies. Students entering the doctoral program should have, or plan on completing, a 
Master of Science degree in Horticulture, although presentation of the M.S. in a re- 
lated plant science field may be acceptable. The Graduate Record Examination 
Aptitude Test is required. 

Upon admission and arrival, a graduate student is assigned a temporary advisor. 
During the first semester the student will select a major advisor and an advisory com- 
mittee will be appointed. It is an early function of the committee to work with the 
candidate in developing a program of courses and research to meet the goals and 
aspirations of the student. A comprehensive, oral examination is given each can- 
didate for the M.S.; candidates for the Ph.D. take an oral qualifying examination as 
well as a final oral exam covering the dissertation 



1 42 Horticulture Program (HORT) 



Facilities and Special Resources 

Modem laboratory and greenhouse facilities are located at the College Park cam- 
pus. Laboratory instrumentation provides for chromatography, spectrophotometry, 
elemental analysis, histology, biotechnology, and other procedures. A system for 
automatically monitoring respiratory gases and volatiles is available in connection 
with controlled atmosphere chambers. Controlled- temperature storage and growth 
chambers provide facilities for postharvest and environmental control studies. 
Greenhouse and plot areas are available for research with tloricultural and ornamental 
plants. Orchards for research with fruits are located at the Western Maryland 
Research and Education Center; other research studies are conducted cooperatively 
with fruit growers in the western part of the state. Field research with vegetable 
crops is carried on at the Lower Eastern Shore Research and Education Center. 
Salisbury, and with ornamental and vegetable crops at the Wye Research and 
Education Center, Queenstown, and the Central Maryland Research and Education 
Center, Upper Marlboro. 

The Beltsville Agricultural Research Center of the United States Department of 
Agriculture is located 3 miles from the campus. Opportunities to attend seminars, 
conferences, and workshops and to conduct cooperative research with the USD A 
Beltsville ARS Center scientists exist. In addition, the National Agricultural Library 
at the Research Center is available to graduate students and faculty. 

Financial Assistance 

Some graduate students are supported with financial aid. Research and teaching 
assistantships are offered on a competitive basis to students on full admission status, 
as available. All graduate assistants are expected to assist in the teaching program of 
the Department, and those in the M.S. program will follow the thesis option. 

For courses, see code HORT. 

Human Development Education Program (Institute for Child Study) 
(EDHD) 

Professor and Chair: Hardy 

Professors: Eliot. Grambs, Forges, Seefeldt, Tomey-Purta 

Professors Emeriti: Bowie, Dittman, Goering, Kurtz. Morgan 

Associate Professors: Bennett. Flatter. Fox, Gardner. Huebner. Koopman, Marcus. 

Matteson, Robertson-Tchabo, Tyler 

Assistant Professors: Green, HoUoway, Hunt, Taylor 

The interdisciplinary programs of the Institute for Child Study attempt to collect, 
interpret, and synthesize the findings of the human sciences that are concerned with 
human growth, development, and learning, and to communicate this synthesis to per- 
sons who need such understandings as a basis for their practice and planning. 
Courses are psychological in nature and are intended to increase the student's unders- 
tanding of human behavior. Research thrusts are primarily concerned with the social 
aspects of human development. 



Human Development Education Program (EDHD) 1 43 



Admission and Degree Information 

The Institute for Child Study offers graduate programs leading to Master of 
Education, Master of Arts with thesis. Master of Arts without thesis. Doctor of 
Philosophy, and Doctor of Education degrees, and Advanced Graduate Specialist 
Certificate (a planned program of 30 graduate hours beyond the master's degree). 
Admission requirements for the master's program requires a 3.0 undergraduate grade 
point average and the submission of the Miller Analogies Test or the Graduate Record 
Examination test scores. Admission to an A.G.S. or Doctoral program requires a 3.5 
grade point average in previous graduate studies and either a 3.0 undergraduate grade 
point average or at least a 40 percentile on the Miller Analogies Test or Graduate 
Record Examination. The research oriented M.A. and Ph.D. degree programs in hu- 
man development are designed to develop student competencies in the theoretical 
areas of biological, psychological, learning, and sociocultural processes, and related 
research methods in human development. The practice oriented M.Ed., M.A. without 
thesis, and Ed.D. programs are designed to develop student competencies in identify- 
ing the implications of scientific knowledge for specific situations through training in 
program design, management, delivery, and evaluation of human services consistent 
with current scientific knowledge of human development. 

The primary thrust of Institute Programs is focused upon educational institutions 
and services and secondarily with other human services which might also draw upon 
scientific knowledge of human growth and development. The graduate program is in- 
tended to prepare educational psychologists for service in schools and other communi- 
ty agencies dealing with individuals of all ages, to prepare teachers of human deve- 
lopment in higher education, and to prepare research-oriented individuals for service 
in public (county, state, or federal) or private organizations. A student's program is 
individually developed through consultation with advisers and appropriate committees 
to meet the unique needs of the student consistent with the purposes and goals of the 
Institute for Child Study. A listing of graduate degree requirements is available from 
the EDHD office. Knowledge of foreign languages is generally not required unless a 
need for foreign languages is indicated in the student's program. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The Washington, D.C. area and the University of Maryland are particularly rich in 
resources for graduate study in human development. The faculty of the Institute is 
uniquely multi- disciplinary, representing the broad range of the human sciences and 
related applied fields. The Institute has ongoing in-service field programs in child 
and youth study, and opportunities for participating in research. Internship experi- 
ences are available through cooperation with various agencies and schools in the area. 
Resources of the College of Education include a Center for Young Children, a 
Curriculum Materials Center, an Educational Technology Center, a Reading Center, 
Science Center, and financial and advisory support services for research and evalua- 
tion. In addition, the Institute has two major developmental assessment laboratories 
and a mobile developmental assessment laboratory through which the student can gain 
first- hand experience in making assessment of infants and young children. 

For courses, see code EDHD. 



1 44 Human Nutrition and Food Systems (HNFS) 



Human Nutrition and Food Systems (HNFS) 

Professor and Chair: Read 

Professors: Ahrens, Beaton. Prather 

Associate Professors: Moser-Veillon, Williams 

Assistant Professors: Choi, Curtis, Noble, Taylor 

Lecturers: Norton 

Adjunct Associate Professors: Callaway, Goldberg. Reynolds, Szepesi 

Adjunct Professors: Hamosh, Kelsay, Reiser, Trout 

Adjunct Assistant Professors: Behall, Conway. Deuster, Hallfrisch, James. 

Michaelis. Miles. Monagan, Pao, Patterson, Raiten 

Affiliate Professors: Heald, Hansen 

AfTiliate Assistant Professor: McKenna 

The Department offers programs of study leading to the Master of Science and 
Doctor of Philosophy degrees in each of the following major areas: food, nutrition, 
and foodservice administration. The area of food includes studies in experimental 
foods as well as cultural, behavioral, and consumer aspects of food. Nutrition in- 
cludes the science of nutrition as well as the broad area of community and clinical nu- 
trition. Foodservice administration includes foodservice systems management. The 
Department also participates in an interdepartmental program for Master of Science 
and Doctor of Philosophy degrees in nutritional science which is described under that 
title. 

Admission and Degree Information 

In addition to minimum Graduate School requirements, a satisfactory score on the 
aptitude portion of the Graduate Record Examination is required. A minimum comb- 
ination of 1000 with a minimum of 450 on both the verbal and quantitative is required 
for admission. 

Thesis and non-thesis options are available for the Master's of Science degree in 
food, nutrition or foodservice administration. 

All Master of Science students are required to take seminar, research methods, and 
a statistics course. Other courses are selected with the guidance of an advisor and/or 
a committee. Non-thesis option students must prepare a research paper, present an 
additional seminar, and take a written comprehensive examination in addition to an 
oral examination. An average of three or four semesters is usually required to com- 
plete the M.S. thesis option and two or three semesters for the non-thesis option. 

Students with bachelor degrees may apply for the doctoral program, although they 
are encouraged to complete requirements for the M.S. degree. Applicants holding a 
master's degree with appropriate background courses may be admitted directly into 
the doctoral program. Previous graduate work will be evaluated on an individual ba- 
sis. Written and oral comprehensive examinations are given upon completion of all 
course work. A final oral examination is held for the student to defend the disserta- 
tion. 



Human Nutrition and Food Systems (HNFS) 1 45 



Facilities and Special Resources 

The Department has well-equipped laboratories for research in all areas of special- 
ization. 

The Department also has special arrangements and cooperative agreements with la- 
boratories at the Beltsville Human Nutrition Center, A.R.S., U.S.D.A. the University 
Affiliated Program in Child Development at Georgetown University Hospital Clinic, 
and University of Maryland Hospital in Baltimore for students in nutrition and foods. 
There are faculty members who have advanced degrees in the areas of experimental 
foods and food chemistry, food-related behavior, community nutrition, clinical nutri- 
tion, human and animal nutrition, and foodservice systems. Adjunct faculty extend 
these capabilities and resources to laboratories and clinics throughout the 
Washington-Baltimore area. 

Financial Assistance 

There are a limited number of graduate teaching assistantships, traineeships, and 
research assistantships available. 

Additional Information 

Copies of a Department mimeograph with additional information concerning admis- 
sion requirements, courses, faculty, facilities, etc. are available from the Department 
Chairman. 

For courses, see code HNFS. 

Industrial, Technological and Occupational Education (EDIT) 

Associate Professor and Chair: Beatty 

Professors: Hombake (Emeritus), Maley (Emeritus) Luetkemeyer 
Associate Professors: Anderson, Herschbach, Mietus, Peters, Stough 
Assistant Professor: Boyce, Elkins, Hultgren, Hunter, Sullivan, Usiak 

The graduate programs in Industrial Technological and Occupational Education are 
designed to prepare specialized personnel in a variety of fields related to positions in 
education as well as government, business, industry and labor. Programs related to 
education prepare personnel for teaching, administration, research, and supervisory 
positions in secondary, post-secondary, and higher education as well as education as- 
signments in government and military agencies. Programs designed for business and 
industry are in such fields as training, human resource development, production, su- 
pervision, safety and fire science. 

The specific teaching and education majors in the Department include Business 
Education, Marketing and Distributive Education, Home Economics Education, 
Industrial Arts Education, and Vocational-Industrial Education. The Industrial 
Technology program is directed towards the preparation of personnel for the business, 
industry, and labor segments of society. The programs in the Department enjoy a na- 
tional and international reputation. Placement is excellent in practically all programs 
at all levels. 



1 46 Industrial, Technological and Occupational Education (EDIT) 

Admission and Degree Information 

Admission requirements for the master's program require a 3.0 undergraduate grade 
point average and the submission of the Miller Analogies Test or the Graduate Record 
Examination test scores. Admission to an A.G.S. or Doctoral program requires a 3.5 
grade point average in previous graduate studies and either a 3.0 undergraduate grade 
point average or at least a 40 percentile on the Miller Analogies Test or Graduate 
Record Examination. 

Programs are offered at the master's degree level in seven different areas: Business 
Education, Marketing and Distribution Education, Home Economics Education, 
Industrial Arts Education, Industrial Technology, Technical Education, and 
Vocational- Industrial Education. The M.A. and M.Ed, degrees are offered in each 
of these program areas. 

The Ed.D. and Ph.D. degrees, as well as an Advanced Graduate Specialist certifi- 
cate may be earned in the following areas: Business, Marketing and Distributive, 
Home Economics, Industrial Arts, and Vocational-Industrial education. 

Every graduate program in the Department is developed on an individual basis to 
meet the particular needs of the person. At the same time, the graduate student is ex- 
pected to have achieved certain specified objectives upon completion of his/her pro- 
gram. The student should exhibit competence in a major field in the Department; 
analyze, conduct, and report research activities; and attain a broad understanding of 
the relationships of his/her field of study to education and society in a technological 
culture. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The Department is housed in a large three-story structure fully accessible to the 
handicapped. The building includes an auditorium, research center, learning center, 
curriculum research center, seventeen laboratories, faculty and staff offices, seminar 
and class rooms. 

In addition to the extensive library and computer facilities available on the College 
Park Campus, there are numerous other institutions located in the Washington- 
Baltimore area to enrich the scholarly and research potential for the student. These 
institutions include the Library of Congress, Smithsonian Institution, U.S. Department 
of Education, International Technology Education Association, American Home 
Economics Association, American Vocational Association, and the National Business 
Education Association. 

Financial Assistance 

A number of graduate assistantships are available to qualified graduate students. 

Additional Information 

For information and a Departmental brochure, please write to the Chairperson of 
the Department. 

For courses, see code EDIT. 



Journalism Program (JOUR) 147 



Journalism Program (JOUR) 

Professor and Dean: Cleghom 

Professors: Beasley, Blumler, J. Grunig, Gurevitch, Hiebert, Holman, Levy, Martin 

Associate Professors: Barkin, Franklin, Zanot 

Assistant Professor: L. Grunig, Paterson, Smith, Stepp, Zerbinos 

Lecturer: Greenfeid 

The College of Journalism offers a Master of Arts degree in Journalism and. with 
the Department of Communication Arts and Theatre, the Ph.D. in Public 
Communication. The master's degree is primarily a professional degree intended for 
students who wish to deepen their understanding of the communication professions 
and their preparation for those professions. It thus includes advanced practical 
courses and courses in communication theory and research. M.A. students specialize 
in public affairs reporting, public relations, international communication, science com- 
munication, broadcast journalism, advertising, opinion and evaluative research, politi- 
cal communication, or education and journalism. 

The Ph.D. in Public Communication is an interdisciplinary program embracing the 
College of Journalism and the three divisions of Communication Arts and Theatre: 
Radio- Television-Film, Speech Communication, and Theatre. The Ph.D. prepares 
students for creative scholarship and research. It emphasizes both the necessary tech- 
niques and skills to conduct research and the ability to think innovatively about prob- 
lems of public communication. Within this Ph.D. program, the College of Journalism 
stresses five fields: political and governmental communication, public relations and 
organizational communication, international communication, mass communication his- 
tory, and science and medical communication. Other areas of emphasis in the Public 
Communication program include rhetoric and public address, broadcast communica- 
tion, theatrical theory and aesthetics, theatre history, and cinema history and aesthet- 
ics. For complete information on admission and degree requirements, see the "Public 
Communication Program" entry. 

Admission and Degree Information 

The master's degree is a one-year program with the typical student taking 12 hours 
of graduate work in the fall, 12 hours in the spring, and 6 hours of thesis or non- 
thesis option seminars in the summer or during an additional semester. Work on the 
degree may be started at any time. JOUR 600 and JOUR 601 are required for the 
M.A. in Journalism. 

Applicants seeking admission to the master's program should hold a bachelor's de- 
gree from a recognized institution of higher learning. Undergraduate study of journal- 
ism and professional experience in journalistic fields are helpful but not required. 
Students who have majored in some other field as undergraduates are required to 
make up professional deficiencies by taking up to five selected courses in journalism 
without graduate credit. Completion of the general aptitude portion of the Graduate 
Record Examination is required, and three letters of recommendation must be submit- 
ted. 



148 Journalism Program (JOUR) 



Facilities and Special Resources 

The University of Maryland is in an advantageous location for the study of journal- 
ism. It is within easy reach of five of the nation's top newspapers: The Sun and 
Evening Sun of B ah i more. The Washington Post, The Washington Times, and 

USA Today. It is also near the Washington press corps, the large Washington 
bureaus of the Associated Press and United Press International, the New York Times, 
and most important American and foreign newspapers; NBC, CBS, ABC, and other 
broadcasting news bureaus; and news magazines and major book publishing offices. 
It is at the doorstep of the nation's major news makers in the executive, legislative, 
and judicial branches of the Federal Government. The College also publishes the 
Washington Journalism Review, a highly respected, national media magazine with a 
circulation of 30,000. 

Special facilities include photographic, electronic, broadcasting, news editing, and 
advertising laboratories as well as a reading room with daily and weekly newspapers, 
magazines, clippings and bulletin files. The College's Center for Research in Public 
Communication engages in and supports a variety of research projects on topics of 
interest to the faculty and the Center's research associates. 

Financial Assistance 

The College of Journalism offers a limited number of assistantships in exchange for 
teaching or research assistance in journalism of up to 20 hours per week. Internships 
in various offices both on and off campus also are available to journalism graduate 
students as are some fellowships and scholarships. 

For courses, see code JOUR. 

Library and Information Services Program (LBSC) 

Professors: Kidd, Liesener, MacLeod, Soergel, Walston, Wasserman 
Associate Professors: White 

Assistant Professors: Aversa, Jeng, Marchionini, Neuman, Thomburg, Williams' 
Lecturer: Cunningham, Wilson (librarian/lecturer) 

'Joint appointment with Curriculum and Instruction 

The College offers programs leading to the Master of Library Science (M.L.S.) de- 
gree and the Ph.D. in Library Science; a joint degree of an M.A. in History and the 
M.L.S. for students desiring advanced studies in the field of archives, manuscripts, 
and historical collections (for details see the entry in this catalog following History); 
and a joint degree of an M.A. in Geography and the M.L.S. (for details see the entry 
in this catalog under Geography). The College is fully accredited by the American 
Library Association. The College also provides courses, seminars, and workshops for 
those who are not degree seeking candidates and are seeking continuing education and 
professional development opportunities. 

The degree programs are academic in nature. They emphasize the theoretical and 
conceptual foundations of the field. Thus the application of the results of scholarly 
research are related to current practices and are analyzed with the goal of advancing 
the quality and scope of services in a variety of information settings. 

Specialized study opportunities are offered in such information organizations as 



Library and Information Services Program (LBSC) 149 



public, academic, special, and school libraries, and/or in sub-fields such as automated 
applications, reference services (conventional and online), archival and records 
management, the organization of knowledge, and information storage and retrieval. 
Students who complete the school media specialization usually obtain Maryland State 
certification as Educational Media Generalists, Level II. 

The Academic program can be augmented by a Field Study in Library Service op- 
tion in which the student may obtain professional, supervised experience. Over 160 
field study sites have been approved including such federal agencies as the Library of 
Congress, the National Library of Medicine, the National Gallery of Art, corpora- 
tions, and professional associations. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Admission and degree requirements specific to library and information services are 
described in a brochure available through the College's Admissions Office. 

Applicants must exhibit the capacity and motivation for graduate study and the po- 
tential to contribute to the library and information services profession. Accordingly, 
in addition to the Graduate School requirements, the Graduate Record Examination 
and letters of recommendation are required. These, with the undergraduate record, 
major discipline, work experience, and applicant's statement of purpose form the ba- 
sis for the admission decision. The College's Committee on Admissions and 
Academic Standards may request a personal interview and will consider requests for 
exceptions in unusual cases. 

Programs for Master's candidates are planned individually, and faculty advisors re- 
commend courses they consider most appropriate for each student. All students are 
required to register for the Proseminar and introductory courses in the organization of 
knowledge and reference upon entry into the program. These three core courses in- 
troduce the student to the broad range of disciplines fundamental to library and infor- 
mation services. The remaining 27 credit hours are chosen, with the assistance of the 
student's assigned advisor, to fulfill the individual student's academic and professional 
goals. The student may, with the consent of his/her advisor, take courses in other de- 
partments of the University and may pursue in-depth study in an area of particular 
interest as an independent study under the supervision of a member of the faculty. 

The Master of Library Science degree is awarded to the student who successfully 
completes a program of 36 hours with an average of B or better within three years 
from first registration in the program. Under a full-time program a student may com- 
plete the necessary course work within one calendar year using one of two options: 
five courses in the fall semester, five courses in the spring, and two in the summer; or 
four in the fall, four in the spring, and two during each of the two (six week) summer 
sessions. Part-time students are also admitted to the program. All M.L.S. courses 
except some very specialized ones with small enrollment are offered at night on a re- 
gular rotation. They are taught by the regular CLIS faculty. 

No thesis or comprehensive examination is required for the M.L.S. 

The doctoral program is interdisciplinary in nature and utilizes the resources not 
only of the College, but of the entire campus. The student and advisor design a pro- 
gram of study and research particular to the student's professional objectives. 



1 50 Library and Information Services Program (LBSC) 



Approximately three years of full-time study are required, normally divided into two 
years of formal course work (60 semester hours, or 36 beyond the master's) and one 
year of work on the dissertation. At least one year, usually the first, must be spent in 
full-time residence. 

A doctoral qualifying examination is required at the conclusion of the first year to 
determine the student's ability to complete the program. After completion of the re- 
quired course credits, and prior to admission to candidacy, the student must pass writ- 
ten comprehensive examinations in five areas. An oral defense of the dissertation is 
scheduled prior to the awarding of the degree. 

The College has no language requirements unless the individual student's special- 
ization or dissertation requires it. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The College maintains its own library, organized to afford faculty, students, and 
research staff the kind of modern support service provided by other forward-looking 
agencies. Students have access to the University of Maryland's excellent Computer 
Science facility. In addition, the College has an Information Processing Laboratory 
which serves as a resource for instruction in the areas of library automation and infor- 
mation processing, as well as for faculty and student research. Thus students have 
access not only to the University's large-scale computer systems, but to microcomput- 
ers housed within the College. The Instructional Development and Support Center is 
yet another support service. This non-print media facility provides equipment and 
materials, workshops, and individual assistance to students, faculty, and staff in all 
areas of audiovisual production. 

Financial Assistance 

The College and University offer a limited number of scholarships, fellowships, 
and teaching and research assistantships. Other sources of aid include work-study 
(through the University and outside agencies), federally insured loans, and grants 
from local and national agencies and organizations. 

The M.L.S. degree program has been accepted by the Southern Regional 
Educational Board Academic Market, thus making residents of Virginia and West 
Virginia eligible for in-state tuition fees. In-state tuition fees are available for those 
in the CLIS Ph.D. program from the states of Alabama, Mississippi, South Carolina, 
Virginia, and West Virginia. 

Infonnation on the availability of financial aid may be requested from the Director 
of Admissions, College of Library and Information Services. 

For courses, see code LBSC. 

M.A. in Geography and the M.L.S. Course of Study 
(See entry after Geography Program) 

M.A. in History and the M.L.S. Course of Study 
(See entry after History Program) 



Linguistics Program (LING) 151 



Linguistics Programs (LING) 

Professor and Director: Lightfoot 

Professor: Vergnaud 

Associate Professor: Homstein 

Assistant Professor: Gorrell, Weinberg, Zubizarreta 

Lecturer: Lebeaux 

The Linguistics Program offers M.A. and Ph.D. degrees. The goal is to expose 
students to a research enterprise which seeks to discover what a person's linguistic ca- 
pacity consists of; how it arises in children; how it functions in speaking, listening, 
etc.; how it relates to other cognitive capacities; and how it can be investigated by 
various methods including those of experimental psychology and computer sciences. 

The program has some distinctive emphases: 

1. A requirement that students develop a minor area of specialization. 

2. Heavy emphasis on the psychological embedding of linguistic theories 
and on cross- language work. 

3. Special provisions for students who start graduate work with a thorough 
background in linguistics and clear ideas about their research plans. 

4. Desire to attract students who are native speakers of a language which 
has not been extensively analyzed and who wish to work on a grammar 
of that language. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Applications are invited from students with a strong undergraduate background in 
such areas as: linguistics, mathematics, psychology, computer science, philosophy, 
anthropology, English, and foreign languages. Students must have a background 
equivalent to what is covered in the core of the B.A. degree in Linguistics (essentially 
two semesters of generative syntax and two semesters of phonology). Students 
lacking this background may be admitted with "Provisional Graduate Status"; such 
students take undergraduate courses in syntax and phonology alongside those 
graduate-level courses for which they meet the prerequisites. 

M.A. students take a total of 36 credits: 21 credits are in LING and 9 credits are in 
an area such as biology, computer science, language pathology, philosophy, psycholo- 
gy or a particular language, making up a minor area of specialization. In addition, 
either a thesis or two comprehensive papers in distinct areas of language study will be 
written. 

Ph.D. students will normally satisfy the requirements for the M.A.. although the 
thesis/two comprehensive papers may be waived for students who have clear research 
plans and who apply successfully to proceed directly to the Ph.D. Students must 
complete twelve LING credits at the 800-level and six 600-level credits in non-LING 
courses. After completing course requirements, students write a research paper. This 
paper will demonstrate a capacity for productive research and make an original contri- 
bution, normally forming the basis for the dissertation research. After satisfactory 
completion of the research paper, students write a dissertation. 



1 52 Linguistics Program (LING) 



Financial Assistance 

The Linguistics Program administers a small number of teaching assistantships. 
Students may also express an interest in teaching assistantships in other departments: 
our students often compete successfully for such teaching assistantships. 

Additional Information 

Application materials and a brochure outlining further details of the program can be 
obtained from the Linguistics Program. 
For courses, see code LING. 

Marine-Estuarine-Environmental Sciences Program (MEES) 

Program Committee: Menzer (ENTM) 

Director. Rebach (UMES) 

Assistant Director. Bonar (ZOOL): Cronin (UMBO; Cummins (Appalachian 

Environmental Lab); Gupta (UMES); Helz (CHEM); Brooks (UMES); Malone (Horn 

Point Environmental Lab): Naumann (UMAB); Roesijadi (Chesapeake Biological Lab) 

The university-wide graduate program in Marine-Estuarine-Environmental Sciences 
(MEES) offers work leading to the M.S. (with thesis) and Ph.D. degrees and is de- 
signed to meet the needs of students who wish to pursue studies on the interactions of 
biological systems with physico-chemical systems. Appropriate areas of emphasis 
will involve organisms living in marine, estuarine, or terrestrial environments in their 
interactions with chemical and physical influences. Possible areas of specialization 
might include estuarine and marine science, environmental chemistry, environmental 
microbiology, environmental toxicology, environmental and resource economics, en- 
vironmental management, marine and environmental technology, and fisheries and 
wildlife management. 

Graduates of the program find employment in the various federal and state agencies 
concerned with the environment. In addition, academic and private research institu- 
tions and commercial interests concerned with the development and use of coastal, es- 
tuarine, and ocean resources find graduates of the Program well prepared for a variety 
of positions. 

Admission and Degree Information 

In addition to meeting the regular requirements of the Graduate School for admis- 
sion, applicants are required to submit scores from the GRE Aptitude Test. The 
applicant's written statement of personal goals is most important in the admissions 
process. Degree work may be pursued on a part-time basis. 

The program is interdisciplinary, and the course of study will be tailored to the 
needs of the individual student as determined by that student's advisory committee. 
There are several specific prerequisites, but these may be satisfied through course 
work after the student is admitted to the program. Statistics is required of all degree 
candidates. In addition, each student must complete an approved graduate level 
course in each of the four distribution areas; biology, chemistry, physical sciences, 
and management. Course credit requirements and research are not in excess of gener- 
al Graduate School requirements for the M.S. and Ph.D. 



Marine-Estuarine-Environmental Sciences Program (MEES) 1 53 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The facilities and faculty anywhere within the state-wide university system are 
available for use and involvement in the program. The degree candidate may take 
courses on any campus and may have an advisory committee composed of participat- 
ing MEES faculty from several locations, including laboratories of the University's 
Center for Environmental and Estuarine Studies and the Center of Marine 
Biotechnology. Research programs may also be conducted at off-campus sites, in- 
cluding the laboratories of CEES (Chesapeake Biological Laboratory and Horn Point 
and Appalachian Environmental Laboratories) and COMB. 

Campus facilities include well-equipped laboratories for research in most areas of 
environmental sciences. Maryland has a very active Sea Grant research program, and 
students in marine and estuarine work will have access to laboratory-equipped re- 
search vessels for work on the Chesapeake Bay and on other waters. 

In addition, students will find their work greatly enhanced by the special ties most 
faculty members maintain to the many government laboratories and agencies in the 
Washington-Baltimore areas. Library resources are among the best in the nation due 
to the proximity of the National Agricultural Library and the Library of Congress, 
along with several other specialized libraries unique to the area. 

Financial Assistance 

Financial assistance in the form of teaching and research assistantships (through 
participating departments and the CEES laboratories) as well as some fellowships may 
be available to qualified candidates. 

Additional Information 

For additional information, contact: 

Dr. Robert E. Menzer, Director 
MEES Program 
0313 Symons Hall 
University of Maryland 
College Park, MD 20742 
For courses, see code MEES. 

Mathematical Statistics Program (STAT) 
Director: Smith 

Professors: Freidlin, Mikulski, Syski, Yang 
Associate Professors: Kedem, Slud, Smith, Wei 
Assistant Professor: Fakhre-Zakeri 

The Mathematical Statistics Program offers the degree of Master of Arts and 
Doctor of Philosophy for graduate study and research in statistics and probability. 
Areas of faculty research activity include statistical decision theory, biostatistics, sto- 
chastic modeling, robust and nonparametric inference, analysis of variance, markor 
processes, stochastic analysis and time series. Students may specialize in applied or 
theoretical statistics by selecting an appropriate sequence of courses and a research 
area to form an individual plan of study. The Program has been designed with suffi- 



1 54 Mathematical Statistics Program (STAT) 



cient flexibility to accommodate the student's background and interest. Moreover, the 
Program offers students from other disciplines an opportunity to select a variety of 
statistics courses to supplement their own study. 

The Program is administratively affiliated with the Department of Mathematics. 
Moreover, the Department maintains the records of all students in the Mathematical 
Statistics Program and handles correspondence with those applying for admission. 
However, it is important that any application for admission indicates clearly that the 
student wishes to enter the Statistics (STAT) Program. 

Employment prospects for statisticians are extremely bright, as they have been for 
the past several years. A recent National Science Foundation survey predicts that in 
the period 1978-90 there will be 19,000 job openings in statistics and only 8,000 new 
graduates to fill them. All of the recent M.A. and Ph.D. graduates of Maryland's 
STAT Program have found jobs in universities, government, or private industry. 

Admission and Degree Information 

In addition to the general requirements of the Graduate School, applicants for ad- 
mission should have completed, with at least a B average (3.0 on a 4.0 scale), an un- 
dergraduate program of study which includes a strong emphasis on mathematics or 
statistics. Mathematical preparation at least through the level of advanced calculus 
will normally be considered sufficient demonstration of the expected mathematical 
background. In special cases students may be provisionally admitted without having 
fulfilled the general admission requirements if there is evidence on the basis of other 
criteria of potential success in the Program. The Graduate Record Examination is not 
required for admission, but applicants for admission who have taken this examination 
are required to supply their score. 

The M.A. degree can be earned by exercising either of two options. To earn an 
M.A. degree by non-thesis option a student must have 30 credit hours with at least a 
B average and at least 18 of these credits must be at the graduate level (600/700 lev- 
el). Of the required 30 credits, at least 12 of the graduate credits must be in statis- 
tics. The student must also pass the Mathematics Department written examination in 
probability, mathematical statistics, applied statistics or any field of mathematics. 
The student has the choice of taking either the separate M.A. written examination or 
the Ph.D. written examination and being scored at a lower level. These examinations 
can be taken only twice except that any attempt during the first two years of graduate 
work is considered a "free try." The student must also submit a satisfactory scholarly 
paper. 

To earn an M.A. degree by the thesis option, a student must have: a) 24 credit 
hours with at least 15 at the 600/700 level (of these 15 hours, at least 12 hours must 
be in statistics), b) maintained an average grade of B or better, c) taken 6 hours of 
STAT 799 (Research) in addition to (a), d) written a satisfactory thesis, and e) passed 
a final oral examination. 

There is no foreign language requirement for M.A. students. 

The M.A. degree is not required for admission to the Ph.D. program. A student 
in the doctoral program must have a minimum of 36 hours of formal courses (at least 
27 at the 600/700 level) with an average of B or better; at least 18 of the graduate 



Mathematical Statistics Program (STAT) 1 55 



credits must be taken in statistics. In addition, there is a University requirement of at 
least 12 hours of STAT 899 (Doctoral Research). 

The Ph.D. aspirant must take a written examination in probability, statistics, and 
any third field of mathematics. The written examination can be taken only twice ex- 
cept that, as in the case of the M.A. degree, any attempt during the first two years of 
graduate work is considered a "free try." The written examination is given by the 
Mathematics Department twice a year in January and August. 

If successful in this written examination, the student must pass an oral examina- 
tion. The oral examination, given by the statistics faculty, usually takes place a year 
after the student passes the written examination. This examination serves as a test of 
the in-depth preparation of the student in the area of specialization and of his or her 
research potential. Successful completion of the oral exam indicates that the student 
is ready to begin writing the doctoral dissertation. In addition to the above, there is a 
requirement of reading competence in two foreign languages for the Ph.D. The stu- 
dent may select any two of the three languages; French, German, or Russian. The 
language examination, given and graded by the Mathematics Department, consists of 
translating foreign mathematical texts into competent English. 

To be admitted to candidacy, the Ph.D. aspirant must pass the written examination, 
the oral examination, and at least one of the two language examinations. The second 
language examination must be completed before the candidate's final oral examination 
on the dissertation. 

For courses, see code STAT. 

Mathematics Program (MATH) 

Professor and Chair: Markley 

Professors: W. Adams, Alexander, Antman, Auslander, Babuska', Benedetto, 

Berenstein, Brin, Chu, Cohen, Cook, Cooper, Correl, Doughs, Edmundson', Ehrlich. 

Evans, Fey\ Fitzpatrick, Goldberg, Goldhaber, Good, Gray, Greenberg, Grove. 

Gulick, Herb, Horvath, Hubbard', Hummel, Johnson, Kellogg', King, Kirwan. 

Kleppner, Kudla, Kueker, Lay, Lehner, Lipsman, Liu, Lopez-Escobar, Markley, 

Mikulski, Neri, Neumann, Olver', Osborn, Pearl, Reinhart, Rosenberg, Rudolph, 

Schafer, Sweet, Syski, Washington, Wolfe, Wolpert, Yang, Yorke, Zagier, Zedek 

Adjunct Professors: Goldstein, Shanks 

Associate Professors: Arnold, Berg, Dancis, Ellis, Glaz, Goldman, Green, Hamilton, 

Helzer, Jones, Kedem, Owings, Sather, Schneider, Slud, Smith, Vogelius, Warner. 

Wei, Winkelnkemper 

Assistant Professors: J. Adams, Boyle, Chang, Currier. Fakhre-Zakeri, Maddocks, 

Nochetto', Wang 

'Joint appointment with the Institute for Physical Science and Technology 

^Joint appointment with Computer Science 

•''Joint appointment with Secondary Education 

There are three programs that come under the cognizance of the Mathematics 
Department: the Mathematics Program proper (MATH), the Mathematical Statistics 
Program (STAT), and the Interdisciplinary Applied Mathematics Program (MAPL). 



1 56 Mathematics Program (MATH) 



Students applying tor admission should indicate the program of interest to them by 
employing the appropriate symbol. The Statistics Program is concerned with mathe- 
matical statistics and probability. The Interdisciplinary Applied Mathematics 
Programs is described in detail elsewhere in this catalog, but, as its name implies, is 
concerned with the interaction between mathematics and applied areas; it is directed 
by the Graduate Applied Mathematics Committee but administered by the 
Mathematics Department. 

M.A. and Ph.D. degrees can be earned in each of these three programs. The 
Master's degree is not required for entrance to the Ph.D. program. 

The Department offers graduate programs in algebra, complex analysis, geometry, 
mathematic logic, number theory, numerical analysis, ordinary differential equations, 
partial differential equations, probability, real and functional analysis, statistics, and 
topology. 

Graduates in both Ph.D. and M.A. programs continue to face a favorable employ- 
ment market. It is true that the academic opportunities are becoming more encourag- 
ing; in fact our Ph.D.s have done very well, in some cases securing prestigious aca- 
demic posts (MIT, Yale, NYU). Those in the applied programs face a very en- 
couraging employment environment and have secured good positions in government 
and industry. The fact is that some academic institutions are facing competition from 
the private sector. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Admission is granted to applicants who show promise in mathematics as demon- 
strated by their collegiate mathematics record. Unless courses in advanced calculus 
and (undergraduate) abstract algebra have been taken, admission may be on a provi- 
sional basis (passing MATH 410 and/or 403 with a grade of B). The Graduate 
Record Examination is not required for admission, but applicants for admission who 
have taken this examination are required to supply their score. 

The M.A. degree can be earned by exercising either the thesis option (general 
University regulations prevail) or the non-thesis option; the great majority are choos- 
ing the latter. For this option, students must have 30 credit hours with an average of 
at least B of which at least 18 are at the 600/700 level including at least 12 hours in 
mathematics. They must complete two full- year sequences at the 600/700 level and 
must pass the Departmental written examinations in three mathematical fields. In ad- 
dition, the University now requires a scholarly paper. 

The student has the choice of taking the separate M.A. battery of written examina- 
tions or taking the Ph.D. version and being scored at a lower level. These examina- 
tions can be taken only twice, except that any attempt during the first two years of 
graduate work is considered a "free try." There is no foreign language requirement for 
the M.A. degree. It generally takes from two to three years to earn the M.A. 
Almost 25-30 are granted each year in mathematics (MATH, STAT, ad MAPL com- 
bined). 

The M.A. degree is not required for admission to the Ph.D. program, but appli- 
cants who are accepted should show, on the basis of their undergraduate record and 
recommendations, that they possess not only marked promise in mathematical activi- 



Mathematics Program (MATH) 1 57 



ties but the potential to perform on a creative level. Again, as in the M.A. case, ad- 
mission may be granted on a provisional basis. 

The Departmental course requirements for the Ph.D. are a minimum of 36 hours of 
formal course work (at least 27 at the 600/700 level) with an average grade of B or 
better; at least 18 hours must be taken in the Department of Mathematics. In addi- 
tion, there is a University requirement of at least 12 hours of MATH 899 (Doctoral 
Research). 

The Ph.D. aspirant must take a set of three written examinations in three mathema- 
tical fields; these examinations can be taken any time except that an attempt during 
the first two years of graduate study constitutes a "free try." These examinations are 
given twice a year in January and August. If successful in these written examina- 
tions, students must satisfy the particular requirements of the field committee go- 
verning their special area of interest before they can be admitted to candidacy and en- 
gage in thesis research. The dissertation must represent an original contribution to 
mathematical knowledge and will usually be published in a mathematical journal. 

The average Ph.D. aspirant will spend five years of graduate study before obtaining 
the degree. From 5 to 10 Ph.D.s are awarded each year in the Department. 

There are two foreign langauge requirements for the Ph.D. Before the aspirant can 
be admitted to candidacy, he or she must pass a written examination in either French, 
German, or Russian, translating mathematical texts into competent English. The se- 
cond language examination must be completed before the candidate's final oral exam- 
ination on the dissertation. Both language examinations are composed and graded 
within the Department. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The Department is very strong in a number of areas, and the addition of the 
complement of mathematicians from the Institute for Physical Science and Technology 
adds further strength. There is a very active research atmosphere, and the Department 
fosters a lively program of seminars and colloquia of which about half are talks by 
outside specialists. Normally each year is devoted to a special mathematical field 
with a number of outside mathematicians in residence; the special year for 1986-87 
was in Dynamical Systems, and for 1987-88 it was in Numerical Analysis. 

The Engineering and Physical Sciences Library is located on the ground floor of 
the Mathematics Building and contains more than 95,000 volumes in mathematics, 
physics, and engineering; more than 280 journals in pure and applied mathematics are 
received. The Library of Congress, with its extensive collection of books and techni- 
cal reports, is only a half hour away from the campus. 

The Department cooperates closely with the Institute for Physical Science and 
Technology and with the Department of Computer Science. Faculty members of both 
groups offer courses in the Department, and the facilities of the computer center are 
available to serve the research needs of both faculty and graduate students. Members 
of the Department participate actively in the interdisciplinary Applied Mathematics 
Program and staff the Mathematical Statistics Program. 



1 58 Mathematics Program (MATH) 



Financial Assistance 

The Department is able to offer graduate assistantships to approximately 1 10 gradu- 
ate students. Generally these graduate assistants conduct recitation and quiz sections 
associated with a large lecture class taught by a faculty member. The teaching load is 
six hours each semester plus the attendant duties of meeting with students and grading 
papers. There are a limited number of fellowships and research assistantships avail- 
able. 

Additional Information 

Special brochures and publications offered by the Department are: "Mathematics at 
Maryland, the Graduate Program," "Departmental Policies Concerning Graduate 
Students," and "Graduate Course Descriptions." 

Ms. Janet Cooper, the Administrator of the Graduate Committee of the 
Department, can be contacted regarding Departmental programs, admission proce- 
dures, and financial aid. Call (301) 454-4900. 

For courses, see code MATH. 

Measurement, Statistics, and Evaluation Program (EDMS) 

Professor and Chair: Lissitz 

Professors: Dayton, Stunkard 

Associate Professors: Benson, Johnson, Macready, Schafer 

Assistant Professor: DeAyala 

In the Department of Measurement, Statistics, and Evaluation, programs are avail- 
able at both the master's (M.A.) and doctoral (Ph.D.) levels for persons desiring a 
major in measurement, statistics, or program evaluation. In addition, a doctoral 
minor is offered for students majoring in other areas. 

Graduates have been very successful in finding employment. One of the advan- 
tages of the measurement, statistics, and evaluation areas is that degree holders are 
equipped to make contributions in a wide variety of fields. This means that, as the 
employment potential of one area tightens, the student has the requisite skills to move 
into another area that is more open. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Admission requirements for the master's program requires a 3.0 undergraduate 
grade point average and the submission of the Graduate Record Examination test 
score. Admission to a doctoral program requires a 3.5 grade point average in pre- 
vious graduate studies and either a 3.0 undergraduate grade point average or at least a 
40 percentile on the Graduate Record Examination. The GRE aptitude test scores are 
utilized along with other application information in reaching a decision about each ap- 
plicant. 

The doctoral major program is primarily intended to produce individuals qualified 
to teach courses at the college level in program evaluation, measurement, and statis- 
tics; conduct research studies; advise in the conduct of research studies; and serve as 
applied statistics, measurement, and evaluation specialists in school systems, industry, 
and government. The master's level program is designed to produce qualified indi- 



Measurement, Statistics, and Evaluation Program (EDMS) 1 59 



viduals to work in schools, industry, and government. Both the thesis and the non- 
thesis option are offered. A program for an individual student is planned to take into 
account his/her own background and future aims. About half the work within the ma- 
jor is selected to meet the needs and interests of the individual student. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

Persons planning a college teaching career will have opportunities to engage in su- 
pervised activities appropriate for future faculty members whose specialization will be 
in these areas. Research experience utilizing both mainframe and micro computer 
equipment will be obtained. 

The faculty are actively engaged in a large variety of research projects. Students 
are encouraged to become involved as well, and gain experience from these activities. 
The Washington and Baltimore areas have a large number of organizations that pro- 
vide ready opportunity to become involved in projects that have national importance. 

Financial Assistance 

Some graduate assistantships and other funds are available. Once students have the 
equivalent of the first year of course work, they can easily secure good part-time em- 
ployment as support for the continuation of the degree. In many cases, this work be- 
comes the career employment for the student after he or she finishes the degree objec- 
tive. In other cases, students wait until the degree is obtained before seeking employ- 
ment outside the University. In either case, students in the Department have easily 
found good, degree-relevant jobs. 

Additional Information 

For information and a Departmental brochure, please write to: 

Dr. Robert W. Lissitz, Chairperson 

Measurement, Statistics, and Evaluation 

College of Education 

University of Maryland 

College Park, MD 20742 
For courses, see code EDMS. 

Mechanical Engineering Program (ENME) 

Professor and Chairman: Foumey 

Professors: Allen, Anand, Armstrong, Berger, Buckley, Cunniff, Dally, Dieter, 

Durelli, Holloway, Irwin, Kirk, Koh, Magrab, Marcinkowski, Marks, Sallet, Sanford, 

Sayre, Shreeve, Talaat, Wallace, Weske (Emeritus), Yang 

Associate Professors: Barker, Bernard, Duncan, diMarzo, Gupta, Krayterman, 

McCaffrey, Shih, Tsai, von Kerczek, Walston 

Assistant Professors: Abdelhamid, Anjanappa, Azarm, Bigio, Chen, Gore, Hammar, 

Harhalakis, Herold, Humphrey, Pandelidis, Pecht, Piomelli, Radermacher, 

Ssemakula, Tsui 

Lecturers: Baker, Berman, Case, Coder, Cook, Cooley, Der, Ethridge, Rangarajan, 

Wemeth 

The Mechanical Engineering Department offers a broad-based program leading to a 



1 60 Mechanical Engineering Program (ENME) 



Master of Science degree with courses drawn from four different areas of specializa- 
tion: energy, fluid mechanics, solid mechanics and computer integrated manufacturing 
and design. In certain cases students may wish to concentrate their studies early in 
their graduate work, and M.S. programs in each of the four areas of specialty are 
available. For the Ph.D. program, which stresses research capabilities, an area of 
specialization should be selected early so that the student can establish the depth of 
understanding in a given technical area necessary to begin thesis research. 

Program Specialties 

1. Energy. This area of specialization treats the transformation, transpor- 
tation, storage, and utilization of all types of energy. The area encom- 
passes: combustion, energy conversion, heat and mass transfer, and 
thermodynamics. Combustion deals with the efficient combustion of 
petroleum and of alternative and future low grade fuels so there are not 
adverse effects on the emission of undesirable trace pollutants. 
Included in the energy conversion coverage are gas turbines, internal 
combustion engines, furnaces, combustors, heat pumps, thermoelec- 
trics, thermionics, photovoltaics, fuel cells and magnetohydrodynamics. 
Analytical, empirical, and experimental solutions are developed in 
solving heat and mass transfer problems. The coverage in thermo- 
dynamics includes macroscopic and microscopic considerations, statisti- 
cal methods, and irreversible processes. 

2. Fluid Mechanics. This area of specialization prepares students for stu- 
dy in advanced analytical and experimental methods in fluid mechanics. 
Areas of study include ground vehicle aerodynamics, hydrodynamics, 
two-phase flow, boundary layers and jets, vortex dynamics, fluid- 
structure interaction, turbulence, turbulence closure modeling, and com- 
bustor flows. Laboratory facilities are available for research in turbu- 
lence, vehicle aerodynamics, two-phase flow, vortex motions, and hy- 
dromechanics. 

3. Solid Mechanics. This area of specialization emphasizes exposure to 
fundamental concepts in analytical and experimental methods of solid 
mechanics. Areas of study include theoretical and applied elasticity, 
fracture mechanics, experimental mechanics, noise and vibration con- 
trol, acoustics, numerical modeling, and linear and nonlinear mechan- 
ics. Laboratory facilities are available for research in stress analysis, 
fracture, vibrations, photoelasticity, and holography. 

4. Computer Integrated Manufacturing and Design. This area of special- 
ization combines the disciplines of controls, mechanical design, manu- 
facturing processes, and robotics with a strong emphasis on computer 
application throughout the areas. A wide variety of courses and re- 
search topics are available which are supported by dedicated laborato- 
ries in microprocessors and interfaces, manufacturing processes, robot- 
ics, and computer-aided design/computer-aided manufacturing. Typical 
research topics include the use of microprocessors for smart product de- 
sign; the integration of a flexible manufacturing cell into the factory of 



Mechanical Engineering Program (ENME) 161 



the future; circuit board design; integration of CAD, CAM, and manu- 
facturing resource planning; and systems analysis, control, and automa- 
tion. 

Graduates with an M.S. or Ph.D. in mechanical engineering are in high demand by 
a wide variety of industries and the federal government. Jobs are more plentiful than 
ever. Also, career opportunities in academia are excellent for Ph.D. graduates due to 
the shortage of qualified persons in mechanical engineering. 

Admission and Degree Requirements 

The programs leading to the M.S. and Ph.D. degrees are open to qualified students 
holding the B.S. degree. Admission may be granted to students with degrees outside 
of mechanical engineering. In some cases it may be necessary to require undergradu- 
ate courses to complete the student's background. The general regulations of the 
Graduate School apply in reviewing applications. 

The candidate for the M.S. degree has the choice between the thesis option or the 
non-thesis option. The equivalent of at least three years of full-time study beyond the 
B.S. degree is required for the Ph.D. degree. Ph.D. students must take a qualifying 
examination upon entering into the program. In addition to the general rules of the 
Graduate School, certain special degree requirements are set forth by the Department 
in its Departmental publications. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The Department maintains laboratory facilities for graduate research. Air guns, im- 
pact testers, vibration shaker tables, and acoustic analysis equipment are available for 
studies in dynamic stress analysis and vibration. Static and dynamic stress analysis 
are conducted by photoelastic and holographic techniques. Experimental fluid dynam- 
ics studies are carried out in wind tunnels, on a water table, in a tlume, and in a 
two-phase flow loop. Research in engineering materials is supported by' a large 
complement of departmental mechanical testing equipment and by an electron micros- 
cope facility, an x-ray diffraction facility, and crystal growing equipment available 
from the Institute for Physical Science and Technology. Combustion research facili- 
ties include various types of combustors, heat exchangers, droplet generators, and a 
fouling and particulate deposition apparatus. Research in computer integrated manu- 
facturing and design is carried out in newly-developed CAD/CAM, robotics, manufac- 
turing processes, and microprocessor laboratories. Departmental computational equip- 
ment consists of more than 100 modern microcomputers. This includes a selection of 
PC's, AT's and PS2's. The Departmental CAD laboratory is DEC based and has two 
VAX-1150's, seven DEC based VAXSTATION II Workstations, two TEKTRONIX 
4115B's and a selection of dumb terminals which are used to access the various 
pieces of software located on the VAX cluster. 

Financial Assistance 

Financial assistance is available to outstanding students in the form of fellowships, 
teaching assistantships and research assistantships. Preference is given to U.S. appli- 
cants. 



162 Mechanical Engineering Program (ENIVIE) 



Additional Information 

Additional information may be obtained from the Graduate Advisor, Department of 
Mechanical Engineering. 

For courses, see code ENME. 

Meteorology Program (METO) 

Professor and Chair: Goldenbaum (Acting) Professors: Baer. Shukla, Thompson, 
Vemekar Research Professor: Faller Associate Professors: Dickerson.Ellingson, 
Pinker. Robock, Associate Research Scientists: Schneider, van den Dool Assistant 
Professors: Carton, Huffman Assistant Research Scientists: Kinter, Nigam, Sellers 
Adjunct Professor: Haidvogel Research Associates: Canfield, Chelliah, Daddridge, 
Fritz, Harshvardhan, Holland, Kaufman, Klein. Laszlo, Miao, Mintz, Mooley, 
Rasmusson, Saha, Sui, Winston, Yang, Yuan 

The Meteorology Department offers a full course of study leading to the degrees of 
Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy specializing in the atmospheric sciences. 
Additionally, a full complement of course work in meteorology is offered at the upper 
division and graduate level as a service to other campus graduate programs. 

The educational program in the atmospheric sciences is broadly based involving 
many of the applications of the mathematical, physical and applied sciences that 
characterize modem meteorology. Areas of research specialization presently receiving 
the most concentrated attention are atmospheric dynamics, atmospheric radiative 
transfer, remote sensing of the atmosphere, climate dynamics, numerical weather 
prediction, atmospheric chemistry, synoptic meteorology, micrometeorology, tropical 
ocean circulation and ocean-atmosphere interaction. 

Within the Meteorology Department, the Center for Ocean-Land-Atmosphere 
Interaction (COLA), under the direction of Professor Shukla, conducts a coordinated 
research program on the predictability of the coupled atmosphere-ocean-biosphere 
global climate system, especially towards establishing a physical basis for dynamical 
extended range forecasting. The Cooperative Institute for Climate Studies, operated 
jointly with NOAA, also conducts research in long-range forecasting and satellite re- 
mote sensing. The Department maintains close research and teaching associations 
with the College's Institute for Physical Science and Technology. 

The Department's close association with federal agencies in the Washington area 
provides graduates with good job potential in the atmospheric sciences. As a research 
assistant the student often has the opportunity to develop a close working relationship 
with one or more of the scientific agencies. This can put the student in a good posi- 
tion to contend for jobs as they become available. 

The Meteorology Department is in the College of Computer, Mathematical and 
Physical Sciences. 

Admission and Degree Information 

The advanced degree programs in meteorology are open to students holding the 
bachelor's degree in meteorology, physics, chemistry, mathematics, astronomy, engi- 
neering or other programs with suitable emphasis in the sciences. Comprehensive, 
undergraduate level courses in meteorology are provided for students from disciplines 



Microbiology Program (MICB) 1 63 



Other than meteorology. 

To qualify for the Master of Science degree in meteorology, the candidate is re- 
quired to complete the following graduate level core course work: METO 610, 
Dynamic Meteorology 1 (3 credits); METO 612, Atmospheric Turbulence and 
Diffusion (3 credits); METO 620, Atmospheric Radiation (3 credits). METO 640, 
Micrometeorology may be substituted for METO 612 at the advisor's discretion. 

A minimum of 21 additional hours of credit, including research, is required. At 
least 12 credits must be in meteorology at the 600 level or above, and generally no 
more than 6 credits of 400 level meteorology courses can be applied toward the de- 
gree. The program may include up to nine credits or course work at the 400 level or 
above in other departments. 

The Master's degree program will consist of a coherent program chosen in consul- 
tation with the student's advisor. Students may elect either a thesis option or a non- 
thesis option; the latter requires one scholarly review paper and a comprehensive ex- 
amination instead of a thesis. A final oral examination is administered prior to the 
awarding of the degree. Full-time students with an appropriate background in me- 
teorology can complete the M.S. program in one calendar year, but typically take one 
and one-half to two years. Additional time may be necessary for students entering 
from other disciplines. 

To qualify for the Ph.D. degree, the candidate must select a major and an ancillary 
course work program. Ancillary course work programs are individually tailored to the 
needs and interests of the student. Each student is expected to develop a major 
course work program with his or her advisor which will provide adequate preparation 
for the candidacy exams and adequate background for a successful research program 
leading to a Ph.D. dissertation. Students who satisfy minimum requirements on the 
written examination will be admitted to oral examinations. A single pass-fail outcome 
of the examinations will be determined from a combination of written and oral grades 
with standards in each category set to assure an adequate professional level of perfor- 
mance. 

There is no special language requirement for the Ph.D. degree program in me- 
teorology. Ability to do independent research must be shown by a written dissertation 
which embodies an original contribution to knowledge on some topic connected with 
meteorology. Departmental requirements for the dissertation are essentially the same 
as Graduate School requirements. Typically, Ph.D. programs in meteorology require 
from three to five years of study beyond the bachelor's degree depending on the prior 
education and training of the candidate. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The Department of Meteorology is located in the Computer and Space Sciences 
Building on campus. Special facilities supporting the teaching and research activities 
of the Department include equipment for receiving facsimile maps and digital al- 
phanumeric data from the National Weather Service, an instrumented weather station 
(a NOAA cooperative ob.serving station), a laboratory for atmospheric chemistry, a 
mobile air pollution laboratory, and a special laboratory facility for tluid dynamics ex- 
perimentation in rotating systems. 



164 Microbiology Program (MICB) 



Special data collections supporting the teaching and research activities include 
Northern Hemisphere meteorological data tabulations on microfilm, a unique historical 
daily weather map series dating back to 1899. a complete set of climatological data 
for the United States dating back to 1917. a Geosynchronomous Operational 
Environmental Satellite data archive including visible and infrared photography, a me- 
teorological data archive for four out-lying weather stations on University farms, and 
files of the State Climatologist for Maryland. 

The Department of Meteorology has a modem teaching laboratory in which educa- 
tional color video tapes and 16 mm films may be produced and replayed. Sufficient 
equipment is installed to allow students and faculty to produce their own educational 
materials for classroom and seminar use as well as to record special experiments, field 
trials, or lecture events for permanent use. 

The Department maintains a specialized library with several hundred text and refer- 
ence books in meteorology and allied sciences, many specialized series of research re- 
ports, and many current Journals. In addition to the main campus library, there are li- 
braries in chemistry, astronomy, and engineering. Finally, there are several excellent 
government libraries in the area providing a resource which is unsurpassed. 

The Department has installed a UNIDATA computer graphics animation system 
which ingests, manages, and displays current weather satellite, weather radar, and 
weather map data in color for research, instruction, and the preparation of videotape 
or film materials. 

The Department of Meteorology has access to a wide spectrum of computer re- 
sources. The Department has developed its own Apollo supermicrocomputer network, 
part of which supports Unidata activities. The University's Computer Science Center 
(CSC), which is located in the same building as the department, operates a IBM 
4381. an IBM 3081, and a Unisys 1100/92. Access to CSC is via high-speed ter- 
minals. Ethernet, and the Remote Job Entry emulator. Departmental personnel can 
communicate with various remote supercomputers at high speed through CSC, includ- 
ing the Cray XMP at San Diego Supercomputer Center (a satellite link), the Crays at 
NCAR (satellite link), the Amdahls and Cyber 205 at Goddard Space Flight Center 
(9600 baud terminal line), and the many computers attached to GSFC campus ne- 
twork (56 kilobaud land line). 

The University of Maryland is located in an area which is rich in a variety of pro- 
fessional resources which are beneficial to students and faculty in the Department of 
Meteorology. Because of its location in the metropolitan community of the Nation's 
Capital, the University of Maryland is able to interact closely with the many govern- 
mental groups interested in various aspects of the atmospheric sciences. Guest se- 
minar speakers and visiting lecturers at the University of Maryland frequently are 
scientists invited from local government laboratories and the Department faculty often 
attend and participate in the seminars, colloquia and scientific workshops being held 
at these neighboring institutions. 

A wide spectrum of meteorological interests are represented in the local scientific 
community. For example studies of air pollution calibration standards and analytical 
techniques and studies of the effect of weather and climate on energy supplies and 
agricultural productivity are being conducted. There are several groups devoted to 



Microbiology Program (MICB) 1 65 



climate analysis and simulation, new techniques development for long-range fore- 
casting, and studies in fluid dynamics. Studies of satellite applications to meteorolo- 
gy, solar, and wind energy analyses and prediction of atmospheric diffusion and tran- 
sport processes are also represented. 

The Washington, D.C. chapter of the American Meteorological Society consists of 
about 400 members who hold professional meetings each month. Washington, D.C. 
is frequently the site of national and international conferences, most notably of the 
American Association for the Advancement of Science and the American Geophysical 
Union. Although the University of Maryland is the only school in the region which 
offers degrees in meteorology, there are professional and library resources at several 
other major universities which are located close to College Park. In addition to the 
various government and academic institutions, the Washington metropolitan area con- 
tains numerous well-known private contractors and consulting companies involved in 
meteorology which provide employment opportunities for students both before and 
after graduation. 

The Department of Meteorology maintains professional interactions with scientists 
of major federal agencies in the atmospheric, oceanographic. and hydrologic sciences. 
For example, a formal Memorandum of Agreement with the National Oceanic and 
Atmospheric Administration provides for the development of special courses by visit- 
ing faculty from NOAA as well as opportunities for faculty and students to work on- 
site at NOAA facilities. 

Under a special grant from NASA Goddard Space Flight Center, similar opportuni- 
ties exist for professional and student interactions with the NASA facility. 
Opportunities are provided through existing channels for interactions with the National 
Weather Service, the National Environmental Satellite and Data Infonnation Service, 
the Naval Research Laboratory, and the National Bureau of Standards, among others, 
all located convenient to the University of Maryland. The department participates in 
a program for students to obtain full or partial course credit by working a few hours 
per week during the semester at selected governmental laboratories. For example, 
students may be able to gain synoptic forecasting experience at the National Weather 
Service as part of their course requirements. 

Through membership in the University Corporation for Atmospheric Research, the 
Department enjoys the common facilities offered by the National Center for 
Atmospheric Research. 

Financial Assistance 

Graduate Assistantships are available to qualified graduate students. Research 
Assistants carry on research in the general areas of synoptic and dynamic meteorolo- 
gy, satellite meteorology, climate dynamics, micrometeorology and air pollution, 
theoretical or experimental fluid dynamics, atmospheric radiation, and general circula- 
tion. Stipends are maintained at a competitive level. 

Additional Information 

Application material or additional information may be obtained by writing: 
Chair 
Department of Meteorology 



166 Microbiology Program (MICE) 



University of Maryland 
College Park, MD 20742 
For courses, see code METO.? 

Microbiology Program (MICE) 

Professor and Chair: Joseph 

Professors: Colwell Cook. Hetrick. Roberson, Weiner. Yuan 

Professors Emeritus: Doetsch. Faber. Pelczar 

Associate Professors: MacQuillan. Voll 

Assistant Professor: Stein 

Assistant Research Scientist: Hamilton 

Instructors: Powell. Smith 

The Department of Microbiology offers programs leading to the degrees of Master 
of Science and Doctor of Philosophy with special emphasis on three major areas: 
biomedical, environmental, and biotechnology. In the biomedical area, a student may 
specialize in virology, immunology or medical bacteriology. Environmentally related 
research projects are being conducted in microbial ecology, marine microbiology, dis- 
eases of finfish and shellfish, microbial food webs, biodegradation of pollutants, and 
radiation effects. In addition, graduate students carry out research in microbial syste- 
matics and industrial fermentations. Biotechnology involves bacterial and yeast genet- 
ics, genetic engineering, cellular immunology, immunochemistry, molecular biology 
and ecology of plasmids, DNA repair systems and the control of bacterial morpho- 
genesis. The Department maintains a basic science orientation with affiliations with 
federal and industrial laboratories of the greater Washington area. 

Advanced degree graduates in microbiology are in demand, particularly in special- 
ties involving recombinant DNA technology, immunology, virology-tissue culture, 
ecology, fermentation and medical microbiology. Positions become available in both 
the public and private sector and may involve research, quality control, and/or product 
development. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Qualified students are accepted in either the M.S. or Ph.D. programs. Applicants 
for the M.S. program must have acquired a thorough foundation in biological and 
physical sciences. A strong background in microbiology is desirable but not essential. 
However, lack of specific courses may lengthen the time required for earning a de- 
gree. Scores on the Graduate Record Examinations (GRE). both the General Test and 
the Subject Test in Biology, must accompany applications. 

Requirements for the M.S. degree include a minimum of 24 semester hours exclu- 
sive of research credits. A written thesis based upon research is required, and all can- 
didates must pass a final oral examination given by an advisory committee. All can- 
didates for graduate degrees must serve as laboratory teaching assistants for at least 
one semester per degree. Candidates normally require about two years to complete 
the M.S. program, but quality of performance alone determines awarding of the de- 
gree. 

Candidates for the Ph.D. degree in addition to the above requirements, must sue- 



Microbiology Program (MICB) 1 67 



cessfully complete a written preliminary examination and supporting minor course 
work totaling 24 hours. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The department is now housed in a totally renovated and well equipped building 
with facilities which permit research in all of the listed areas of specialization. The 
Program in Marine Microbiology has access to laboratory equipped vessels suitable 
for research in the Chesapeake Bay, as well as the world's oceans. The recent addi- 
tion of an STEM, JEOL electron microscope provides the capacity for accomplishing 
state of the art EM research. 

Financial Assistance 

A limited number of graduate teaching assistantships are available. There are also 
opportunities for research assistantships and scholarships contingent upon current re- 
search funding. 

Additional Information 

Interested individuals may request an information brochure describing in detail the 
program of graduate study in microbiology. For information write to: 
Chair, Graduate Program Committee 
Department of Microbiology 
University of Maryland 
College Park, MD 20742 
For courses, code MICB. 

Music Program (MUSC) 

Professor and Chair: Cohen 

Associate Cliair: Cooper 

Professors: Berman, Bernstein. Cohen, Folstrom. Garvey. Guameri String Quartet 

(Dally, Soyer, Steinhardt, Tree), Head, Heim, Helm, Hudson, Johnson, McDonald, 

Montgomery, Moss, Schumacher, Serwer, Traver, Troth 

Associate Professors: Barnett, Davis, DeLio, Elliston. Elsing, Fanos, Fleming, 

Gibson, Gowen. Mabbs, McClelland, Olson, Robertson, Rodriquez, Ross, Wakefield, 

Wexler, Wilson 

Assistant Professors: Balthrop, McCoy, Payerle, Saunders, Sparks 

Lecturers: Baker, Beicken 

Instructor: Walters 

The Department of Music offers programs of study leading to the Master of Music 
degree with specializations in performance, conducting, historical musicology. eth- 
nomusicology, music theory, music education, and composition; to the Doctor of 
Philosophy degree with specializations in historical musicology, ethnomusicology, and 
music theory; and to the Doctor of Musical Arts degree with specializations in 
performance-literature and in composition. Additional programs in music education, 
offered cooperatively with the College of Education, lead to Master of Arts, Master of 
Education, Doctor of Education, and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. 



168 Music Program (MUSC) 



Admission and Degree Information 

Admission to all graduate degree programs in musicology requires both the General 
and Advanced Tests of the Graduate Record Exainination: music education applicants 
complete either the Graduate Record Examination or the Miller Analogies Test. 
Applicants in music performance present an audition covering representative repertory 
from the various historical periods and submit a complete list of all works studied and 
performed, as well as copies of recital programs; applicants in choral conducting pre- 
sent an audition with a University of Maryland ensemble as well as submit evidence 
of performance of standard choral repertory; applicants in composition present a port- 
folio of original works. A personal interview is sometimes requested of applicants for 
any program. 

Requirements for the Master of Music degree in solo performance and in con- 
ducting include satisfactory completion of a minimum of 30 semester hours of course 
work elected in consultation with a graduate academic advisor, satisfactory completion 
of a comprehensive examination taken near or at the end of course work, a culminat- 
ing recital, and an oral examination. In addition, each perfomiance division may 
have individual requirements, e.g., voice majors must have completed one year each 
of French and German. 

Requirements for the Master of Music degree in music education include satisfacto- 
ry completion of a minimum of 30 semester hours of course work elected in consulta- 
tion with a graduate academic advisor, satisfactory completion of a comprehensive ex- 
amination taken near or at the end of course work, and an approved final project in a 
student's area of emphasis in music education, i.e., performance, conducting, or 
pedagogy. 

Requirements for the Master of Music degree in historical musicology, ethnomusi- 
coloy, music theory, and composition include satisfactory completion of a minimum 
of 24 semester hours of course work elected in consultation with a graduate academic 
advisor, satisfactory completion of a comprehensive examination taken near or at the 
end of course work, submission of an approved thesis (a minimum of 6 semester 
hours is required in thesis research), and a final oral examination on the thesis. 
Moreover, requirements in historical musicology and ethnomusicology include a read- 
ing knowledge of one pertinent foreign language, preferably demonstrated upon en- 
trance to the program but at least prior to the second semester of study. 

Requirements for the Doctor of Musical Arts degree in performance-literature and 
in composition include satisfactory completion of a body of course work (no fixed 
number of credits) that in the judgement of the student and the graduate academic ad- 
visor adequately prepares the student for the preliminary examination, satisfactory 
completion of the preliminary examination itself, admission to candidacy for the de- 
gree (conferred by the Graduate School), submission of an approved dissertation (a 
minimum of 12 semester hours is required in dissertation research), and a final oral 
defense of the dissertation. The composition dissertation is a large-scale original 
composition. Performance-literature majors also present a lecture-recital and two 
full-length recitals; they may apply for approval of a Performance-Tape Project as an 
alternative to the traditional dissertation. In addition, each performance division may 
have individual requirements, e.g., voice majors must have completed one year each 



Music Program (MUSC) 169 



of French, German, and Italian. 

Requirements for the Doctor of Philosophy degree in historical musicology, eth- 
nomusicology, and music theory include satisfactory completion of a body of course 
work (no fixed number of credits) that in the judgement of the student and the gradu- 
ate advisor adequately prepares the student for the preliminary examination, satisfacto- 
ry completion of the preliminary examination itself, admission to candidacy for the 
degree (conferred by the Graduate School), submission of an approved dissertation (a 
minimum of 12 semester hours is required in dissertation research), and a final oral 
defense of the dissertation. Additionally, students in historical musicology and eth- 
nomusicology must demonstrate a reading knowledge of German and at least one oth- 
er pertinent foreign language either upon entrance to the program or within one se- 
mester for the first language and two semesters for the second; students in music theo- 
ry must demonstrate a reading knowledge of German prior to beginning the disserta- 
tion. 

Libraries and Special Research Resources 

The University of Maryland, College Park offers musical scholars a variety of li- 
braries, archives, special collections, and other research resources that few universities 
equal. 

The music library in Hornbake Library is maintained as a separate branch within 
the University's library system. Its main collection consists of approximately 22,000 
books, 70,000 scores, 2,200 microfilms, 3,500 microfiches, 45,000 phonodiscs, 
3,000 tapes, and 2,400 piano rolls along with readers for all microforms, listening fa- 
cilities for discs and tapes, and equipment for making photographic, microfilm, mi- 
crofiche, or xerographic copies. 

Special collections of particular musical interest are (1) the Jacob M. Coopersmith 
Collection consisting of his working library and rich in Handel materials (books, mu- 
sic, journals, reprints of articles, etc.); (2) microfilms of all Handel autographs at the 
British Library and the Fitzwilliam Museum, and of almost all other known autograph 
fragments of Handel's music; (3) the Alfred Wallenstein Collection, donated by the 
violoncellist and conductor, comprising the performance library (about 28.000 titles) 
of radio station WOR in New York City and dating through the early 1950s; (4) 
Andre Kostelanetz's own working collection of orchestral scores and parts in manu- 
script, about 4.000 titles bequeathed by the conductor; (5) the archives of the 
American Bandmasters Association, the Music Educators National Conference, the 
National Association of College Wind and Percussion Instructors, the International 
Clarinet Society, the College Band Directors National Association, and the Music 
Library Association — among which is the oral history collection; the press books of 
Edwin Franko Goldman; extensive gathering of clippings, programs, photographs, and 
historic recordings relating to the history of the American band movement; the 
Contemporary Music Project Library of the Music Educators National Conference; the 
Pillsbury Foundation School archives; the Frances Elliott Clark papers; the Luther 
Whiting Mason Collection; and the music education textbook collection; and (6) the 
International Piano Archives at Maryland (formerly the International Piano Library of 
New York City), which is a unique collection of tapes, phonodiscs, piano rolls, music 



1 70 Music Program (MUSC) 



scores, cylinders, record catalogues, and manuscripts documenting the entire history 
of recorded piano literature and its performance. 

Also located at The University of Maryland is The Center for Studies in 
Nineteenth-Century Music which oversees the publications of Le Repertoire interna- 
tional de la presse musicale, the First Edition of The Music Criticism of Hector 
Berlioz, the Musical Life in 19th Century France Series, and Periodica Musica. 
Research activities centered in the Music Department include the C.P.E. Bach Edition 
and the American Handel Society. 

Within a few minutes of the College Park campus are unparalleled research oppor- 
tunities offered by the Library of Congress, the Folger Shakespeare Library, 
Dumbarton Oaks, the National Archives, the Smithsonian Institution, the Enoch Pratt 
Free Library of Baltimore, and about 500 specialized libraries. 

Special Resources 

The Department of Music programs a wide variety of student and faculty solo and 
ensemble recitals and concerts, including those of the internationally recognized 
Guarneri Quartet, in residence at College Park. The Department also cooperates with 
the campus in a year-long series of University Community concerts and in the 
summer International Piano Festival and William Kapell Competition. The University 
also sponsors an annual three-day Handel Festival that features the University of 
Maryland Chorus and scholars and performers from around the world. The musical 
environment of the entire Washington-Baltimore area is unusually varied and reward- 
ing in performances at the John F. Kennedy Center for the Performing Arts, 
Constitution Hall, National Gallery of Art, Phillips Collection, Library of Congress, 
Wolf Trap Farms Park, Smithsonian Institution, Corcoran Gallery of Art, and Joseph 
Meyerhoff Symphony Hall in Baltimore. 

Financial Assistance 

A number of competitive fellowships, tuition waivers, and assistantships are avail- 
able. Preference may be given to those who have filed application for admission to 
the University and have been officially admitted by February 1 . 

Additional Information 

Applications, program brochures, audition schedules, and further information may 
be obtained from: 

Director of Graduate Studies 
Department of Music 
Tawes Fine Arts Building 
The University of Maryland 
College Park, Maryland 20742 

For courses, see code MUSC. 



Nuclear Engineering Program (ENNU) 
Professor and Director: Munno 
Professor and Department Chair: Roush 
Professors: Duffey, Hsu, Silverman 



Nuclear Engineering Program (ENNU) 171 



Associate Professors: Almenas, Modarres. Pertmer 
Lecturers: Lee. Marksberry, Rahejah. Hunt 

The Nuclear Engineering Program is in the Department of Chemical and Nuclear 
Engineering. It has as its primary objective the maintenance and extension of the 
ever increasing degree of engineering sophistication. The courses and research pro- 
grams strive to create an atmosphere of originality and creativity which prepares the 
student for the engineering leadership of tomorrow. 

An individual plan of graduate study compatible with the student's interests and 
background is established by the student, his or her advisor, and the department head. 
General areas of concentration include reactor safety, reactor thermal hydraulics, tran- 
sport theory, activation analysis, probalistic risk assessment, reliability analysis, reac- 
tor physics, radiation engineering, integrated thermal hydraulic effects and nuclear 
core design. The general nuclear engineering program is focused toward energy 
conversion and power engineering with additional specialties in radiation and polymer 
science and reliability analysis. 

Admission and Degree Information 

The programs leading to the M.S. and Ph.D. degrees are open to qualified students 
holding the B.S. degree. Full admission may be granted to students with degrees in 
any of the engineering and science areas from accredited programs. In some cases it 
may be necessary to require courses to fulfill the background. The general regula- 
tions of the Graduate School apply in reviewing applications. 

The candidate for the M.S. degree has the choice of following a plan of study with 
thesis or without thesis. The equivalent of at least three years of full-time study 
beyond the B.S. degree is required for the Ph.D. degree. All students seeking gradu- 
ate degrees in Nuclear Engineering must enroll in ENNU 620, 630, 655 and 440. 
Many of these courses are offered in the late afternoon and evening. In addition to 
the general rules of the Graduate School certain special degree requirements are set 
forth by the Department in its Departmental publications. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

Special facilities available for graduate study in Nuclear Engineering include the 
nuclear reactor, a large scale integral thennal hydraulic facility a large gamma source, 
an 8 MeV Electron Linear Accelerator, and various analyzers and detectors. The nu- 
clear reactor is a 250 KW swimming pool type using enriched uranium. In addition, 
there are considerable computer and graphics facilities available. 

For courses, see code ENNU. 

Nutritional Sciences Program (NUSC) 

Professor and Cliair: Scares 

Professors: Ahrens, Beaton, Doerr, Heald, Holmlund, Kuenzel, Mather, Munn, 

Prather, Read, Thomas, Tildon, Vandersall, Vijay, Westoff, Young 

Professor Emeritus: Keeney 

Associate Professors: Debarthe, Douglass, Erdman, Hafez, Hansen, Ottinger, Max, 

McKenna, Moser, Roeder, Russek-Cohen, Sampugna, Moser-Veillon 

Assistant Professors: Alston-Mills, Cassel, Mench, Taylor 



1 72 Nutritional Sciences Program (NUSC) 



The Graduate Program in Nutritional Sciences offers study leading to the Master of 
Science and the Doctor of Philosophy degrees. It is an interdepartmental program in- 
volving faculty in the Department of Animal Sciences, Chemistry. Human Nutrition 
and Food Systems, and Poultry Science on the College Park Campus; Pediatrics at the 
University of Maryland, Baltimore City Campus; and Human Ecology at the 
University of Maryland, Eastern Shore Campus. In addition, there are affiliated 
scientists interacting with the program at federal laboratories in the USDA and the 
NIH. 

For courses, see code NUSC. 

Philosophy Program (PHIL) 

Professor and Chair: Slote 

Professors: Bub, Devitt, Lesher, Pasch, Suppe. Svenonius 

Professor Emeritus: Schlaretzki 

Associate Professors: Brown, Celarier. Darden. Greenspan. Johnson. Levinson, 

Martin, Odell, Rey, Stairs 

Assistant Professors: Horty, Tolliver 

Affiliate Associate Professor: Homstein 

The Department of Philosophy offers graduate programs leading to the M.A. and 
Ph.D. degrees with emphasis on contemporary Anglo-American philosophy and the 
bearing of philosophy on other disciplines. A person seeking the Ph.D. normally 
enters that program directly, without first pursuing the M.A. degree (although the 
M.A. may be earned on the way to the Ph.D.). Whereas the Ph.D. program is suit- 
able primarily for persons who wish to enter a career in teaching and research at the 
college or university level, the M.A. program is appropriate for persons who desire to 
deepen and expand the knowledge they gained as undergraduates or to develop 
competence in philosophy for the sake of its applications in some other professional 
field. 

A special interdisciplinary curriculum in the history and philosophy of science, in 
cooperation with the Department of History and under the supervision of the 
Committee on the History and Philosophy of Science, is also offered at the M.A. and 
Ph.D. levels. 

The Institute for Philosophy and Public Policy, operating under the auspices of the 
School of Public Affairs, engages in research, teaching, and curriculum development 
in the ethical and conceptual issues in public policy formation. The Center offers gra- 
duate students opportunities for course work and research. 

The Philosophy Department has joined with the Linquistics Program and the 
Computer Science Department in forming a Committee on Cognitive Studies. A gra- 
duate specialization on Cognitive Science is currently under development. 

The Department sponsors a series of colloquia by visiting and local speakers 
throughout the academic year. 



Philosophy Program (PHIL) 1 73 



Admission and Degree Information 

The Department admits to the Ph.D. program only students intending to undertake 
full-time study toward that degree. 

Students seeking admission to the Ph.D. program in philosophy should normally 
have completed, with a high grade point average, at least eighteen semester hours (or 
the equivalent) of philosophy, including one course in logic, two courses in the histo- 
ry of philosophy, and two courses from among the following areas: ethics, epistemo- 
logy, or metaphysics. The Graduate Record Examination Aptitude Test is required. 
Applications must be supported by three letters of recommendation from previous in- 
structors, at least one of whom is familiar with the applicant's work in philosophy. 
Applicants are required also to submit a sample of their written work on a philosoph- 
ical topic. The letters and paper, as well as the GRE test scores, should be sent 
directly to the Department of Philosophy. 

Students may be admitted to the curriculum in the History and Philosophy of 
Science with fewer than eighteen hours in philosophy provided that this is compen- 
sated for by a strong background in science. For details, consult the Chairperson, 
Committee on the History and Philosophy of Science. 

Qualitative criteria for M.A. admission are substantially less stringent than for 
Ph.D. admission, but the same supporting documents must be provided. 

The M.A. program may be pursued through either of two options: with thesis or 
without thesis. Candidates pursuing either option demonstrate competence in symbol- 
ic logic and knowledge of modern philosophy. There are no specific course require- 
ments beyond the Graduate School requirements applicable to all M.A. degrees. 
Foreign language skills are required insofar as demanded by the individual student's 
research. To earn the M.A. without thesis a student must pass a written comprehen- 
sive examination and must submit a collection of papers demonstrating competence in 
philosophical research and writing. 

In addition to satisfying Graduate School requirements applicable to all Ph.D. pro- 
grams, students in the regular philosophy program are required to demonstrate compe- 
tence in three philosophical fields selected from the following four broad philosoph- 
ical areas: History of Philosophy, Epistemology and Metaphysics, Logic and 
Philosophy of Science, and Value Theory. Such demonstration is to be accomplished 
by the writing of papers of substantial breadth and scope indicating the student's grasp 
of some important problems in the field and connections to other issues in that field. 
These demonstrations must be completed within six semesters of full-time study. 
Other requirements are: qualification in symbolic logic, course distribution with re- 
spect to the above four philosophical areas, and presentation of a research paper at a 
Departmental colloquium in the latter stages of dissertation research. All Ph.D. stu- 
dents are required also to gain two semesters experience in teaching undergraduates at 
an institution of higher learning, normally by way of the Department's teaching assis- 
tantship program. 

Foreign language skills are required insofar as demanded by the individual 
student's research. 

Partial credit toward the requirements of the Ph.D. program in Philosophy will be 



1 74 Philosophy Program (PHIL) 



accorded to relevant work done at other graduate institutions. Specific determination 
in eacii case will be made by the committee on Graduate Admissions. 

Philosophy students pursuing the Ph.D. curriculum in the History and Philosophy 
of Science are subject to certain special requirements. They must demonstrate compe- 
tence by examination and written papers, in (a) the history of science and the contem- 
poraneous philosophies of science, and (b) the philosophy of science and related me- 
taphysical and epistemological problems. The third area for demonstration of compe- 
tence is either a field of science (for students not possessing an undergraduate science 
degree) or an area of philosophy. Course work must include courses in the history of 
science and technology, the philosophy of science, graduate-level courses in an area 
of science, a course on research methods in history and philosophy of science, and 
either Philosophy 471 or 478. In addition the student must demonstrate reading 
competency in a foreign language, normally French or German. 

Financial Assistance 

The Department administers a number of graduate assistantships. Well-prepared 
entering students have a good chance of receiving financial support in the first year, 
and there is presumption in favor of reappointment through the fourth year. 

Additional Information 

Brochures describing the regular M.A. and Ph.D. programs in philosophy may be 
obtained by writing to the Committee on Graduate Admissions and Awards, 
Department of Philosophy. Information concerning the curriculum in the History and 
Philosophy of Science may be obtained from the Chairperson, Committee on the 
History and Philosophy of Science. 

For courses, see code PHIL. 

Physical Education Program (PHED) 

Professor and Chair: Clarke 

Professors: Dotson, Ingram, Kelley, Sloan, Steel, Vaccaro 

Associate Professors: Clark, Hult, Phillips, Santa Maria. Wrenn 

Assistant Professors: Arrighi, Caldwell, Chalip, DiRocco, Hatfield, Hurley, Ryder, 

Scott, Struna, Tyler, VanderVelden 

The graduate student majoring in Physical Education may pursue the degrees of 
Master of Arts (thesis and non-thesis options) or Doctor of Philosophy. The two ma- 
jor objectives of these programs are: (1) to study the discipline of physical education 
by examining the effects of physical activity on individuals from a physiological, 
kinesiological, psychological, social and historical point of view; and (2) to acquaint 
the student with curricular aspects of physical education, to improve the quality of 
teaching, and to offer the student ways of improving the administration and supervi- 
sion of programs in schools and colleges. 

The graduate program is organized into three divisions offering major emphasis as 
follows: (1) Division of Sport Studies including history of sport, psychology of sport, 
and sociology of sport; (2) Division of Biophysical Studies with specialties in physio- 
logy of exercise, motor learning, (M. A. only) motor development and biomechanics; 
and (3) Division of Professional Studies with emphasis on curriculum/instruction. 



Physical Education Program (PHED) 175 



administration/supervision (M.A. only), and sports management (M.A. only). 

Admission and Degree Information 

The basic minimum guideline for admission to the M.A. program in Physical 
Education is a B average or a 3.0 average for the last two years of undergraduate stu- 
dy both in the major and related subject fields. Students not quite meeting these qu- 
alifications may be admitted provisionally. Undergraduate prerequisites for advanced 
study in physical education include physiology of exercise, kinesiology, statistics, and 
two courses from a discretionary pool. Students without these necessary courses may 
register as special students or be admitted provisionally with limited course deficien- 
cies. The Graduate Record Examination (GRE) is required for admission. 

Admission to the Ph.D. program is secured upon the basis of satisfactory prepara- 
tion for advanced graduate work and demonstrated potential for scholarly achieve- 
ment. A B+ grade point average (3.5 on a 4.0 point scale) in previous graduate 
work, with at least a 3.0 overall average in the final two years of undergraduate stu- 
dy, is the scholastic standard for admission. The GRE is required for admission. In 
those cases where special qualifications are apparent from letters of recommendation 
and documentation of special backgrounds, but where the scholastic standards stated 
above are not met in their entirety, a student may be admitted on a provisional basis. 

The requirements for the M.A. in Physical Education (thesis option) are a mini- 
mum of 24 semester hours, exclusive of the thesis. Six are required in the PHED 
specialty area (Sport Psychology, Exercise Physiology, etc.) with six additional PHED 
hours required. PHED 610, Methods and Techniques of Research (3 credits) and an- 
other research processes course (3 credits) are required of all M.A. students. Twelve 
credits are elective in nature and may be taken within or outside the major department 
to supplement and support the specialization work. The student is also required to re- 
gister fo' six semester hours of thesis credits (PHED 799). Thus the total number of 
credit hours required for the degree is 30. Two years of full-time graduate study are 
usually required for completion of the master's degree. 

The requirements for the M.A. in Physical Education (non-thesis option) are a 
minimum of 30 semester hours. Required courses include PHED 610 and a three 
hour research processes course which supports the major subject matter area. A mini- 
mum of six credit hours must be taken in the PHED major specialty. Fifteen credits 
are elective in nature and may be taken within or outside the major department. 
Three credits must be taken in PHED 689, Special Problems in Physical Education, 
involving an independent investigation project under the direction of a graduate facul- 
ty member. The student must also pass a final comprehensive examination. 

The requirements for the Ph.D. degree consist of course work in the following 
areas: (1) a minimum of 12 credits in the area of specialization, (2) a minimum of 6 
credits in an additional area within the graduate program to serve as a support area, 
and (3) a minimum of 15 credits in a related studies area selected from outside the 
Department. In some instances more credits may be required for completion of this 
requirement which must consist of subject matter essential to support the dissertation 
topic. Courses completed may be taken within a single department or from several 
departments. 



1 76 Physical Education Program (PHED) 



Students within all divisions of the Department must demonstrate competency in re- 
search. Commensurate with this competency is a basic understanding of the scientific 
method including the ability to apply logic and objectivity to the understanding of 
phenomena and the ability to formulate and test relevant hypotheses. Normally, 
competency in the scientific method includes demonstrating and understanding of ( 1) 
the research processes in physical education, (2) the quantitative methods of analysis 
employed in physical education research, and (3) the principles underlying the statisti- 
cal aspects of experimental and non-experimental designs employed in physical educa- 
tion research. 

Twelve hours is the minimum and eighteen the maximum allotted for the Ph.D. 
dissertation (PHED 899). 

No foreign language is formally required for the Ph.D. degree, although in certain 
situations it may be required by the advisor of students who are doing extensive read- 
ing in German, Spanish, French, Russian or some other language. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The Department maintains a modem research laboratory for physical education in- 
cluding, but not limited to, cinematographic and biomechanical motion analysis, car- 
diovascular measurement, strength and other motor fitness assessments, body compo- 
sition, and motor learning and motor development research. In addition, the new 
Physical Education. Recreation, and Health building complex offers the graduate stu- 
dent access to research facilities including a small animal laboratory and minicomput- 
er and microcomputer-based data acquisition systems for real-time laboratory applica- 
tion which interface with the University Computer Science Center. 

Financial Assistance 

Each year a number of graduate assistantships are offered to men and women. 
Specific responsibilities include teaching in the activity program or assisting in the re- 
search laboratory. 

Additional Information 

For further information and application, contact: 
David L. Kelley 
Director of Graduate Studies 
Department of Physical Education 
University of Maryland 
College Park, MD 20742 
For courses, see code PHED. 

Physics Program (PHYS) 

Professor and Chair: Liu 

Professors: Alley. Anderson, Banerjee, Bhagat, Boyd, Brill, C C. Chang, C.Y. 
Chang, Chant, Chen, Currie, DeSilva, Dorfman, Dragt, Drew, Earl, Einstein, Falk. 
Ferrell, Fisher, Glasser, Click, Gloeckler. Glover. Gluckstem, Goldenbaum, 
Greenberg. Griem, Griffin, Holmgren. Homyak, Howarth, Korenman. Layman. Y.C. 
Lee, Lynn, MacDonald, Misner, Mohapatra, Myers, Oneda, Ott, Papadopoulos, Park, 



Physics Program (PHYS) 1 77 



Pati, Prange, Redish, Richard. Roos, Z. Slawsky, Snow, Sucher, Toll, Wallace, 
Weber, Wilson, Woo, Zom 

Adjunct Professors: Bennett, Boldt, Brandt, Ramaty, Teplitz, Trivelpiece 
Associate Professors: Antonsen, Bardasis, DasSarma, Drake, Ellis, Fivel, Gates, 
Goodman, Hu, Kacser, Kim, Kirkpatrick, Mason, Paik, Skuja, Wang, Williams 
Assistant Professors: Cohen, Hamilton, Hassam, Jawahery, Kelly, Siegel, Talaga 

The Department of Physics and Astronomy has active programs in many areas of 
current research interest. Those in astronomy are listed under the heading of 
Astronomy. Those in the Physics Program include: astrophysics, atomic physics, che- 
mical physics, condensed matter physics, dynamical systems, elementary particle the- 
ory, fluid dynamics, general relativity, high energy physics, many-body theory, mole- 
cular physics, nuclear physics, particle accelerator research, plasma physics, quantum 
electronics and optics, quantum field theory, space physics, and statistical mechanics. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Because of the large number of qualified applicants, the Department of Physics and 
Astronomy has had to restrict formal admission to the Graduate School to those who 
have shown particularly outstanding work in their undergraduate records or who have 
already done satisfactory work in key senior-level courses at the University of 
Maryland. Students who have less outstanding records, but who, because of excep- 
tional circumstances, show special promise may be given provisional admission, with 
regular admission pending the satisfactory completion of existing deficiencies. Each 
student so admitted will be informed by an assigned Departmental advisor what back- 
ground is lacking and what must be accomplished to achieve regular admission. The 
University of Maryland hopes in this way to offer an opportunity for advanced study 
in physics to all qualified students. 

Entering graduate students are normally expected to have strong backgrounds in 
physics, including courses in the intermediate level in mechanics, electricity and mag- 
netism, thermodynamics, physical optics, and modem physics. A student with defi- 
ciencies in one or more of these areas may be admitted, but will be expected to reme- 
dy such deficiencies as soon as possible. 

The Graduate Record Examination (GRE). including the Advanced Physics test, is 
required for admission. In rare instances, for example if a student is unable for geo- 
graphical reasons to take the test, this requirement may be waived. The average GRE 
Advanced Physics test score of entering students is 730. A minimum overall score of 
550 on the Test of English as a Foreign Language is required of applicants from non- 
English speaking countries. 

The Department offers both thesis and non-thesis M.S. programs. The 
Departmental requirements for the non-thesis option include at least four courses of 
the general physic sequence: PHYS 601, 602, 603 or 604, 606, 622 and 623 plus the 
graduate lab PHYS 621, unless specifically exempted; a paper as evidence of ability to 
organize and present a written scholarly report on contemporary research; the passing 
at the master's level of one section of the Ph.D. qualifying exam; and the passing of a 
final oral examination. 

The requirements for the Master of Science degree with thesis include at least four 



1 78 Physics Program (PHYS) 



courses of the general physics sequence, the graduate laboratory unless specially ex- 
empted, and the passing of an oral examination including a defense of thesis. 

The requirements for the Ph.D. in physics are set in general terms to allow the in- 
dividual student as much freedom as possible in preparing a course of study suited to 
individual needs. These requirements are: competence in basic physics indicated by 
satisfactory performance on a Qualifying Examination and in the Graduate Laboratory; 
a paper as evidence of ability to organize and present a written scholarly report on 
contemporary research prior to candidacy: advanced course study outside the student's 
field of specialization consisting of at least two courses (6 credits) in physics at the 
700 or 800 level and two courses (6 credits) recognized for graduate credit given out- 
side the physics program (this may include astronomy): PHYS 624 or 625 for students 
with theoretical theses; and research competence through active participation in at 
least two hours of seminar, 12 hours of thesis research, and the presentation and de- 
fense of an original dissertation. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The current research in the Department spans an immense range of theoretical and 
experimental work on the forefront of knowledge, far too large to describe here. For 
details of the work in the various fields, the faculty, and the facilities involved, the 
Department biannually puts out a booklet entitled "Research in Physics " which may 
be obtained upon request. 

To give some idea of the magnitude of the program we note that of the profession- 
al faculty of 77, there are 67 engaged in separately budgeted research: faculty 
members at other ranks likewise engaged in research number 96. In 1986-87, 82 gra- 
duate students also participated in research under stipends. The current federal sup- 
port for research amounts to approximately 16,360,000 million dollars annually, at- 
testing to both the size and the quality of the program. 

The Department houses the Center for Theoretical Physics which provides a means 
for outstanding theoretical physicists to visit the Department as postdoctoral fellows 
and visiting faculty members. 

There are close academic ties with the Institute of Physical Science and Technology 
on the campus; members of the Institute supervise graduate research and share in the 
teaching of physics courses. The Department also has close ties with the University's 
Computer Science Center which provides outstanding computer facilities for the 
University. 

In addition to using College Park campus facilities, graduate students can, under 
certain conditions, utilize resources of nearby federal laboratories. 

The University of Maryland is located within the metropolitan area of Washington, 
D.C. where it enjoys the proximity of a large number of outstanding institutions such 
as NASA's Goddard Space Flight Center, the Naval Research Laboratory, the Naval 
Surface Weapons Center, the National Bureau of Standards, the Johns Hopkins 
Applied Physics Laboratory, the Department of Energy, the National Institutes of 
Health, the Library of Congress, and other federal institutions. The Department has 
close ties with certain research groups at some of these institutions. In order to facili- 
tate graduate study in the Washington area, the Department of Physics and Astronomy 



Physics Program (PHYS) 1 79 



has part-time professors in certain government laboratories. 

Students desiring to do graduate work in physics at a government agency should 
contact a member of the graduate faculty in the Department. 

Financial Assistance 

The Department offers both teaching and research assistantships. In 1986-87 there 
were approximately 79 teaching assistants and 96 research assistants. Summer re- 
search stipends for advanced graduate students are customary, and a few summer 
teaching assistantships are available. 

The deadline for applications for financial support is February 1 for assistantships 
and fellowships. 

Graduate students also can seek full-time or part-time employment in the many go- 
vernment and industry laboratories located within a few miles of the campus. 

Additional Information 

A booklet is available regarding the graduate program in physics. "Graduate Study 
in Physics" is a guidebook to procedural requirements and rules concerning the acqui- 
sition of higher degrees. "Research in Physics" describes the graduate research activi- 
ties and lists the personnel involved, group by group. It gives the names of faculty 
and graduate students involved in various research projects, together with brief de- 
scriptions of those projects. Regarding admission or for further information write: 

Mrs. Jean Clement, Secretary 

Graduate Entrance Committee 

Department of Physics 

University of Maryland 

College Park, MD 20742 
For courses, see code PHYS. 

Poultry Science Program (POUL) 

Associate Professor and Chair: Doerr 
Professors: Heath, Kuenzel, Scares, Thomas 
Associate Professors: Murphy, Ottinger, Wabeck 
Adjunct Associate Professor: Failla, Kotula 
Assistant Professor: Mench 

Course work and research activities leading to the Master of Science and the 
Doctor of Philosophy degrees are offered by the Department of Poultry Science. The 
student may pursue work with major emphasis in biotechnology, ethology, nutrition, 
physiology, technology of eggs and poultry, or toxicology. 

Recently the demand for graduates has exceeded the supply. Graduates may 
pursue a career in government research, industry, or academia, and opportunities are 
good. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Departmental requirements, supplementary to those of the Graduate School, have 
been formulated for the guidance of candidates for graduate degrees. Copies of these 



180 Poultry Science Program (POUL) 



requirements may be obtained from the Department of Poultry Science. Although not 
a requirement for admission, the department strongly encourages submission of results 
of the Graduate Record Examination (GRE). 

Courses in these programs are listed elsewhere under the headings Animal 
Sciences. Nutritional Sciences, and Food Science as appropriate. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The Department has excellent facilities for broilers, layers, quail, and mice (for hy- 
bridoma research). Laboratories are modem and well instrumented (amino acid ana- 
lyzer, atomic absorption spectrophotometer, scintillation counters, gas chromato- 
graphs, HPLCs, Instron food analyzer. Grass polygraph. EI A reader, fluorescence and 
light microscopes, etc.) Specialized laboratories for microbiology, molecular biology, 
nutrition, physiology, and tissue culture, and an on-campus poultry farm provide ma- 
jor research capability. In addition, a new off-campus research facility in the heart of 
Maryland's poultry industry permits field studies and interaction with industry-based 
research . 

Financial Assistance 

Graduate research assistantships and teaching assistantships are available in the 
Department. 

For courses, see code ANSC and others. 

Psychology Program (PSYC) 

Professor and Chair: Goldstein 

Professors: Anderson, Dies, Fretz, Gelso, Gollub, Hall, Hill, Hodos, Horton, 

Kruglanski, Lorion, Locke', Magoon', Martin, Mclntire, J. Mills, Penner, Pumroy, 

Schneider, Scholnick, Sigall, B. Smith, Steinman, Stemheim, Trickett, Tyler 

Associate Professors: Allen, Brauth, R. Brown, Coursey, Dooling, Freeman^, 

Larkin, Nonnan. Steele 

Assistant Professors: Hanges, Helms, Johnson, Klein, O'Grady, Plude, Stangor 

'Joint appointment with Business and Management 

""Joint appointment with Counseling and Personnel Services 

The Department of Psychology offers training leading to the degree of Doctor of 
Philosophy. By Departmental ruling, the number of graduate students is limited to a 
ratio of four resident students per member of the Graduate faculty, insuring close and 
intimate contact in research and seminars. 

Programs leading to the Doctor of Philosophy degree are offered in the areas of 
clinical, counseling, experimental, industrial, applied developmental psychology, and 
social psychology. The experimental area is further subdivided into three fields of 
study: biopsychology, cognitive and psycholinguistics, and sensory and perceptual 
processes. Many fields have a range of subspecialties (e.g., engineering psychology) 
in which the student may concentrate. The Department's doctoral programs in both 
Clinical and Counseling Psychology have been approved by the American 
Psychological Association. 



Psychology Program (PSYC) 181 



Admission and Degree Information 

The Department accepts as graduate students only those who have demonstrated su- 
perior aptitude and appear capable of completing the requirements for the doctoral de- 
gree. All of the specialty areas offer doctoral level programs; they do not accept stu- 
dents who are interested in terminal M.A. degrees. The average scores of students 
admitted for the 1983-84 academic year were: GRE W + Q 1250, GRE Psychology 
600, GPA 3.7, Psychology GPA 3.8. The Department of Psychology encourages ap- 
plications from minority groups and women. 

Applicants must submit applications by February 1 of each year for entrance in the 
fall as the available spaces are usually filled early. 

For a doctoral degree a minimum of 72 hours beyond the B.A. is required. All 
students entering with a B.A. are required to take two courses in statistics and five 
courses in areas outside their specialty program. These five courses must be core 
courses chosen from a group of available courses designed to provide basic informa- 
tion in a variety of specialty areas. 

The remaining credit hours (approximately 50 hours) are devoted to research and 
course work in the participant's specialty program. If the student chooses to have a 
second specialty, two advanced courses along with one core course may be taken in 
one coherent area to provide a second specialty. 

While the course of study in the Department of Psychology is at the doctoral level, 
most students choose to earn the M.A. or M.S. degree en route to the Ph.D. The 
M.A. or M.S. degree requirements are thirty hours of course work including the two 
courses in statistics and three core courses. A research thesis is also required. 
Advancement to the third and the fourth year of doctoral level work is based upon sa- 
tisfactory completion of core courses, work in the student's specialty area, and 
completion of a research requirement. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The Department housed in a large modem building with facilities designed by the 
faculty of the Department of Psychology for the training of graduate students. In ad- 
dition, its geographic location in a suburb of Washington, D.C. makes accessible a 
wide variety of laboratory and training facilities in governmental and other agencies, 
as well as many psychologists prominent in the profession. 

Financial Assistance 

The Department gives financial aid to almost all incoming students. The 
Department of Psychology does not offer a part- time program. Students are required 
to attend classes, take part in research, and teach as graduate assistants. Each of 
these assignments is considered a critical part of the graduate training program. It is 
not possible to obtain this type of education on a part-time basis. Thus, students are 
not permitted to hold off-campus jobs unless they are under the direct supervision of 
the faculty. 



1 82 Psychology Program (PSYC) 



Additional Information 

Additional information concerning tiie graduate program including specific program 
brochures and application materials may be obtained by writing: 
Graduate Secretary 
Department of Psychology 
University of Maryland 
College Park, MD 20742^411 

For courses, see code PSYC. 

School of Public Affairs (Public Management and Public Policy 
Programs) (PUAF) 

Professor and Dean: Nacht 

Professors: Baily, Brown, Destler, Kelleher, Levy, Schick, Young 

Assistant Professor: Houseman, Cohen 

Faculty Research Associate: Harbour 

Lecturer: Slater, Ards 

The School of Public Affairs provides graduate-level, professional education to 
men and women of distinction of mind and character. Five disciplines are empha- 
sized: accounting, statistics, economics, politics, and ethics. Students specialize in 
issues of government/private sector interaction, international security, or public sector 
financial management. The program is open to pre-career and mid-career graduate 
students and builds on the School's location in the Baltimore/Washington corridor. 

Admission and Degree Information 

The School offers three degrees: the Master of Public Management (MPM) the 
Mid- Career Master of Public Policy (MPP) and a small Ph.D. program in policy stu- 
dies. The School also offers joint degree programs with the School of Business 
(MPM/MBA) and the Law School (MPM/JD). In addition, several non-degree certifi- 
cates are available. 

Master of Public Management 

The MPM is a two-year, 51 credit, full-time professional degree combining a rigor- 
ous applied course of study with practical hands-on experience. 

About forty students enter the program each fall. Although this number is small, 
the candidates come from a wide variety of undergraduate schools and majors. The 
average undergraduate GPA of the entering class is approximately 3.4 and the average 
ORE score is 620. All students are required to have successfully completed college 
level math before they enter the School. 

During the first year students fulfill the core requirements which emphasize the 
tools of policy analysis: financial management, statistics, economics, politics, and eth- 
ics. In addition they are introduced to the policy making process and future job con- 
tacts through structured interviews with national policy makers. Except for two elec- 
tive courses during the second semester, the first year students take all of the core re- 
quirements together. 

During the summer between the first and second year, students obtain employment 



School of Public Affairs (PUAF) 1 83 



in federal, state, or local government agencies or in private firms which deal exten- 
sively with government agencies. In addition to gaining practical experience and util- 
izing the skills acquired during the first year, this opportunity provides contacts and 
relationships useful for future projects and job placement. 

During the second year students specialize in one of three concentrations: Public 
Policy and Private Enterprise, Public Sector Financial Management, or National 
Security Policy. 

Each concentration requires participation in a project course. Students, working in- 
dividually or in small groups, conduct research on problems of interest to the sponsor 
and themselves at sponsoring government agencies or private firms. 

Master of Public Policy 

The MPP is a 36 credit degree program designed for mid-career students. This de- 
gree recognizes that individuals in the midst of their careers need to update their 
knowledge of today's complex public issues in order to move into positions of greater 
authority and responsibility. 

The typical MPP candidate has worked in the public or public- related sector for a 
minimum of three years and is capable of handling a rigorous academic program as 
well as excelling in his/her professional career. The candidates enter the School with 
varied academic as well as professional backgrounds. Most have a minimum of a 3.0 
GPA from their undergraduate school with some college level math and economics. 
(If candidates do not have these courses in their background, admission will be con- 
tingent upon the successful completion of appropriate course work). 

The MPP degree consists of two components: the core curriculum in Methods of 
Policy Analysis and a selected area of concentration in Public Management, Public 
Sector Financial Management, Public Policy and Private Enterprise, or National 
Security Policy. 

The courses are typically offered in the early morning or late afternoon. It is ex- 
pected that the program will be completed in a maximum of three years with all stu- 
dents taking two courses each fall and spring semester. 

Master of Public Policy candidates may also be considered for the Mid-Career 
Fellowship Program. Under the joint auspices of the School and various federal 
agencies and state and local governments, this program recognizes high potential em- 
ployees for accelerated career development and education. Fellows participate in the 
Master of Public Policy degree program as well as a professional development series 
which includes special seminars, guest speakers, and a management development re- 
treat. 

Ph.D. in Policy Studies 

For information please contact the school directly. 

Certificate Programs 

The School offers 18 credit (6 courses) Certificate Programs in four areas: Methods 
of Policy Analysis, Public Policy and Private Enterprise, Public Sector Financial 
Management, Public Management, and National Security Policy. Twelve credit (4 



1 84 School of Public Affairs (PUAF) 



courses) certificates are offered in all of the areas listed above as well as in Normaltve 
Analysis. 

MBA/MPM Joint Program 

The College of Business and Management and the School of Public Affairs, both 
of the College Park Campus, offer a joint program of studies leading to MBA and 
MPM degrees. Under the terms of the joint program, a student may earn both de- 
grees in approximately five to six semesters. The accelerated program is possible be- 
cause some courses can be credited toward both degrees. Candidates must be admit- 
ted to both programs. 

Under the joint program, 66 credits are required for graduation, split roughly equal- 
ly between the programs. Grade point averages in each program will be computed se- 
parately and students must maintain minimum standards in each school to continue in 
the program. A student must complete both programs satisfactorily in order to re- 
ceive both degrees. A student whose enrollment in either program is terminated may 
elect to complete work for the degree in which he or she remains enrolled, but such 
completion must be upon the same conditions as required of regular (non- joint pro- 
gram) degree candidates. Student programs must be approved by the Assistant Dean 
of the School of Public Affairs and the MBA Program Director. For further discus- 
sion of admission and degree requirements, students should see the admissions re- 
quirements for each program. 

MPM/JD Joint Program 

The School of Public Affairs and the School of Law (located on the University of 
Baltimore City campus) offer a joint program of studies leading to MPM and JD de- 
grees. Under the terms of the joint program, a student may earn both degrees in four 
academic years. The accelerated program is possible because some courses can be 
credited toward both degrees. Candidates must apply for admission to the Law 
School as well as the Graduate School at College Park and must be admitted to both 
programs. 

Under the joint program, 75 credits in the Law School coupled with 39 credits in 
the School of Public Affairs are required for graduation. Grade point averages in 
each program will be computed separately and students must maintain minimum stan- 
dards in each school to continue in the program. A student must complete both pro- 
grams satisfactorily in order to receive both degrees. A student whose enrollment in 
either program is terminated may elect to complete work for the degree in which he 
or she remains enrolled, but such completion must be upon the same conditions as re- 
quired of regular (non-joint program) degree candidates. Student programs must be 
approved by the deans of each school. For further discussion of admission and de- 
gree requirements, students should see the above and consult the entry in the 
University of Maryland School of Law catalog. 

Financial Assistance 

The School has substantial financial aid available in the form of fellowships and 
graduate assistantships. All qualified applicants are considered. 



School of Public Affairs (PUAF) 1 85 



Additional Information 

For additional information, contact: 

Lyn Chasen 

Assistant Dean for Student Affairs 

School of Public Affairs 

2106 Morrill Hall 

University of Maryland 

College Park, MD 20742 

Telephone: (301)454-7238 
For courses, see code PUAF. 

Public Communication Program (PCOM) 

Professor and Director: Ay 1 ward 

Professors: Aylward. Bentley, Fink, Gillespie', Gomery, Kolker, Meersman, 

Pugliese (Emeritus), Wolvin (Communication Arts and Theatre); Beasley, Blumler, 

Cleghom". J. Grunig, Gurevitch, Hierbert, Levy, Martin (Journalism) 

Associate Professors: Falcione, Freimuth, Kirkley, Klumpp, Weiss (Communication 

Arts and Theatre); Barkin, Beasley, Levy, Zanot (Journalism) 

'Chair, Department of Communication Arts and Theatre 

^Dean, College of Journalism 

The Department of Communication Arts and Theatre and the College of Journalism 
offer a program leading to the Ph.D. in Public Communication. The program is inter- 
disciplinary in nature embracing the three divisions of Communication Arts and 
Theatre: radio-television-film, speech communication, and theatre and the College of 
Journalism. The Ph.D. prepares students for creative scholarship and research, and 
emphasizes both the necessary techniques and skills to conduct research and the abili- 
ty to think innovatively about problems of public communication. Areas of special- 
ization within the program include political and governmental communication; public 
relations and organizational communication; international communication; science and 
medical communication; rhetoric and public address; broadcast communication; thea- 
trical theory and aesthetics; theatre history, cinema history and aesthetics; and media 
history and criticism. 

There are increasing opportunities for employment in many fields associated with 
all aspects of communication. Employment opportunities may be found in private bu- 
siness and industry; in local, state, and federal government agencies; in various educa- 
tional institutions, and in the media and theatre. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Students may apply for admission to the Ph.D. in Public Communication Program 
by writing the director of the program. 

The student in the Ph.D. program in Public Communication develops an individual- 
ized course of study in consultation with his/her doctoral committee after considering 
the needs of the student and the specialized resources of the program faculty and of 
the Washington metropolitan area. The typical doctoral student will complete 12 to 
14 courses beyond the master's degree. The majority of the courses will be in the 



1 86 Public Communication Program (PCOM) 



Student's area of specialization, but some will be in areas of study outside the pro- 
gram to enhance the individual's research capability and to insure the interdisciplinary 
nature of the degree. 

The minimum requirements for the Ph.D. include: an M.A. degree or equivalent; 
completion of four required courses: PCOM 700, 701, 711 and 712 or PCOM 711, 
702 and 703 for specialization in quantitative research; minimum nine hours of 
600-800 level course work in the area of specialization; a minimum of nine hours in 
cognate graduate level courses elsewhere in the University; courses recommended by 
the doctoral committee to enhance research competence; successful completion of a 
written and oral qualifying examination taken upon completion of required course 
work; and submission and defense of a doctoral dissertation. Applicants must have a 
M.A. degree in one of the four areas of the program. They must also submit GRE 
scores, evidence of scholarly potential, and three letters of recommendation. 

Additional courses for students in the Public Communication Program are listed 
under the Journalism and the Communication Arts and Theatre program entries. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The University of Maryland is in an especially advantageous location for students 
wishing to pursue a degree in Public Communication. Several of the nation's major 
newspapers are published in the area, and the Washington bureaus of national and in- 
ternational news media are nearby. The University is also close to the John F. 
Kennedy Center for the Performing Arts, the Arena Stage, the National Ford and oth- 
er theatres, and the Wolf Trap Farm Park for the Performing Arts. 

Of the many important libraries which are in close proximity to the campus, two of 
the most outstanding are the Library of Congress and the Folger Shakespeare Library. 
Students also make use of the Broadcast Pioneers Library, the Smithsonian Institution, 
the National Archives, and the more than 50 specialized libraries and institutions in 
the Washington metropolitan area. 

Financial Assistance 

Students may apply for research or teaching assistantships in the College of 
Journalism or the Department of Communication Arts and Theatre. A limited number 
of fellowships, scholarships, and internships are also available to qualified students. 

Additional Information 

For information on the Ph.D. in Public Communication contact: 

Director 

Ph.D. Program, Public Communication 

Department of Communication Arts and Theatre 

University of Maryland 

College Park, MD 20742 
For courses, see code PCOM. 



Recreation Program (RECR) 187 



Recreation Program (RECR) 

Professor and Chair: Humphrey 

Professor: Iso-Ahola 

Associate Professors: Churchill, Kuss, Strobell, Verhoven 

Assistant Professors: Fedler 

Lecturers: Annand, Ward 

The Department of Recreation offers the M.A. degree, with either a thesis or pro- 
ject tracic, and the Ph.D. degree. Special areas of concentration include: administra- 
tion, therapeutic recreation, program planning, natural and historical interpretation, re- 
source planning and management, employee services, military, tourism and commer- 
cial recreation, and others. The program of advanced studies is designed to assist 
professional practitioners in the leisure services field and to prepare those who wish to 
enter the teaching profession, government or institutional service, and community ser- 
vices and research. 

Admission and Degree Information 

In addition to meeting the regular admission requirements of the Graduate School, 
students are encouraged to have completed two years of full-time work experience pri- 
or to applying for admission. All Ph.D. applicants are required to complete an inter- 
view with at least one faculty member. Doctoral students must complete core course 
work in recreation/leisure studies as well as research methods, statistics and computer 
science. A project or thesis is required of master's students and a dissertation of doc- 
toral students. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

Recreation students have access to the University's McKeldin Library, the 
College's Research Laboratory and statistical resources, the Computer Science Center, 
the almost unlimited facilities and programs of the metropolitan areas of Baltimore 
and Washington, D.C., and the headquarters and offices of appropriate national or- 
ganizations, agencies and federal governmental units in the nation's Capital. 

The Department sponsors a Leisure Research Unit that develops, supports, and 
coordinates a broad based research effort on the part of both faculty and students 
which addresses existing and evolving societal issues relevant to the leisure behavior 
of individuals and groups. A Department Field Service Unit has been established to 
develop and coordinate the professional service activities of the Department in re- 
sponse to needs identified in cooperation with the leisure services agencies/institutions 
of the metropolitan area, state, and region. The Department also works cooperatively 
with the Center on Aging in promoting research, course offerings, and training pro- 
grams. 

Financial Assistance 

A limited number of teaching and research assistantships are available to qualified 
graduate students. 



188 Recreation Program (RECR) 



Additional Information 

For additional information about specific requirements, please contact: 
Dr. Adah P. Strobell, Graduate Coordinator 
Department of Recreation 
The University of Maryland 
College Park. Maryland 20742 
For courses, see code RECR. 

Sociology Program (SOCY) 

Professor and Chair: Falk 

Professors: Clignet, Dager, Hage, Janes (Emeritus), Kammeyer, Lejins (Emeritus), 

Presser, Ritzer, Rosenberg, Robinson', D. Segal, Teachman 

Associate Professors: Brown, Finterbusch. Henkel, Hirzel. J. Hunt. L. Hunt, 

Landry, Lengermann, Mclntyre. Meeker, Panning, Pease, M. Segal, Vanneman 

Assistant Professors: Canjar, Harper, Kahn, Neustadtl, Snipp 

Adjunct Professors: Brown, Goldsmith, Silbergeld 

Affilliate Professors: Billingsley, Gonzales, Longest 

'Joint appointment with Survey Research Center 

The Graduate Program in Sociology offers course work leading to M.A. and Ph.D. 
degrees. Areas of emphasis in the department include: Demography (especially gend- 
er and inequality); Political Economy (development, the state, stratification, the socio- 
logy of work); Social Psychology (self-concept and mental health); Social Institutions 
(the family and military sociology); Theoretical Sociology (contemporary theory, 
meta-theory and theory construction.) Other areas of specialization may be developed 
by individual students working with one or more faculty members. Each specialty 
area has at least one basic course at the 600 level, one or more specialized or sup- 
porting course at the 600 level, and an advanced special topics seminar at the 700 lev- 
el. Several of the 600 level courses can apply to more than one area. Highly special- 
ized courses are offered once every four semesters, while basic courses and the more 
specialized courses that are in high demand are offered once a year. 

Within the last three years, about half the students finishing Ph.D. degrees in the 
Sociology Department have found employment doing college-level teaching, and 
about half in research, administration, and consulting in federal, state, or private or- 
ganizations. We anticipate that an increasing proportion of students completing gra- 
duate work in the near future will be engaged in either research administration or ap- 
plied research in government or private organizations. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Admission to the graduate program is based upon the student's prior academic re- 
cord, GRE scores, letters of recommendation, and other information relevant to the 
applicant's chances of successfully completing the program. Although a previous ma- 
jor in sociology is not required, students entering the master's degree program should 
have had the following in undergraduate courses: mathematics through college alge- 
bra, elementary statistics, sociological theory, and sociological research methods. 
Students entering the Ph.D. program should have had at least one graduate level 



Sociology Program (SOCY) 1 89 



course each in sociological theory, sociological research methods, and statistics. 
Students deficient in any of these areas may be admitted to the program provisionally, 
but must satisfy the requirements their first year in the program. 

A minimum of 30 hours is required for the master's degree, including one course 
each in statistics, sociological theory, and two courses in research methods. A 
master's thesis is required. Usually, this phase of the program can be completed in 
two years. 

Ph.D. candidates should have met all the master's degree requirements. In addi- 
tion, there are four required courses; one each in sociological theory, statistics, re- 
search methods, and one course that integrates theory and methods. It is possible to 
take some of the Ph.D. courses at the master's level. A minimum of 24 hours of 
course work in addition to master's degree courses is required. PH.D. students must 
pass comprehensive examinations in three areas of specialization. The language re- 
quirement may be met by passing a language examination or making a B or better in 
one of a number of other research tool courses. These requirements plus the writing 
of a dissertation can be completed in three years but additional time may often be re- 
quired. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The Sociology Department is located in a new building with ample office and re- 
search space. Facilities include data processing and computer capabilities, a small 
groups laboratory, a demography laboratory, and a Department library. The 
University has excellent computer facilities and computer time is readily available to 
faculty and graduate students. 

Financial Assistance 

Financial assistance for graduate students is available through teaching and research 
assistantships, and for advanced students through part-time instructorships. All carry 
remission of tuition and fees. 

Additional Information 

For information and application forms, write or call: 
Director of Graduate Studies 
Sociology Department 
University of Maryland 
College Park, MD 20742 
Phone (301)454-5933 
For courses, see code SOCY. 

Spanish Language and Literature Program (SPAP) 

Professor and Chair: Sosnowski 

Professors: Martinez, Nemes, Pacheco 

Associate Professors: Aguilar-Mora (Director of Graduate Studies), Diz, Igel 

Assistant Professors: Benito Vessels, Lavine. Naharro-Calderon, Rabasa, Sanjines, 

Zappa la 

The Department of Spanish and Portuguese offers graduate programs leading to the 



1 90 Spanish Language and Literature Program (SPAP) 



degrees of Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy in Spanish. The Department's 
offerings are designed to provide the required advanced training in language, litera- 
ture, and linguistics for achieving professional excellence in high school and college 
teaching and for undertaking creative research in related fields of inquiry. 

Employment statistics show that opportunities for the M.A. and Ph.D. graduate of 
this Department have been excellent during the last ten years. All our M.A. gradu- 
ates have found employment commensurate with their academic training. Most gra- 
duates entered teaching careers; several work in government agencies and international 
organizations. During the same period, all of our Ph.D. graduates who wished to un- 
dertake a career in teaching and research have obtained satisfactory appointments at 
colleges and universities. The important role played in this country by Hispanics and 
the recognition of their cultural imprint bode well for future expansion in all areas re- 
lated to this particular field. 

The Department participates actively in the program of the Center of Renaissance 
and Baroque Studies of the College of Arts and Humanities, and offers regularly 
courses of an interdisciplinary nature with the cooperation of faculty members of other 
departments. 

New academic program: "DISCOVERING THE AMERICAS." 

Starting in the fall of 1987, the Department of Spanish and Portuguese and the 
Latin American Studies Center have been presenting a special six-year academic pro- 
gram titled "Discovering America" which will focus on the cultural encounter of the 
worlds that shaped our modem history. 

The project has been divided into three two-year cycles that encompass the follow- 
ing areas: 1) Precolumbian cultures, 2) Africa in America, and 3) Spain in America. 
Every year the Department will hold symposia and offer lectures and graduate courses 
given by specialists in each area. 

For detailed information, please write to the Department Chair. 

Admission and Degree Information 

The degree of Master of Arts has two options: the non-thesis option and the thesis 
option. A total of 30 credit hours are required for the non-thesis option with 3 credits 
in linguistics; 3 credits in literary theory and/or criticism; 15 credits in either Spanish 
or Spanish-American literature, one of which is to be considered the candidate's 
"major" literature; and 9 credits in the other or "non-major" literature. Students must 
also submit a written scholady paper in the final semester of their program which will 
be read and evaluated by at least two appropriate faculty members. 

The requirements for the thesis option are the same as for the non-thesis option 
with one exception; the course requirement in the "major" literature is reduced from 
15 to 9 credits with 6 hours of thesis research credit required. All M.A. candidates 
take comprehensive examinations. 

The doctoral degree is a research and specialized degree and it does not require a 
fixed number of credit hours. Before admission to candidacy, the student must de- 
monstrate: I) a thorough knowledge of the literary production in the chosen area 
(Spanish or Spanish-American Literature), 2) an in-depth knowledge of the field of 



Spanish Language and Literature Program (SPAP) 191 



specialization, 3) proficiency in a minimum of two fields of the other Hispanic litera- 
ture, 4) a reading knowledge of a language other than Spanish and English, to be 
used as a research tool in the field of specialization, 5) one course in linguistics, such 
as "History of the Spanish Language". 6) a minimum of one course in literary theory 
and/or criticism, 7) acquaintance with a third literature (e.g. Luso- Brazilian, French, 
English, etc.), and 8) a background in supporting fields to be used as research tools 
(e.g. history, philosophy, political science, sociology, art, etc). Students must pass 
both a preliminary and a comprehensive examination for the Ph.D. in addition to pre- 
senting a dissertation. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The Department maintains a special research and reference library for graduate stu- 
dents of Spanish in honor of one of its former instructors, the late Pedro F. Entenza. 
The students publish a literary magazine. Prismal/Cabral. Dr. Sosnowski is the edi- 
tor of the journal Hispamerica. 

Additional Information 

Financial assistance is available. For additional information please write to the 
Department Chair. 

For courses, see code SPAP. 

Special Education Program (EDSP) 

Professor and Chair: Burke 

Professors: Hebeler, Simms 

Associate Professors: Beckman, Egel, Graham, Kohl, Leone 

Assistant Professors: Cooper, Gradel, Harris, Leiber, Neubert, Speece 

Research Associates: Adger, Florian, Haynes, MacArther, Malouf, McLaughlin, 

Powers 

Graduate studies in the Department of Special Education include programs leading 
to Master of Arts and Master of Education degrees. Advanced Graduate Specialist 
certificates, and Doctor of Education and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Areas of 
concentration may include: Learning Disabilities; Behavior Disorders; Severely 
Handicapped (including Autism); Early Childhood (including Infancy); Gifted and 
Talented; Educationally Handicapped; and Career- Vocational Special Education for 
the Handicapped. Concentrations in Special Education Administration and 
Supervision and Policy Studies are also available at the doctoral level. 

The Ph.D. in special education is targeted primarily towards research, scholarship, 
and educational leadership. This overall goal is achieved in and through the selection 
of areas of emphasis or the major concentrations listed above. Graduate work at the 
doctoral level can also be done in educational administration and supervision, and po- 
licy development and implementation for the handicapped with a specialized national 
focus. The Ed.D. is focused on these same areas, but has an emphasis on applied re- 
search and programining. A variety of minor specializations taken outside the 
Department are also possible. Content course work in the areas of administration and 
policy studies are developed in collaboration with other departments in the College 
and University. 



1 92 Special Education Program (EDSP) 



Special education graduates are eligible for a wide variety of professional oppor- 
tunities. Students who graduate with a master's degree in special education may enter 
positions in the public schools as master teachers or in other positions of leadership. 
Opportunities also exist in private settings where graduates may find positions as 
coordinators, administrators, or other specialized support staff. Doctoral degree gra- 
duates have numerous options, such as university faculty positions, professional staff 
positions in state departments of education, the federal government, and in the public 
schools. Private agencies and organizations may also seek doctoral graduates as 
directors or specialized support staff. Historically, employment opportunities for spe- 
cial education graduates have been excellent. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Admission requirements for the master's program require a 3.0 undergraduate grade 
point average and the submission of the Miller Analogies Test or the Graduate Record 
Examination test scores. Admission to an A.G.S. or doctoral program requires a 3.5 
grade point average in previous graduate studies and either a 3.0 undergraduate grade 
point average or at least a 40 percentile on the Miller Analogies Test or Graduate 
Record Examination. 

Graduate programs are planned individually by the student and advisor. Each pro- 
gram reflects the individual student's background, goals, and the level of competency 
being sought. There is no one program of study which all graduate students follow. 
Individual programming by students and advisors allows wide latitude of career direc- 
tion within the field of special education upon completion of graduate study. 

Graduate study in special education requires advanced competencies in the educa- 
tion of exceptional children. Students entering the program with special education ce- 
rtification are required to take a minimum of 36 credit hours. Additional course work 
is required for students entering without academic preparation in education. For ex- 
ample, students entering without certification in education are required to take a mini- 
mum of 60 credit hours; students entering with early childhood, elementary, or se- 
condary education certification are required to take a minimum of 45 credit hours. 
Upon completion of their degree, students in each of these categories may qualify for 
Maryland State Certification in Special Education. 

Students pursuing the master's degree program in special education may earn the 
Master of Arts degree or the Master of Education degree. Specific basic course re- 
quirements in special education are the same for either program with differentiation of 
thesis requirements. The student generally takes a minimum of 15 hours in special 
education. Specific programs and the number of credit hours required will be deter- 
mined with the student's advisor according to the student's background and career 
plans. 

The Advanced Graduate Specialist certificate in special education is available to 
students wishing to take increased graduate work beyong the master's level. The 
minimum number of graduate hours for the A.G.S. is 60. The core of the program 
should be made up of special education courses and other work within the College of 
Education or other colleges of the University as approved by the student's advisor and 
the special education graduate faculty. 



Special Education Program (EDSP) 1 93 



Students pursuing the doctoral program in special education must have completed 
the Master of Arts degree or the Master of Education degree and may elect to work 
for either the Ed.D. or Ph.D. degree. Students should consult the Department 
Statement on Graduate Programs. A student in the doctoral program will generally 
complete a minimum of 90 hours of graduate study of which 30 to 40 hours will be in 
the major field. Candidates must develop doctoral level competencies in research and 
in any of the areas of specialization (listed above) which fulfill their professional 
goals. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

Special strengths of the special education program include the focus on integrated 
field experiences, the utilization of special education research facilities, and the wide 
backgrounds of faculty members which enable the Department to maintain an inte- 
grated approach. 

Additional Information 

Prospective graduate students are requested to consult "Graduate Programs in Special 
Education," which is available in the Department Office, for additional specific infor- 
mation on Departmental programs, admissions procedures, and financial aid. 
For courses, see code EDSP. 

Textiles and Consumer Economics Program (TXCE) 

Professor and Chair: Smith 

Professors: Dardis, Hollies, Spivak, Yeh 

Associate Professors: Block, Brannigan, Paoletti 

Assistant Professors: Anderson, Ettenson, Hacklander, Pourdeyhimi, Soberon-Ferrer, 

Verma, Wagner 

Affiliate Assistant Professor: Ordonez 

Lecturer: Basiotis, Morris 

The Department of Textiles and Consumer Economics offers programs of study 
leading to the Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Fields of special- 
ization are textiles and/or consumer economics. In the field of textiles, students may 
concentrate in textile science, textile economics and marketing, textile evaluation or 
historic textile/costume/conservation. In the field of consumer economics, students 
may concentrate in consumer economics, consumer policy, consumer behavior, or 
consumption analysis. 

Students completing the M.S. or Ph.D. degrees in Textiles and Consumer 
Economics have strong employment opportunities with government, industry, and 
educational institutions. 

Admission and Degree Information 

There are no rigid course requirements for admission to the graduate program in 
Textiles and Consumer Economics. A major in home economics, consumer econom- 
ics, textiles and clothing, textiles, or a relevant discipline such as chemistry, econom- 
ics, or psychology is acceptable as background for study in this field. Preparation in 
the basic physical and social sciences (chemistry, mathematics, economics, psycholo- 



1 94 Textiles and Consumer Economics Program (TXCE) 



gy, and sociology) is highly recommended. Necessary course prerequisites (without 
graduate credit) can be completed after admission to the graduate program. All appli- 
cants are required to submit scores of the Graduate Record Examination Aptitude 
Test. 

Thesis and non-thesis options are available for the Master of Science degree. In 
the thesis option, students must complete a minimum of 24 hours of course work, a 
thesis, and pass a final oral examination on the thesis. In the non-thesis option, stu- 
dents must complete a minimum of 30 hours of course work, submit one scholarly 
paper, and pass a written comprehensive final examination. Students in both the the- 
sis and non-thesis options must present one Departmental seminar. 

Students with bachelor's degrees may apply for the doctoral program, although 
they are encouraged to complete requirements for the M.S. degree. Applicants hold- 
ing a master's degree in an equivalent field from an accredited institution may be ad- 
mitted for immediate doctoral study. Previous graduate work will be evaluated on an 
individual basis, but a minimum of 18 hours of course work beyond the master's level 
is required for the Ph.D. degree in addition to 12 hours of dissertation research. 
Qualifying examinations are administered upon completion of basic course require- 
ments in either textiles or consumer economics. Written and oral comprehensive ex- 
aminations are given upon completion of all course work. A final oral examination is 
held for the student to defend the dissertation. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The graduate program is multidisciplinary in nature with graduate faculty from che- 
mistry, engineering, economics, behavioral sciences, and the arts. Departmental re- 
search facilities include the historic textiles and costume collection and a number of 
fully equipped specialized research laboratories. These include comfort research facil- 
ities, a textile conservation laboratory, several textile chemistry laboratories, a dark 
room for photomicroscopy, several temperature and humidity controlled textile evalua- 
tion laboratories, a flammability testing, and evaluation laboratory, a color and en- 
vironmental evaluation laboratory, a consumer behavior laboratory, and a resource 
room for reference materials frequently used by graduate students and faculty. In ad- 
dition, the Department has a computer-aided design laboratory and a 
microcomputer/CRT laboratory interfaced with the University's central computing fa- 
cility. To the graduate student, perhaps our most important resource is the 
Department itself and the people in it. The members of our graduate faculty are ac- 
tive in a variety of fields, from textiles science to law. These faculty members, to- 
gether with our graduate students and adjunct faculty, form a lively and intellectually 
stimulating community. Access to federal agencies where decisions affecting consum- 
ers are made provide graduate students with a unique opportunity to conduct consum- 
er related research. 

Financial Assistance 

Graduate teaching and/or research assistantships are offered to qualified applicants 
on the basis of past academic performance and experience. Work study/tuition waiv- 
ers are awarded by the Financial Aid Office on the basis of need. Graduate fellow- 
ships awarded on the basis of merit are available from the Graduate School. More 



Textiles and Consumer Economics Program (TXCE) 1 95 



than half of the full-time students in the Department hold assistantships or some form 
of financial aid. Part-time and summer work is often available for students not re- 
ceiving financial aid. 

Additional Information 

Additional information on Departmental programs, admissions, procedures and 
financial aid may be obtained by contacting: 
Chair, 

Department of Textiles and Consumer Economics 
Room 2100, Marie Mount Hall 
University of Maryland 
College Park, MD 20742 

Toxicology Program 

The program in Toxicology is University-wide, using faculty and resources at 
College Park, Baltimore City and County, Eastern Shore, and the Chesapeake 
Biological Laboratory of the Center for Environmental and Estuarine Studies. The 
Program's objectives are to provide educational and professional training opportunities 
in fundamental and applied fields of toxicology leading to M.S. and Ph.D. degrees. 
Graduates from this Program will be highly qualified to conduct research, teach, and 
provide services to federal, state, and local governments, industry, labor, and the pub- 
lic. 

Laboratory and lecture courses are offered in both basic and applied aspects of tox- 
icology (occupational, environmental, clinical, analytical, and regulatory) as well as 
in biochemistry, chemistry, epidemiology, pharmacology, pathology, and biostatistics. 
Every effort is made to individualize the student's program and to encourage students 
to take advantage of appropriate graduate courses at all University of Maryland cam- 
puses. 

Specialization at the doctoral level will be available in various areas such as aquatic 
and marine toxicology, neurotoxicology, occupational toxicology, environmental toxi- 
cology, regulatory toxicology, drug toxicology, and others depending on the interest 
of the student. 

For further information, please contact: 

Dr. Robert E. Menzer 

Room 0313, Symons Hall 

University of Maryland 

College Park, MD 20742 
For courses, see code TXCE. 

Institute for Urban Studies (URBS) 
Director and Professor: Corey 
Professors: Stone 
Associate Professor: Christian 
Assistant Professors: Chang, Howland 
Lecturer: Williams 



1 96 Institute for Urban Studies (URBS) 



Affiliate and Adjunct Faculty: Baum, Brower, Chen, Fogle, Hula, Laidlaw, Levin, 
Ziegler 

The Institute for Urban Studies offers a program leading to the Master of Arts de- 
gree in Urban Studies. The program is interdisciplinary and professionally oriented to 
educate students in metropolitan area development through the use of program 
planning and management methods and functional urban-sector knowledge. A gradu- 
ate of the program would be prepared to enter a career in metropolitan organizations 
from the non-profit and government sectors relating to urban affairs. The Institute's 
faculty specialize in: metropolitan and regional planning, public policy analysis and 
management, quantitative planning methods, and economic-development planning. 
Internships are encouraged; career-oriented planning and analysis competencies are 
stressed. The Institute has a joint program with the professional, accredited Master of 
Community Planning (MCP) Program, University of Maryland at Baltimore Campus. 
For more information on the MCP program, contact Dr. Melvin Levin, c/o 525 W. 
Redwood Street, Baltimore, MD 21201; (301) 528-3600. Graduates who demonstrate 
research competence also are eligible to pursue doctoral degrees in related disciplines, 
selected for specialized study or in interdisciplinary urban studies, planning, manage- 
ment, and policy analysis programs. 

Urban studies graduate students (more than half of whom are part-time) come from 
a wide variety of academic backgrounds (e.g., engineering, fine arts, English, history, 
business, geography, sociology, economics, and political science) and from many 
walks of life; undergraduate liberal arts degree holders turned career-minded, veter- 
ans, returning housewives, and others who have been out of the job market and want 
a program to provide them with re-entry skills and credentials, as well as persons 
already in urban-related jobs who want to enrich their education and upgrade their 
credentials. This diverse student body provides a rich learning environment in which 
many types of experiences and ideas are exchanged. 

In combination with core courses. Institute students must develop concentrations 
through course work in other departments of the University offering courses related to 
urbanization. Some of the departments providing such opportunities include: Afro- 
American Studies, Architecture, Business and Management, Civil Engineering, 
Computer Science, Criminal Justice and Criminology, Economics, Education, Family 
and Community Development, Geography, Government and Politics, Health, Housing 
and Design, Journalism, Recreation, Sociology, and Speech and Communications. 
The student's concentration is developed in consultation with the Director of Graduate 
Studies and is based on a plan of study. 

Employment opportunities for Institute graduates, though highly competitive, re- 
main strong. The Washington, D.C. metropolitan region offers diverse employment 
potential in urban analysis, program management and planning, and computer applica- 
tions. 

Admission and Degree Information 

The Institute's admissions policy is designed to achieve a student mix of experi- 
enced practitioners and strong recent graduates. The aptitude test score of the 
Graduate Record Examination is required of recent graduates whose grade point aver- 



Institute for Urban Studies (URBS) 1 97 



ages are below 3.2. Applicants should provide three letters of recommendation and a 
resume indicating their education and employment history. Experienced applicants 
may be admitted provisionally (subject to successful completion of initial course 
work) if their undergraduate grade point average is below regular University require- 
ments and if their employment experience indicates a high probability of success in 
the Program. To accommodate part-time students and students with internships, all 
required courses are offered in the late afternoon and evening. 

The Institute for Urban Studies offers a 37 credit hour Master of Arts degree. 
Candidates for this degree are required to meet these core requirements: ( 1 ) Methods 
courses (7 credit hours). GEOG 483 (or equivalent). URBS 601. and URBS 602; (2) 
Substantive courses (12 credit hours), URBS 630. URBS 640. URBS 660. URBS 670 
and URBS 680 (take 4 of 5 courses); (3) Procedural courses (3 credit hours); URBS 
656 and URBS 666 (take 1 of 2 courses); (4) concentration courses (15 credit hours). 
With the advice of an urban studies advisor, degree candidates must design a coherent 
concentration from courses in urban studies and from related departments. 
Concentrations might include: metropolitan planning, urban management, urban de- 
sign, community development, urban geography, public management, international 
development, computer applications, urban history, and many other designs of a 
cross-disciplinary nature. An urban internship is optional. The concentration may in- 
clude 6 credits of thesis. (5) Synthesis: these leanings are synthesized by means of a 
required set of written comprehensive examinations. 

Both a thesis and a non-thesis option are available. Each option requires 37 credit 
hours. Both options require successful completion of a written comprehensive exam- 
ination covering the synthesis of core course knowledge. Students are eligible to take 
the comprehensive examination after completing 24 credit hours, including core 
courses. 

No more than 13 credit hours at the 400-level may be applied towards the URBS 
M.A. degree. These may include: 13 credits from URBS 410, 438, 450, 460, 470. 
480; GEOG 483; and others as approved by the URBS graduate advisor. 

A degree in urban studies is not awarded solely on the basis of the accumulation of 
the minimum number of credit hours. If in the judgement of the faculty a degree can- 
didate needs to demonstrate additional academic performance, remedial work may be 
required before the degree will be awarded. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

In addition to its regular faculty, the Institute regularly draws on a number of outs- 
tanding adjunct faculty from the Washington Metropolitan Area to teach courses. 

Financial Assistance 

A limited number of graduate assistantships and fellowships are available and the 
Institute assists students in finding work- study positions, internships, and part-time 
jobs in government agencies. USED Public Service Fellowships for under-represented 
groups have been available in a joint program with the School of Public Affairs. 



1 98 Institute for Urban Studies (URBS) 



Additional Information 

Fuilher information and the graduate bulletin of the Institute for Urban Studies may 
be obtained from: 

The Director of Graduate Studies 

Institute for Urban Studies 

1113 Lefrak Hall 

College Park, MD 20742 

(301)454-2662 
For courses, see code URBS. 

Zoology Department (ZOOL) 

Professor and Chair: Popper 

Professors: Allan, Carter, Clark, Corliss, Gill, Highton, Levitan, Pierce, Vermeij 

Associate Professors: Ades, Bamett, Bonar, Borgia, Colombini, Goode, Higgins, 

Imberski, Inouye, Linder, Reaka, Small 

Assistant Professors: Chao, Olek, Payne, Shapiro. Wilkinson 

Adjunct Professors: Kleiman, Manning, Morton, O'Brien, M. Potter 

Adjunct Associate Professors: Kelly, Piatt 

The Department of Zoology offers programs of study leading to the degrees of 
Master of Science (thesis and non-thesis) and Doctor of Philosophy with specialization 
in the following fields: behavior, cell biology, developmental biology, ecology, es- 
tuarine and marine biology, genetics, neurobiology, physiology, systematics and evo- 
lutionary biology. 

Admission and Degree Information 

Admission to graduate study in the Department of Zoology requires a baccalaureate 
degree from a recognized undergraduate institution. In addition, course work in cal- 
culus, physics, and organic chemistry is required. Able students who lack preparation 
in a particular area may be admitted provided that the deficiency is corrected early in 
the graduate work. The department requires scores from the Graduate Record 
Examination, including the subject test, which should be taken in some area of biolo- 
gy- 

The thesis master's program enables a student to engage in advanced study and to 
undertake a research project. It may be a terminal degree or may demonstrate the 
student's research ability and lead to continuation of graduate work for the Ph.D. in 
the same or related area. There are no requirements in excess of the general require- 
ments established by the Graduate School. All requirements for the master's degree 
are to be completed within a three year period. A final oral examination on the thesis 
is given whenever the student has completed all other requirements for the degree. 

The non-thesis master's program provides opportunity for advanced education and a 
terminal degree for those who are not research-oriented. All non-thesis master's stu- 
dents are required to complete at least 30 hours of course work, of which no fewer 
than 18 must be at the 600 level or above in zoology or appropriate related fields. 
No fewer than 16 hours of courses must be in zoology and three of these courses 
should be in a single area of specialization. In addition, at least one satisfactory 



Zoology Department (ZOOL) 1 99 



scholarly paper must be written in an area approved by the student's advisor. A writ- 
ten comprehensive examination in three areas of zoology must be passed before the 
degree is awarded. All requirements must be completed within a three- year period. 

The Ph.D. program in zoology is a research program providing maximal opportuni- 
ty for the student to evolve and develop his or her capacity for scholarship and inde- 
pendent work. Opportunity is provided for in-depth study in an area of specialization. 
A doctoral candidate must complete at least 30 credit hours of advanced course work, 
including a minimum of 12 semester hours of doctoral research. A formal preli- 
minary examination is given to all doctoral students within the first two years of en- 
rollment in the Department. This is an oral examination focusing primarily on de- 
termination of whether the student has the proper motivation, intellectual capacity and 
curiosity, and educational background, and has or can develop the technical skills to 
successfully pursue the Ph.D. program. However, there is no formal restriction on 
the extent or the range of the questions asked of the candidate. The doctoral disserta- 
tion must be completed and defended usually within three, preferably two, years after 
passing of prelims. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The Zoology Department's share of the Zoo-Psych Building provides adequate 
space for graduate teaching and research. The research laboratories are well equipped 
with a wide variety of scientific instrumentation. In addition, the Department has 
special suites for both transmission and scanning electronmicroscopy, constant tem- 
perature rooms, four sound-proof rooms (one being an anechoic chamber designed 
specifically for sophisticated research in ethology), photographic dark rooms, sterile 
transfer rooms, and a histotechnology suite. Additional research opportunities are 
available to students through the Department's association with staff members of the 
National Institutes of Health, U.S. Department of Agriculture, Smithsonian 
Institution, National Zoo, and several marine laboratories. 

Although the Department maintains no library of its own, the University has a fine 
graduate library housing a Science and Technology Division. In addition, facilities 
such as the National Library of Medicine and the Department of Agriculture Library 
as well as the Library of Congress greatly expand the library material within relatively 
easy access to the Department. 

Additional Information 

Students are urged to communicate directly with the faculty in the area of their 
interest, but additional general information and a statement of particular Departmental 
requirements may be obtained by writing to the Director of Graduate Studies, 
Department of Zoology. For courses, see code ZOOL. 

Certificate Programs 

Historic Preservation 

Chair: Flack (History) 

Committee Members: Groves (Geography), Dent (Anthropology), Fogle 

Architecture), Kelly (American Studies), Murtagh (History), Price (History), Sims 



200 Certificate Programs 



(National Tioist for Historic Preservation Library) 

The Historic Preservation Graduate Certificate program augments the degree wort; 
of Master of Architecture, Master of Arts and Doctor of Philosophy students in the 
six cooperating academic units; American Studies, Anthropology, Architecture, 
Geography, History and Urban Studies. 

Admission and Degree Information 

This 24 credit interdisciplinary program is designed to help prepare students for a 
range of careers in the planning, management and conservation of significant cultural, 
natural and historical resources. Through courses, seminars and internships, students 
develop the basic expertise to become researchers, interpr eters, curators, restoration- 
ists, archaeologists, planners, conservators and administrators in the multi-faceted 
field of historic preservation. 

Students seeking the Certificate must meet general Graduate School requirements 
and normally they must have been admitted into one of the participating degree pro- 
grams. Application is in the form of a letter to the Committee on Historic 
Preservation. The Committee, in making its evaluation, will review relevant material 
in the Graduate School application. If appropriate, the applicant's record as a gradu- 
ate student or resume generated through professional experience will be considered. 
Interested persons are advised to consult in advance with the chair of the Committee. 

Certificate students, in conjunction with their degree programs, complete the re- 
quired introductory seminar (HISP 600), a survey of preservation law, 15 credit hours 
of study focus courses and the final seminar (HISP 700). The total number of se- 
mester credit hours will vary according to the particular requirements of the specific 
degree program. 

Facilities and Special Resources 

The Certificate program is directly related to and substantially enhanced by the 
National Trust for Historic Preservation Library housed, since 1986. on the College 
Park Campus. The program is further strengthened by closed working relationships 
with the National Park Service, the Maryland Historical Trust, the Maryland Hall of 
Records, the Maryland National Capital Park and Planning Commission, Historic 
Annapolis, Inc., Preservation Maryland, and Baltimore Commission for Historical and 
Architectural Preservation and the Prince George's County Historic Preservation 
Commission. Practical experience can be gained through ongoing summer projects at 
the Chalfonte Hotel (Cape May, New Jersey) and at Kiplin Hall in North Yorkshire, 
England. 

Financial Assistance 

There are possibilities of paid internships with the National Park Service and the 
Historic American Building Survey/History American Engineering Record. Certificate 
students may be teaching assistants in related academic units. Also, students in the 
Certificate program are specially eligible for the annual Margaret Cook Award, a cash 
prize endowed by Prince George's Heritage. Inc. and the Prince George's County 
Historical and Cultural Trust. 



Certificate Programs 201 



Additional Information 

Complete descriptions of academic offeinngs and requirements may be obtained 
from the Committee on Historic Preservation. 
For courses, see code HISP. 

Gerontology Certificate 

The Graduate Gerontology Certificate program trains students at the masters and 
doctoral levels as specialists in aging and adult development. In order to be eligible a 
student must first be accepted into a masters or doctoral program at the University of 
Maryland or have already earned a masters or doctorate degree. The program consists 
of 18 hours for a masters student and 21 hours for a doctoral student. Nine of these 
hours are selected from core areas including Physical Bases, Psychological Bases, and 
Social Bases of aging. Three credits are taken to satisfy the internship requirement 
and the remaining credits may be chosen from either the core or complementary 
courses in gerontology. 



AASP — Afro-American Studies 203 



Course Descriptions 



AASP — Afro-American Studies 

AASP 400 Directed Readings in Afro-American Studies (3) 

The readings will be directed by the Director of Afro-American Studies. Topics to be covered; the 
topics will be chosen by the director to meet the needs and interests of individual students. 
AASP 401 Seminar in Afro-American Studies (3) 

The theory and concepts of the social and behavioral sciences as they relate to Afro-American stu- 
dies. Required for the certificate in Afro-American studies. Prerequisites: at least 15 hours of Afro- 
American studies or related courses or permission of the director. 
AASP 410 Contemporary African Ideologies (3) 

Analysis of contemporary African ideologies. Emphasis on philosophies of Nyerere, Nkrumah, 
Senghor, Sekou Toure, Kaunda, Cabral, et al. Discussion of the role of African ideologies on mo- 
dernization and social change. 
AASP 411 Blacit Resistance Movements (3) 

A comparative study of the black resistance movements in Africa and America; analysis of their in- 
terrelationships as well as their impact on contemporary pan- Africanism. 
AASP 428 Special Topics in Black Development (3) 

A multi-disciplinary and inter-disciplinary educational experience concerned with questions relevant 
to the development of black people everywhere. Development implies political, economic, social, 
and cultural change among other things. Consequently, a number of topics may be examined and 
studied. 

AASP 429 Special Topics in Black Culture (3) 

An interdisciplinary approach to the role of black artists around the world. Emphasis is placed upon 
contributions of the black man in Africa, the Caribbean and the United States to the literary arts, the 
musical arts, the performing arts, and the visual arts. Course content will be established in terms of 
those ideas and concepts which reflect the cultural climate of the era in which they were produced. 
Attention to individual compositions and works of art through lectures, concepts, field trips, and 
audio-visual devices. 

AEED — Agricultural and Extension Education 

AEED 423 Extension Communications (3) 

An introduction to communications in teaching and within an organization, including barriers to 
communication, the diffusion process and the application of communication principles person to per- 
son, with groups and through mass media. 

AEED 426 Development and Management of Extension Youth Programs (3) 
Designed for present and prospective state leaders of extension youth programs. Program develop- 
ment, principles of program management, leadership development and counseling; science, career 
selection and citizenship in youth programs, field experience in working with youth from low in- 
come families, urban work. 

AEED 427 Group Dynamics in Continuing and Extension Education (3) 

Concepts involved in working with groups planning extension and continuing education programs. 
Analysis of group behavior and group dynamics related to small groups and development of a 
competence in the selection of appropriate methods and techniques. 
AEED 464 Rural Life in Modern Society (3) 
The historical and current nature of rural and agricultural areas and communities in the complex 



204 Course Descriptions 



structure and culture of U.S. society. Basic structural, cultural, and functional concepts for analyses 
and contrasts of societies and the organizations and social systems within them. 
AEED 466 Rural Poverty in an Affluent Society (3) 

Factors giving rise to conditions of rural poverty. Problems faced by the rural poor. Programs de- 
signed to alleviate rural poverty. 
AEED 487 Conservation of Natural Resources (3) 

Designed primarily for teachers. Study of state's natural resources; soil, water, fisheries, wildlife, 
forests, and minerals: natural resources problems and practices. Extensive field study. Concentration 
on subject matter. Taken concurrently with AEED 497 in summer season. 
AEED 488 Critique in Rural Education (1) 
Current problems and trends in rural education. 
AEED 489 Field Experience (1^) 

Prerequisite: consent of department. Planned field experience for both major and non-major stu- 
dents. Repeatable to a maximum of four credits. 
AEED 497 Conservation of Natural Resources (3) 

Designed primarily for teachers. Study of state's natural resources: soil, water, fisheries, wildlife, 
forests, and minerals: natural resources problems and practices. Extensive field study. Methods of 
teaching conservation included. Taken concurrently with AEED 487 in summer season. 
AEED 499 Special Problems (1-3) 
Prerequisite: staff approval. 

AEED 606 Program Planning and Evaluation in Agricultural Education (2-3) 
Second semester. Analysis of community agricultural education needs, selection and organization of 
course content, criteria and procedures for evaluating programs. 
AEED 626 Program Development in Adult and Continuing Education (3) 

Concepts in program planning and development. Study and analysis of program design and imple- 
mentation in adult and continuing education. 

AEED 627 Program Evaluation in Adult and Continuing Education (3) 

Prerequisite: AEED 626 or consent of instructor. An analysis of program evaluation concepts as 
they relate specifically to adult continuing education. Program evaluation concepts, issues and prob- 
lems with emphasis on the use of evaluation procedures. 
AEED 628 Seminar in Program Planning (1-5) 

The student assists in the development of an educational program in an institutional or community 
setting. He also develops an individualized unit of study applicable to the program. Seminar sessions 
are based on the actual problems of diagnosing needs, planning, conducting, and evaluating pro- 
grams. Repeatable to a maximum of five credits. 

AEED 630 Teaching-Learning in Adult and Continuing Education (3) 

The teaching/learning process in adult continuing education. Instructional techniques and methodo- 
logies appropriate for adults. The curriculum development process. Issues and priorities in adult 
continuing education. 

AEED 631 Seminar in Adult Basic Education (3) 

The social context of illiteracy. Problems and issues in literacy education. Existing strategies of 
adult basic education (ABE). 

AEED 632 International Extension/Adult Education (3) 

The state of extension/ adult education in other countries. The social context of extension/adult edu- 
cation in selected countries. Analysis of existing extension/adult education programs and the contri- 
butions of these systems to the field. 
AEED 642 Continuing Education in Extension (3) 
Studies the process through which adults have and use opportunities to learn systematically under the 



AEED — Agricultural and Extension Education 205 



guidance of an agent, teacher or leader. A variety of program areas will be reviewed giving the stu- 
dent an opportunity to plan, conduct and evaluate learning activities for adults. 
AEED 661 Rural Community Analysis (3) 

Communities as social systems composed of organizations which interact in a system of cultural in- 
stitutions, norms, and values. Functional and structural linkages between organizations within as 
well as outside the community; rural vs. urban similarities and differences; and the role of the social 
processes such as competition, cooperation and conflict in the context of community power and lea- 
dership structure. 

AEED 663 Developing Rural Leadership (2-3) 

Leadership and leadership development in the context of formal organizations, and ecological units 
such as communities, counties, states and nations. Comparison and evaluation of theories of leader- 
ship for applicability and usefulness in the development and administration of organizations and 
communities. 

AEED 691 Research Methods in Adult and Continuing Education (3) 

The scientific method, problem identification, survey of research literature, preparing research plans, 
design of studies, experimentation, analysis of data and thesis writing. 
AEED 699 Special Problems (1-3) 
Prerequisite: approval of staff . 
AEED 707 Supervision of Student Teaching ( 1 ) 

Summer session. Identification of experiences and activities in an effective student teaching pro- 
gram, responsibilities and duties of supervising teachers, and evaluation of student teaching. 
AEED 789 Special Topics (1-3) 

May be repeated to a maximum of nine credits provided content is different. 
AEED 798 Seminar in Rural Education (1-3) 

Problems in the organization, administration, and supervision of the several agencies of rural and/or 
vocational education. Repeatable to a maximum of eight credits. 
AEED 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 
AEED 882 Agricultural College Instruction (1) 
AEED 888 Apprenticeship in Education (1-8) 

Prerequisites: experience, a master's degree, and at least six semester hours in education at the 
University of Maryland. Apprenticeships in the major area of study are available to selected students 
whose application for an apprenticeship has been approved by the education faculty. Each apprentice 
is assigned to work for at least a semester full-time or the equivalent with an appropriate agency. 
The sponsor of the apprentice maintains a close working relationship with the apprentice and the 
other persons involved. 
AEED 889 Internship in Education (3-8) 

Prerequisite: consent of advisor. Internships in the major area of study for experienced students who 
are assigned to an appropriate school system, educational institution, or agency in a situation differ- 
ent than that in which the student is regularly employed. 
AEED 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

AGRI — Agriculture 

AGRI 411 Biology and Management of Shellfish (4) 

Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods each week. Prerequisite: one year of biology or 
zoology. Field trips. Identification, biology, management, and culture of commercial important mol- 
luscs and Crustacea. The shellfisheries of the world, with emphasis on those of the northwestern 
Atlantic Ocean and the Chesapeake Bay. 



206 Course Descriptions 



AGRI 489 Special Topics in Agriculture (1^) 

Credit according to time scheduled and organization of the course. A lecture series organized to stu- 
dy in depth a selected phase of agriculture not normally associated with one of the existing pro- 
grams. 

AGRI 702 Experimental Procedures in the Agricultural Sciences (3) 

First semester. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Organization of research projects and presenta- 
tion of experimental results in the field of agricultural science. Topics included will be: sources of 
research financing, project outline preparation, formal progress reports, public and industrial sup- 
ported research programs, and popular presentation of research data. 

AGRO — Agronomy 

AGRO 403 Crop Breeding (3) 

Prerequisite: BOTN 414 or ZOOL 213. Principles and methods of breeding annual self and cross- 
pollinated plant and perennial forage species. 
AGRO 404 Tobacco Production (3) 

Prerequisite: BOTN 100. A study of the history, adaptation, distribution, culture, and improvement 
of various types of tobacco, with special emphasis on problems in Maryland tobacco production. 
Physical and chemical factors associated with yield and quality of tobacco will be stressed. 
AGRO 405 Turf Management (3) 

Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. Prerequisite: BOTN 100. A study of principles 
and practices of managing turf for lawns, golf courses, athletic fields, playgrounds, airfields and 
highways for commerical sod production. 
AGRO 406 Forage Crop Production (3) 

Prerequisites: BOTN 101. and AGRO 100: or concurrent enrollment in these courses. A general 
look at world grasslands: production and management requirements of major grasses and legumes for 
quality hay, silage and pasture for livestock feed: new cultivar development and release; seed pro- 
duction and distribution of improved cultivars. 
AGRO 407 Cereal and Oil Crops (3) 

Prerequisites: BOTN 101 and AGRO 100: or concurrent enrollment in these courses. A study of 
principles and practices of corn, small grains, rice, millets, sorghums, and soybeans and other oil 
seed crops. A study of seed production, processing, distribution and federal and state seed control 
programs of com, small grains and soybeans. 
AGRO 411 Soil Fertility Principles (3) 

Prerequisite: AGRO 302. A study of the chemical, physical, and biological characteristics of soils 
that are important in growing crops. Soil deficiencies of physical, chemical, or biological nature and 
their correction by the use of lime, fertilizers, and rotations are discussed and illustrated. 
AGRO 412 Commercial Fertilizers (3) 

Prerequisite: AGRO 302 or permission of instructor. A study of the manufacturing of commercial 
fertilizers and their use in soils for efficient crop production. 
AGRO 413 Soil and Water Conservation (3) 

Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite: AGRO 302 or permission of 
instructor. A study of the importance and causes of soil erosion, methods of soil erosion control, 
and the effect of conservation practices on soil-moisture supply. Special emphasis is placed on farm 
planning for soil and water conservation. The laboratory period will be largely devoted to field trips. 
AGRO 414 Soil Classiflcation and Geography (4) 
Three lectures and one laboratory period a week. 

Prerequisite: AGRO 302 or permission of instructor. Processes and factors of soil genesis. 
Taxonomy of soils of the world by U.S. System. Laboratory covers soil morphological characteris- 



AGRO —Agronomy 207 



tics, composition, classification, survey and field trips to examine and describe soils. 
AGRO 415 Soil Survey and Land Use (3) 
Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 

Prerequisite: AGRO 302. Evaluation of soils in the uses of land and the environmental implications 
of soil utilization. Interpretation of soil information and soil surveys as applied to both agricultural 
and non-agricultural problems. Incorporation of soil data into legislation, environmental standards 
and land use plans. 
AGRO 417 Soil Physics (3) 
Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 

Prerequisite: AGRO 302 and a course in physics, or permission of instructor. A study of physical 
properties of soils with special emphasis on relationship to soil productivity. 
AGRO 421 Soil Chemistry (3) 
One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. 

Prerequisite: AGRO 302 or permission of instructor. A study of the chemical composition of soils; 
cation and anion exchange: acid, alkaline and saline soil conditions; and soil fixation of plant nutri- 
ents. Chemical methods of soil analysis will be studied with emphasis on their relation to fertilizer 
requirements. 

AGRO 422 Soil Biochemistry (3) 
Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 

Prerequisite: AGRO 302, CHEM 104 or consent of instructor. A study of biochemical processes in- 
volved in the formation and decomposition of organic soil constitutents. Significance of soil- 
biochemical processes involved in plant nutrition will be considered. 
AGRO 423 Soil-Water Pollution (3) 

Prerequisite: AGRO 302 and CHEM 104 or permission of instructor. Reaction and fate of pesti- 
cides, agricultural fertilizers, industrial and animal wastes in soil and water with emphasis on their 
relation to the environment. 
AGRO 451 Cropping Systems (2) 

Prerequisite: AGRO- 102 or equivalent. The coordination of information from various courses in the 
development of balanced cropping systems, appropriate to different objectives in various areas of the 
state and nation. 
AGRO 453 Weed Control (3) 
Two lectures and one laboratory per week. 

Prerequisite: AGRO 102 or equivalent. A study of the use of cultural practices and chemical herbi- 
cides in the control of weeds. 
AGRO 483 Plant Breeding Laboratory (2) 

Prerequisite: AGRO 403 and consent of instructor. Current plant breeding research being conducted 
at The University of Maryland and USDA at Beltsville. Discussion with plant breeders about poll- 
ination techniques, breeding methods, and program achievements and goals. Field trips to selected 
USDA laboratories. 

AGRO 499 Special Problems in Agronomy (1-3) 

Prerequisites: AGRO 302. 406. 407 or permission of instructor. A detailed study, including a writ- 
ten report of an important problem in agronomy. 
AGRO 601 Advanced Crop Breeding I (2) 

Prerequisite: AGRO 403 or equivalent. Genetic and cytogenetic theories as related to plant breeding 
including interspecific and intergeneric hybridization, polyploidy, and sterility mechanisms. 
AGRO 602 Advanced Crop Breeding II (2) 
Prerequisites: AGRO 601 and a graduate statistics course. Quantitative inheritance in plant breeding 



208 Course Descriptions 



including genetic constitution of a population, continuous variation, estimation of genetic variances, 
heterosis and inbreeding, heritability, and population movement. 
AGRO 608 Research Methods (1-4) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Development of research viewpoint by detailed study and 
report on crop and soil research of the Maryland Agriculture Experiment Station or review and dis- 
cussion of literature on specific agricultural problems or new research techniques. Repeatable to a 
maximum of four credits. 
AGRO 722 Advanced Soil Chemistry (3) 
One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. 

Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1972-73.) Prerequisites: AGRO 202 and permission of 
instructor. A continuation of AGRO 421 with emphasis on soil chemistry of minor elements neces- 
sary for plant growth. 

AGRO 789 Advances in Agronomy Research (1-4) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. A study of recent advances in agronomy research. 
Repeatable to a maximum of four credits. 
AGRO 798 Agronomy Seminar (1) 

First and second semesters. Total credit toward master of science degree, 2; toward Ph.D. Degree, 
6. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. 
AGRO 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 
AGRO 802 Breeding For Resistance to Plant Pests (3) 

Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1972-73.) Prerequisites: ENTM 252. BOTN 221. AGRO 
403. or permission of instructor. A study of the development of breeding techniques for selecting 
and utilizing resistance to insects and diseases in crop plants and the effect of resistance on the in- 
terrelationships of host and pest. 

AGRO 804 Design and Analysis of Crop Research (3) 

Field plot technique, application of statistcal of application of statistical analysis to agronomic data, 
and preparation of the research project. 
AGRO 805 Factors Affecting Crop Yields (2) 

Prerequisites: BOTN 441 or BOTN 641 plus advanced training in plant sciences. Major emphasis 
will be on physiological processes affecting yield and productivity of major food fiber and industrial 
crops of the world. Topics such as photosynthesis, respiration, photorespiration, nitrogen metabolism 
will be related to crop growth as affected by management decisions. Topics of discussion will also 
include growth analysis and the use of computer modeling of crop growth by plant scientists. 
AGRO 806 Herbicide Chemistry and Physiology (2) 
Two lectures a week. 

Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1972-1973.) Prerequisite: AGRO 453 and CHEM 104 or 
permission of instructor. The importance of chemical structure in relation to biologically significant 
reactions will be emphasized in more than 10 different herbicide groups. Recent advances in herbi- 
cidal metabolism, translocation, and mode of action will be reviewed. Adsorption, decomposition 
and movement in the soil will also be studied. 
AGRO 807 Advanced Forage Crops (2) 

First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1972-1973.) Prerequisite: BOTN 441 or equivalent, or per- 
mission of instructor. A fundamental study of physiological and ecological responses of grasses and 
legumes to environmental factors, including fertilizer elements, soil moisture, soil temperature, hu- 
midity, length of day, quality and intensity of light, wind movement, and defoliation practices. 
Relationship of these factors to life history, production, chemical and botanical composition, quality, 
and persistence of forages will be considered. 



AGRO —Agronomy 209 



AGRO 821 Advanced Methods of Soil Investigation (3) 

First semester, alternate years, (Offered 1973-1974,) Prerequisites: AGRO 202 and permission of 
instructor. An advanced study of the theory of the chemical methods of soil investigation with em- 
phasis on problems involving application of physical chemistry, 
AGRO 831 SoU Mineralogy (4) 

Soil minerals, with emphasis on clay minerals, are studied from the viewpoint of soil genesis and 
physical chemistry. Mineralogical analyses by x-ray and chemical techniques. 
AGRO 832 Advanced Soil Physics (3) 

Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1973-1974.) Prerequisites: AGRO 202 and permission of 
instructor. An advanced study of physical properties of soils. 
AGRO 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

AMST — American Studies 

AMST 418 Cultural Themes in America (3) 

Examination of structure and development of American culture through themes such as "the dynam- 
ics of change and conflict", "culture and mental disorders", "race", "ethnicity", "regionalism", 
"landscape", "humor". Repeatable to a maximum of six credits. 
AMST 426 Culture and the Arts in America (3) 

Analysis of development of American cultural institutions and artifacts. Ehphasis on relationship be- 
tween intellectual and esthetic climate and the institutions and artifacts. 
AMST 428 American Cultural Eras (3) 

Investigation of a decade, period, or generation as a case study in significant social change within an 
American context. Case studies include "I'uritan dynamics in American culture, 1630-1700", 
"Antebellum America, 1840-1860". "American culture in the Great Depression", Repeatable to a 
maximum of six credits. 

AMST 429 Perspectives on Popular Culture (3) 

Topics in popular culture studies, including the examination of particular genres, themes, and issues. 
Repeatable to a maximum of six credits. 
AMST 432 Literature and American Society (3) 

Examination of the relationship between literature and society: including literature as cultural com- 
munication and the institutional framework governing its production, distribution, conservation and 
evaluation, 

AMST 450 Seminar in American Studies (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Developments in theories and methods of American studies 
scholarship, with emphasis upon interaction between the humanities and the social sciences in the 
process of cultural analysis and evaluation. 
AMST 498 Special Topics in American Studies (3) 

Prerequisite: a course in American history, literature, or government, or consent of the instructor. 
Topics of special interest. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits when topics differ. 
AMST 618 Introductory Seminar in American Studies (3) 
AMST 628 Seminar in American Studies (3) 
AMST 629 Seminar in American Studies (3) 

AMST 638 Orientation Seminar: Material Aspects of American Civilization (3) 
Class meets at the Smithsonian. 

AMST 639 Reading Course in Selected Aspects of American Civilization (3) 
Class meets at the Smithsonian. 

AMST 698 Directed Readings in American Studies (3) 
This course is designed to provide students with the opportunity to pursue independent, interdisci- 



210 Course Descriptions 



plinary research and reading in specific aspects of American culture under the supervision of a facul- 
ty member. Repeatahle to a maximum of six credits. 
AMST 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 
AMST 828 Research Seminar in American Studies (3) 

Research and writing in American studies. Repeatahle to six credits, provided topics are different. 
AMST 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research ( 1-8) 

ANSC — Animal Science 

ANSC 401 Fundamentals of Nutrition (3) 

Prerequisite: CHEM 104: ANSC 212 and BCHM 261 recommended. A study of the fundamental 
role of all nutrients in the body including their digestion, absorption and metabolism. Dietary re- 
quirements and nutritional deficiency syndromes of laboratory and farm animals and man. 
ANSC 402 Applied Animal Nutrition (3) 

Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. Prerequisites: MATH 1 10. ANSC 401 or permis- 
sion of instructor. A critical study of those factors which influence the nutritional requirements of 
ruminants, swine and poultry. Practical feeding methods and procedures used in formulation of 
economically efficient rations will be presented. 
ANSC 406 Environmental Physiology (3) 

Prerequisites: anatomy and physiology. The specific anatomical and physiological modifications em- 
ployed by animals adapted to certain stressful environments will be considered. Particular emphasis 
will be placed on the problems of temperature regulation and water balance. Specific areas for con- 
sideration will include: animals in cold (includmg hibernation), animals in dry heat, diving animals 
and animals in high altitudes. 
ANSC 407 Advanced Dairy Production (1) 

An advanced course primarily designed for teachers of vocational agriculture and county agents. It 
includes a study of the newer discoveries in dairy cattle nutrition, breeding and management. 
ANSC 412 Introduction to Diseases of Animals (3) 

Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. Prerequisite: MICB 200 and ZOOL 101 . This 
course gives basic instruction in the nature of disease: including causation, immunity, methods of 
diagnosis, economic importance, public health aspects and prevention and control of the common 
diseases of sheep, cattle, swine, horses and poultry. 
ANSC 413 Laboratory Animal Management (3) 

A comprehensive course in care and management of laboratory animals. Emphasis will be placed 
on physiology, anatomy and special uses for the different species. Disease prevention and regula- 
tions for maintaining animal colonies will be covered. Field trips will be required. 
ANSC 415 Parasitic Diseases of Domestic .Animals (3) 

Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Prerequisite: ANSC 412 or equivalent. A study of para- 
sitic diseases resulting from protozoan and Helminth infection and arthropod infestation. Emphasis 
on parasites of veterinary importance: their identification: life cycles, pathological effects and control 
by management. 

ANSC 416 Wildlife Management (3) 

Two lectures and one laboratory. An introduction to the interrelationships of game birds and mam- 
mals with their environment, population dynamics and the principles of wildlife management. 
ANSC 421 Swine Production (3) 

Two hours of lecture and four hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: ANSC 101. 221, and 
ANSC 203 or 401 . A study of swine production systems including the principles of animal science 
for the efficient and economical management of swine breeding, feeding, reproduction and market- 
ina. 



ANSC —Animal Science 21 1 



ANSC 422 Meats (3) 

Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. 

Prerequisite: ANSC 221 . A course designed to give the basic facts about meat as a food and the fac- 
tors influencing acceptability, marketing, and quality of fresh meats. It includes comparisons of 
characteristics of live animals with their carcasses, grading and evaluating carcasses as well as 
wholesale cuts, and the distribution and merchandising of the nation's meat supply. Laboratory 
periods are conducted in packing houses, meat distribution centers, retail outlets and University 
Meats Laboratory. 
ANSC 423 Beef Production (3) 

One lecture and two laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite: ANSC 401 . Application of various 
phases of animal science to the management and production of beef cattle, sheep and swine. 
ANSC 424 Sheep Production (3) 

Two hours of lecture and four hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: ANSC 101, ANSC 221, 
and ANSC 203 or 401. A study of sheep production systems including the principles of animal 
science for the efficient and economical management of sheep breeding, feeding, reproduction and 
marketing. 

ANSC 425 Herpetology (3) 

Two hours of lecture and four hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: ANSC 101 , ANSC 221 , 
and ANSC 203 or 401. A study of beef production systems including the principles of animal 
science for the efficient and economical management of beef breeding, feeding, reproduction and 
marketing. 

ANSC 427 Principles of Breeding II (3) 

Prerequisites: ANSC 327 and BIOM 401 or permission of instructor. Advanced theory of quantitive 
and population genetics applicable to the artificial evolution of domestic livestock. 
ANSC 430 Topics in Equine Science (4) 

Three lectures and one two-hour discussion period per week. Prerequisites: ANSC 211. 212. 230. 
Pre- or corequisite. ANSC 401. Specific problems of importance to the equine industry, including 
such areas as nutrition, physiology, anatomy, genetics and pathology. 
ANSC 431 Horse Production (2) 

One lecture and one two-hour laboratory per week. Laboratory and assigned project to be per- 
formed at University of Maryland Horse Farm, Ellicott City. Md. Prerequisite: ANSC 101. 210, 
211, 230 and consent of department. Field trips. Application of equine science principles to the 
management and production of horses. 
ANSC 432 Breeding Farm Management (2) 

One lecture and one two-hour laboratory per week. Prerequisite: ANSC 211 , 212, 230 and consent 
of department. Animal equine science principles in the management of equine breeding establish- 
ments. Field trips. 

ANSC 443 Physiology and Biochemistry of Lactation (3) 

Prerequisites: ANSC 212 or equivalent and CHEM 261 or CHEM 461. Three lectures per week. 
The physiology and biochemistry of milk production in domestic animals, particularly cattle. 
Mammary gland development and maintenance from the embryo to the fully developed lactating 
gland. Abnormalities of the mammary gland. 
ANSC 444 Analysis of Dairy Production Systems (3) 

Prerequisites: AREC 406 and ANSC 203 or 214. or permission of instructor. The business aspects 
of dairy farming including an evaluation of the costs and returns associated with each segment. The 
economic impact of pertinent management decisions is studied. Recent developments in animal nu- 
trition and genetics, agricultural economics, agricultural engineering, and agronomic practices are 
discussed as they apply to management of a dairy herd. 



212 Course Descriptions 



ANSC 446 Physiology of Mammalian Reproduction (3) 

Prerequisite: ZOOL 422 or ANSC 212. Anatomy and physiology of reproductive processes in 
domesticated and wild mammals. 

ANSC 447 Physiology of Mammalian Reproduction Laboratory ( 1 ) 

Pre- or corequisites: ANSC 446. One three-hour laboratory per week. Animal handling, artificial 
insemination procedures and analytical techniques useful in animal management and reproductive re- 
search. Not open to students who have credit for ANSC 446 prior to fall 1976. 
ANSC 452 Avian Physiology (2) 

(Alternate even years) one three-hour laboratory period per week. Prerequisites: a basic course in 
animal physiology. The basic physiology of the bird is discussed, excluding the reproductive sys- 
tem. Special emphasis is given to physiological differences between birds and other vertebrates. 
ANSC 462 Physiology of Hatchability (1) 

Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. Prerequisite: ZOOL 421 or 422. The physiology 
of embryonic development as related to principles of hatchability and problems of incubation en- 
countered in the hatchery industry are discussed. 
ANSC 463 Nutrition Laboratory (2) 

Prerequisite: ANSC 401INUSC 402 or concurrent registration. Six hours of laboratory per week. 
Digestibility studies with ruminant and monogastric animals, proximate analysis of various food pro- 
ducts, and feeding trials demonstrating classical nutritional deficiencies in laboratory animals. 
ANSC 464 Poultry Hygiene (3) 

Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. Prerequisites: MICB 200 and ANSC 101 . Virus, 
bacterial and protozoan diseases, parasitic diseases, prevention, control and eradication. 
ANSC 466 Avian Anatomy (3) 

Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. Prerequisite: ZOOL 210. Gross and microscopic 
structure, dissection and demonstration. 
ANSC 467 Poultry Breeding and Feeding (1) 

This course is designed primarily for teachers of vocational agriculture and extension service 
workers. The first half will be devoted to problems concerning breeding and the development of 
breeding stock. The second half will be devoted to nutrition. 
ANSC 477 Poultry Products and Marketing (1) 

This course is designed primarily for teachers of vocational agriculture and county agents. It deals 
with the factors affecting the quality of poultry products and with hatchery management problems, 
egg and poultry grading, preservation problems and market outlets for Maryland poultry. 
ANSC 480 Special Topics in Fish and Wildlife Management (3) 

Three lectures. Analysis of various state and federal programs related to fish and wildlife manage- 
ment. This would include: fish stocking programs. Maryland deer management program, warm wat- 
er fish management, acid drainage problems, water quality, water fowl management, wild turkey 
management and regulations relative to the administration of these programs. 
ANSC 487 Special Topics in Animal Science (1) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. This course is designed primarily for teachers of vocational 
agriculture and extension service personnel. One primary topic to be selected mutually by the in- 
structor and students will be presented each session. 
ANSC 601 Advanced Ruminant Nutrition (2) 

First semester. One one-hour lecture and one-three hour laboratory per week. Prerequisite: permis- 
sion of instructor. Physiological, microbiological and biochemical aspects of the nutrition of ru- 
minants as compared to other animals. 
ANSC 603 Mineral Metabolism (3) 
Second semester. Two lectures per week. Prerequisites: CHEM 4HI and 463 The role of minerals in 



ANSC — Animal Science 213 



metabolism of animals and man. Topics to be covered include the role of minerals in energy meta- 
bolism, bone structure, electrolyte balance, and as catalysts. 
ANSC 604 Vitamin Nutrition (3) 

Prerequisites: ANSC 401 and CHEM 461. Two one-hour lectures and one two-hour discussion 
period per week. Advanced study of the fundamental role of vitamins and vitamin-like cofactors in 
nutrition including chemical properties, absorption, metabolism, excretion and deficiency syndromes. 
A critical study of the biochemical basis of vitamin function, interrelationship of vitamins with other 
substances and of certain laboratory techniques. 
ANSC 610 Electron Microscopy (4) 

First and second semesters. Two lectures and two laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites: per- 
mission of instructor. Theory of electron microscopy, electron optics, specimen preparation and 
techniques, operation of electron photography, interpretation of electron images, related instruments 
and techniques. 

ANSC 612 Energy Nutrition (2) 

Second semester. Prerequisites: ANSC 402 or NUSC 450, CHEM 461 . or consent of instructor. One 
lecture, one 2 hour laboratory per week. Basic concepts of animal energetics with quantitative de- 
scriptions of energy requirements and utilization. 
ANSC 614 Proteins (2) 

Second semester. One lecture and one 2 hour laboratory per week. Prerequisites: ANSC 402 and 
CHEM 461 or consent of instructor. Advanced study of the roles of amino acids in nutrition and 
metabolism. Protein digestion, absorption, anabolism. catabolism and amino acid balance. 
ANSC 626 Advanced Animal Breeding (3) 

Prerequisites: ANSC 426, MATH 400, BIOM 603 or permission of instructor. Application of linear 
models to genetic evaluation of domestic livestock. Introduction to estimation of components of vari- 
ance in mixed linear models. 

ANSC 641 Expermental Mammalian Surgery I (2) 

First semester. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. A course presenting the fundamentals of 
anesthesia and the art of experimental surgery, especially to obtain research preparations. 
ANSC 642 Experimental Mammalian Surgery II (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisites: ANSC 641. permission of instructor. A course emphasizing ad- 
vanced surgical practices to obtain research preparations, cardiovascular surgery and chronic vascu- 
larly isolated organ techniques, experience with pump oxygenator systems, profound hypothermia, 
hemodialysis, infusion systems, implantation and transplantation procedures are taught. 
ANSC 643 Research Methods (3) 

First semester. One lecture and two laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite: permission of 
instructor. The application of biochemical, physio-chemical and statistical methods to problems in 
biological research. 
ANSC 660 Poultry Literature (1^) 
First and second semesters. 

Readings on individual topics are assigned. Written reports required. Methods of analysis and pre- 
sentation of scientific material are discussed. 
ANSC 661 Physiology of Reproduction (3) 

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite: ANSC 212 or its 
equivalent. The role of the endocrines in reproduction is considered. Fertility, sexual maturity, egg 
formation, ovulation, and the physiology of oviposition are studied. Comparative processes in birds 
and mammals are discussed. 
ANSC 663 Advanced Nutrition Laboratory (3) 
Prerequisite: ANSCINUSC 401: and either CHEM 462 or NUSC 670. One hour of lecture and six 



214 Course Descriptions 



hours of laboratory per week. Basic instrumentation and tecliniques desired for advanced nutritional 
research. The effect of various nutritional parameters upon intermediary metabolism, enzyme kinet- 
ics, endocrinology, and nutrient absorption in laboratory animals. 
ANSC 665 Physiological Genetics of Domestic Animals (2) 

Second semester. Two lectures per week. Prerequisites: a course in basic genetics and 
biochemistrw The underlying physiological basis for genetic differences in production traits and se- 
lected morphological traits will be discussed. Inheritance of enzymes, protein polymorphisms and 
physiological traits will be studied. 

ANSC 677 Advanced Animal Adaptations to the Environment (2) 

First semester. Two lectures or discussions per week. Prerequisites: ANSC 406, or permission of 
instructor. A detailed consideration of certain anatomical and physiological modifications employed 
by mammals adapted to cold, dry heat or altitude. Each student will submit for discussion a library 
paper concerning a specific adaptation to an environmental stress. 
ANSC 686 Veterinary Bacteriology and Mycology (3) 

Prerequisite - ANSC 412. The characteristics and role of pathogenic bacteria and fungi in diseases of 
domestic animals with emphasis upon their pathogenic properties, pathogenesis and types of disease, 
epizootiology, modes of transmission and prophylaxis. 
ANSC 687 Veterinary Virology (3) 

Prerequisite: MICB 460. A detailed study of virus and rickettsial diseases of domestic and laborato- 
ry animals. Emphasis on viruses of veterinary importance along with techniques for their propaga- 
tion, characterization and identification. 

ANSC 690 Seminar in Population Genetics of Domestic Animals (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisites: ZOOL 246 and ACRI 401 or their equivalents. Current literature 
and research dealing with the principles of population genetics as they apply to breeding and selec- 
tion programs for the genetic improvement of domestic animals, population structure, estimation of 
genetic parameters, correlated characters, principles and methods of selection, relationship and sys- 
tems of mating. 
ANSC 698 Seminar (1) 

First and second semesters. Students are required to prepare papers based upon current scientific 
publications relating to animal science, or upon their research work, for presentation before and dis- 
cussion by the class; (I) recent advances; (2) nutrition; (3) physiology; (4) biochemistry. 
ANSC 699 Special Problems in Animal Science (1-2) 

First and second semesters. Work assigned in proportion to amount of credit. Prerequisite: approval 
of staff. Problems will be assigned which relate specifically to the character of work the student is 
pursuing. 

ANSC 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 
ANSC 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

ANTH — Anthropology 

ANTH 401 Cultural Anthropology: Principles and Processes (3) 

Prerequisite: ANTH 101. 102. or 221 . An examination of the nature of human culture and its pro- 
cesses, both historical and functional. The approach will be topical and theoretical rather than de- 
scriptive. 

ANTH 402 Cultural Anthropology: World Ethnography (3) 

Prerequisite: ANTH 101. 102. or 221 . A descriptive survey of the culture areas of the world through 
an examination of the ways of selected representative societies. 
ANTH 412 Peoples and Cultures of Oceania (3) 
A survey of the cultures of Polynesia, Micronesia, Melanesia and Australia. Theoretical and 



ANTH —Anthropology 215 



cultural-historical problems will be emphasized. 
ANTH 414 Ethnology of Africa (3) 

Prerequisites: ANTH 101 and 102. The native peoples and cultures of Africa and their historical re- 
lationships, with emphasis on that portion of the continent south of the Sahara. 
ANTH 417 Peoples and Cultures of the Far East (3) 

A survey of the major sociopolitical systems of China. Korea and Japan. Major anthropological 
questions will be dealt with in presenting this material. 
ANTH 423 Ethnology of the Southwest (3) 

Prerequisites: ANTH 101 and 102. Culture history, economic and social institutions, religion, and 
mythology of the Indians of the southwest United States. 
ANTH 424 Ethnology of North America (3) 

Prerequisites. ANTH 101 and 102. The native people and cultures of North America north of 
Mexico and their historical relationships, including the effects of contact with European-derived po- 
pulations. 

ANTH 426 Ethnology of Middle America (3) 

Prerequisites: ANTH 101 and 102. Cultural background and modern social, economic and religious 
life of Indian and Mesitzo groups in Mexico and central America; processes of acculturation and 
currents in cultural development. 

ANTH 431 Social Organization of Primitive Peoples (3) 

Prerequisites: ANTH 101 and 102. A comparative survey of the structures of non-literate and folk 
societies, covering both general principles and special regional developments. 
ANTH 434 Religion of Primitive Peoples (3) 

Prerequisites: ANTH 101 and 102. A survey of the religious systems of primitive and folk societies, 
with emphasis on the relation of religion to other aspects of culture. 
ANTH 436 Primitive Technology and Economy (3) 

A survey of technology, food economy and general economic processes in non-industrial societies. 
ANTH 437 Politics and Government in Primitive Society (3) 

A combined survey of politics in human societies and of important anthropological theories con- 
cerning this aspect of society. 
ANTH 441 Archaeology of the Old World (3) 

Prerequisite: ANTH 101 or 241. A survey of the archaeological materials of Europe. Asia and 
Africa, with emphasis on chronological and regional interrelationships. 
ANTH 451 Archaeology of the New World (3) 

Prerequisite: ANTH 101 or 241. A survey of the archaeological materials of North and South 
America with emphasis on chronological and regional interrelationships. 
ANTH 461 Human Osteology Laboratory (3) 

Prerequisite: ANTH 101 . A laboratory study of the human skeleton, its morphology, measurement, 
and anatomic relationships. 
ANTH 462 Primate Anatomy Laboratory (3) 

Prerequisite: ANTH 101. The gross anatomy of non-human primates. Laboratory dissection of 
various primate cadavers under supervision. Occasional lectures. 
ANTH 463 Primate Studies (3) 

Prerequisite: ANTH 101 . A combination lecture and laboratory examination of non-human primates. 
Major studies of various types that have been undertaken in the laboratory and in the field. 
ANTH 465 Human Growth and Constitution (3) 

Prerequisite: ANTH 101 . A laboratory study of the growth, development and age changes in the hu- 
man body from conception through old age, including gross photographic, radiographic, and micros- 



216 Course Descriptions 



copic study of growth and variation. 

ANTH 466 Forensic Anthropology Laboratory (3) 

Prerequisite: ANTH 461 or permission of the instructor. A laboratory study of the methods used to 
identify human remains by anthropological techniques and discussion of the role of the anthropolo- 
gist in medico-legal investigation. 

ANTH 467 Human Population Biology Laboratory (3) 

Prerequisite: ANTH 101 . A laboratory study of human population genetics, dynamics and variation, 
including anthropological seriology, biochemistry, dermatoglyphics and hair microscopy. 
ANTH 498 Field Methods in Ethnology (1-6) 
Field training in the collection and recording of ethnological data. 
ANTH 499 Field Methods in Archaeology (1-6) 
Field training in the techniques of archaeological survey and excavation. 
ANTH 601 Applied Anthropology (3) 

History and theory of applied anthropology. The relationship between applied anthropology and oth- 
er major subfields of the profession; the interdisciplinary and public context of application; problems 
of significance and utility in applied work. 
ANTH 605 Theory of Cultural Anthropology (3) 

History and current trends of cultural anthropological theory, as a basic orientation for graduate stu- 
dies and research. 

ANTH 606 Methods of Cultural Analysis I (3) 

Objectives of cultural analysis and their relationship to policy and decision making. An introduction 
to problem formulation, qualitative and quantative research design, and the conduct of research; 
problems of reliability and validity in social research. 
ANTH 607 Methods of Cultural Analysis H (3) 

Advanced preparation in the analysis and review of social research. Case studies of the uses of cul- 
tural analysis in applied contexts (i.e., social indicators, evaluation, impact assessment, forecasting). 
ANTH 611 Management and Cultural Process (3) 

Basic principles of managing cultural and human resources, decision-making in public and private 
contexts. The diversity and types of cultural resources (archeological. historical, folk and sociocul- 
tural), and their recognition and value in contemporary society; introduction to the identification, 
protection and professional management of cultural resources. 
ANTH 620 Strategies for Cultural Understanding (3) 

The political, scientific, bureaucratic, and ideological background to decision making in the public 
and private sectors. 
ANTH 621 Cultural Ecology (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. An examination of the nature of the interrelationships be- 
tween human cultures and the natural environmentals m which they exist. 
ANTH 630 Quantitative Approaches to Applied Anthropology (3) 

Introduction to variety of statistical techniques applied to problems in policy and decision making. 
Practical experience in computer applications for problems in cultural analysis and management. The 
use of existing statistical data sources. 
ANTH 641 Method and Theory in Archaeology (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. An examination of the principles and purposes involved in 
the gathering and interpretation of archaeological data. 
ANTH 681 Processes of Culture Change (3) 
Change in culture due to contact, diffusion, innovation, fusion, integration, and cultural evolution. 



ANTH —Anthropology 217 



ANTH 688 Current Developments in Anthropology (3) 

Detailed investigation of a current problem or research technique, the topic to be chosen in accor- 
dance with faculty interests and student needs. May be repeated, as content varies, for a total of not 
more than nine semester hours. 

ANTH 689 Special Problems in Anthropology ( 1-6) 
ANTH 698 Advanced Field Training in Ethnology (1-6) 
Offered in the summer session only. 

ANTH 699 Advanced Field Training in Archaeology (1-6) 
Offered in the summer session only. 
ANTH 701 Internship Preparation (3) 

Preparation for internship includes practicum training in development, presentation and evaluation of 
position papers, proposals and work plans; literature search and use of secondary data sources in de- 
cision making affecting cultural analysis and management. Ethics and professional development for 
work in non-academic settings. 
ANTH 705 Internship (6-12) 

Prerequisite: ANTH 701. Problem-oriented internship with an appropriate public agency or private 
institution under the direction of a faculty and agency supervisor. 
ANTH 712 Internship Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: ANTH 705. The preparation and presentation of internship reports; development of 
skills in report writing and presentation. The completion of a professional quality report based on 
the internship experience. Review of problems in ethics and professional development. 

APDS — Applied Design 

APDS 430 Advanced Problems in Advertising Design (3) 

Two studio periods. 

Prerequisite: APDS 331 . Advanced problems in design and layout planned for developing competen- 
cy in one or more areas of advertising design. 
APDS 431 Advanced Problems in Advertising Design (3) 
Two studio periods. 

Prerequisite: APDS 430. Advanced problems in design and layout planned for developing competen- 
cy in one or more areas of advertising design. 
APDS 437 Advanced Photography (3) 
Three studio periods. Continuation of APDS 337. 
APDS 499 Individual Problems in Applied Design (3-4) 

Written consent of instructor. Open only to advanced students who. with guidance, can work inde- 
pendently. 

ARCH — Architecture 

ARCH 400 Architecture Studio I (6) 

Three hours of lecture and nine hours of studio per week. 

Introduction to the processes of visual and architectural design including field problems. For archi- 
tecture majors only. 
ARCH 401 Architecture Studio 11 (6) 
Three hours of lecture and nine hours of studio per week. 

Prerequisite: ARCH 400 with a grade of C or belter. Continuation of ARCH 400. For architecture 
majors only. 

ARCH 402 Architecture Studio III (6) 
Three hours of lecture and nine hours of studio per week. 



218 Course Descriptions 



Prerequisite: ARCH 401 with a grade of C or belter. Design projects involving the elements of en- 
vironmental control, basic structural systems, building processes and materials. For architecture ma- 
jors only. 

ARCH 403 Architecture Studio IV (6) 

Three hours of lecture and nine hours of studio per week. Prerequisite: ARCH 402 with a grade of 
C or better. Design projects involving forms generated by different structural systems, environmen- 
tal controls and methods of construction. For architecture majors only. 
ARCH 408 Selected Topics in Architecture Studio (1-6) 

Prerequisite: ARCH 403, or equivalent, and permission of instructor. Topical problems in architec- 
ture and urban design. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits provided the content is different. 
ARCH 412 Architectural Structures II (3) 

Prerequisite: ARCH 312. Design of steel, timber, and reinforced concrete elements, and subsystems; 
analysis of architectural building systems. Introduction to design for both natural and man-made haz- 
ards. 

ARCH 414 Solar Energy Applications For Buildings (3) 

Prerequisite: ARCH 313 or permission of instructor. Methods of utilizing solar energy to provide 
heating, cooling, hot water, and electricity for buildings and related techniques for reducing energy 
consumption. 

ARCH 415 Illumination, Electrical and Systems Technology in Buildings (3) 
Prerequisites: MATH 115 and PHYS 122. For architecture majors only. Theory, quantification, and 
architectural design applications for electrical systems, illumination, daylighting, communication sys- 
tems, conveying systems, fire protection and plumbing. 
ARCH 416 Advanced Architectural Structures (3) 

Prerequisites: ARCH 403 and ARCH 412. Analysis of structural issues in architectural design; struc- 
ture as an architectural form determinant; integration of architectural, structural and other technical 
disciplines in building design. 

ARCH 417 Advanced Environmental Technology in Buildings (3) 

Prerequisites: ARCH 403, 313. and 415. Analysis of environmental technology issues in architectur- 
al design; mechanical systems, illumination and acoustics as architectural form determinants; integra- 
tion of environmental technology systems and related technical disciplines in building design. 
ARCH 418 Selected Topics in Architectural Science (1-4) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Repeatable to a maximum of 7 credits, provided content is 
different. 

ARCH 419 Independent Studies in Architectural Science (1^) 

Proposed work must have a faculty sponsor and receive approval of the curriculum committee. 
Repeatable to a maximum of 7 credits. 
ARCH 420 History of American Architecture (3) 

Prerequisite: ARCH 221 or permission of instructor . American architecture from the late 17th to the 
20th century. 

ARCH 421 Seminar in the History of American Architecture (3) 

Prerequisite: ARCH 420 or permission of instructor. Advanced investigation of historical problems 
in American architecture. 
ARCH 422 History of Greek Architecture (3) 

Prerequisite: ARCH 222 or permission of the instructor. Survey of Greek architecture from 750-100 
B.C. 

ARCH 423 History of Roman Architecture (3) 

Prerequisite: ARCH 222 or permission of the instructor. Survey of Roman architecture from 500 
B.C. To A.D. 325. 



ARCH —Architecture 219 



ARCH 427 Theories of Architecture (3) 

Prerequisite: ARCH 221. or permission of instructor. Selected historical and modem theories of ar- 
chitectural design. For architecture majors only. 
ARCH 428 Selected Topics in Architectural History (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Repeatable to a maximum of 7 credits, provided the content is 
different. 

ARCH 429 Independent Studies in Architectural History ( 1-4) 

Proposed work must have a faculty sponsor and receive approval of the curriculum committee. 
Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits. 
ARCH 432 History of Medieval Architecture (3) 

Prerequisite: ARCH 221 . or permission of instructor. Architecture of western Europe from the early 
Christian and Byzantine periods through the late Gothic, with consideration of parallel developments 
in the eastern world. 

ARCH 433 History of Renaissance Architecture (3) 

Prerequisite: ARCH 221. or permission of instructor. Renaisssance architectural principles and 
trends in the 15th and 16th centuries and their modifications in the Baroque period. 
ARCH 434 History of Modern Architecture (3) 

Prerequisite: ARCH 221. or permission of instructor. Architectural trends and principles from 1750 
to the present, with emphasis on developments since the mid- 1 9th century. 
ARCH 435 Seminar in the History of Modern Architecture (3) 

Prerequisite: ARCH 434 or permission of instructor. Advanced investigation of historical problems 
in modem architecture. 

ARCH 436 History of Islamic Architecture (3) 

Survey of Islamic architecture from the seventh through the eighteenth century. 
ARCH 437 History of Pre-Columbian Architecture (3) 

Architecture of Pre-Columbian Mexico and Central America from the Pre-Classic Period through the 
Spanish conquest. 

ARCH 442 Studies in Visual Design (3) 

Prerequisite: ARCH 401 . Studio work in visual design independent of architectural problem solving. 
ARCH 443 The Photography of Architecture (3) 

One and one-half hours lecture and four hours laboratory per week. Prerequisite: ARCH 344. 
Examination of the meaning of documentation and the use of photography in the evaluation of archi- 
tecture. Architecture students only, except by permission of the instructor. 
ARCH 445 Visual Analysis of Architecture (3) 
Two hours of lecture and two hours of studio per week. 

Prerequisites: ARCH 401 and ARCH 343. or permission of the instructor. Visual principles of archi- 
tectural design through graphic analysis. 
ARCH 447 Advanced Seminar in Photography (3) 

Prerequisites: ARCH 340 or APDS 337 or JOUR 35 J : and consent of instructor. Advanced study of 
photographic criticism through empirical methods, for students proficient in photographic skills. 
Photographic assignments, laboratory, seminar. 3 hours per week. 
ARCH 448 Selected Topics in Visual Studies (1-4) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Repeatable to a maximum of 7 credits, provided the content is 
different. 

ARCH 449 Independent Studies in Visual Studies (I^) 

Proposed work must have a faculty sponsor and receive approval of the curriculum committee. 
Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits. 



220 Course Descriptions 



ARCH 450 Introduction to Urban Planning (3) 

Introduction to city planning theory, methodology and techniques, dealing with normative, urban, 
structural, economic, social aspects of the city; urban planning as a process. Architectural majors or 
by permission of the instructor. Lecture, seminar, 3 hours per week. 
ARCH 451 Urban Design Seminar (3) 

Prerequisite: ARCH 350 or permission of the instructor. Advanced investigation into problems of 
analysis and evaluation of the design of urban areas, spaces and complexes with emphasis on physi- 
cal and social considerations, effects of public policies, through case studies. Field observations. 
ARCH 453 Urban Problems Seminar (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. A case study of urban development issues, dealing primarily 
with socio-economic aspects of changes in the built environment. 
ARCH 454 Theories of Urban Form (3) 

Theories of planning and design of urban spaces, building complexes, and new communities. 
ARCH 458 Selected Topics in Urban Planning (1^) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Repeatable to a maximum of 7 credits, provided the content is 
different. 

ARCH 459 Independent Studies in Urban Planning (1-4) 

Proposed work must have a faculty sponsor and receive approval of the curriculum committee. 
Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits. 
ARCH 460 Site Analysis and Design (3) 

Principles and methods of site analysis; the influence of natural and man-made site factors on site 
design and architectural form. For architecture majors only, or by permission of instructor. 
ARCH 461 Design and Energy (3) 

Prerequisite: ARCH 402 and ARCH 415 . Two hours of seminar, two hours of laboratory each week. 
Energy strategies in building related to the broader context of architectural problem solving. 
ARCH 470 Computer Applications in Architecture (3) 

Prerequisite: ARCH 400 or permission of instructor. Introduction to computer programming and 
utilization, with emphasis on architectural applications. 
ARCH 472 Economic Determinants in Architecture (3) 

Introduction to economic factors influencing architectural form and design, including land econom- 
ics, real estate, financing, project development, financial planning, construction and cost control. 
ARCH 475 Advanced Architectural Construction and Materials (3) 

Prerequisites: ARCH 375 and 403. Processes of construction, assembly, integration, and coordina- 
tion of architectural, mechanical, electrical, and structural aspects of building; special attention to 
design development of building details. 
ARCH 478 Selected Topics in Architecture (1^) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Repeatable to a maximum of 7 credits, provided the content is 
different. 

ARCH 479 Independent Studies in Architecture (1-4) 

Proposed work must have a faculty sponsor and receive approval of the curriculum committee. 
Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits. 

ARCH 480 Problems and Methods of Architectural Preservation (3) 

Prerequisite: ARCH 420 or permission of instructor. Theory and practice of preservation in 
America, with emphasis on the problems and techniques of community preservation. 
ARCH 481 The Architect in Archaeology (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. The role of the architect in field archaeology and the analysis of 
excavating, recording, and publishing selected archaeological expeditions. 



ARCH —Architecture 221 



ARCH 482 The Archaeology of Roman and Byzantine Palestine (3) 

Archaeological sites in Palestine (Isrea! and Jordan) from the reign of Herod the Great to the 
Moslem conquest. 
ARCH 483 Field Archaeology (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. Participation in field archaeology with an excavation official- 
ly recognized by proper authorities of local government. 
ARCH 488 Selected Topics in Architectural Preservation (1-4) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Repeatable to a maximum of seven credits, provided the content 
is different. 

ARCH 489 Independent Studies in Architectural Preservation (1-4) 

Proposed work must have a faculty sponsor and receive approval of the curriculum committee. 
Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits. 
ARCH 600 Architecture Studio V (6) 
Three hours of lecture and nine hours of studio per week. 

Prerequisite: ARCH 403, or equivalent. Comprehensive building and urban design; studio options in 
advanced topical problems. 
ARCH 601 Architecture Studio VI (6) 
Three hours of lecture and nine hours of studio per week. 
Prerequi.Kite: ARCH 600. Continuation of ARCH 600. 
ARCH 610 Appropriate Technologies in Architecture (3) 

Historical and current theories, practices and attitudes regarding the application of technologies to 
design and construction of buildings, civil structures and other infrastructures in rural and urban en- 
vironments. 

ARCH 612 Advanced Structural Analysis in Architecture (3) 

Prerequisite: ARCH 416. Qualitative and quantitative analysis and design of selected complex struc- 
tural systems. 

ARCH 613 Structural Systems in Architecture (3) 

Prerequisite: ARCH 416 or permission of instructor. Theory and application of selected complex 
structural systems as they relate to architectural decisions. 
ARCH 614 Environmental Systems in Architecture (3) 

Prerequisite: ARCH 415 AND 417 or permission of instructor. Qualitative analysis of selected en- 
vironmental systems and design determinants. 
ARCH 654 Urban Development and Design Theory (3) 

Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Advanced investigation into planning, development, and ur- 
ban design theory and practice. 
ARCH 674 Seminar in Regionalism (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Regional characterisitics of culture, climate, and landscape 
as determinants of vernacular architecture, especially in Third World countries. 
ARCH 676 Field Research in Architecture (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of department. Recording and analysis of significant architectural com- 
plexes in situ. 

ARCH 678 Selected Topics in Architecture (1-6) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits provided the subject 
matter is different. 

ARCH 679 Independent Studies in Architecture (1-6) 
Prerequisite: consent of instructor . Repeatable to a maximum of six credits. 



222 Course Descriptions 



ARCH 700 Architecture Studio VII (6) 

Three hours of lecture and nine hours of studio per weei<. 

Prerequisite: ARCH 601. Continuation of ARCH 601. 

ARCH 770 Professional Practice (3) 

Prerequisite: ARCH 601 . Project management, organizational, legal, economic and ethical aspects of 

architecture. 

ARCH 797 Thesis Proseminar (3) 

Prerequisite: ARCH 601 . Directed research and preparation of thesis program. 

ARCH 798 Thesis in Architecture (1-6) 

Prerequisites: ARCH 700 AND 797. 

ARCH 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

AREC — Agriculture and Resource Economics 

AREC 404 Prices of Agricultural Products (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 403. An introduction to agricultural price behavior. The use of price informa- 
tion in the decision-making process, the relation of supply and demand in determining agricultural 
prices, and the relation of prices to grade, time, location, and stages of processing in the marketing 
system. Elementary methods of price analysis, the concept of parity and the role of price support 
programs in agricultural decisions. 
AREC 405 Economics of Agricultural Production (3) 

Prerequisites: ECON 403 and MATH 220. The use and application of production economics in agri- 
culture and resource industries through graphical and mathematical approaches. Production func- 
tions, cost functions, multiple product and joint production, and production processes through time. 
AREC 407 Agricultural Finance (3) 

Prerequisite: AREC 250. Application of economic principles to develop criteria for a sound farm bu- 
siness, including credit source and use, preparing and filing income tax returns, methods of apprais- 
ing farm properties, the summary and analysis of farm records, leading to effective control and pro- 
fitable operation of the farm business. 
AREC 414 Agricultural Business Management (3) 

Prerequisite: AREC 250. The different forms of businesses. Management functions, business indica- 
tors, measures of performance, and operational analysis. Case studies are used to show applications 
of management techniques. 

AREC 427 Economics of Agricultural Marketing Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: AREC 250. Basic economic theory as applied to the marketing of agricultural products, 
including price, cost, and financial analysis. Current developments affecting market structure includ- 
ing effects of contractual arrangement, vertical integration, governmental policies and regulation. 
AREC 432 Introduction to Natural Resources Policy (3) 

Development of natural resource policy and analysis of the evolution of public intervention in the 
use of natural resources. Examination of present policies and of conflicts between private individ- 
uals, public interest groups, and government agencies. 
AREC 433 Food and Agricultural Policy (3) 

Prerequisite: AREC 250. Economic and political context of governmental involvement in the farm 
and food sector. Historical programs and current policy issues. Analysis of economic effects of agri- 
cultural programs, their benefits and costs, and comparison of policy alternatives. Analyzes the in- 
terrelationship among international development, agricultural trade and general economic and domes- 
tic agricultural policies. 

AREC 445 World Agricultural Development and the Quality of Life (3) 
Prerequisite: AREC 250. An examination of the key aspects of the agricultural development of less 



AREC — Agriculture and Resource Economics 223 



developed countries related to resources, technology, cultural and social setting, population, infras- 
tructure, incentives, education, and government. Environmental impact of agricultural development, 
basic economic and social characteristics of peasant agriculture, theories and models of agricultural 
development, selected aspects of agricultural development planning. 
AREC 453 Natural Resources and Public Policy (3) 

Prerequisites: AREC 250 or ECON 203. Rational use and reuse of natural resources. Theory, me- 
thodology, and policies concerned with the allocation of natural resources among alternative uses. 
Optimum state of conservation, market failure, safe minimum standard, and cost-benefit analysis. 
AREC 484 Introduction to Econometrics in Agriculture (3) 

An introduction to the application of econometric techniques to agricultural problems with emphasis 
on the assumptions and computational techniques necessary to derive statistical estimates, test hypo- 
theses, and make predictions with the use of single equation models. Includes linear and non-linear 
regression models, internal least squares, discriminant analysis and factor analysis, 
AREC 489 Special Topics in Agricultural and Resources Economics (3) 
Repeatable to a maximum of 9 credits. 

AREC 495 Honors Reading Course in Agricultural and Resource Economics I (3) 
Selected readings in political and economic theory from 1700 to 1850. This course develops a basic 
understanding of the development of economic and political thought as a foundation for understand- 
ing our present society and its cultural heritage. Prerequisite: acceptance in the honors program of 
the department of agricultural and resource economics. 

AREC 496 Honors Reading Course in Agricultural and Resource Economics II (3) 
Selected readings in political and economic theory from 1850 to the present. This couse continues 
the development of a basic understanding of economic and political thought begun in AREC 495 by 
the examination of modern problems in agricultural and resource economics in the light of the ma- 
terial read and discussed in AREC 495 and AREC 496. Prerequisite: successful completion of AREC 
495 and registration in the honors program of the department and resource economics. 
AREC 615 Agricultural and Resource Economics Research Techniques (3) 
Philosophy and basic objectives of research in the field of agricultural and resource economics. 
Econometric techniques and tools applied to agricultural and resource economics. 
AREC 639 Internship in Resource Management (2-4) 

Prerequisite: permission of major advisor and department chairman. Open only to graduate students 
in the arec resource management curriculum. Repeatable to a maximum of four hours. 
AREC 685 Applications of Mathematical Programming in Agriculture Business and Analysis 
(3) 

Prerequisites' ECON 403 or consent of instructor. The application of mathematical programming to 
solve a wide variety of problems in agriculture, business and economics. Emphasis on modeling 
large-scale systems and interpreting results. 

AREC 689 Special Topics in Agricultural and Resource Economics (3) 

First and second semester. Subject matter taught will be varied and will depend on the persons avail- 
able for teaching unique and specialized phases of agricultural and resource economics. The course 
will be taught by the staff or visiting agricultural and resource economists who may be secured on 
lectureship or visiting professor basis. 
AREC 698 Seminar (1) 

First and second semesters. Students will participate through study of problems in the field, re- 
porting to seminar members and defending positions adopted. Outstanding leaders in the field will 
present ideas for analysis and discussion among class members. Students involved in original re- 
search will present progress reports. Class discussion will provide opportunity for constructive criti- 
cism and guidance. 



224 Course Descriptions 



AREC 699 Special Problems in Agricultural and Resource Economics (1-2) 
First and second semesters and summer. 

Intensive study and analysis of specific problems in the field of agricultural and resource economics, 
which provide information in depth in areas of special interest to the student. 
AREC 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

AREC 804 Advanced Agricultural Price and Demand Analysis (3) 

Second semester. An advanced study in the theory of: (1) the individual consumer, (2) household 
behavior, and (3) aggregate demand. The concepts of price and cross elasticities of demand, income 
elasticity of demand, and elasticity of substitution will be examined in detail. The use of demand 
theory in the analysis of welfare problems, market equilibrium (with special emphasis on trade) and 
the problem of insufficient and excessive aggregate demand will be discussed. 
AREC 806 Economics of Agricultural Production (3) 

First semester. Study of the more complex problems involved in the long-range adjustments, organ- 
ization and operation of farm resources, including the impact of new technology and methods. 
Applications of the theory of the firm, linear programming, activity analysis and input-output analy- 
sis. 

AREC 824 Food Distribution Management (3) 

Theory and practice of the complex functional and institutional aspects of food distribution systems 
analyzed from the perspective of management decision-making in the food industry. Possible long 
range economic effects of current structural adjustments; social and ecological aspects of food indus- 
try management decision-making. 
AREC 832 Agricultural Price and Income Policy (3) 

Second semester, alternate years, 1973. The evolution of agricultural policy in the united states, em- 
phazing the origin and development of governmental programs, and their effects upon agricultural 
production, prices and income. 
AREC 844 International Agriculture Trade (3) 

Economic theory, policies and practices in international trade in agricultural products. Principal theo- 
ries of international trade and finance, agricultural trade policies of various countries, and agricultur- 
al trade practices. 

AREC 845 Agriculture in World Economic Development (3) 

First semester, alternate years, 1972. Theories and concepts of what makes economic development 
happen. Approaches and programs for stimulating the transformation from a primitive agricultural 
economy to an economy of rapidly developing commercial agriculture and industry. Analysis of se- 
lected agricultural development programs in Asia, Africa and Latin America. 
AREC 852 Advanced Resource Economics (3) 

Second semester, alternate years. Assessment and evaluation of our natural, capital, and human re- 
sources; the use of economic theory and various techniques to guide the allocation of these resources 
within a comprehensive framework; and the institutional arrangements for using these resources. 
ECON 403 or equivalent is a prerequisite. 
AREC 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

ARTE —Art Education 

ARTE 600 Advanced Problems in Art Education (3) 
ARTE 601 Advanced Problems in Art Education (3) 
ARTE 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 



ARTH —Art History 225 



ARTH —Art History 

ARTH 401 Greek and Roman Painting (3) 

Survey of Greek and Roman frescoes and panels; study of extant paintings and lost works known 
only through literary sources. 
ARTH 402 Greek Art and Archaeology (3) 
Greek art and archaeology from 1000 B.C. To 50 B.C. 
ARTH 403 Roman Art and Archaeology (3) 
Roman art and archaeology from Etruscan origins to Diocletian. 
ARTH 404 Bronze Age Art (3) 
Art of the Near East, Egypt and Aegean. 
ARTH 405 Japanese Painting (3) 

Survey of Japanese painting from the sixth through the sixteenth centuries, including traditional 
Buddhist painting, narrative scrolls, and Zen-related ink painting. 
ARTH 406 Arts of China (3) 

Chinese art from pre-history through the 14th century, with special focus on painting, sculpture, and 
minor arts. 

ARTH 407 Arts of Japan (3) 

A survey of Japanese art from pre-history through 14th century, concentrating on architecture, sculp- 
ture and painting. 

ARTH 410 Early Christian - Early Byzantine Art (3) 

Sculpture, painting, architecture, and the minor arts from about 312 TO 726 A.D. 
ARTH 411 Byzantine Art, 726 - 1453 (3) 

Sculpture, painting, architecture and the minor arts from 726 to 1453 A.D. 
ARTH 412 Medieval Art (3) 

Architecture, sculpture and painting in the Middle Ages. First semester will stress Romanesque. 
ARTH 413 Medieval Art (3) 

Architecture, sculpture and painting in the Middle Ages. Second semester will stress the Gothic 
period. 

ARTH 416 Northern European Painting in the 15th Century (3) 
Painting in the Netherlands, France and Germany. 
ARTH 417 Northern European Painting in the 16th Century (3) 
Painting in the Netherlands, France and Germany. 
ARTH 422 Early Renaissance Art in Italy (3) 
Architecture, sculpture and painting from about 1400 to 1430. 
ARTH 423 Early Renaissance Art in Italy (3) 
Architecture, sculpture and painting from about 1430 to 1475. 
ARTH 424 High Renaissance Art in Italy (3) 
Architecture, sculpture and painting from about 1475 to 1500. 
ARTH 425 High Renaissance Art in Italy (3) 
Architecture, sculpture and painting from about 1500 to 1525. 
ARTH 430 European Baroque Art (3) 

Architecture, sculpture and painting of the major southern European centers in the 17th century. 
ARTH 431 European Baroque Art (3) 

Architecture, sculpture and painting of the major northern European centers in the 17th century. 
ARTH 434 French Painting (3) 
French painting from 1400 to 1600. From Fouquet to Poussin. 



226 Course Descriptions 



ARTH 435 French Painting (3) 

French painting from 1600 to 1800. From Le Brun to David. 
ARTH 440 19th Century European Art (3) 

Architecture, sculpture and painting in Europe from Neo-Classicism to Romanticism. 
ARTH 441 19th Century European Art (3) 

Architecture, sculpture and painting in Europe. From Realism, to Impressionism and Symbolism. 
ARTH 445 Impressionism and Neo-Impressionism (3) 

Prerequisite: ARTH 260, 261 or consent of instructor. History of Impressionism and Neo- 
Impressionism: artists, styles, art theories, criticism, sources and influence on 20th century. 
ARTH 450 20th Century Art (3) 

Painting, sculpture and architecture from the late 19th century to 1920. 
ARTH 451 20th Century Art (3) 

Painting, sculpture and architecture from 1920 to the present. 
ARTH 452 History of Photography (3) 
History of photography as art from 1839 to the present. 
ARTH 454 Nineteenth and Twentieth Century Sculpture (3) 

Trends in sculpture from Neo-Classicism to the present. Emphasis will be put on the redefinition of 
sculpture during the 20th century. 
ARTH 460 History of the Graphic Arts (3) 

Prerequisite: ARTH 100. or ARTH 260 and 261 . or consent of instructor. Graphic techniques and 
styles in Europe from 1400 to 1800; contributions of major artists. 
ARTH 462 African Art (3) 

First semester, the cultures west of the Niger river (Nigeria through Mali) FROM 400 B.C. To the 
present. The art is studied through its iconography and function in the culture and the intercultural 
influences upon the artists, including a study of the societies, cults and ceremonies during which the 
art was used. 

ARTH 463 African Art (3) 

Second semester, the cultures east and south of Nigeria. The art is studied through its iconography 
and function in the culture and the intercultural influences upon the artists, including a study of the 
societies, cults and ceremonies during which the art was used. 
ARTH 464 African Art Research (3) 

Seminar with concentration on particular aspects of African art. The course is given at the Museum 
of African Art in Washington, D. C. 
ARTH 470 Latin American Art (3) 
Art of the Pre-Hispanic and the Colonial periods. 
ARTH 471 Latin American Art (3) 
Art of the 19th and 20th centuries. 
ARTH 473 Arts of Black Americans I (3) 

The visual arts of Black Americans from the Colonial period through the 19th century, including 
crafts and decorative arts. 
ARTH 474 Arts of Black Americans II (3) 

The visual arts of Black Americans in the 20th century, including crafts and decorative arts. 
ARTH 476 History of American Art to 1900 (3) 

Architecture, sculpture and painting in the United States from the Colonial period to 1900. 
ARTH 477 History of American Art Since 1900 (3) 
Architecture, sculpture and painting in the United States from 1900 to the present. 



ARTH —Art History 227 



ARTH 489 Special Topics in Art History (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of department head or instructor. May be repeated to a maximum of six cred- 
its. 

ARTH 498 Directed Studies in Art History I (2-3) 

For advanced students, by permission of department chairman. Course may be repeated for credit if 
content differs. 

ARTH 499 Directed Studies in Art History H (2-3) 
ARTH 612 Romanesque Art (3) 

Painting and sculpture in Western Europe in the llth and 12th centuries: regional styles; relation- 
ships between styles of painting and sculpture; religious content. 
ARTH 614 Gothic Art (3) 

Painting and sculpture in Western Europe in the llth and 12th centuries; regional styles; relation- 
ships between styles of painting and sculpture; religious content. 
ARTH 630 The Art of Mannerism (3) 

Prerequisite: ART 423 or permission of instructor. Mannerism in Europe during the 16th century; 
beginnings in Italy; ramifications in France, Germany, Flanders, Spain; painting, architecture, and 
sculpture. 

ARTH 634 French Painting From Lebrun to Gericault: 1715-1815 (3) 

Development of iconography and style from the Baroque to neo-Classicism and Romanticism. 
Trends and major artists. 

ARTH 656 19th Century Realism, 1830-1860 (3) 

Prerequisite: ART 440 OR 441 or equivalent. Courbet and the problem of realism; precursors, 
David, Gericault, landscape schools; Manet; artistic and social theories; realism outside France. 
ARTH 662 20th Century European Art (3) 

Prerequisite: ARTH 450, 451 or equivalent. A detailed examination of the art of a individual coun- 
try in the 12th century: France, Germany, Italy, Spain, England. 
ARTH 676 20th Century American Art (3) 

Prerequisite: ARTH 450. 451 or equivalent. The "Eight," the Armory show, American abstraction, 
romantic-realism, new deal art projects, American surrealism and expressionism. 
ARTH 692 Methods of Art History (3) 

Methods of research and criticism applied to typical art-historical problems; bibliography and other 
research tools. May be taken for credit one or two semesters. 
ARTH 694 Museum Training Program (3) 
ARTH 695 Museum Training Program (3) 
ARTH 698 Directed Graduate Studies in Art History (3) 

For advanced graduate students, by permission of head of department. Course may be repeated for 
credit if content differs. 
ARTH 699 Special Topics in Art History (3) 
Prerequisite: consent of department head or instructor. 
ARTH 702 Seminar in Classical Art (3) 
Prerequisite: ARTH 402. 403 or permission of instructor. 
ARTH 708 Seminar in Japanese Painting (3) 

Prerequisite - ARTH 406 OR 407 or permission of instructor. Japanese painting of the 14th through 
16th centuries, and its origins in Chinese models. Course may be repeated for a maximum of 6 cred- 
its if the content differs. 

ARTH 709 Seminar in Early Christian and Byzantine Art (3) 
Prerequisite - ARTH 410 OR 411 or permission of instructor. Course may be repeated for a maxi- 



228 Course Descriptions 



mum of six credits if the content differs. 

ARTH 712 Seminar in Medieval Art (3) 

Prerequisite: ARTH 412. 413 or permission of instructor. 

ARTH 728 Seminar Topics in Italian Renaissance Art (3) 

Problems selected from significant themes in the field of Italian Renaissance art and architecture, 

1200-1600. May be repeated for credit if content differs. 

ARTH 736 Seminar in 18th Century European Art (3) 

ARTH 740 Seminar in Romanticism (3) 

Problems derived from the development of romantic art during the 18th and 19th centuries. 

ARTH 743 Seminar in 19th Century European Art (3) 

Problems derived from the period starting with David and ending with Cezanne. 

ARTH 760 Seminar in Contemporary Art (3) 

ARTH 770 Seminar in Latin-American Art (3) 

Prerequisite: ARTH 471 or permission of instructor. 

ARTH 772 Seminar in Modern Mexican Art (3) 

Prerequisite: ARTH 471 or permission of instructor. Problems of Mexican art of the 19th and 20th 

centuries; Mexicanismo; the "mural renaissance"; architectural regionalism. 

ARTH 774 Seminar in 19th Century American Art (3) 

Problems in architecture and painting from the end of the Colonial period until 1860. 

ARTH 780 Seminar: Problems in Architectural History and Criticism (3) 

ARTH 784 Seminar in Literary Sources of Art History (3) 

Art historical sources from Pliny to Malraux. 

ARTH 798 Directed Graduate Studies in Art History (3) 

ARTH 799 Master's Thesis Research ( 1-6) 

ARTH 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

ARTS —Art Studio 

ARTS 404 Experiments in Visual Processes (3) 

Six hours per week. Prerequisites: either ARTS 220, J30 OR 340. Investigation and execution of 
process oriented art. Group and individual experimental projects. 
ARTS 418 Drawing (3) 
Six hours per week. 

Prerequisite: ARTS 210. Original compositions from the figure and nature, supplemented by prob- 
lems of personal and expressive drawing. Repeatable for total of 12 credits. 
ARTS 428 Painting (3) 
Six studio hours per week. 

Prerequisite: ARTS 320. Original compositions based upon nature, figure, still life and expressive 
painting emphasizing development of personal directions. Repeatable to a maximum of twelve cred- 
its. 

ARTS 438 Sculpture (3) 
Six studio hours per week. 

Prerequisite: One 300 level sculpture course and consent of instructor. Continuation of 300 level 
elements of sculpture courses with emphasis on developing personal directions in chosen media. 
Repeatable to a maximum of twelve credits. 
ARTS 448 Printmaking (3) 
Six studio hours per week. 
Prerequisites: One 300 level printmaking course and consent of instructor. Continuation of 300 level 



ARTS —Art Studio 229 



elements of printmaking courses with emphasis on developing personal directions in chosen media. 
Repeatable to a maximum of twelve credits. 
ARTS 468 Advanced Seminar in Studio Art (3) 

Three studio, three discussion hours per week. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Relationship 
of student's work to historical and contemporary context. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits. 
ARTS 489 Special Problems in Studio Arts (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Repeatable to a maximum of six hours. 
ARTS 498 Directed Studies in Studio Art (2-3) 

For advanced students, by permission of department chairman. Course may be repeated for credit if 
content differs. 
ARTS 610 Drawing (3) 

Sustained treatment of a theme chosen by student. Wide variety of media. 
ARTS 614 Drawing (3) 

Traditional materials and methods including oriental, sumi ink drawing and techniques of classical 
european masters. 
ARTS 616 Drawing (3) 

Detailed anatomical study of the human figure and preparation of large scale mural compositions. 
ARTS 620 Painting (3) 
ARTS 624 Painting (3, 
ARTS 626 Painting (3) 
ARTS 627 Painting (3) 
ARTS 630 Experimentation in Sculpture (3) 
ARTS 634 Experimentation in Sculpture (3) 
ARTS 636 Materials and Techniques in Sculpture (3) 

For advanced students, methods of armature building, and the use of a variety of stone, wood, met- 
al, and plastic materials. 

ARTS 637 Sculpture: Casting and Foundry (3) 

The traditional methods of plaster casting and the complicated types involving metal, cire perdue, 
sand-casting and newer methods, such as cold metal process. 
ARTS 640 Printmaking (3) 
Advanced problems. Relief process. 
ARTS 644 Printmaking (3) 
Advanced problems. Intaglio process. 
ARTS 646 Printmaking (3) 
Advanced problems. Lithographic process. 
ARTS 647 Seminar in Printmaking (3) 
ARTS 689 Special Problems in Studio Art (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Repeatable to a maximum of six hours. 
ARTS 690 Drawing and Painting (31 
Preparation and execution of a wall decoration. 
ARTS 698 Directed Graduate Studies in Studio Art (3) 

For advanced graduate students by permission of head of department. Course may be repeated for 
credit if content differs. 

ARTS 798 Directed Graduate Studies in Studio Art (3) 
ARTS 799 Master's Thesis Research {1-6) 



230 Course Descriptions 



ASTR —Astronomy 

ASTR 400 Stellar Astrophysics (3) 

Prerequisite: ASTR 350. Corequisite: PHYS 420 or 421. Radiation processes in stars and interstellar 
space, stellar atmospheres, stellar structure and evolution. 
ASTR 401 Interstellar and Extragalactic Astrophysics (3) 

Pre- or corequisite: PHYS 422 or consent of instructor. A survey of the physics of the interstellar 
medium and of astrophysics as it relates to galaxies and cosmology. 
ASTR 410 Observational Astronomy I (3) 

Prerequisites: PHYS 294 or 263. and 3 credits in astronomy. An introduction to current methods of 
obtaining astronomical information. Emphasis on optical and radio techniques, with brief coverage 
of X-ray, ultraviolet, and infrared techniques. Emphasis on understanding how instruments affect the 
data. 

ASTR 411 Observational Astronomy II (3) 

Prerequisite: ASTR 410. Laboratory work with photographic and photoelectric techniques and with 
components of radio telescopes. Two longer individual projects involving observations with various 
instruments. Often requires all-night observing sessions. 
ASTR 420 Introduction to Galactic Research (3) 

Prerequisite: PHYS 192 and ASTR 350 or equivalent, or consent of instructor. Methods of galactic 
research, stellar motions, clusters of stars, evolution of the galaxy, study of our own and nearby ga- 
laxies. 

ASTR 430 The Solar System (3) 

Prerequisite - MATH 246 and either PHYS 263 or PHYS 294. or consent of instructor. The structure 
of planetary atmospheres, radiative transfer in planetary atmospheres, remote sensing of planetary 
surfaces, interior structure of planets. Structure of comets. Brief discussions of asteroids, satellite 
systems, and solar system evolution. 
ASTR 440 Introduction to Extra-Galactic Astronomy (3) 

Prerequisite: PHYS 192 and ASTR 350 or equivalent, or consent of instructor. Properties of normal 
and peculiar galaxies, including radio galaxies and quasars: expansion of the universe and cosmolo- 
gy- 

ASTR 450 Celestial Mechanics (3) 
Three lectures a week. 

Prerequisite: PHYS 410 or consent of instructor. Celestial mechanics, orbit theory, equations of mo- 
tion. 

ASTR 498 Special Problems in Astronomy (1-6) 

Prerequisite: major in phvsics or astronomy and/or consent of advisor. Research or special study. 
Credit according to work done. 
ASTR 600 Stellar Atmospheres (3) 

Prerequisite: ASTR 422 or permission of department. Structure of stellar atmospheres, survey of 
atomic and molecular physics, absorption coefficients and radiative transfer, numerical techniques, 
calculation of model atmospheres and comparison with observations, discussion of line profiles, stel- 
lar winds and coronae. 
ASTR 605 Stellar Interiors (3) 

Prerequisite: PHYS 410. 422 or equivalent. Energy transfer and generation in the interior of a star, 
evolution of stars, nucleosynthesis, variable stars, explosive stars, neutron stars and black holes. 
ASTR 620 Galactic Research (3) 

Prerequisites: ASTR 400 or permission of department . Galaxy classifications; Milky way: basic data, 
distribution of stars, gas, dust and relativistic particles, large-scale structure and rotation; Spiral ga- 
laxies: stellar dynamics and stability, density waves, star bursts, galactic center; Elliptical galaxies: 



ASTR —Astronomy 231 



stellar dynamics, cannabalism: galaxy formation. 
ASTR 625 Dynamics of Stellar Systems (3) 
Three lectures per week. 

Prerequisite: PHYS 601 or ASTR 420. Study of the structure and evolution of dynamical systems en- 
countered in astronomy. Stellar encounters viewed as a two-body problem, statistical treatment of 
encounters, study of dynamical problems in connection with star clusters, ellipsoidal galaxies, nuclei 
of galaxies, high-velocity stars. ? 
ASTR 630 Physics of the Solar System (3) 
Three lectures per week. 

Prerequisite: PHYS 422. A survey of the problems of interplanetary space, the solar wind, comets 
and meteors, planetary structure and atmospheres, motions of particles in the earth's magnetic field. 
ASTR 650 Survey of Astrophysics I (3) 

Prerequisite: PHYS 411 AND 422 or their equivalents, or consent of instructor. The first semester 
survey of the theoretical tools of astrophysics. Gas and magnetohydrodynamics applied to interstellar 
and solar phenomena. Radiation of high-energy particles. Introduction to stellar atmospheres. 
ASTR 651 Survey of Astrophysics II (3) 

Prerequisite: ASTR 650 or consent of instructor. Brief survey of stellar structure and evolution, and 
the physics of the interstellar medium and the solar atmosphere. 
ASTR 660 Solar Physics (3) 

Prerequisites: PHYS 422, ASTR 400 or consent of instructor. A detailed study of solar atmosphere. 
Physics of solar phenomena, such as solar flares, structure of the corona, etc. 
ASTR 670 Interstellar Matter (3) 

Prerequisite: PHYS 422 or permission of department. Photo- ionization processes, classical diagnos- 
tics of the interstellar medium, physics of supernova remnants, molecules, dynamics of the forma- 
tion of clouds and stars, cosmic rays and their acceleration. 
ASTR 688 Special Topics in Modern Astronomy (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Special topics such as extragalactic radio sources, plasma astro- 
physics, the H.R. diagram, chemistry of the interstellar medium, radiophysics of the sun. 
ASTR 698 Seminar (1) 

Seminars on various topics in advanced astronomy are held each semester, with the contents varied 
each year. One credit for each semester. There are weekly colloquia by staff, astronomers from the 
Washington area, and visiting astronomers, usually on topics related to their own work. 
ASTR 699 Special Problems in Advanced Astronomy (1-6) 
ASTR 788 Selected Topics in Modern Astronomy (1-3) 
ASTR 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 
ASTR 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

BCHM —Biochemistry 

BCHM 461 Biochemistry I (3) 

Prerequisites: CHEM 243 or 245: or permission of instructor . A comprehensive introduction to gen- 
eral biochemistry. The chemistry and metabolism of carbohydrates, lipids, nucleic acids, and pro- 
teins. 

BCHM 462 Biochemistry II (3) 

Prerequisite: BCHM 461. A continuation of BCHM 461. 
BCHM 463 Biochemistry Laboratory I (2) 
Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. ? 
Pre or corerequisitc: BCHM 461. 



232 Course Descriptions 



BCHM 464 Biochemistry Laboratory II (2) 

Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. 

Prerequisite: CHEM 483 or BCHM 463, pre or corequisile: BCHM 462. 
BCHM 666 Biophysical Chemistry (2) 

Prerequisite: BCHM 461 and CHEM 482. or consent oj instructor . 
BCHM 668 Special Problems in Biochemistry (2-^) 
Two to four three-hour laboratory periods per week. 
Prerequisite: BCHM 464 or equivalent. ? 
BCHM 669 Special Topics in Biochemistry (2) 
Prerequisite: BCHM 462 or equivalent. 
BCHM 671 Protein Chemistry and Enzymic Catalysis (3) 

Principles of protein structure and function, characterization of active sites, enzyme mechanisms and 
kinetics, antibody structure. 
BCHM 672 Biological Membranes (3) 

Organization of biological membranes, metabolism of membrane lipids, membrane proteins, includ- 
ing receptors, membrane functions including bioenergetics and transport, assembly of membranes. 
BCHM 673 Regulation of Metabolism (3) 

Intracellular milieu, compartmentation, metabolic and enzymic approaches to identifying control 
points, regulation by covalent modification of enzymes, metabolic disorders. 
BCHM 674 Nucleic Acids (3) 

Chemistry of nucleotides and polynucleotides, organization of cells and genome from viruses to 
eukaryotes, dna replication, ma synthesis, ribosome biogenesis, regulation of protein synthesis. 
BCHM 699 Special Problems in Biochemistry (1-6) 

Prerequisite: one semester of graduate study in biochemistry. Laboratory experience in a research 
environment. Restricted to students in the non-thesis M.S. option. Repeatable for a maximum of 6 
credits. 

BCHM 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 
BCHM 898 Seminar (I) 
BCHM 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

BIOL —Biology 

BIOL 501 Life Science for Middle School Teachers I (4) 

Three lectures and three hours of laboratory per week. 

An introductory lecture/laboratory course for teachers emphasizing the process and interdependence 
of living organisms, their general organization and association with humans in natural ecosystems. 
Discussion of the genetic and evolutionary process involved in the continuity of life. 
BIOL 502 Life Science for Middle School Teachers II (4) 
Three lectures and three hours of laboratory per week. 

Prerequisite: BIOL 501 . A second-level lecture/laboratory course that provides a general introduction 
to the classification, anatomy and physiology of plants and animals, with a special emphasis on hu- 
mans. 

BIOL 503 Life Science for Middle School Teachers III (4) 
Three lectures and three hours of laboratory per week. 

Prerequisite: BIOL 502. A third-level laboratory/field course that investigates the ecology and natu- 
ral history of the Chesapeake Bay and man's relationship to it. 



BIOM —Biometrics 233 



BIOM — Biometrics 

BIOM 401 Biostatistics I (4) 

Three lectures and one discussion per week. 

Prerequisite: MATH 115, BIOM 301, or permission of the instructor. Descriptive statistics, prob- 
ability models useful in biology, expectations, hypothesis testing, sign test, goodness of fit tests, 
central limit theorem, point and interval estimates, analysis of variance, regression, correlation, 
sampling, rank tests. Emphasis on the uses and the limitations of these methods in biology. 
BIOM 405 Computer Applications in Biometrics (1) 
One, 2-hour laboratory per week. 

Prerequisite: BIOM 401 or equivalent. An introduction to computer usage in statistical analyses. 
Topics include file manipulation, formating data, transformations, descriptive statistics, graphical di- 
splays of data, and several introductory inferential statistical procedures. 
BIOM 420 Sampling Techniques in Biometrics (3) 

Prerequisite: BIOM 401 or permission of the instructor. Methods of sampling: probability, random, 
cluster, stratified, inverse; ratio estimates; methods in field surveys: mark recapture studies, line 
transect sampling; surveys, design of collection forms; sample size calculations. Emphasis on the use 
of these methods in biological research. 
BIOM 602 Biostatistics II (3) 

Prerequisite: BIOM 401 or equivalent. The principles of experimental design and analysis of vari- 
ance and covariance. 
BIOM 603 Biostatistics III (3) 

Corequisite: BIOM 604. Prerequisites: BIOM 602 and BIOM 405 or equivalent. Applications of the 
general linear model to the life sciences. 
BIOM 604 Linear Models Computer Laboratory (I) 
Two hours of laboratory per week. 

Corequisite: BIOM 603. Prerequisite: BIOM 405 . Implementation of linear model analyses common 
to the life sciences. 

BIOM 688 Topics in Biometrics (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. Advanced topics of current interest in various areas of biom- 
etrics. Credit assigned will depend on lecture and/or laboratory time scheduled and organization of 
the course. 

BIOM 698 Special Problems in Biometrics (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Individual study of a particular topic in biostatistics or biomathe- 
matics. 
BIOM 699 Seminar in Biometrics (I) 

BMGT — Business and Management 

BMGT 402 Database and Data Communication Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 302. Introduction to database and data communications systems. Modeling and 
database construction using the three data models: network, relational and hierarchical. 
Implementation project using DMS 1 100 database system. Data communications protocols and com- 
munications support software. Analysis of distributed systems and computer networks. Emphasis on 
new technologies. 
BMGT 403 Systems Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 402. Techniques and tools applicable to the analysis and design of computer 
based information systems. System life cycle, requirements analysis, logical design of data bases, 
performance evaluation. Emphasis on case studies. Project required that involves the design, analysis 
and implementation of an information system. 



234 Course Descriptions 



BMGT 404 Seminar in Decision Support Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 301 . Design of computer systems to solve business problems and to support de- 
cision making. Human and organizational factors are considered. Emphasis on case studies. 
BMGT 410 Fund Accounting (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 310. An introduction to the fund-based theory and practice of accounting as ap- 
plied to governmental entities and not-for-profit associations. 
BMGT 417 Advanced Tax Accounting (3) 

Prerequisites: BMGT 311 and 323 . Federal taxation of corporations, partnerships, fiduciaries, and 
gratuitous transfers. Tools and techniques of tax research for compliance and planning. 
BMGT 420 Undergraduate Accounting Seminar (3) 

Prerequisite: senior standing as an accounting major or consent of instructor. Enrollment limited to 
upper one-third of senior class. Seminar coverage of outstanding current non-text literature, current 
problems and case studies in accounting. 
BMGT 421 Undergraduate Accounting Seminar (3) 

Prerequisite: Senior standing as an accounting major or consent of instructor. Enrollment limited to 
upper one-third of senior class. Seminar coverage of outstanding current non-text literature, current 
problems and case studies in accounting. 
BMGT 422 Auditing Theory and Practice (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 31 1 . A study of the independent accountant's attest function, generally accepted 
auditing standards, compliance and substantive tests, and report forms and opinions. 
BMGT 424 Advanced Accounting (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 311. Advanced accounting theory applied to specialized topics and current 
problems. Emphasis on consolidated statements and partnership accounting. 
BMGT 426 Advanced Cost Accounting (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 321 . Advanced cost accounting with emphasis on managerial aspects of internal 
record-keeping and control systems. 
BMGT 427 Advanced Auditing Theory and Practice (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 422. An examination and in depth study of special auditing topics such as sta- 
tistical sampling, professional ethics, EDP auditing, legal liability, and SEC accounting. 
BMGT 430 Linear Statistical Models in Business (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 230 or consent of instructor. Model building involving an intensive study of the 
general linear stochastic model and the applications of this model to business problems. The model 
is derived in matrix form and this form is used to analyze both the regression and anova formula- 
tions of the general linear model. 

BMGT 431 Design of Statistical Experiments in Business (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 230 OR 231. Surveys ANOVA models, basic and advanced experimental de- 
sign concepts. Non-parametric tests and correlation are emphasized. Applications of these techniques 
to business problems in primarily the marketing and behavioral sciences are stressed. 
BMGT 432 Sample Survey Design For Business and Economics (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 230 OR 231 . Design of probability samples. Simple random sampling, strati- 
fied random sampling, systematic sampling, and cluster sampling designs are developed and com- 
pared for efficiency under varying assumptions about the population sampled. Advanced designs 
such as multistage cluster sampling and replicated sampling are surveyed. Implementing these tech- 
niques in estimating parameters of business models is stressed. 
BMGT 433 Statistical Decision Theory in Business (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 231 or consent of instructor. Bayesian approach to the use of sample informa- 
tion in decision-making. Concepts of loss, risk, decision criteria, expected returns, and expected 
utility are examined. Application of these concepts to decision-making in the firm in various con- 



BMGT — Business and Management 235 



texts are considered. 

BMGT 434 Introduction to Optimization Theory (3) 

Prerequisite: MATH 220 or permission of instructor. Primarily for students majoring in management 
science and statistics. Linear programming, postoptimality analysis, networlc algoritiims, dynamic 
programming, nonlinear programming and single variable minimization. 
BMGT 435 Introduction to Applied Probability Models (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 231 or permission of department. Statistical models in management. Review of 
probability theory. Monte Carlo methods, discrete event simulation, Markov chains, queueing analy- 
sis, other topics depending upon time. Guass, a higher-level computer language will be introduced 
in the class and the students will carry out various exercises using this language. 
BMGT 436 Applications of Mathematical Programming in Management Science (3) 
Prerequisite: BMGT 434 or permission of instructor. Theory and applications of linear, integer, and 
nonlinear programming models to management decisions. Topics convered include the basic 
theorems of linear programming; the matrix formulation of the simplex, and dual Simplex al- 
gorithms; decomposition, cutting plane, branch and bound, and implicit enumeration algorithms; gra- 
dient based algorithms; and quadratic programming. Special emphasis is placed upon model formula- 
tion and solution using prepared computer algorithms. 
BMGT 438 Topics in Statistical Analysis For Business Management (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 430 and MATH 240 or permission of the instructor. Selected topics in statisti- 
cal analysis which are relevant to management for students with knowledge of basic statistical meth- 
ods. Topics include evolutionary operation and response surface analysis, forecasting techniques, pa- 
thologies of the linear model and their remedies, multivariate statistical models, and non-parametric 
models. 

BMGT 440 Financial Management (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 340. Analysis and discussion of cases and readings relating to financial deci- 
sions of the firm. The application of finance concepts to the solution of financial problems is empha- 
sized. 

BMGT 443 Security Analysis and Valuation (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 343. Study and application of the concepts, methods, models, and empirical 
findings to the analysis, valuation, and selection of securities, especially common stock. 
BMGT 444 Futures Contracts and Options (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 343 . The institutional features and economic rationale underlying markets in fu- 
tures and options. Hedging, speculation, structure of futures prices, interest rate futures, efficiency 
in futures markets, and stock and commodity options. 
BMGT 445 Commercial Bank Management (3) 

Prerequisites: BMGT 340 and ECON 430. Analysis and discussion of cases and readings in com- 
mercial bank management. The loan function is emphasized; also the management of liquidity re- 
serves, investments for income, and source of funds. Bank objectives, functions, policies, organiza- 
tion, structure, services, and regulation are considered. 
BMGT 450 Marketing Research Methods (3) 

Prerequisites: BMGT 230 and 350. Recommended that BMGT 430 be taken prior to this course. 
This course is intended to develop skill in the use of scientific methods in the acquisition, analysis 
and interpretation of marketing data. It covers the specialized fields of marketing research; the 
planning of survey projects, sample design, tabulation procedure and report preparation. 
BMGT 451 Consumer Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 350. Recommended that PSYC 100 and 221 be taken prior to this course. 
Considers the growing importance of the American consumer in the marketing system and the need 
to understand him. Topics include the foundation considerations underlying consumer behavior such 



236 Course Descriptions 



as economic, social, psychological and cultural factors. Analysis of the consumer in marketing 
situations-as a buyer and user of products and services-and in relation to the various individual social 
and marketing factors affecting his behavior. The influence of marketing communications is also 
considered. 

BMGT 453 Industrial Marketing (3) 

Prerequisites: BMGT 350 plus one other marketing course. The industrial and business sector of the 
marketing system is considered rather than the household or ultimate consumer sector. Industrial 
products range from raw materials and supplies to the major equipment in a plant, business office, 
or institution. Topics include product planning and introduction, market analysis and forecasting, 
channels, pricing, field sales force management, advertising, marketing cost analysis, and govern- 
ment relations. Particular attention is given to industrial, business and institutional buying policies 
and practice and to the analysis of buyer behavior. 
BMGT 454 International Marketing (3) 

Prerequisites: BMGT 350 plus any other marketing course. A study of the marketing functions from 
the viewpoint of the international executive. In addition to the coverage of international marketing 
policies relating to product adaptation, data collection and analysis, channels of distribution, pricing, 
communications, and cost analysis, consideration is given to the cultural, legal, financial, and organ- 
izational aspects of international marketing. 
BMGT 455 Sales Management (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 350. The role of the sales manager, both at headquarters and in the field, in the 
management of people, resources and marketing functions. An analysis of the problems involved in 
sales organization, forecasting, planning, communicating, evaluating and controlling. The applica- 
fion of quantitative techniques and pertinent behavioral science concepts in the management of the 
sales effort and sales force. 
BMGT 456 Advertising (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 354. The role of advertising in the American economy; the impact of advertis- 
ing on our economic and social life, the methods and techniques currently applied by advertising 
practitioners; the role of the newspaper, magazine, and other media in the development of an adver- 
tising campaign, modem research methods to improve the effectiveness of advertising and the organ- 
ization of the advertising business. (Not open for credit to students with credit for BMGT 352.) 
BMGT 457 Marketing Policies and Strategies (3) 

Prerequisite: three courses in marketing. Integrative decision making in marketing. Emphasis on 
consumer and market analysis and the appropriate decision models. Case studies are included. 
BMGT 460 Personnel Management: Analysis and Problems (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 360. Recommended, BMGT 230. Research findings, special readings, case 
analysis, simulation, and field investigations are used to develop a better understanding of personnel 
problems, alternative solutions and their practical ramifications. 
BMGT 462 Labor Legislation (3) 

Case method analysis of the modem law of industrial relations. Cases include the decisions of ad- 
ministrative agencies, courts and arbitration tribunals. 
BMGT 463 Public Sector Labor Relations (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 362 or permission of instructor. Development and stmcture of labor relations in 
public sector employment; federal, state, and local govemment responses to unionization and collec- 
tive bargaining. 

BMGT 464 Organizational Behavior (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 364. An examination of research and theory conceming the forces which con- 
tribute to the behavior of organizational members. Topics covered include: work group behavior, su- 
pervisory behavior, intergroup relations, employee goals and attitudes, communication problems, or- 



BMGT — Business and Management 237 



ganizational change, and organizational goals and design. 

BMGT 467 Undergraduate Seminar in Personnel Management (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. This course is open only to the top one-third of undergraduate 
majors in personnel and labor relations and is offered during the fall semester of each year. 
Highlights major developments. Guest lecturers make periodic presentations. 
BMGT 470 Carrier Management (3) 

Prerequisites: BMGT 370 and BMGT 372. Integration of the functions available to managers in tran- 
sportation companies including planning, directing and implemention of policies. Emphasis on the 
changing environment in which managers of transportation carriers function. 
BMGT 473 Advanced Transportation Problems (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 370. A critical examination of current government transportation policy and 
proposed solutions. Urban and intercity managerial transport problems are also considered. 
BMGT 474 Urban Transport and Urban Development (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 203 or 205. An analysis of the role of urban transportation in present and future 
urban development. The interaction of transport pricing and service, urban planning, institutional 
restraints, and public land uses is studied. 
BMGT 475 Advanced Logistics Management (3) 

Prerequisites: BMGT 370 and BMGT 372. Application of the concepts of BMGT 372 to problem 
solving and special projects in logistics management. Case analysis is stressed. 
BMGT 476 Applied Computer Models in Transportation and Logistics (3) 
Prerequisites: BMGT 370 and BMGT 372. Introduction to the expanding base of computer software 
in the transportation and logistics fields. Applications of particular relevance to carrier and shipper 
issues in a deregulated environment. 

BMGT 477 International Transportation and Logistics (3) 

Prerequisites: BMGT 370 and 372. Analysis of the structure, service, pricing and competitive rela- 
tionship of U.S. international carriers and transport intermediaries. Examination of the role of 
foreign competitors, managerial and economic factors and politically imposed restrictions. Business 
and public policy implications of transportation in developing countries and their interface with inter- 
national trade and development. 
BMGT 480 Legal Environment of Business (3) 

The course examines the principal ideas in law stressing those which are relevant for the modem bu- 
siness executive. Legal reasoning as it has evolved in this country will be one of the central topics 
of study. Several leading antitrust cases will be studied to illustrate vividly the reasoning process as 
well as the interplay of business, philosophy, and the various conceptions of the nature of law which 
give direction to the process. Examination of contemporary legal problems and proposed solutions, 
especially those most likely to affect the business community, are also covered. 
BMGT 481 Public Utilities (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 203 or 205 . Using the regulated industries as specific examples, attention is fo- 
cused on broad and general problems in such diverse fields as constitutional law, administrative law, 
public administration, government control of business, advanced economic theory, accounting, va- 
luation and depreciation, taxation, finance, engineering, and management. 
BMGT 482 Business and Government (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 203 or 205. A study of the role of government in modem economic life. Social 
control of business as a remedy for the abuses of business enterprise arising from the decline of 
competition. Criteria of limitations on govemment regulation of private enterprise. 
BMGT 485 Advanced Production Management (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 385. A study of typical problems encountered by the factory manager. The ob- 
jective is to develop the ability to analyze and solve problems in management control of production 



238 Course Descriptions 



and in the formulation of production policies. Among the topics covered are plant location, produc- 
tion planning and control, methods analysis, and time study. 
BMGT 490 Urban Land Management (3) 

Covers the managerial and decision making aspects of urban land and property. Included are such 
subjects as land use and valuation matters. 
BMGT 493 Honors Study (3) 

First semester of the senior year. Prerequisite: candidacy for honors in business and management. 
The course is designed for honors students who have elected to conduct intensive study (independent 
or group). The student will work under the direct guidance of a faculty advisor and the chairman of 
the honors committee. They shall determine that the area of study is of a scope and intensity de- 
serving of a candidate's attention. Formal written and/or oral reports on the study may be required 
by the faculty advisor and/or chairman of the honors program. Group meetings of the candidates 
may be called at the discretion of the faculty advisors and/or chairman of the honors committee. 
BMGT 494 Honors Study (3) 

Second semester of the senior year. Prerequisite: BMGT 493, and continued candidacy for honors 
in Business and Management. The student shall continue and complete the research initiated in 
BMGT 493, additional reports may be required at the discretion of the faculty advisor and honors 
program chairman. Group meetings may be held. 
BMGT 495 Business Policies (3) 

Prerequisites: BMGT 340. 350. 364, and senior standing. A case study course in which the aim is 
to have the student apply what they have learned of general management principles and their special- 
ized functional applications to the overall management function in the enterprise. 
BMGT 496 Business and Society (3) 

Prerequisite: one course in BMGT or consent of instructor. Normative role of business in society; 
consideration of the sometimes conflicting interests and claims on the firm and its objectives. 
BMGT 498 Special Topics in Business and Management (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Special topics in business and management designed to meet 
the changing needs and interests of students and faculty. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits if 
the subject matter is different. 
BMGT 501 Business Functions (4) 

Intensive review of marketing and finance functions in the business enterprise. Credit not applicable 
to graduate degrees. 

BMGT 505 Organizational Behavior and Strategic Management (3) 

Intensive review of organizational behavior theory, and administrative processes and policy in the 
business enterprise. Credit not applicable to graduate degrees. 
BMGT 610 Financial Accounting (3) 

Intensive review of the technical and conceptual aspects of financial accounting and accounting in- 
formation systems as they apply to the business enterprise. 
BMGT 611 Managerial Accounting I (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 610. The use of accounting data for corporate financial planning and control. 
Organization for control, profit planning, budgeting, relevant costing, return on investment, and ad- 
ministration of the controllership function in smaller organizations. 
BMGT 620 Management Information Systems (3) 

The concepts, theory and techniques of information systems. The system life cycle. The role of in- 
formation systems in the management and control of the organization. Effectiveness measures of in- 
formation systems. Case studies of information systems as developed by industry and government. 
Societal impact. 



BMGT — Business and Management 239 



BMGT 630 Managerial Statistics (3) 

Application of statistical concepts to solution of business problems; laboratory use of computer pack- 
ages. 

BMGT 631 Operations Research and Management (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 630. Application of operations research and operations management concepts to 
solution of business problems. Emphasis on integrated approach to management decision making. 
BMGT 640 Financial Management (3) 

Prerequisites: BMGT 610 and 630. The role of financial management in the firm. Valuation and le- 
verage, capital budgeting, cost of capital, dividend policy, long-term financing, working capital 
management, short-term financing, intermediate-term financing and leasing, mergers and internation- 
al financial management topics. 
BMGT 650 Marketing Management (3) 

Analysis of marketing problems and evaluation of specific marketing efforts regarding the organiza- 
tions' products and services, pricing activities, channel selection, and promotion strategies in both 
domestic and international markets. 

BMGT 660 Management and Organizational Behavior (3) 

The influence of the behavioral sciences on the theory and practice of management. Motivation, lea- 
dership, and international styles of management. 
BMGT 661 Human Resources Management (3) 

The human resorce function in organizations. Human resource planning, procurement and selection, 
training and development, performance appraisal, wage and salary administration, and equal employ- 
ment opportunity. 

BMGT 670 Economic Environment (3) 

The macroeconomic environment and its impact on the business enterprise. Nature of economic fluc- 
tuations, analysis of consumer spending, theory and analysis of investment spending, supply and de- 
mand for money and capital, modem macroeconomic theory, international problems, forecasting and 
an analysis of economic conditions. 
BMGT 671 Managerial Economics (3) 

The application of economic theory to the business enterprise in respect to the determination of poli- 
cy and the handling of management problems with particular reference to the firm producing a com- 
plex line of products, nature of competition, pricing policy, interrelationship of production and mar- 
keting problems, basic types of cost, control systems, theories of depreciation and investment and 
the impact of each upon costs. 
BMGT 672 Physical Distribution Management (3) 

Managerial practices required to fulfil the physical movement needs of extractive, manufacturing, 
and merchandising firms. The total cost approach to physical distribution. Inierrelations among pur- 
chased transport services, privately-supplied transport services, warehousing, inventory control, ma- 
terials handling, packaging, and plant location. The communications network to support physical 
distribution. The problems of coordination between the physical movement management function 
and other functional areas within the business firm, such as accounting, finance, marketing, and pro- 
duction. 

BMGT 680 Business and Public Policy (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 670. Survey of conceptual and legal aspects of the business-environment rela- 
tionship; nature of public policy; major historic and current policy issues; business role in the policy 
process; developing and managing corporate social policy and impact; special problems of the mult- 
inational corporation. 
BMGT 690 Strategic Management (3) 
Prerequisites: all other MBA core courses. Case studies and research in the identification of 



240 Course Descriptions 



management problems, the evaluation of alternative solutions, and the recommendation for manage- 
ment implementation. 

BMGT 701 Management Analysis and Communication (1) 

Analysis of business problems through case studies to generate written and/or oral reports describing 
problem definition, alternative solutions, decision criteria, and recommended solutions. 
BMGT 702 Applied Security Analysis and Portfolio Management (3) 

Prerequisites: BMGT 640. BMGT 743 and permission of instructor. Applications in definition of in- 
vestment objectives, security analysis, portfolio analysis, portfolio selection, and portfolio manage- 
ment as they relate to the MBA Educational Investment Fund. Emphasis on analysis and recom- 
mendations. 

BMGT 710 Advanced Accounting Theory (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 610. Contemporary issues in financial accounting. The nature of income, the 
relationship between asset valuation and income determination, and various approaches to accounting 
for inflation. The accounting standards setting process. The measurement and valuation of assets 
(e.g.. foreign investments) and liabilities (e.g.. leases and pensions). 
BMGT 711 Advanced Managerial Accounting (3) 

Prerequisite: First year MBA courses. Study of advanced topics such as residual income, transfer 
pricing, information inductance, break-even analysis under uncertainty, statistical significance of 
standard cost variance, cost analysis and pricing decisions, distribution cost accounting, accounting 
data and managerial incentive contracts, and decision support systems for capital budgeting. 
BMGT 712 Accounting in Regulated Industries (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 611 . Study of the unique accounting problems of industrital regulation by go- 
vernmental agencies. 

BMGT 713 The Impact of Taxation On Business Decisions (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 61 1 . The impact of tax law and regulations on alternative strategies with parti- 
cular emphasis on the large, multidivisional firm. Problems of acquisitions, mergers, spinoffs, and 
other divestures from the viewpoint of profit planning, cash flow, and tax deferment. 
BMGT 715 International Accounting (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 611. International accounting, its problems and organization with the study of 
the issues involved; international standards of accounting and auditing; national differences in ac- 
counting thought and practice. 

BMGT 721 File Processing and Database Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Concepts and techniques for structuring data on secondary stor- 
age devices. Experience in the use of these techniques. The basic data structures necessary for these 
techniques. Typical file processing applications. 
BMGT 723 Database Technology (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 620 or permission of instructor. The concepts, theory and models of data, its 
structure, manipulation, and storage. The various architectures of data management systems. 
Evaluation and .selection of database systems. 
BMGT 724 Economics of Information Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 620 or BMGT 721 . Methods for the economic construction and operation of 
computer systems. Techniques for sizing and costing system components and for optimizing system 
design. Methods for efficient utilization of computer resources with particular consideration of rela- 
vent economic topics such as transfer pricing, joint costs, peak load pricing problems and public 
goods problems. 

BMGT 725 Information Systems Analysis and Design (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 620 or BMGT 721 . Introduction to practical techniques for information systems 
and design. Design requirements for information processing systems. Models and tools for require- 



BMGT — Business and Management 241 



ment analysis. Case studies for real world systems and applications. 
BMGT 726 Distributed Data Processing (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 620 or BMGT 721 . Introduction to distributed data processing concepts. The 
building blocks of distributed systems: computers, terminals, and communications: the interface and 
protocols that allow them to function as an integrated system. Major categories of distributed sys- 
tems; resource-sharing networks, multiple-processor networks, and tightly coupled multiprocessors. 
BMGT 727 Security and Control of Information Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 620 or BMGT 721. The information control risks faced by corporations. 
Techniques for enhancing the security and integrity of corporate information resources. The auditing 
and control procedures for corporate information systems. Real- world case studies. 
BMGT 730 Bayesian Statistics and Decision Theory (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 630. Concepts and methods of Bayesian statistical decision theory with applica- 
tion to business problems. 
BMGT 731 Theory of Survey Design (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 630. The usefulness of statistical principles in survey design. The nature of sta- 
tistical estimation, the differential attributes of different estimators, the merits and weaknesses of 
available sampling methods and designs, the distinctive aspects of simple random samples, stratified 
random samples, and cluster samples, ratio estimates and the problems posed by biases and non- 
sampling errors. 

BMGT 733 Developments and Trends in Production Management (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 631 . Case studies of production problems in a number of industries. Decisions 
concerning operating programs and manufacturing policies at the top level of manufacturing. Basic 
concepts of process and product technology, taking into consideration the scale, operating range, ca- 
pital cost, method of control, and degree of mechanization at each successive stage in the manufac- 
turing process. 

BMGT 735 Application of Management Science (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 631 . Selected topics and case studies in the application of management science 
to decision making in various functional fields. 
BMGT 736 Philosophy and Practice of Management Science (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 630 and 632. Critical examination of the philosophy underlining the techniques 
and methodology of management science from a systems analysis point of view. 
BMGT 737 Management Simulation (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 631 . Methodology of systems simulation, Monte Carlo simulation, and discrete 
simulation. Verification and validation of simulation models with computer applications. 
BMGT 741 Advanced Financial Management (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 640. Concepts underlying financial decision making in the firm. Case studies, 
model building and applications in financial theory and management. 
BMGT 742 Financial Planning and Strategy (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 640. Integration and extension of financial theory to financial planning and 
strategy. Financial decision making through case analysis and financial planning models. 
BMGT 743 Investment Management (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 640. Methods of security selection and portfolio management in the debt and 
equity markets. Investment alternatives, securities markets, bond and common stock valuation, op- 
tions, portfolio theory, and behavior of stock prices. 
BMGT 744 Futures Contracts and Options Management (3) 

Prerequisites: BMGT 640 and BMGT 743. The institutional features and economic rationale underly- 
ing markets in futures and options. Hedging, speculation , structure of futures prices, interest rate 
futures, efficiency in futures markets, and stock and commodity options. Current journal literature. 



242 Course Descriptions 



BMGT 745 Financial Institutions Management (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 640. The role of financial management in financial institutions. The economic 
role and regulation of financial institutions, analysis of risks and returns on financial assets and li- 
abilities, and the structure of assets, liabilities and capital. 
BMGT 746 International Financial Management (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 640. The role of financial management in the multinational firm. The financing 
and managing of foreign investments, assets, currencies, imports and exports. National and interna- 
tional financial institutions and markets. 
BMGT 747 Risk Management (3) 

Prerequisites: BMGT 640. Strategies for pure risk management, including property, personnel, and 
liablility exposures. Quantitative decision-making techniques applied to self-insurance, insurance, 
and noninsurance transfers in organizations. 
BMGT 751 Marketing Communications Management (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 650. The role of advertising, promotion, public relations and related efforts in 
the accomplishment of a firm's total marketing objectives. The development of competence in the 
formulation of mass communications, objectives in budget optimization, media appraisal, theme se- 
lection, program implementation and management, and results measurement. 
BMGT 752 Marketing Research Methods (3) 

Prerequisites: BMGT 630 and 650. The process of acquiring, classifying and interpreting primary 
and secondary marketing data needed for intelligent, profitable marketing decisions. Evaluation of 
the appropriateness of alternative methodologies such as the inductive, deductive, survey, observa- 
tional, and experimental. Recent developments in the systematic recording and use of intemal and 
external data needed for marketing decisions. 
BMGT 753 International Marketing (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 650. Environmental, organizational, and financial aspects of international mar- 
keting as well as problems of marketing research, pricing, channels of distribution, product policy, 
and communications which face U.S. firms trading with foreign firms or which face foreign firms in 
their operations. 

BMGT 754 Buyer Behavior Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 650. A systematic examination and evaluation of the literature, research tradi- 
tion and theory of buyer behavior in the market place from a fundamental and applied perspective. 
The cognitive and behavioral bases underlying the buying process of individuals and institutions. 
BMGT 761 Problems and Applications in Personnel Administration (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 661 . Applications in the design, implementation, and evaluation of human re- 
source management programs. Experiential learning activities and simulations. 
BMGT 762 Problems and Issues in Collective Bargaining (3) 

Current problems and issues in collective bargaining, including methods of handling industrial dis- 
putes, legal restrictions on various collective bargaining activities, theory and philosophy of collec- 
tive bargaining, and intemal union problems. 
BMGT 763 Administration of Labor Relations (3) 

Analysis of labor relations at the plant level with emphasis on the negotiation and administration of 
labor contracts. Union policy and influence on personnel management activities. 
BMGT 765 Application of Behaviorial Science to Business (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 660. Case analysis of behavioral knowledge applied to management problems. 
Analysis of modes for introducing change, group versus organizational goals, organizational barriers 
to personal growth, the effect of authority systems on behavior, and the relationship between techno- 
logy and social structure. 



BMGT —Business and Management 243 



BMGT 766 Management Planning and Control Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 660. Analysis of planning and control systems as they relate to the fulfillment 
of organizational objectives. Identification of organizational objectives, responsibility centers, infor- 
mation needs, and information networks. Case studies of integrated planning and control systems. 
BMGT 770 Transportation Theory and Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 672. The transportation system and its components. The development and pre- 
sent form of transportation in both the United States and other countries. Theoretical concepts em- 
ployed in the analysis of transport problems. 
BMGT 771 Transportation and Public Policy (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 672. The nature and consequences of relations between governments and agen- 
cies thereof, carriers in the various modes, and users of transport. The control of transport firms by 
regulatory bodies, taxation of carriers, methods employed in the allocation of funds to the construc- 
tion, operation, and maintenance of publicly-provided transport facilities, and the direct subsidization 
of services supplied by privately-owned entities. Labor and safety. Comparative international tran- 
sport policies and problems. 
BMGT 773 Transportation Strategies (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 672. Organization structure, policies, and procedures employed in the adminis- 
tration of inter- and intraurban transport firms. Managerial development, operational and financial 
planning and control, demand analysis, pricing, promotional policies, intra- and intermodal competi- 
tive and complementary relationships, and methods for accommodating public policies designed to 
delimit the managerial discretion of carrier executives. Administrative problems peculiar to 
publicly-owned and operated transport entities. 

BMGT 777 Policy Issues in Public Utilities: Energy and the Environment (3) 
Prerequisite: BMGT 671. Current developments in regulatory policy and issues arising among public 
utilities, regulatory agencies, and the general public. Emphasis on the electric, gas, water, and com- 
munications industries in both the public and private sectors of the economy. Changing and emerg- 
ing problems such as cost analysis, depreciation, finance, taxes, rate of return, the rate base, dif- 
ferential rate-making, and labor. The growing importance of technological developments and their 
impact on state and federal regulatory agencies. 
BMGT 791 MBA Field Project (3) 

Permission of director of MBA program. Experiental research project in the identification of 
management problems, the evaluation of alternative solutions, and the recommendation for manage- 
ment. 

BMGT 794 The Environment of International Business (3) 

The international business environment as it affects company policy and procedures. In-depth analy- 
sis and comprehensive case studies of the business functions undertaken in international operations. 
BMGT 795 Management of the Multinational Firm (3) 

The problems and policies of international business enterprise at the management level. Management 
of a multinational enterprise as well as management within foreign units. The multinational firm as a 
socio-econometric institution. Cases in comparative management. 
BMGT 798 Special Topics in Business and Management (3) 

Selected advanced topics in the various fields of graduate study in business and management. With 
permission of the college program director, may be repeated to a maximum of six credits provided 
the content is different. 
BMGT 799 Master's Thesis Research ( \-6) 
BMGT 808 Doctoral Seminar (3) 

Prerequisite: admission to the D.B.A. Program or approval of the college director of graduate stu- 
dies. Selected advanced topics in the various fields of doctoral study in business and management. 



244 Course Descriptions 



With permission of the college director of graduate studies, may be repeated provided the content is 
different. 

BMGT 811 Seminar in Accounting Theory (3) 

Prerequisite - BMGT 710 or equivalent. Seminar in the continuing development of the fundamental 
theoretical framework of accounting. 

BMGT 814 Current Problems of Professional Practice (3) 

Generally accepted auditing standards, auditing practices, legal and ethical responsibilities, and the 
accounting and reporting requirements of the securities and exchange commission. 
BMGT 821 Seminar in Management Accounting (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 720 or equivalent. Seminar in the management and controllership aspects of ac- 
counting in large business organizations. 
BMGT 823 Data Base Design (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 721 . The problem of data base design in the development of information sys- 
tems. An integrated database design methodology. Techniques for different phases of database de- 
sign. Computer-aided tools for data base design. 
BMGT 824 Database Systems Architecture (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 721. The important design issues in the software architecture of a database 
management system. Group projects for the purpose of designing and implementing subsystems of a 
simple relational database system. Database types and applications. 
BMGT 828 Independent Study in Business and Management (1-9) 
BMGT 830 Operations Research: Linear Programming (3) 

Prerequisite: MATH 240 or equivalent, or permission of instructor. Concepts and applications of 
linear programming models, theoretical development of the simplex algorithm, and primal-dual prob- 
lems and theory. 

BMGT 831 Operations Research: Extension of Linear Programming and Network Analysis (3) 
Prerequisite: BMGT 830 or equivalent, or permission of instructor. Concepts and applications of ne- 
twork and graph theory in linear models with emphasis on computional algorithms. 
BMGT 832 Operations Research: Optimization and Nonlinear Programming (3) 
Prerequisites: BMGT 830 and MATH 241 or equivalent, or permission of instructor. Theory and ap- 
plications of algorithmic approaches to solving unconstrained and constrained non-linear optimization 
problems. The Kuhn Tucker conditions, Lagrangian and Duality Theory, types of convexity, and 
convergence criteria. Feasible direction procedures, penalty and barrier techniques, and cutting plane 
procedures. 

BMGT 833 Operations Research: Integer Programming (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 830 and MATH 241 or equivalent, or permission of instructor. Theory, applica- 
tions, and computational methods of interger optimization. Zero-one implicit enumeration, branch 
and bound methods, and cutting plane methods. 
BMGT 834 Operations Research: Probabilistic Models (3) 

Prerequisites: MATH 241 and STAT 400 or equivalent, or permission of instructor. Theoretical 
foundations for the construction, optimization, and applications of probabilistic models. Queuing 
theory, inventory theory, markov processes, renewal theory, and stochastic linear programming. 
BMGT 835 Simulation and Design of Experiments (3) 

Prerequisites: knowledge of fortran programming. BMGT 732 AND 734 or equivalent, or permis- 
sion of instructor. Statistical design and analysis of simulation experiments. 
BMGT 840 Seminar in Financial Theory (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. Seminar in selected classic and current theoretical and em- 
pirical research in the foundations of finance. 



BMGT — Business and Management 245 



BMGT 841 Seminar in Corporate Finance (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Seminar in selected classic and current theoretical and empiri- 
cal research in corporate finance. 
BMGT 843 Seminar in Portfolio Theory (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Seminar in selected classic and current theoretical and empiri- 
cal research in portfolio theory. 

BMGT 845 Seminar in Financial Institutions and Markets (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Seminar in selected classic and current theoretical and empiri- 
cal research in financial institutions and markets. 
BMGT 850 Marketing Channels Analysis (3) 

Focuses on the fundamentals explain alternate channels of distribution and the roles played by 
various intermediaries, the evolution of business structures in marketing, reasons for change, and 
projected marketing patterns for the future. M.B.A. Candidates may register with permission of in- 
structor. 

BMGT 851 Quantitative Methods in Marketing: Demand and Cost Analysis (3) 
Consideration is given to quantitative methods in the analysis and prediction of market demand and 
marketing costs. Topics in connection with demand include market potentials, sales forecasting, con- 
sumer analysis, promotional and pricing results, and the like. Cost analysis focuses on allocation of 
costs by marketing functions, products, territories, customers and marketing personnel. Statistical 
techniques, mathematics, models and other methods are utilized in the solution of marketing prob- 
lems. M.B.A. Candidates may register with permission of instructor. 
BMGT 852 Theory in Marketing (3) 

An inquiry into the problems and elements of theory development in general with specific reference 
to the field of marketing. A critical analysis and evaluation of past and contemporary efforts to for- 
mulate theories of marketing and to integrate theories from the social sciences into a marketing 
framework. Attention is given to the development of concepts in all areas of marketing thought and 
to their potential application in the business firm. 
BMGT 860 Seminar in Human Resource Planning and Selection (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 760 or permission of instructor. Seminar in selected theoretical and empirical 
literature in human resource planning, forecasting, and staffing. 
BMGT 861 Seminar in Performance Appraisal and Training (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 760 or permission of instructor. Seminar in selected theoretical and empirical 
literature in performance appraisal and training. 
BMGT 862 Seminar in Compensation Administration (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 760 or permission of instructor. Seminar in selected theoretical and empirical 
literature in the compensation of human resources. 
BMGT 863 Seminar: The Organization and the Individual (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 764 or equivalent, or permission of instructor. Seminar in the literature on the 
relationship between individual and organizational characteristics. 

BMGT 864 Seminar in Interpersonal Relations and the Group Process in Organizatio (3) 
Prerequisite: BMGT 764 or equivalent, or permission of instructor. Emphasis on the literature of 
small group behavior among industrial work groups, white-collar work groups, professional staff, 
and managerial units. 

BMGT 865 Seminar in Comparative Theories of Organization (3) 

Prerequisite: BMGT 764 or equivalent, or permission of instructor. Emphasis on the inerdisciplinary 
literature on classical management, systems, and contingency theories of organization. 
BMGT 866 Seminar in Organizational Conflict and Change (3) 
Prerequisite: BMGT 764 or equivalent, or permission of instructor. Emphasis on the introduction of 



246 Course Descriptions 



planned and systematic changes in small work groups, organizational subsystems, and the entire or 
organization through the use of behavioral science techniques. 
BMGT 872 Business Logistics (3) 

Concentrates on the design and application of methods for the solution of advanced physical move- 
ment problems of business firms. Provides thorough coverage of a variety of analytical techniques 
relevant to the solution of these problems. Where appropriate, experience will be provided in the 
utilization of computers to assist in managerial logistical decision-making. 
BMGT 873 Transportation Science (3) 

Focuses on the application of quantitative and qualitative techniques of analysis to managerial prob- 
lems drawn from firms in each of the various modes of transport. Included is the application of si- 
mulation to areas such as the control of equipment selection and terminal and line operations. The 
application of advanced analytical techniques to problems involving resource use efficiency within 
the transportation industry and between transportation and other sectors of the economy is an integral 
part of the course. 

BMGT 880 Business Research Methodology (3) 

Covers the nature, scope, and application of research methodology. The identification and formula- 
tion of research designs applicable to business and related fields. Required of D.B.A. Students. 
BMGT 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

BOTN —Botany 

BOTN 401 Origins of Modern Botany (1) 

Prerequisite: 20 credit hours in biological sciences including BOTN 101 or permission of instructor. 
History of botany as a science, from ancient Greece through the 18th century; emphasis on botany 
as an intellectual and cultural pursuit. 
BOTN 403 Medicinal and Poisonous Plants (2) 

Prerequisites: BOTN 101 and CHEM 104. A study of plants important to man that have medicinal 
or poisonous properties. Emphasis on plant source, plant description, the active agent and its benefi- 
cial or detrimental physiological action and effects. 
BOTN 405 Advanced Plant Taxonomy (3) 
Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. 

Prerequisites: BOTN 202 and BOTN 212. or equivalents. A review of the history and principles of 
plant taxonomy with emphasis on monographic and Ooristic research. A detailed laboratory review 
of the families of flowering plants. 
BOTN 407 Teaching Methods in Botany (2) 

Four two-hour laboratory demonstration periods per week, for eight weeks. 

Prerequisite: BOTN 101 or permission of instructor. A study of the biological principles of common 
plants, and demonstrations, projects, and visual aids suitable for teaching in primary and secondary 
schools. 

BOTN 410 Grass Systematics (3) 

Two lectures and one two-hour laboratory period per week. 

Prerequisite: BOTN 212 or AGRO 405 or permission of the instructor. A study of the grass family 
including the structure, classification, identification, and economic importance of members of this 
diverse family. Grass identification. 
BOTN 411 Evolutionary Biology of Plants (3) 

Prerequisite: BOTN 202 or equivalent. Evolution of basic plant biological systems, major structural 
adaptations of plant organs, and origins of vascular plant groups. The pace, patterns and mech- 
anisms of evolution, discussed within a genetic, systematic and paleontological framework. 



BOTN —Botany 247 



BOTN 412 Vascular Plant Morphology (4) 

Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods per week. 

Prerequisites: BOTN 202 or 416, or equivalents. Comparative studies of structural adaptations, re- 
productive biology, and phylogenetic relationships of bryophytes, fern "allies," ferns, gymnosperms 
and angiosperms. 
BOTN 413 Plant Geography (2) 

Prerequisite: BOTN 101 or permission of instructor. A study of plant distribution throughout the 
world and the factors generally associated with such distribution. 
BOTN 414 Plant Genetics (3) 

Prerequisite: BOTN 101 or permission of instructor. The basic principles of plant genetics are pre- 
sented; the mechanics of transmission of the hereditary factors in relation to the life cycle of seed 
plants, the genetics of specialized organs and tissues, spontaneous and induced mutations of basic 
and economic significance gene action, genetic maps, the fundamentals of polyploidy, and genetics 
in relation to methods of plant breeding are the topics considered. 
BOTN 416 Plant Structure (4) 

Two lectures and two 2-hour laboratory periods per week. 

Prerequisite: BOTN 101 . A survey of the basic structural features of vascular plants, including sub- 
cellular organelles, cells, tissues, and organs. Emphasis on structural phenomena as they relate to 
physiological processes of agricultural importance. 
BOTN 417 Field Botany and Taxonomy (2) 
Four two-hour laboratory periods a week for eight weeks. 

Prerequisite: BOTN 101 or permission of instructor. The identification of trees, shrubs, and herbs, 
emphasizing the native plants of Maryland. Manuals, keys, and other techniques will be used. 
Numerous short field trips will be taken. Each student will make an individual collection. 
BOTN 420 Plant Cell Biology (3) 

Prerequisites: organic chemistry and mo years of botany, or permission of the instructor. A study 
of eucaryotic cell organization, integrating structure with function and concentrating on subcellular 
organelles and the mechanisms of physiological regulation at the cellular level. 
BOTN 421 Principles of Plant Disease Management (3) 
Two lectures and one two-hour laboratory period per week. 

Prerequisite: BOTN 221, or equivalent. A logical, holistic approach to understanding and planning 
disease control using multiple strategies and tactics to prevent crop losses from exceeding economic 
damage levels. 

BOTN 423 Diseases of Agronomic Crops and Turf (2) 

Prerequisite: BOTN 221 . Practical experience in recognition and control of diseases affecting field 
crops such as com, soybeans, small grains, tobacco and turf. Symptoms of ecomomic importance 
and control measures for the important diseases of these crops. 
BOTN 426 Mycology (4) 

Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. 

Prerequisite: BOTANY 101 or permission of the instructor. An introductory course in the biology, 
morphology and taxonomy of the fungi. 
BOTN 427 Field Plant Pathology (1) 
Summer session: lecture and laboratory to be arranged. 

Prerequisite BOTN 221 , or equivalent. The techniques of pesticide evaluation and the identification 
and control of diseases of Maryland crops are discussed. Offered in alternate years or more frequent- 
ly with demand. 

BOTN 441 Plant Physiology (4) 
Two lectures and one four-hour laboratory period per week. ? 



248 Course Descriptions 



Prerequisites: BOTN 101 and general chemistry. Organic chemistry strongly recommended. A sur- 
vey of the general physiological activities of plants. 
BOTN 456 Principles of Microscopy (2) 

Prerequisite: BOTN 420 or its equivalent. An introduction to optical principles that underlie light 
and electron microscopic image formation. Brightt'ield, darkfield. phase contrast, differential interf- 
erence contrast, fluorescence and polarized light microscopy. Comparison of light and electron mi- 
croscopy. The application of these techniques to problems in biological research. 
BOTN 462 Plant Ecology (2) 

Prerequisite: BOTN 101 or permission of instructor. The dynamics of populations as affected by en- 
vironmental factors with special emphasis on the structure and composition of natural plant com- 
munities, both terrestial and aquatic. 
BOTN 463 Ecology of Marsh and Dune Vegetation (2) 

Prerequisites: BOTN 101 or permission of instructor. An examination of the biology of higher 
plants in dune and marsh ecosystems. 
BOTN 464 Plant Ecology Laboratory (2) 

Prerequisite: BOTN 462 or its equivalent or concurrent enrollment therein. One three-hour laborato- 
ry period a week. Two or three field trips per semester. The application of field and experimental 
methods to the qualitative and quantitative study of vegatation and ecosystems. 
BOTN 471 Marine and Estuarine Botany (3) 

Prerequisite: BOTN 441 or equivalent. An ecological discussion of plant life in the marine environ- 
ment of sea coasts, salt marshes, estuaries and open seas. 
BOTN 475 General Phycology (4) 

One lecture and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites: BOTN 101 and BOTN 
202, or permission of instructor. An introductory study of both macro- and micro-algae, including 
the taxonomy, morphology, and life cycles of both fresh water and marine forms. 
BOTN 476 Biology of Phytoplankton (4) 
Two lectures and two two-hour laboratories per week. 

Prerequisite: BOTN 101 and an introductory course in ecology iZOOL 212 or equivalent) or per- 
mission of instructor . Collection, identification, culture, physical and chemical requirements, life cy- 
cles, community structure, specialized environments, blooms of phytoplankton. 
BOTN 484 Plant Biochemistry (3) 

Prerequisite: BOTN 441 and CHEM 233. 3 lectures per week. Biochemical processes characteristic 
of plants, including photosysnthesis, nitrogen fixation and biosynthesis of plant macromolecules. 
BOTN 611 Paleobotany (4) 

Two lectures and two laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite: BOTN 416. or equivalent. Form 
and evolution of selected fossil plant groups beginning with precambrian biota and finishing with 
flowering plants. Geological setting, with consideration of ecology and sedimentology of preserva- 
tion. 

BOTN 620 Methods in Plant Tissue Culture (2) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. One lecture and one two-hour laboratory period a week. A me- 
thodology and techniques course designed to give the student background and experience in plant 
tissue culture. 

BOTN 621 Physiology of Fungi (2) 

Prerequisites: organic chemistry and BOTN 441 or equivalent in bacterial or animal physiology. A 
study of various aspects of fungal metabolism, nutrition, biochemical transformation, fungal pro- 
ducts, and mechanism of fungicidal action. 
BOTN 623 Physiology of Fungi Laboratory ( 1 ) 
One laboratory period per week. Prerequisites: BOTN 621 or concurrent registration therein. 



BOTN —Botany 249 



Application of equipment and techniques in the study of fungal physiology. 
BOTN 624 Prokaryotic Plant Pathogens (2) 

Two one-hour lectures and one one-hour discussion session per week. Prerequisites: BOTN 221 and 
permission of instructor. A study of plant-pathogenic prokaryotes with emphasis on systematics. 
etiology, cytological and physiological characteristics of the plant-pathogen interaction, ecology, 
epidemiology, control, and genetics. 
BOTN 625 Prokaryotic Plant Pathogens Laboratory (2) 

One four hour laboratory and discussion period per week. Prerequisites: BOTN 221. BOTN 628 or 
concurrent registration therein, and permission of instructor. Emphasis on techniques and methods 
applicable to clinical studies and to research with prokaryotic plant pathogens. 
BOTN 632 Plant Virology (2) 

Second semester. Two lectures per week on the biological, biochemical, and biophysical aspects of 
viruses and virus diseases of plants. Prerequisites: bachelor's degree or equivalent in an\ biolog- 
ical science and permission of instructor. 
BOTN 634 Plant Virology Laboratory (2) 

Second semester. Two laboratories per week on the application and techniques for studying the bio- 
logical, biochemical and biophysical aspects of plant viruses. Prerequisites: bachelor's degree or 
equivalent in any biological science and BOTN 632 or concurrent registration therein, and permis- 
sion of the instructor. 
BOTN 636 Plant Nematology (4) 

Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite: BOTN 221 or permission of 
instructor. The study of plant-parasitic nematodes, their morphology, anatomy, taxonomy, genetics, 
physiology, ecology, ho.st-parasite relations and control. Emphasis on recent advances. 
BOTN 640 Molecular Mechanisms of Plant Pathogenesis (2) 

Prerequisites: BCHM 461 and permission of the instructor. Evaluation of current evidence on the 
role in plant disease development of various molecules produced by hosts and parasites. Examination 
of the molecular basis of microbial pathogenicity and plant disease resistance. 
BOTN 644 Plant Biochemistry Laboratory (2) 

Pre or corequisite BOTN 642. Use of apparutus and application of techniques in the study of the 
chemistry of plants and plant materials. 
BOTN 645 Growth and Development (2) 

Prerequisite: BOTN 441 . Physiology of plant hormones, control of morphogenesis and regulation of 
biosynthesis, photomorphogenesis and photoperiodism. 
BOTN 646 Plant Morphogenesis (2) 

Prerequisite: BOTN 416 or equivalent. Biophysical aspects of plant development with particular fo- 
cus on such structural phenomena as molecular self-assembly, polarity, cell division, cell expansion, 
merislem organization, phyllotaxis, and organ formation. 
BOTN 650 Nutrition and Transport in Plants (2) 

Prerequisite: BOTN 441 or permission of instructor. The uptake, partioning and utilization of the 
materials of the plant body. Transport of ions across cell membranes, fixation and metabolism of 
carbon and nitrogen, and long distance transport of inorganic chemicals and photosynthates in vascu- 
lar plants. Special emphasis on control and regulatory mechanisms that are unique to plant systems. 
BOTN 652 Plant Biophysics (2) 

Prerequisite: MATH 220. BOTN 441 plus one year of college physics, or their equivalents. An ad- 
vanced course dealing with physical and chemical phenomena associated with the study of plants, 
stress on problem solving. 
BOTN 654 Plant Biophysics Laboratory (2) 
Pre or corequisite: BOTN 652. Techniques in measurement of and utilization of light and other para- 



250 Course Descriptions 



meters associated with plants. 

BOTN 656 Techniques in Microscopy (3) 

Prerequisites: BOTN 456. Two three-hour laboratories per week and additional arranged time. 
Preparation and study of biological materials for light and electron microscopy. 
BOTN 661 Advanced Plant Ecology (3) 

Prerequisite: a working knowledge of elementary genetics and calculus, or permission of the 
instructor. Population dynamics, evolutionary mechanisms, and quantitative aspects of the analysis 
of natural communities. Special emphasis will be given to recent theoretical developments. 
BOTN 662 Physiological Plant Ecology (2) 

Prerequisite: BOTN 462 or its equivalent. Environmental effects on plant ecophysiology. 
Microclimatology, leaf energy balance, plant responses to temperature and radiation, physiological 
adaptions, water relations, plant gas exchange and resistance. 
BOTN 672 Physiology of Algae (2) 

Prerequisite: BOTN 642 or equivalent, or permission of the instructor a study of the physiology of 
the algae. 

BOTN 684 Plant Membrane Physiology (2) 

Prerequisite: BOTN 441 , 484 or equivalent. Biochemical and biophysical approaches to plant mem- 
brane structure and function. 

BOTN 685 Advanced Plant Physiology Laboratory (2) 

Prerequisite: BOTN 441 or consent of instructor. One lecture and one four-hour laboratory period a 
week. Biochemical and biophysical approaches to the study of the physiological processes of plants. 
BOTN 686 Molecular Genetics of Plants (2) 

Prerequisites: BOTN 414. BOTN 441 . BOTN 484 or equivalents. Current status of research on the 
structure, expression, and in vitro manipulation of plant nuclear genes and on the molecular genetics 
of plant organelles. 

BOTN 689 Special Topics in Botany (1-3) 

Credit according to time scheduled and organization of course. Maximum credit toward an ad- 
vanced degree for the individual student at the discretion of the department. This course is organized 
as lectures, discussions or literature surveys on specialized advanced topics under the direction of vi- 
siting lecturers or or resident faculty. 
BOTN 698 Seminar in Botany (1) 

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. Discussion of special topics and current literature in all 
phases of botany. 

BOTN 699 Special Problems in Botany (1-3) 

Credit according to time and scheduled and organization of course. Maximum credit towards an ad- 
vanced degree for the individual student at the discretion of the student's advisor. This course em- 
phasizes research on a specialized advanced topic and may consist primarily of experimental proce- 
dures under the direction of visiting lecturers or resident faculty. 
BOTN 721 Clinical and Field Plant Pathology (1-2) 

Diagnosis of plant diseases under clinical conditions, observation of symtoms and disease patterns in 
the field, collecting specimens, and writing control recommendations. Student electing one credit 
hour may emphasize either field or clinical aspects. 
BOTN 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 
BOTN 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 



CHEM —Chemistry 251 



CHEM —Chemistry 

CHEM 401 Inorganic Chemistry (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 481 . 
CHEM 403 Radiochemistry (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: one year of college chemistry and one year of college 
physics. Radioactive decay; introduction to properties of atomic nuclei; nuclear processes in cosmo- 
logy; chemical, biomedical and environmental applications of radioactivity; nuclear processes as che- 
mical tools; interaction of radiation with matter. 
CHEM 421 Advanced Quantitative Analysis (3) 

Pre or corequisite: CHEM 482 and CHEM 483. An examination of some advanced topics in quanti- 
tative analysis including nonaqueous titrations, precipitation, phenomena, complex equilibria, and 
the analytical chemistry of the less familiar elements. 
CHEM 425 Instrumental Methods of Analysis (3) 

One lecture and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 321. An intro- 
duction to modem instrumentation in analytical chemistry. Electronics, spectroscopy, chromatogra- 
phy and electrochemistry. 
CHEM 433 Chemical Synthesis (3) 

One lecture and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites: CHEM 113 OR 115. 
AND 243 OR 245. 

CHEM 441 Advanced Organic Chemistry (3) 

Prerequisite: CHEM 481 . An advanced study of the compounds of carbon, with special emphasis on 
molecular orbital theory and organic reaction mechanisms. 
CHEM 443 Qualitative Organic Analysis (3) 

One lecture and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites: CHEM 113 OR 115, 
AND 243 OR 245 . The systematic identification of organic compounds. 
CHEM 473 Geochemistry of Solids (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 482 or GEOL 422. Principles of crystal chemistry ap- 
plied to structures, properties and reactions of minerals and non-metallic solids. Emphasis is placed 
on the relation of structural stability to bonding, ionic size, charge, order-disorder, polymorphism, 
and isomorphism. 

CHEM 474 Environmental Chemistry (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 481 , or equivalent. The sources of various elements 
and chemical reactions between them in the atmosphere and hydrosphere are treated. Causes and 
biological effects of air and water pollution by certain elements are discussed. 
CHEM 481 Physical Chemistry I (3) 

Prerequisites: CHEM 113 or 115: CHEM 243 or 245: MATH 141: PHYS 142 or PHYS 263 (PHYS 
263 may be taken concurrently): or consent of instructor. A course primarily for chemists and che- 
mical engineers. 

CHEM 482 Physical Chemistry II (3) 
Three lectures per week. 

Prerequisite: CHEM 481 . or consent of instructor. A course primarily for chemists and chemical en- 
gineers. 

CHEM 483 Physical Chemistry Laboratory I (2) 

One hour lecture-recitation and one-three hour laboratory period per week. Corequisite: CHEM 481. 
An introduction to the principles and application of quantitative techniques in physical chemical 
measurements. Experiments will be coordinated with topics in CHEM 481. 



252 Course Descriptions 



CHEM 484 Physical Chemistry Laboratory II (2) 

One hour lecture-recitation and one-three hour laboratory period per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 481. 
483; corequisite: CHEM 482. A continuation of CHEM 483. Advanced quantitative techniques ne- 
cessary in physical chemical measurements. Experiments will be coordinated with topics in CHEM 
482. 

CHEM 485 Advanced Physical Chemistry (2) 

Prerequisite: CHEM 482. Quantum chemistry and other selected topics. 
CHEM 486 Advanced Physical Chemistry Laboratory (2) 

Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites: CHEM 482 and consent of instructor. 
CHEM 487 Computer Applications in the Biological and Chemical Sciences (4) 
Three lectures, one recitation, and one three-hour laboratory per week. 

Prerequisites: CHEM 113: CHEM 287 or equivalent: and knowledge of a scientific programming 
language (PASCAL. FORTRAN or "C"). The utilization of computers to solve chemical and biolog- 
ical problems, with emphasis on the utilization of available software rather than "de novo" pro- 
gramming. 

CHEM 498 Special Topics in Chemistry (3) 

Three lectures or two lectures and one three-hour laboratory per week. Prerequisite varies with the 
nature of the topic being considered . Course may be repeated for credit if the subject matter is subs- 
tantially different, but not more than three credits may be accepted in satisfaction of major sup- 
porting area requirements for chemistry majors. 

CHEM 503 Physical Science of Elementary/Middle School Teachers III (4) 
Three lectures, one discussion and three hours of laboratory per week. 

A second-level survey of major chemistry concepts, with emphasis on the properties and behavior of 
common substances. Types of chemical reactions, the relationship between molecular structure and 
reactivity, periodicity, oxidation-reduction acids and bases, equilibrium, and practical applications of 
chemistry. The laboratory portion of the course supports skills/understandings needed to prepare 
teachers for this aspect of physical science education. 
CHEM 504 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry and Biochemistry (4) 
Three lectures and three hours of laboratory per week. 

Prereq: CHEM 503 or equivalent. A one-semester survey of organic chemistry and biochemistry. 
The chemistry of carbon: aliphatic compounds, aromatic compounds, stereochemistry, halides, 
amines, amides, acids, esters, carbohydrates, and natural products. The laboratory experiments deal 
with synthetic and analytical organic activities. 
CHEM 513 Principles of Chemistry II (4) 
Three lectures and three hours of laboratory per week. 

Prerequisite: CHEM 503 or equivalent. A continuation of the advanced survey of topics started in 
CHEM 503. Kinetics, thermodynamics, ionic equilibria, oxidation-reduction, electrochemistry, and 
the chemistry of common metals and nonmetals. Quantitative problem solving. Laboraory experi- 
ments, mostly quantitative in nature, support the topics developed in the lectures. 
CHEM 521 Quantitative Analysis (4) 
Two lectures and two three-hour laboratories per week. 

Prereq: CHEM 115 or equivalent. Volumetric, gravimetric, electrometric and colorimetric methods 
in analytical inorganic chemistry. 
CHEM 601 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry I (3) 

Prerequisite: CHEM 401 or equivalent. Three lectures per week. A survey of the fundamentals of 
modem inorganic chemistry which serves as a basis for more advanced work. 
CHEM 602 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry II (3) 
Prerequisite: CHEM 601 . Three lectures per week. A continuation of CHEM 601 with more empha- 



CHEM —Chemistry 253 



sis on current work in inorganic chemistry. 
CHEM 603 Advanced Inorganic Laboratory (3) 

Prerequisite: CHEM 601 or concurrent registration therein. One lecture and two three-hour labora- 
tories per weeit. Practice in synthesis and modem experimental techniques in inorganic chemistry. 
CHEM 605 Chemistry of Coordination Compounds (3) 

Prerequisite: CHEM 601 or consent of instructor. Three lectures per week. Structure and properties 
of coordination compounds and the theoretical bases on which these are interpreted. 
CHEM 606 Chemistry of Organometallic Compounds (3) 

Prerequisite: CHEM 601 or consent of instructor. Three lectures per week. An in-depth treatment of 
the properties of compounds having metal-carbon bonds. 
CHEM 608 Selected Topics in Inorganic Chemistry (1-3) 

Prerequisite: CHEM 601 AND 602. or equivalent. One to three lectures per week. Topics of special 
interest and current importance. Course may be repeated to a maximum of six credits if topics are 
different. 

CHEM 621 Chemical Microscopy I (2) 

One lecture and one three hour laboratory period per week. Registration limited. Prerequisite: con- 
sent of instructor. A study of the use of the microscope in chemistry. 
CHEM 622 Chemical Microscopy II (2) 

One lecture and one three hour laboratory period per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 621 . A study of 
the optical properties of crystals. 

CHEM 623 Optical Methods of Quantitative Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: CHEM 421 and 482 or equivalent. The quantitative applications of various methods 
of optical spectroscopy. 

CHEM 624 Electrical Methods of Quantitative Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: CHEM 421 and 482 or equivalent. The use of conductivity, potentiometry. polarogra- 
phy, voltammetry. amperometry. coulometry. and chronopotentiometry in quantitative analysis. 
CHEM 625 Separation Methods in Quantitative Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: CHEM 421 and 482 or equivalent. The theory and application for quantitative analy- 
sis of various forms of chromatography, ion exchange, solvent extraction, distillation, and mass 
spectroscopy. 

CHEM 628 Modern Trends in Analytical Chemistry (2) 

Two lectures per week. Prerequisites: CHEM 421 AND 482. A study of advanced methods, includ- 
ing topics such as statistical treatment of analytical data, kinetic methods in analytical chemistry, 
analytical measurements based on radioactivity, and enzymatic techniques. 
CHEM 640 Problems in Organic Reaction Mechanisms (1) 

A tutorial type course dealing with the basic description of the fundamentals of writing organic reac- 
tion mechanisms. 

CHEM 641 Organic Reaction Mechanisms (3) 
Three lectures per week. 
CHEM 642 Physical Organic Chemistry (3) 
Three lectures per week. 

CHEM 643 Organic Chemistry of High Polymers (2) 

Two lectures per week. An advanced course covering the synthesis of monomers, mechanisms of 
polymerization, and the correlation between structure and properties in high polymers. 
CHEM 644 Molecular Orbital Theory (2) 

Two lectures per week. A partial quantitative application of molecular orbital theory and symmetry 
to the chemical properties and reactions of organic molecules. Prerequisites: CHEM 441 AND 482. 



254 Course Descriptions 



CHEM 646 The Heterocyclics (2) 

Two lectures per week. 

CHEM 647 Organic Synthesis (3) 

The use of new reagents in organic reactions; multistep syntlieses leading to natural products of bio- 
logical interest; stereospecific and regiospecific reactions and their use in total synthesis. 
CHEM 648 Special Topics in Organic Chemistry (1-3) 

One to three lecture hours per week. Topics of special interest and current importance. Course may 
be repeated to a maximum of nine credits provided the topics are different. 
CHEM 650 Problems in Organic Synthesis (1) 

A tutorial type course dealing with mechanistic problems from the current literature of organic 
sysnthesis. 

CHEM 660 Spectral Methods (2) 

The use of infrared, ultraviolet- visible, proton and carbon- 13 nuclear magnetic resonance and mass 
spectroscopy for structure determination in organic chemistry. 
CHEM 664 The Chemistry of Natural Products (2) 

Two lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 441 . The chemistrv- and physiological action of natural 
products. Methods of isolation, determination of structure and synthesis. 
CHEM 678 Special Topics in Environmental Chemistry (3) 

Prerequisite - CHEMISTRY 474. In-depth treatment of environmental chemistry problem areas of 
current research interest. The topics will vary somewhat from year to year. Repeatable to maximum 
of 6 credits. Provided subject is different. 
CHEM 681 Infra-red and Raman Spectroscopy (2) 
Two lectures per week. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 
CHEM 682 Reaction Kinetics (3) 
Three lectures per week. 
CHEM 683 Electrochemistry (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 684 or equivalent. 
CHEM 684 Chemical Thermodynamics (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 482 or equivalent. 
CHEM 685 Molecular Structure (3) 
Three lectures per week. 
CHEM 686 Chemical Crystallography (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. A detailed treatment of single-crystal 
x-ray methods. 

CHEM 687 Statistical Mechanics and Chemistry (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 684 or equivalent. 
CHEM 688 Selected Topics in Physical Chemistry (2) 
Two lectures per week. 

CHEM 689 Special Topics in Physical Chemistry (3) 
Three lectures per week. 
CHEM 690 Quantum Chemistry I (3) 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 485. 
CHEM 691 Quantum Chemistry II (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 690 or PHYS 622. 
CHEM 699 Special Problems in Chemistry (1-6) 

Prerequisite: one semester of graduate study in chemistry. Laboratory experience in a research en- 
vironment. Restricted to students in the non-thesis M.S. Option. Repeatable for a maximum of 6 



CHEM —Chemistry 255 



credits. 

CHEM 702 Radiochemistry Laboratory ( 1-2) 

One or two four-hour laboratory periods per week. Registration limited. Prerequisites: CHEM 403 
(or concurrent registration therein}, and consent of instructor . 
CHEM 703 Advanced Radiochemistry (2) 

Two lectures per week. Prerequisites: CHEM 403 and BCHM 462. Utilization of radio isotopes with 
special emphasis on applications to problems in the life sciences. 
CHEM 704 Advanced Radiochemistry Laboratory (1-2) 

One or two four-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 702 and consent of 
instructor. Laboratory training in the utilization of radioisotopes with special emphasis on applica- 
tions to problems in the life sciences. 
CHEM 705 Nuclear Chemistry (3) 

Nuclear structure models, radioactive decay processes, nuclear reactions in complex nuclei, fission, 
nucleosynthesis and nuclear particle accelerators. 
CHEM 718 Special Topics in Nuclear Chemistry (1-3) 

One to three lectures per week. A discussion of current research problems. Subtitles will be given at 
each offering. Repeatable for credit to a maximum of six hours. 
CHEM 721 Organic Geochemistry (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 221 or equivalent. A discussion of the fate of natural 
organic products in the geological environment. The influence of diagenetic factors, such as hydroly- 
sis, heat, pressure, etc.. On such compounds as cellulose, lignin, proteins, and lipids. Detailed con- 
sideration of the origin of soil organic matter, carbonaceous shales, coal, and crude oil. 
CHEM 722 Cosmochemistry (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 482 or equivalent. Current theories of origin and evo- 
lution of the solar system with emphasis on the experimental data available to chemists from exam- 
ination of meteorites, the moon, and the earth. 
CHEM 723 Marine Geochemistry (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 481 or equivalent. The geochemical evolution of the 
ocean; composition of sea water, density-chlorinity-salinity relationship and carbon dioxide system. 
The geochemistry of sedimentation with emphasis on the chemical stability and inorganic and bio- 
logical production of carbonate, silicate and phosphate containing minerals. 
CHEM 727 Geochemical Differentiation (3) 

Distribution of the chemical elements in the earth and the mechanisms by which the distributions 
came about. 

CHEM 728 Selected Topics in Analytical Geochemistry (2-3) 

One or two lectures per week and one laboratory per week. Prerequisite: consent of instructor . This 
course will be subtitled each time it is offered to indicate the analytical method discussed. 
Repeatable for credit to a maximum of nine hours. Enrollment will be limited. 
CHEM 729 Special Topics in Geochemistry (1-3) 

One to three lectures per week. A discussion of current research problems. Subtitles will be given at 
each offering. Repeatable for credit to a maximum of six hours. 
CHEM 750 Chemical Evolution (3) 

Prerequisite: CHEM 441. BCHM 462. or CHEM 721: or ZOOL 446: or BOTN 616: or consent of 
instructor. The chemical processes leading to the appearances of life on earth. Theoretical and ex- 
perimental considerations related to the geochemical, organic, and biochemical phenomena of chemi- 
cal evolution. 
CHEM 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 



256 Course Descriptions 



CHEM 898 Seminar (1) 

CHEM 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

CHIN —Chinese 

CHIN 401 Readings in Modern Chinese 1 (3) 

Prerequisite: CHIN 302 or equivalent. Readings in history, politics, economics, sociology, and li- 
terature. Emphasis on wide-ranging, rapid reading, reinforced by conversations and compositions. 
Not open to native speakers of Chinese. 
CHIN 402 Readings in Modern Chinese II (3) 

Prerequisite : CHIN 401 or equivalent. Continuation of CHIN 401 . Not open to native speakers. 
CHIN 403 Classical Chinese I (3) 

Prerequisite: CHIN 302. Introductory classical Chinese using literary and historical sources in the 
original language. 

CHIN 404 Classical Chinese II (3) 

Prerequisite: CHIN 302. Further classical studies by various writers from famous ancient philo- 
sophers to prominent scholars before the new culture movement. 
CHIN 405 Advanced Conversation and Composition (3) 

Prerequisite: CHIN 302 or permission of instructor. Practice in writing essays, letters, and reports 
on selected topics. Conversation directed toward everyday situations and topics related to life in 
china. Conducted in Chinese. Not open to native speakers. 
CHIN 415 Readings in Current Newspapers and Periodicals (3) 

Prerequisite: CHIN 402 or equivalent. Readmg of periodical literature on selected topics with dis- 
cussions and essays in Chinese. 

CHIN 421 Sounds and Transcriptions of Mandarin Chinese (3) 

Production and recognition of Mandann speech sounds and tones, their phonological patterns, com- 
parison with English, and representation by the various Romanization systems. 
CHIN 422 Advanced Chinese Grammar (3) 

Chinese sentence patterns studied contrastively with English and in terms of current pedagogical as 
well as linguistic theones. 
CHIN 431 Translation and Interpretation I (3) 

Prerequisite: CHIN 202 or equivalent. Introduction to the history and theories of 
translation/interpretation; contrastive studies of the structures of English and Chinese; development 
of the four language skills. 

CHIN 432 Translation and Interpretation II (3) 
Prerequisite: CHIN 431 or equivalent. 
CHIN 441 Traditional Chinese Fiction (3) 

Prerequisite : CHIN 314 or permission of instructor. Major works of fiction from the 4th century 
tales of the marvelous through the 19th century Ching novel. Taught in Chinese. 
CHIN 442 Modern Chinese Fiction (3) 

Prerequisite: CHIN 315 or permission of instructor. Examination, through selected texts, of the 
writer's role as shaper and reflector of the republican and communist revolutions. Taught in 
Chinese. 

CHIN 499 Directed Study in Chinese (1-3) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Readings in Chinese under faculty supervision. If content 
differs, repeatable to a maximum of six credits. 



CHPH —Chemical Physics 257 



CHPH —Chemical Physics 

CHPH 611 Fundamentals of Atomic and Molecular Spectroscopy (3) 

Prerequisite: PHYS 622 or equivalent. Atomic and molecular physics. Energy levels of multi- 
electron atoms and diatomic molecules: transition between energy levels. 
CHPH 612 Molecular Structure and Kinetics (3) 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Molecular structure, atomic and molecular collisions and chemi- 
cal kinetics including experimental techniques. 
CHPH 618 Special Projects in Chemical Physics (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Independent reading and study covering chemical physics subject 
areas not available in other courses. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits. 
CHPH 709 Seminar in Chemical Physics (1) 
Current research and developments in chemical physics. 
CHPH 718 Special Topics in Chemical Physics (1-3) 
A discussion of current research problems in chemical physics. 
CHPH 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 
CHPH 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

ejus — Institute of Criminal Justice and Criminology 

ejus 400 Criminal Courts (3) 

Prerequisites: CJUS 100 or consent of instructor. Criminal courts in the United States at all levels; 
judges, prosecutors, defenders, clerks, court administrators, and the nature of their jobs; problems 
facing courts and prosecutors today and problems of administration; reforms. 
CJUS 444 Advanced Law Enforcement Administration (3) 

Prerequisite: CJUS 340 or consent of instructor. The structunng of manpower, material, and sys- 
tems to accomplish the major goals of social control. Personnel and systems management. Political 
controls and limitations on authority and jurisdiction. 
CJUS 455 Dynamics of Planned Change in Criminal Justice I (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. An examination of conceptual and practical issues related to 
planned change in criminal justice. Emphasis on the development of innovative ideas using a re- 
search and development approach to change. 

CJUS 456 Dynamics of Planned Change in Criminal Justice II (3) 

Prerequisite: CJUS 455 or consent of instructor. An examination of conceptual and practical issues 
related to planned change in criminal justice. Emphasis on change strategies and tactics which are 
appropriate for criminal justice personnel in entry level positions. 
CJUS 462 Special Problems in Security Administration (3) 

Prerequisites: CJUS 360 and consent of instructor. An advanced course for students desiring to fo- 
cus on specific concerns in the study of private security organizations; business intelligence and es- 
pionage; vulnerability and criticality analyses in physical security; transportation, banking, hospital 
and military security problems; uniformed security forces; national defense information: and others. 
CJUS 498 Selected Topics in Criminal Justice (1-6) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Supervised study of a selected topic to be announced in the field 
of criminal justice. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits. 
CJUS 600 Criminal Justice (3) 

Prerequisites: admission to the graduate program in criminal justice or consent of instructor. 
Current concept of criminal justice in relationship to other concepts in the field. Historical perspec- 
tive. Criminal justice and social control. Operational implications. Systemic aspects. Issues of eva- 
luation. 



258 Course Descriptions 



ejus 630 Seminar in Criminal Law and Society (3) 

Prerequisite: CJUS 230 or its equivalent and a course in introductory criminology. The criminal law 
is studied in the context of general studies in the area of the sociology of law. The evolution and so- 
cial and psychological factors affecting the formulation and administration of criminal laws are dis- 
cussed. Also examined is the impact of criminal laws and their sanctions on behavior in the light of 
recent empirical evidence. 

CJUS 640 Seminar in Criminal Justice Administration (3) 

Prerequisites: one course in the theory of groups or organizations, one course in administration: or 
consent of instructor. Examination of external and internal factors that currently impact on police ad- 
ministration. Intra-organizational relationships and policy formulation; the conversion of inputs into 
decisions and policies. Strategies for formulating, implementing and assessing administrative deci- 
sions. 

CJUS 650 Research Seminar in Public Policy and Crime Control (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Analysis of the political and organizational process of policy 
development and implementation in criminal justice. Collection, analysis and interpretation of re- 
search data on current and ongoing efforts to form and implement policy. 
CJUS 699 Special Problems in Criminal Justice (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Supervised study of a selected problem in the field of criminal 
justice. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits. 
CJUS 720 Criminal Justice System Planning (3) 

Prerequisites: one course in criminal justice and one course in research methodology. System theo- 
ry and method; examination of planning methods and models based primarily on a systems approach 
to the operations of the criminal justice system. 
CJUS 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

CLAS — Classics 

CLAS 470 Advanced Greek and Roman Mythology (3) 

Prerequisites: CLAS J 70 or permission of instructor. Selected themes and characters of Greek and 
Roman myth. History of the study of myth and research methods in mythology. 
CLAS 499 Independent Study in Classical Languages and Literatures (1-3) 
Prerequisite: permission of department . 
CLAS 601 Intro to Graduate Study in Classics (3) 

Introduction to the central problems and methods of investigation in the main fields of Classical stu- 
dies. 

CLAS 620 Classical Epic (3) 

The nature of ancient epic, its development through a close reading of Homer's Iliad and Odyssey, 
the Argonautica of Apollonius of Rhodes, and Vergil's Aeneid. Selections from other examples of 
epic as a basis for further comparison of the techniques of composition, the poet's objectives, and 
the influence of historical context and literary precedent upon the poems. Comparison with Near 
Eastern epics such as the Gilgamesh poem, or with post-Classical texts. Epic conventions. 
CLAS 621 The Classical Tradition (3) 

The role which the classics have played in western thought, with particular attention to literature. 
CLAS 670 Classical Myth and Literature (3) 

The nature and function of myth in Greek culture. Consideration of a variety of theoretical appro- 
aches to myth, beginning with those developed by the Greeks, allegory and euhemerism, and includ- 
ing Jungian and Freudian psychology, structuralism, and the myth-ritual school. 
CLAS 688 Special Topics in Classical Civilization (3) 
May be repeated if the content differs for a total of nine hours. 



CLAS —Classics 259 



CLAS 699 Independent Study in Classical Civilization (1-3) 
Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits. 
CLAS 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

CMLT — Comparative Literature 

CMLT 401 Introductory Survey of Comparative Literature (3) 

Survey of the background of European literature through study of Greek and Latin literature in 
English translations, discussing the debt of modem literature to the ancients. 
CMLT 402 Introductory Survey of Comparative Literature (3) 
Study of the medieval and modem continental literature. 
CMLT 411 The Greek Drama (3) 

The chief works of Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides, and Aristophanes in English translations. 
Emphasis on the historic background, on dramatic structure, and on the effect of the Attic drama 
upon the mind of the civilized world. 
CMLT 415 The Old Testament As Literature (3) 
A study of sources, development and literary types. 
CMLT 416 New Testament As Literature (3) 

A study of the books of the New Testament, with attention to the relevant historical background and 
to the transmission of the text. A knowledge of Greek is helpful, but not essential. 
CMLT 421 The Classical Tradition and Its Iniluence in the Middle Ages and the Renaissance 
(3) 

Emphasis on major writers. Reading knowledge of Greek or Latin required. 

CMLT 422 The Classical Tradition and Its Influence in the Middle Ages and the Renaissance 
(3) 

Emphasis on major writers. Reading knowledge of Greek or Latin required. 
CMLT 430 Literature of the Middle Ages (3) 

Narrative, dramatic and lyric literature of the middle ages studied in translation. 
CMLT 433 Dante and the Romance Tradition (3) 

A reading of the divine comedy to enlighten the discovery of reality in western literature. 
CMLT 461 Romanticism: Early Stages (3) 

Emphasis on England, France and Germany. Reading knowledge of French or German required. 
CMLT 462 Romanticism: Flowering and Influence (3) 

Emphasis on England, France and Germany. Reading knowledge of French or German required. 
CMLT 469 The Continental Novel (3) 

The novel in translation from Stendhal through the existentialists, selected from literatures of France, 
Germany, Italy, Russia, and Spain. 
CMLT 470 Ibsen and the Continental Drama (3) 

Emphasis on the major work of Ibsen, with some attention given to selected predecessors, contem- 
poraries and successors. 

CMLT 479 Major Contemporary Authors (3) 
CMLT 488 Genres (3) 

A study of a recognized literary form, such as tragedy, epic, satire, literary criticism, comedy, tragi- 
comedy, etc. The course may be repeated for cumulative credit up to six hours when different ma- 
terial is presented. 
CMLT 489 Major Writers (3) 

Each semester two major writers from different cultures and languages will be studied. Authors will 
be chosen on the basis of significant relationships of cultural and aesthetic contexts, analogies be- 



260 Course Descriptions 



tween their respective works, and the importance of each writer to his literary tradition. 
CMLT 496 Conference Course in Comparative Literature (3) 

Second semester. A tutorial type discussion course, correlating the courses in various literatures 
which the student has previously taken with the primary themes and masterpieces of world literature. 
This course is required of undergraduate majors in comparative literature, but must not be taken un- 
til the final year of the student's program. 
CMLT 498 Selected Topics in Comparative Literature (3) 
CMLT 601 Problems in Comparative Literature (3) 
CMLT 610 Folklore in Literature (3) 
CMLT 631 The Medieval Epic (3) 
CMLT 632 The Medieval Romance (3) 
CMLT 639 Studies in the Renaissance (3) 
Repeatable to a maximum of nine hours. 
CMLT 640 The Italian Renaissance and Its Influence (3) 
CMLT 642 Problems of the Baroque in Literature (3) 
CMLT 649 Studies in Eighteenth Century Literature (3) 

Studies in eighteenth century literature: as announced. Repeatable to a maximum of 9 hours. 
CMLT 658 Studies in Romanticism (3) 

Studies in romanticism: as announced. Repeatable to a maximum of 9 hours. 
CMLT 679 Seminar in Modern and Contemporary Literature (3) 

Seminar in modern and contemporary literature: as announced. Repeatable to a maximum of 9 
hours. 

CMLT 681 Literary Criticism: Ancient and Medieval (3) 
CMLT 682 Literary Criticism: Renaissance and Modern (3) 
CMLT 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 
CMLT 801 Seminar in Themes and Types (3) 
CMLT 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

CMSC — Computer Science 

CMSC 400 Introduction to Computer Languages and Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: MATH 241 or equivalent. A terminal course suitable for non-CMSC majors with no 
programming background. Organization and characteristics of computers. Procedure oriented and as- 
sembly languages. Representation of data, characters and instructions. Introduction to logic design 
and systems organization. Macro definition and generation. Program segmentation and linkage. 
Extensive use of the computer to complete projects illustrating programming techniques and machine 
structure. (CMSC 400 may not be counted for credit in the graduate program in computer science.) 
CMSC 411 Computer System Architecture (3) 

Prerequisite: CMSC 311 or equivalent. Input/output processors and techniques. Intra-system com- 
munication, buses, caches. Addressing and memory hierarchies. Microprogramming, parallelism, 
and pipeling. 

CMSC 412 Operating Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: CMSC 311 or equivalent. An introduction to batch systems, spooling systems, and 
third-generation multiprogramming systems. Description of the parts of an operating system in terms 
of function, structure, and implementation. Basic resource allocation policies. 
CMSC 415 Systems Programming (3) 

Prerequisite: CMSC 412. Basic algorithms of operating system software. Memory management us- 
ing linkage editors and loaders, dynamic relocation with base registers, paging. File systems and 



CMSC —Computer Science 261 



input/output control. Processor allocation for multiprogramming, timesharing. Emphasis on practical 
systems programming, including projects such as a simple linkage editor, a stand-alone executive, a 
file system, etc. 

CMSC 420 Data Structures (3) 

Prerequisite: CMSC 220 or equivalent. Description, properties, and storage allocation of data struc- 
tures including lists and trees. Algorithms for manipulating structures. Applications from areas such 
as data processing, information retrieval, symbol manipulation, and operating systems. 
CMSC 421 Introduction to Artiflcial Intelligence (3) 

Prerequisite: CMSC 330 and 420. Areas and issues in artificial intelligence, including search, infer- 
ence, knowledge representation, learning, vision, natural languages, expert systems, robotics. 
Implementation and application of programming languages (e.g. LISP. PROLOG. SMALLTALK), 
programming techniques (e.g. pattern matching, discrimination networks) and control structures (e.g. 
agendas, data dependencies). 
CMSC 424 Database Design (3) 

Prerequisites: CMSC 220 and CMSC 420. (CMSC 450 recommended.) Motivation for the database 
approach as a mechanism for modelling the real world. Review of the three popular data models; re- 
lational, network, and hierarchical. Comparison of permissible structures, integrity constraints, stor- 
age strategies, and query facilities. Theory of database design logic. 
CMSC 426 Image Processing (3) 

Prerequisite: CMSC 420 or equivalent. An introduction to basic techniques of analysis and manipu- 
lation of pictorial data by computer. Image input/output devices, image processing software, en- 
hancement, segmentation, property measurement, Fourier analysis. Computer encoding, processing, 
and analysis of curves. 

CMSC 430 Theory of Language Translation (3) 

Prerequisite: CMSC 330. Formal translation of programming languages, program syntax and seman- 
tics. Finite state grammars and recognizers. Context- free parsing techniques such as recursive de- 
scent, prededence, LL(K), LR(K) and SLR(K). Machine independent code improvement and genera- 
tion, syntax-directed translation schema. 
CMSC 432 Compiler Writing (3) 

Prerequisites: CMSC 220. 330. 430. A detailed examination of a compiler for an algebraic language 
designed around the writing of a compiler as the major part of the course. Scanning and parsing, 
code generation, optimization and error recovery, and compiler-writing techniques such as boots- 
trapping and translator writing systems. 

CMSC 434 Human Factors in Computer and Information Systems (3) 

Prerequisites: CMSC 330, PSYC 100, and STAT 400. Human factors issues in the development of 
software, the use of database systems, and the design of interactive computer systems. 
Experimentation on programming language control and data structures, programming style issues, 
documentation, program development strategies, debugging, and readability will be emphasized. 
Interactive system design issues such as response time, display rates, graphics, on-line assistance, 
command language, menu selection, or speech input/output. 
CMSC 435 Software Design and Development (3) 

Prerequisite: CMSC 420 AND 430, or equivalent. State-of-the-art techniques in software design and 
development. Laboratory experience in applying the techniques covered. Structured design, struc- 
tured programming, top-down design and development, segmentation and modularization techniques, 
iterative enhancement, design and code inspection techniques, correctness, and chief-programmer 
teams. The development of a large software project. 
CMSC 450 Elementary Logic and Algorithms (3) 
Prerequisite: MATH 240 or consent of instructor. This is the same course as MATH 444. An ele- 



262 Course Descriptions 



mentary development of propositional logic, predicate logic, set algebra, and Boolean algebra, with 
a discussion of Markov algorithms, turing machines and recursive functions. Topics include post 
productions, word problems, and formal languages. 
CMSC 451 Design and Analysis of Computer Algorithms (3) 

Prerequisites: CMSC 122 and CMSC 250. CMSC 420 recommended. Fundamental techniques for 
designing and analyzing computer algorithms. Basic methods include Greedy methods, divide-and- 
conquer techniques, search and traversal techniques, dynamic programming, backtracking methods, 
branch-and-bound methods, and algebraic transformations. 
CMSC 452 Elementary Theory of Computation (3) 

Prerequisites: CMSC 122 and 250. Introduction to alternative theoretical models of computation, 
types of automata, and their relations to formal grammars and languages. 
CMSC 456 Data Encryption and Security (3) 

Prerequisite: CMSC 420 and CMSC 451. Methods of protecting computer data from unauthorized 
use and users by data encryption and by access and information controls. Classical cryptographic 
systems. Introduction to several modern systems such as Data Encryption Standard and public-key 
cryptosy stems. 

CMSC 460 Computational Methods (3) 

Prerequisites: MATH 240 and 241 : CMSC 110 or 122. Basic computational methods for interpola- 
tion, least squares, approximation, numerical quadrature, numerical solution of polynomial and tran- 
scendental equations, systems of linear equations and initial value problems for ordinary differential 
equations. Emphasis on the methods and their computational properties rather than on their analytic 
aspects. Listed also as MAPL 460. (Credit will be given for only one of the courses; CMSC 460 or 
CMSC 470.) 

CMSC 466 Introduction to Numerical Analysis I (3) 

Prerequisites: MATH 2'iO, 241 and CMSC 110 or equivalent. Floating point computations, direct 
methods for linear systems, interpolation, solution of nonlinear equiations. Listed also as MAPL 
466. 

CMSC 467 Introduction to Numerical Analysis II (3) 

Prerequisite: MAPL/CMSC 466. Advanced interpolation, linear least squares, eigenvalue problems, 
ordinary differential equations. Fast Fourier Transforms (also listed as MAPL 467). 
CMSC 470 Numerical Mathematics: Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: MATH 240 and 241: CMSC 110 or 122. The first half of a one-year introduction to 
numerical analysis at the advanced undergraduate level, supplemented with programming assign- 
ments. Interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration, solution of nonlinear equations, ac- 
celeration of convergence, numerical treatment of differential equations. Listed also as MAPL 470. 
(Credit will be given for only one of the courses. CMSC 460 or CMSC 470.) 
CMSC 475 Combinatorics and Graph Theory (3) 

Prerequisite: MATH 240 and MATH 241. General enumeration methods, difference equations, 
generating functions. Elements of graph theory, matrix representations of graphs, applications of 
graph theory to transport networks, matching theory and graphical algorithms. (Also listed as MATH 
475.) 

CMSC 477 Optimization (3) 

Prerequisite: CMSCIMAPL 460, 466. or 467. Linear programming including the simplex algorithm 
and dual linear programs; convex sets and elements of convex programming; combinatorial optimiza- 
tion, integer programming. Credit will not be granted for both CMSC 477 and MAPL 477. 
CMSC 498 Special Problems in Computer Science (1-3) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. An individualized course designed to allow a student or stu- 
dents to pursue a specialized topic or project under the supervision of the senior staff. Credit ac- 



CMSC —Computer Science 263 



cording to work done. 

CMSC 612 Computer Systems Theory (3) 

Prerequisite: CMSC 411. CMSC 412. CMSC 250. and STAT 400. or equivalent. Basic theoretical 
results in computer systems, including synthetic models of system structure, analytical (probabilistic) 
models of system structure, analysis of computer system mechanisms, analysis of operating system 
mechanisms, and analysis of resource allocation policies. 
CMSC 620 Problem Solving Methods in Artificial Intelligence (3) 

Prerequisites: CMSC 420 AND 450. Underlying theoretical concepts in solving problems by heuristi- 
cally guided trial and error search methods. State-space problem reduction, and first-order predicate 
calculus representations for solving problems. Search algorithms and their "optimality" proofs. 
CMSC 624 Database Management Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: CMSC 424 or permission of instructor. Theoretical and implementation issues of data- 
base systems. Topics include: data semantics and models, deduction and expert database systems, 
implementation techniques of database management systems, advanced access methods and query 
optimization, distributed databases, and database machine architecture. 
CMSC 630 Theory of Programming Languages (3) 

Prerequisite: CMSC 430. Contemporary topics in the theory of programming languages. Formal 
specification and program correctness. Axiomatic proof systems (both Floyd-Hoare and Dijkstra's 
predicate transformers). Mills" functional correctness approach, abstract data types (both abstract 
model and algebraic specifications), and Scott-style denotational semantics based on least fixed 
points. 

CMSC 650 Theory of Computing (3) 

Prerequisite: CMSC 452. Formal treatment of theoretical models of computation, computable and 
uncomputable functions, unsolvable decision problems, and computational complexity. 
CMSC 651 Analysis of Algorithms (3) 

Prerequisite: CMSC 451 or consent of instructor. Efficiency of algorithms, orders of magnitude, re- 
currence relations, lower-bound techniques, time and space resources, NP-complete problems, po- 
lynomial hierarchies, and approximation algorithms. Sorting, searching, set manipulation, graph the- 
ory, matrix multiplication, fast Fourier transform, pattern matching, and integer and polynomial 
arithmetic. 

CMSC 660 Algorithmic Numerical Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: MATHICMSC 460 OR 470. and CMSC 110. Detailed study of problems arising in the 
implementation of numerical algorithms on a computer. Typical problems include rounding errors, 
their estimation and control; numerical stability considerations; stopping criteria for converging pro- 
cesses; parallel methods. Examples from linear algebra, differential equations, minimization. (Also 
listed as MATH 684). 
CMSC 666 Numerical Analysis I (3) 

Prerequisites: MAPL 466 and MATH 410. Iterative methods for linear systems, piecewise interpola- 
tion, eigenvalue problems, numerical integration (also listed as MAPL 666). 
CMSC 667 Numerical Analysis II (3) 

Prerequisite: CMSC 666. Nonlinear systems of equations, ordinary differential equations, boundry 
value problems (also listed as MAPL 667). 
CMSC 720 Logic for Problem Solving (3) 

Prerequisite: CMSC 620. Logic programming and its use in problem solving, natural language re- 
cognition and parsing, and robotics. The PROLOG language. Meta-level and parallel logic pro- 
gramming. Expert systems. Term project in logic programming. 
CMSC 723 Computational Linguistics (3) 
Prerequisite: CMSC 420. Introductory course on applications of computational techniques to linguis- 



264 Course Descriptions 



tics and natural-language processing. Research cycle of corpus selection, pre-editing, keypunching, 
processing, post-editing, and evaluation. General -purpose input, processing, and output routines. 
Special-purpose programs for sentence parsing and generation, segmentation, idiom recognition, 
paraphrasing, and styli.stic and discourse analysis. Programs for dictionary, thesaurus, and concord- 
nace compilation, and editing. Systems for automatic abstracting, translation, and question- 
answering. 

CMSC 725 Mathematical Linguistics (3) 

Prerequisites: CMSC 640 and STAT 400. Introductory course on applications of mathematics to lin- 
guistics. Elementary ideas in phonology, grammar, and semantics. Automata, formal grammars and 
languages. Chomsky's theory of transformational grammars, Yngve's depthhypothesis and syntactic 
complexity. Markov-chain models of word and sentence generation, shannon's information theory, 
Camap and Bar-Hillel's semantic theory, lexicostatistics and stylostatistics, Zopf's law of frequency 
and Mandelbrot's rank hypothesis. Mathematical models as theoretical foundation for computational 
linguistics. 

CMSC 730 Artificial Intelligence (3) 

Prerequisites: CMSC 620 and STAT 401 . Heuristic programming; tree search procedures. Programs 
for game playing, theorem finding and proving, problem solving; multiple-purpose programs. 
Conversation with computers: question-answering programs. Trainable pattern classifiers-linear, 
piecewise linear, quadratic, "o". and multilayer machines. Statistical decision theory, decision func- 
tions, likelihood ratios; mathematical taxonomy, cluster detection. Neural models, computational 
properties of neural nets, processing of sensory information, representative conceptual models of the 
brain. 

CMSC 733 Computer Processing of Pictorial Information (3) 

Prerequisite: CMSC 'f20. Input, output, and storage of pictorial information. Pictures as information 
sources, efficient encoding, sampling, quantization, approximation. Position-invariant operations on 
pictures, digital and optical implementations, the pax language, applications to matched and spatial 
frequency filtering. Picture quality, "image enhancement " and "image restoration". Picture properties 
and pictorial pattern recognition. Processing of complex pictures; "figure" extraction, properties of 
figures. Data structures for pictures description and manipulation; ""picture languages". Graphics 
systems for alphanumeric and other symbols, line drawings of two- and three-dimensional objects, 
cartoons and movies. 

CMSC 735 A Quantitative Approach to Software Management and Engineering (3) 
Prerequisites: CMSC 435 and STAT 400 or consent of instructor. Introduction to the fundamental 
ideas for measuring and evaluating the software development process and product. Types of models 
and metrics currently in use. Paradigms for using practical measurement for managing and engineer- 
ing the software development and maintenance process; evaluating software methods and tools; and 
improving productivity, quality and the effective use of methodology. 
CMSC 737 Topics in Information Science (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. This is the same course as LBSC 72 1 . Definition of infor- 
mation science, relation to cybernetics and other sciences, systems analysis, information, basic con- 
straints on information systems, processes of communication, classes and their use, optimalization 
and mechanization. 

CMSC 770 Advanced Linear Numerical Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: MAPL 470. 471 and MATH 405 or MATH 474: or consent of instructor. Advanced 
topics in numerical linear algebra, such as dense eigenvalue problems, sparse elimination, iterative 
methods, and other topics. (Same as MAPL 600.) 
CMSC 772 Numerical Solution of Nonlinear Equations (3) 

Prerequisite: MAPL 470. 471 and MATH 410: or consent of instructor. Numerical solution of non- 
linear equations in one and several variables. Existence questions. Minimization methods. Selected 



CMSC — Computer Science 265 



applications. (Same as MAPL 604.) 

CMSC 782 Modeling and Simulation of Physical Systems (3) 

Prerequisites: CMSC 420 and STAT 400. Monte-Carlo and other methods of investigating models of 

interest to physical scientists. Generation and testing of random numbers. Probabilistic, deterministic 

and incomplete models. 

CMSC 798 Graduate Seminar in Computer Science (1-3) 

CMSC 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

CMSC 818 Advanced Topics in Computer Systems (1-3) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Advanced topics selected by the faculty from the literature of 

computer systems to suit the interest and background of students. May be repeated for credit. 

CMSC 828 Advanced Topics in Information Processing (1-3) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Advanced topics selected by the faculty from the literature of 

information processing to suit the interest and background of students. May be repeated for credit. 

CMSC 838 Advanced Topics in Programming Languages (1-3) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Advanced topics selected by faculty from the literature of 

programming languages to suit the interest and background of students. May be repeated for credit. 

CMSC 858 Advanced Topics in Theory of Computing ( 1-3) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Advanced topics selected by the faculty from the literature of 

theory of computing to suit the interest and background of students. May be repeated for credit. 

CMSC 878 Advanced Topics in Numerical Methods (1-3) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Advanced topics selected by the faculty from the literature of 

numerical methods to suit the interest and background of students. May be repeated for credit. 

CMSC 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

CNEC — Consumer Economics 

CNEC 400 Research Methods (3) 

Prerequisite: MATH 1 10 OR 115. Research methodology in textiles and consumer economics, with 

particular emphasis on the application of statistical concepts and techniques to the analysis of data 

from the areas of textiles and consumer economics. May not be taken by students who have credit in 

TEXT 400. 

CNEC 410 Consumer Finance (3) 

Prerequisites: ECON 201 and 203. An economic approach to the problems of income allocation and 

consumer financial planning, including income maximization, principles of asset choice, financial 

management and risk management. The effects of fiscal and monetary policies on lifetime economic 

planning. May not be taken by students who have credit for FMCD 441. 

CNEC 431 The Consumer and the Law (3) 

Three lectures a week. 

A study of legislation affecting consumer goods and services. Topics covered include product safety 

and liability, packaging and labeling, deceptive advertising, and consumer credit. The implications 

of such legislation for consumer welfare with particular emphasis on the disadvantaged groups in our 

society will be examined. 

CNEC 433 Consumer Law: Advertising and Solicitation (3) 

Prerequisite - CNEC 431 or consent of instructor. An advanced study of the legal consequences of 

inducing consumers to enter into commercial transactions. Individual consumer remedies, collective 

consumer remedies and government regulation. 

CNEC 435 Economics of Consumption (3) 

Spring semester. Three lectures per week. Prerequisites: ECON 201 AND 203 or ECON 205 for 

non-majors. The application of economic theory to a study of consumer decision-making and its role 



266 Course Descriptions 



in a market economy at both the individual and aggregate levels. Topics covered include empirical 
studies of consumer spending and saving, the consumer in the market and collective consumption. 
CNEC 437 Consumer Behavior (3) 
Three lectures per week. ? 

Prerequisites: PSYC 100 and SOCY 100. An application of the behavioral sciences to a study of 
consumer behavior. Current theories, models and empirical research findings are explored. 
CNEC 455 Product Standards (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. The process of product standard development, and the signifi- 
cance of such standards to the consumer. History, procedures and uses of standards by industry and 
government, including both voluntary and regulatory standardization; the impact of product stan- 
dards, and mechanisms for obtaining consumer imput in the standardization process. 
CNEC 456 Product Liability and Government Regulation (3) 

Prerequisite: CNEC 431 or consent of instructor. Legal concepts involved in society's determination 
of consumer's rights to product safety. Litigation determining the obligation of manufacturers and 
sellers to injured consumers. Government regulations defining the obligations of manufacturers to 
design and construct products in accordance with government standards. 
CNEC 457 Product Safety (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. An interdisciplinary investigation of consumer product safety. 
Major statutes and agencies regulating safety. Alternative means of promoting consumer product 
safety. The application of product liability and cost benefit analysis to the economics of product 
safety. Consumer response to safety labeling, advertising and educational efforts. 
CNEC 488 Senior Honors Thesis (1-4) 

Limited to undergraduate students in the departmental honors program. An independent literary, la- 
boratory or field study, conducted throughout the student's senior year. Student should register in 
both fall and spring. 
CNEC 498 Special Studies (2-^) 

Independent study by an individual student or by a group of students in advanced work not other- 
wise provided in the department. Students must prepare a description of the study they wish to un- 
dertake. The plan must be approved by the faculty directing the study and the department chairman. 

CRIM — Criminology 

CRIM 432 Law of Corrections (3) 

Prerequisite: LENF 230 OR 234 and CRIM 220. A review of the law of criminal corrections from 
sentencing to final release or release on parole. Probation, punishments, special treatments for spe- 
cial offenders, parole and pardon, and the prisoner's civil rights are also examined. 
CRIM 450 Juvenile Delinquency (3) 

Prerequisite: SOCY 100. Juvenile delinquency in relation to the general problem of crime; analysis 
of factors underlying juvenile delinquency; treatment and prevention. 
CRIM 451 Crime and Delinquency Prevention (3) 

Prerequisites: CRIM 220 or CRIM 450 or consent of in.struclor. Methods and programs in preven- 
tion of crime and delinquency. 

CRIM 452 Treatment of Criminals and Delinquents in the Community (3) 

Prerequisite: CRIM 220 or CRIM 450 or consent of instructor. Analysis of the processes and meth- 
ods in the modification of criminal patterns of behavior in a community setting. 
CRIM 453 Institutional Treatment of Criminals and Delinquents (3) 

Prerequisite: CRIM 220 or CRIM 450 or consent of instructor. History, organization and functions 
of penal and correctional institutions for adults and juveniles. 



CRIM —Criminology 267 



CRIM 454 Contemporary Criminological Theory (3) 

Prerequisite: CRIM 220. CRIM 450. and CRIM 451 or CRIM 452 or CRIM 453. Brief historical 
overview of criminological theory up to the 50's. Deviance. Labeling. Typologies. Most recent re- 
search in criminalistic subcultures and middle class delinquency. Recent proposals for 
"decriminalization". 

CRIM 455 Psychology of Criminal Behavior (3) 

Prereqisites: CRIM 220 or equivalent and PSYC 331 or equivalent. Biological, environmental, and 
personality factors which influence criminal behaviors. Biophysiology and crime, stress and crime, 
maladjustment patterns, psychoses, personality disorders, aggression and violent crime, sex- 
motivated crime and sexual deviations, alcohol and drug abuse, and criminal behavior. 
CRIM 498 Selected Topics in Criminology (3) 

Topics of special interest to advanced undergraduates in criminology. Such courses will be offered 
in response to student request and faculty interest. No more than six credits may be taken by a stu- 
dent in selected topics. 

CRIM 610 Research Methods in Criminal Justice and Criminology (3) 

Prerequisite: completion of research methods and statistics requirements for the M.A. Degree. 
Examination of special research problems and techniques. 
CRIM 650 Advanced Criminology (3) 

First semester. Survey of the principal issues in contemporary criminological theory and research. 
CRIM 651 Seminar in Criminology (3) 
Second semester. 

CRIM 652 Seminar in Juvenile Delinquency (3) 
First semester. 

CRIM 653 Crime and Delinquency As A Community Problem (3) 

Second semester. An intensive study of selected problems in adult crime and juvenile delinquency in 
Maryland. 

CRIM 654 History of Criminological Thought (3) 

Prerequisite: CRIM 454 or its equivalent. A study of the development of criminological thought 
from antiquity to the present. 
CRIM 699 Special Criminological Problems (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Supervised study of selected problems in the field of criminolo- 
gy. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits. 
CRIM 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 
CRIM 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 
Doctoral dissertation research in criminal justice and criminology. 

DANC —Dance 

DANC 410 Dance Production: Design and Execution (3) 

Prerequisite: DANC 210 or equivalent. The theory and practice of advanced problems in technical 

theater for dance. 

DANC 411 Dance Management and Administration (3) 

Principles of dance management and administration, including organization of touring, bookings, 

budgets, public relations, grantsmanship and audience development. 

DANC 430 Dance Ethnology (3) 

Social and cultural aspects of dance in worid cultures with emphasis on non-western peoples. 

DANC 448 Modern Dance VII (3) 

Prerequisite: DANC 349 or audition. Complex phrases of modem dance movement with emphasis 

on articulation and expression. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits with permission of depart- 



268 Course Descriptions 



merit. 

DANC 449 Modern Dance VIII (3) 

Prerequisite: DANC 448 or audition. Continuation of DANC 448. Repeatable to a maximum of six 
credits with permission of department. 
DANC 466 Laban Movement Analysis (3) 

Introduction to Rudolf Laban's system of qualitative movement analysis in relation to understanding 
personal movement style. Application to dance performance, teaching, composition and research. 
DANC 468 Modern Repertory (3) 

Prerequisite: DANC 249 (Modern IV) or permission of the instructor. The study of the form, con- 
tent, music, design and peiformance of modem dance works. Repeatable to a maximum of six cred- 
its. 

DANC 471 Movement Behavior (3) 

The social psychology of movement; reciprocity of physical and emotional behavior. 
DANC 479 Advanced Practicum in Dance (1-3) 

Advanced level performing experience for the student dancer who has developed an advanced pro- 
fessional level of competence. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits. 
DANC 482 History of Dance I (3) 

Prerequisite: DANC 200. The development of dance from primitive times to the Middle Ages and 
the relationship of dance forms to patterns of culture. 
DANC 483 History of Dance II (3) 

Prerequisite: DANC 200. The development of dance from the Renaissance period to the present time 
and the relationship of dance forms to patterns of culture. 
DANC 484 Philosophy of Dance (3) 

Prerequisite: DANC 200 or permission of instructor. Critical analysis of dance as a creative experi- 
ence and the role of professional, educational and recreational dance in our society. Selected appro- 
aches to current developments in dance. 
DANC 489 Special Topics in Dance (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of the department chairman. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits provided 
subject matter is different. 

DANC 499 Practicum in Choreography, Production and Performance IV (1-6) 
Prerequisite: permission of the department chairman. Advanced workshop in dance presentation, in- 
cluding performing, production and planned field experiences. Repeatable to a maximum of six 
credits. 

DHCR — Human and Community Resources 

DHCR 488 Selected Topics in Human and Community Resources (1-3) 

Topics in interdisciplinary processes relevant to the study of human and community resources. 

Repeatable to a maximum of six credits when the subject matter is different and when there is no 

suffix. 

DHCR 788 Advanced Topics in Human and Community Resources (3) 

Topics in interdisciplinary areas relevant to the study of human and community resources. 

Repeatable to a maximum of six credits if the subject matter is different. 

ECON —Economics 

ECON 402 Macroeconomic Models and Forecasting (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 305 or 405 . Analysis of the fluctuations in economic activity and the formula- 
tion and use of forecasting models of the economy. Illustrations of computer macro models and fore- 
casting problems. 



ECON —Economics 269 



ECON 405 Advanced Intermediate Macroeconomic Theory (3) 

Prerequisites: ECON 201 , 203 and MATH 220 or its equivalent. Advanced treatment of the theory 
of national income determination, employment, prices and growth. Models of the role of money and 
expectations, the impact of fiscal and monetary policies, and exchange rates. Credit will be given 
for only one course: ECON 305 or 405. 

ECON 406 Advanced Intermediate Microeconomic Theory (3) 

Prerequisites: ECON 201, 203 and MATH 220 or its equivalent. Advanced treatment of the theory 
of prices and markets. Analysis of the theory of the household and of the firm, concepts of general 
equilibrium and welfare economics and principles of efficient and equitable allocations. Credit will 
be given for only one course: ECON 306 or 406. 
ECON 407 Contemporary Economic Thought (3) 

Prerequisites: ECON 201, 203. and senior standing. Graduate students should take ECON 705. A 
survey of the development of economic thought since 1900 with special reference to Thorstein 
Veblen and other pre-1939 institutionalists and to post-1945 neo-institutionalist s such as J.K. 
Galbraith and Gunnar Myrdal. 
ECON 416 Theory of Economic Development (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 305 or 405. Economic theory of the developing nations; role of innovation, ca- 
pital formation, resources, institutions, trade and exchange rates, and governmental policies. Credit 
will be given for only one course: ECON 315 or 416. 
ECON 418 Economic Development of Selected Areas (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 415. Institutional characteristics of a specific area are discussed and alternate 
strategies and policies for development are analyzed. 
ECON 422 Quantitative Methods in Economics I (3) 

Prerequisites: ECON 201 , 203. and 321 (or BMGT 230): or permission of department . Emphasizes 
the interaction between economic problems and the assumptions employed in statistical theory. 
Formulation, estimation, and testing of economic models, including single variable and multiple 
variable regression techniques, theory of identification, and issues relating to inference. Independent 
work relating the material in the course to an economic problem chosen by the student is required. 
ECON 423 Quantitative Methods in Economics II (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 422. Interaction between economic problems and specification and estimation of 
econometric models. Topics include issues of autocorrelation, heteroscedasticity, functional form, si- 
multaneous equation models, and qualitative choice models. 
ECON 424 Computer Methods in Economics (3) 

Prerequisites: ECON 201 . 203 and ECON 321 (or BMGT 230). Computer modelling of economic 
problems, including household and firm behavior, macroeconomic relationships, statistical models of 
economy, and simulation models. 
ECON 425 Mathematical Economics (3) 

Prerequisites: ECON 401 AND 403 and one year of college mathematics. A course designed to en- 
able economics majors to understand the simpler aspects of mathematical economics. Those parts of 
the calculus and algebra required for economic analysis will be presented. 
ECON 430 Money and Banking (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 201 and ECON 203. The structure of financial institutions and their role in the 
provision of money and near money. Analysis of the Federal Reserve System, the techniques of 
central banks, and the control of supply of financial assets in stabilization policy. Relationship of 
money and credit to economic activity and the price level. Credit will be given for only one course: 
ECON 430 or ECON 43 1 . 

ECON 431 Theory of Money, Prices and Economic Activity (3) 
Prerequisite: ECON 401 or ECON 405. Monetary theory and the role of money, financial institu- 



270 Course Descriptions 



tions and interest rates in macro models. Analysis of money demand and supply and of the 
Monetarist-Keynesia n debate as they affect inflation and stabilization policy. Credit will be given 
for only one course; ECON 430 or ECON 431. 
ECON 440 International Economics (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 201 and ECON 203. A description of international trade and the analysis of in- 
ternational transactions, exchange rates, and balance of payments. Analysis of policies of protection, 
devaluation, and exchange rate stabilization and their consequences. Credit will be given for only 
one course: ECON 440 or ECON 441. 
ECON 441 Theory of International Economics (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 401 or ECON 405. and ECON 403 or ECON 406. Theoretical treatment of in- 
ternational trade and international finance. Includes Ricardian and Heckscher-Ohlin theories of com- 
parative advantage, analysis of tariffs and other trade barriers, international factor mobility, balance 
of payments adjustments, exchange rate determmation, and fiscal and monetary policy in an open 
economy. Credit will be given for only one course; ECON 440 or ECON 441. 
ECON 450 Introduction to Public Sector Economics (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 201 and ECON 203: or ECON 205. The role of federal, state, and local go- 
vernments in meeting public wants. Analysis of theories of taxation, public expenditures, govern- 
ment budgeting, benefit-cost analysis and income redistribution, and their policy applications. Credit 
will be given for only one course; ECON 450 or ECON 454. 
ECON 451 Public Choice and Public Policy (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 201 . 203. OR 205. Analysis of collective decision making, economic models of 
government, program budgeting, and policy implementation; emphasis on models of public choice 
and institutions which affect decision making. 
ECON 454 Theory of Public Finance and Fiscal Federalism (3) 

Prerequisite: ECO.\' 403 or ECON 406. Studv of welfare economics and the theory of public goods, 
taxation, public expenditures, benefit-cost analysis, and state and local finance. Applications of theo- 
ry' to current policy issues. Credit will be given for only one course; ECON 450 or ECON 454. 
ECON 460 Industrial Organization (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 403 and 406. Changing structure of the .American economy; price policies in 
different industrial classifications of monopoly and competition in relation lo problems of public po- 
licy. 

ECON 465 Health Care Economics (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 203 or ECON 205. Analysis of the health care, the organization of its delivery 
and financing. Access to care; the role of insurance: regulation of hospitals, physicians, and the drug 
industry ; role of technology; and limits on health care spending. 
ECON 470 Theory of Labor Economics (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 403 or ECON 406. An analytical treatment of theories of labor markets. The 
theory of human capital and allocation of time in household labor supply models: marginal producti- 
vity theory of labor demand: market structure and the efficiency of labor markets; information theory 
and screening; discrimination; distnbution of income; and unemployment. Credit will be given for 
only one course; ECON 370 or ECON 470. 
ECON 471 Current Problems in Labor Economics (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 470. For students who wish to pursue, in depth, selected topics in the labor 
field. Issues and topics selected for detailed examination may include: manpower training and deve- 
lopment, unemployment compensation and social secunty. race and sex discrimination in employ- 
ment, wage theory, productivity analysis, the problems of collective bargaining in public employ- 
ment, wage-price controls and incomes policy. 



ECON —Economics 271 



ECON 482 Economics of the Soviet Union (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 201 AND 203: OR 205. An analysis of the organization, operating principles 
and performance of the Soviet economy with attention to the historical and ideological background, 
planning, resources, industry, agriculture, domestic and foreign trade, finance, labor, and the struc- 
ture and growth of national income. 
ECON 484 The Economy of China (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 201 AND 203: OR 205. Policies and performances of the Chinese economy 
since 1949. Will begin with a survey of modem China's economic history. Emphasizes the strategies 
and institutional innovations that the Chinese have adopted to overcome the problems of economic 
development. Some economic controversies raised during the "Cultural Revolution" will be covered 
in review of the problems and prospects of the present Chinese economy. 
ECON 486 The Economics of National Planning (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 201 AND 203: OR 205. An analysis of the principles and practice of economic 
planning with special reference to the planning problems of West European countries and the United 
States. 

ECON 490 Survey of Urban Economic Problems and Policies (3) 

Prerequisites: ECON 201 AND 203: OR 205. An introduction to the study of urban economics 
through the examination of current policy issues. Topics may include suburbanization of jobs and 
residences, housing and urban renewal, urban transportation, development of new towns, ghetto 
economic development, problems in services such as education and police. 
ECON 491 Economics and Control of Urban Growth (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 490. An analysis of metropolitan development processes, the consequences of 
alternative growth patterns, and the evaluation of policies to control growth. 
ECON 492 Economics of Location and Regional Growth (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 403. or consent of instructor. Study of the theories, problems, and policies of 
regional economic development and the location of economic activity for both rural and metropolitan 
regions. Methods of regional analysis. 
ECON 601 Macroeconomic Analysis (3) 

First semester of a two-semester sequence, 601 AND 602. Topics normally include general equili- 
brium theory in classical. Keynesian, and post-Keynesian treatments; the demand for money; theo- 
ries of consumption behavior and of inflation. 
ECON 602 Economic Growth and Instability (3) 

Second semester. A continuation of ECON 601. Major topics include growth and technological 
change, investment, business cycles, and large empirial macroeconomic models. Also included are 
material on wages and employment and on international and domestic stability. 
ECON 603 Microeconomic Analysis I (3) 

Prerequisite: a calculus course or concurrent registration in ECON 621. The first semester of a 
two-semester sequence which analyzes the usefulness and shortcomings of prices in solving the basic 
economic problem of allocating scarce resources among alternative uses. The central problem of 
welfare economics and general equilibrium as a framework for a detailed analysis of consumption 
and production theories including linear programming with decisions under uncertainty. 
ECON 604 Microeconomic Analysis II (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 603. A continuation of ECON 603. Theory of capital, interest and wages. 
Qualifications of the basic welfare theorem caused by noncompetitive market structures, external 
economies and diseconomies and secondary constraints. Application of price theory to public expen- 
diture decisions, investment in human capital, international trade, and other areas of economics. 
ECON 605 Welfare Economics (3) 
First semester. Prerequisite: ECON 603. The topics covered include Pareto optimality, social wel- 



272 Course Descriptions 



fare funtions. indivisibilities, consumer surplus, output and price policy in public enterprise, and 
welfare aspects of the theory of public expenditures. 
ECON 606 History of Economic Thought (3) 

First semester. Prerequisite: ECON 40} or consent of the instructor. A study of the development of 
economic thought and theories including the Greeks. Romans. Canonists, Mercantilists. Physiocrats. 
Adam Smith, Malthus. Ricardo. Relation of ideas to economic policy. 
ECON 607 Economic Theory in the Nineteenth Century (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite: ECON 606 or consent of the instructor. A study of nineteenth- 
century and twentieth-century schools of economic thought, particularly the Classicists, Neo- 
Classists. Austrians. German historical school, American economic thought, the Socialists, and 
Keynes. 

ECON 61 1 Seminar in American Economic Development (3) 
ECON 613 Origins and Development of Capitalism (3) 

Second semester. Studies the transition from feudalism to modem capitalistic economies in Western 
Europe. Whenever possible, this economic history is analyzed with the aid of tools of modem 
economics, and in the light of comparisons and contrasts with the less developed areas of the present 
day. 

ECON 615 Economic Development of Underdeveloped Areas (3) 

First semester. Prerequisite: ECON 401 AND 403. An analysis of the forces contributing to and re- 
tarding economic progress in underdeveloped areas. Macro and microeconomic aspects of develop- 
ment planning and strategy are emphasized. 
ECON 616 Seminar in Economic Development (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite: ECON 615 or consent of instructor. A continuation of ECON 615. 
Special emphasis is on the application of economic theory in the institutional setting of a country or 
area of particular interest to the student. 

ECON 617 Money and Finance in Economic Development (3) 

First semester. Economic theory, strategy and tactics for mobilizing real and financial resources to 
finance and accelerate economic development. Monetary, fiscal, and tax reform policy and practice 
by the government sector to design and implement national development plans. 
ECON 621 Quantitative Economics I (3) 

First semester. An introduction to the theory and practice of statistical inference. Elements of com- 
puter programming and a review of mathematics germane to this and other graduate economics 
courses are included. 

ECON 622 Quantitative Economics II (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite: ECON 621 . Techniques of estimating relationships among economic 
variables. Multiple regression, the analysis of variance and covariance. and techniques for dealing in 
time series. Further topics in mathematics. 
ECON 623 Econometrics I (3) 

Introduction to and development of aspects of mathematical statistics relevant for econometrics: dis- 
tribution theory and inference. Topics considered include: random variables, density functions, mo- 
ment generating functions, maximum likelihood estimators, sufficient statistics. 
ECON 624 Econometrics II (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 623. Formal treatment of regression analysis: emphasis on formulation, specifi- 
cations, and estimation of single equation models: elements of computer usage: experience with 
problems and examples. 
ECON 661 The Corporate Firm (3) 

Prerequisites: ECON 603. 622 OR 624. The modem firm: review of the theory of profit: neoclassi- 
cal and managerial theories of the firm. Decisions of the firm: investment, research and develop- 



ECON — Economics 273 



ment, advertising, mergers; analysis of determinants and effects of these decisions. Tlieoretical and 
empirical studies of the firm. 

ECON 662 Industry Structure, Conduct, and Performance (3) 

Prerequisites: ECON 603. 622 OR 624. Determinants of industry structures; structural effects on 
finri conduct and performance. Plant and firm economies of scale and their relation to concentration 
levels. Industry entry barriers; competitive, oligopolistic, and monopolistic pricing. Impact of con- 
centration, entry barriers, and other structure variables on prices and profits of the industry. Social 
cost of market power. 

ECON 663 Antitrust Policy and Regulation (3) 

Prerequisites: ECON 603, 622 OR 624. U.S. Antitrust policy after 1890; actual policies compared 
to theoretical policies to promote economic efficiency. Development of policy toward monopolies, 
cartels, mergers, and patents. Models of the regulatory process and empirical evidence. Studies of 
regulation of electricity, transportation, airlines, and other industries. Economics of product safety. 
Regulation of drugs, automobiles, food, and other products. 
ECON 670 The Economics of Labor Markets (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 603 or consent of instructor. Economics of labor markets with trade unions and 
governmental control. Employer-employee relations in the public, voluntary, and private sectors. 
Nature of unions in bargaining and their impact on relative wages, wage levels, productivity, em- 
ployment, inflation. Economic goals and consequences of public control, bargaming, and employ- 
ment conditions. 

ECON 681 Comparative Economic Systems and Economic Planning (3) 

Theory and practice of economic systems that differ markedly from competitive capitalist system; 
command economies, in particular the Soviet Union; planned capitalist economies, including French 
and Dutch experience; self-managed systems (Yugoslavia); and market socialism (Hungary). 
Emphasis on the nature of institutions and on applying economic tools. 
ECON 682 Topics in Comparative Economic Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 681 . Detailed analysis of planned economic systems; theoretical study of neo- 
classical, input-output, and development planning models; use of economic analysis to uderstand the 
behavior and development of the economies of Western Europe, the USSR, Eastern Europe, and 
China. 

ECON 684 Seminar in Economic Development of the Soviet Union (3) 

Measurement and evaluation of Soviet economic growth; interpretation and use of Soviet statistics; 
planning and economic administration; manpower and wage policies; foreign trade and aid. Selected 
topics in Bloc development and reform. 
ECON 698 Selected Topics in Economics (3) 
ECON 703 Advanced Economic Theory I (3) 

Prerequisite: background in calculus and matrix algebra such as provided b\ ECON 621 AND 622. 
Optimization techniques such as Lagrangian multipliers and linear programming. Mathematical treat- 
ment of general equilibrium, including interindustry analysis, the theory of production, consumption, 
and welfare. 

ECON 704 Advanced Economic Theory II (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 703. Multi-sectoral growth models and questions of optimal growth. Last half 
of course consists of presentations of seminar papers. 
ECON 705 Seminar in Institutional Economic Theory (3) 

Second semester. A study of the recent developments in the field of institutional economic theory in 
the United States and abroad. 
ECON 706 Seminar in Institutional Economic Theory (3) 



274 Course Descriptions 



ECON 721 Econometrics III (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 624. Additional topics on tiie single equation model, including autocorrelation, 
heteroskedasticity. dummy variables, maximum likelihood estimation, and functional forms. 
Consideration of systems problems. 
ECON 722 Econometrics IV (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 721 . Nonlinear econometric systems, simulation, dynamic properties of models, 
disequilibrium systems, random parameter models, Bayesian analysis. Stochastic control, and other 
topics. Emphasis on applications to micro and macro models, to value-of-information problems, and 
to other problems. 

ECON 731 Monetary Theory and Policy (3) 

First semester. An adequate knowledge of micro and macroeconomics is assumed. Theory of 
money, financial assets, and economic activity; review of classical, neo-classical and Keynesian con- 
tribution; emphasis on post-Keynesian contributions, including those of Tobin, Patinkin, Gurley- 
Shaw, Friedman, and others. 

ECON 732 Seminar in Monetary Theory and Policy (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite: ECON 731 or consent of instructor. Theory of the mechanisms 
through which central banking affects economic activity and prices: formation and implementation of 
of monetary policy; theoretical topics in monetary policy. 
ECON 741 Advanced International Economics I (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 601. The international mechanism of adjustment: price, exchange rate, and in- 
come changes. The flexible exchange rate system, international monetary reform and international 
investment and capital flows. 

ECON 742 Advanced International Economics II (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 603 and ECON 741. The pure theory of international trade. Comparative costs, 
the Heckscher-Ohlin Theorem, and the effect of trade on factor prices. Tariff analysis, commercial 
policy and customs unions. The gams from trade and ranking of policy interventions. 
ECON 751 Advanced Theory of Public Finance (3) 

Review of utility analysis to include the theory of individual consumer resource allocation and ex- 
change and welfare implications. Effects of alternative tax and subsidy techniques upon allocation, 
exchange, and welfare outcomes. Theories of public goods, their production, exchange and con- 
sumption. Principles of benefit-cost analysis for government decisions. 
ECON 752 Seminar in Public Finance (3) 

Second semester. Theory of taxation and tax policy, with particular emphasis on income taxation; 
empirical studies: the burden of the public debt. Research paper by each student to be presented to 
seminar. 

ECON 755 Theory of Public Choice I (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. An examination of rationality in individual and collective 
decision-making with particular reference to the theory of games. The reasons why nonmarket col- 
lective decision procedures are required, the properties of several voting rules, and their normative 
implications. Majority rule, the unanimity rule, the Borda rule, and the demand revealing 
process. The properties of various representative voting mechanisms. 
ECON 756 Theory of Public Choice II (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 755 or consent of instructor. The normative properties of collective choice 
procedures. Specific reference to the theories of justice advanced by Rawls, Nozick and others; and 
the import of contractarian theories in general. The impossibility theorems of Arrow and Sen. 
Problems raised by voter ignorance and bounded rationality. The theory of bureaucracy. 
ECON 771 Advanced Labor Economics: Theory and Evidence (3) 
Prerequisites: ECON 603. 622. 624. or consent of instructor. Modem analytical and quantitative la- 



ECON —Economics 275 



bor economics. Labor supply decisions of individuals and households; human capital model and dis- 
tribution of income. Demand for labor; marginal productivity theory, imperfect information and 
screening. Interaction of labor demand and supply; unemployment; relative and absolute wages; ma- 
croeconomic aspects of the labor market. 
ECON 772 Government Policy and the Labor Market (3) 

Prerequisite: ECON 771 or consent of instructor. Impact of governmental programs on the labor 
market. Programs examined chosen from among; employment training and public employment pro- 
grams; public assistance; unemployment insurance, social security, wage-setting policies such as fair 
labor standards act and Davis-Bacon act; policies toward unionization; anti-discrimination programs. 
ECON 781 Advanced Environmental Economics (3) 

Prerequisites: ECON 603 AND 621 . or consent of instructor. Theory of externalities, microeconom- 
ic models of pollution damage functions, benefits and costs of alternative pollution control measures, 
macroeconomic models of material and energy balance, limits to economic growth and long-run 
problems of intergenerational and interregional efficiency and equity. 
ECON 785 Advanced Economics of Natural Resources (3) 

Prerequisites: ECON 603 AND 621. or consent of instructor. The rate of use of renewable and 
non-renewable resources from the normative and positive points of view; evaluation of alternative 
uses of natural environments; irreversibilities, discounting and intergenerational transfers. Discussion 
of natural resource problems and policies. 
ECON 790 Advanced Urban Economics (3) 

Market processes and public policies as related to urban problems and metropolitan change. 
Employment, housing, discrimination, transportation and the local public sector. 
ECON 792 Regional and Urban Economics (3) 

Theoretical and empirical analysis of the location and spatial distribution of economic activity. 
Analysis of regional growth and development. The study of analytical methods and forecasting mod- 
els. 

ECON 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 
ECON 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

EDCI — Curriculum and Instruction 

EDCI 401 Student Teaching in Elementary School: Art (4-8) 

Limited to art education majors who have consent of department. Fulfils elementary teaching re- 
quirements in K-12 art education program. 
EDCI 402 Student Teaching in Secondary Schools: Art (2-8) 
Prerequisite: EDCI 300. 

EDCI 403 Teaching of Art Criticism in Public Schools (3) 

Introduction to theories of art criticism as related to teaching of art. Trips to galleries and museums. 
Open to fine arts majors and students from other disciplines. 
EDCI 406 Practicum in Art Education: Two-Dimensional (3) 

Theory and practical experience in two-dimensional design in various art media; development of 
teaching procedures and presentation of materials in school settings. 
EDCI 407 Practicum in Art Education: Three-Dimensional (3) 

A lecture-studio course to develop skills, material resources, and educational strategies for three- 
dimensional projects in school settings. 

EDCI 410 The Child and the Curriculum: Early Childhood (3) 

Relationship of the school curriculum, nursery school through grade 3, to child growth and develop- 
ment. Recent trends in curriculum organization; the effect of environment on learning; readiness to 
leam; and adapting curriculum content and methods to maturity levels of children. Primarily for in- 



276 Course Descriptions 



service teachers, nursery school through grade 3. 
EDCI 411 Student Teaching: Preschool (4) 

Prerequisite: completion of required metltods courses and consent of the department . 
EDCI 412 Student Teaching: Kindergarten (4) 

Prerequisite: completion of required metln>ds courses and consent of department . 
EDCI 413 Student Teaching: Primary Grades (8) 

Prerequisite: completion of required methods courses and consent of department . 
EDCI 416 Mainstreaming In Early Childhood Educational Settings (3) 

Theoretical bases and applied practices for integrating handicapped children into regular early child- 
hood programs. 

EDCI 420 Student Teaching Seminar in Secondary Education: Social Studies (3) 
Corequisite; EDCI 421. An analysis of teaching theory, strategics, and tecniques in relation to the 
student teaching experience. 

EDCI 421 Student Teaching in Secondary Schools: Social Studies (12) 
Prerequisite: EDCI 320. 

EDCI 422 Student Teaching in Secondary Schools: Geography (12) 
Prerequisite: EDCI 321 . 

EDCI 423 Social Studies in Early Childhood Education (3) 

Curriculum, organization and methods of teaching, evaluation of materials and utilization of environ- 
mental resources. Emphasis on multicultural education. Primarily for in-service teachers, nursery 
school through grade 3. 

EDCI 424 Social Studies in the Elementary School (3) 

Curriculum, organization and methods of teaching, evaluation of materials and utilization of environ- 
mental resources. Emphasis on multicultural education. Primarily for in-service teachers, grades 1-6. 
EDCI 425 Social Studies and Multicultural Education (3) 

Seminar relating to general social science principals that are applicable to multicultural education as 
a component of social studies instruction. Cultural experiences arranged on an independent basis for 
each participant. 

EDCI 426 Methods of Teaching Social Studies in Secondary Schools (3) 

Prerequisite: EDHD 300 uiul EDCI 390. or consent of instructor. The objectives, selection and or- 
ganization of subject matter, appropriate methods, lesson plans, textbooks and other instructional 
materials, measurement and topics pertinent to social studies education. For in-service teachers. 
Includes emphasis on multicultural education. 

EDCI 430 Student Teaching Seminar in Secondary Education: Foreign Language (3) 
Co-requisite: EDCI 431. An analysis of teaching theory, strategies and techniques in relation to the 
student teaching experience. 

EDCI 431 Student Teaching in Secondary Schools: Foreign Languages (12) 
Prerequisite: EDCI 330. 

EDCI 432 Foreign Language Methods in the Elementary School (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Methods and techniques for developmental approach to the 
teaching of modem foreign languages in elementary schools. Development of oral-aural skills in lan- 
guage development. 

EDCI 433 Introduction to Foreign Language Methods (3) 

Prerequisite: EDHD 300 and EDCI 390. or consent of instructor. The objectives, selection and or- 
ganization of subject matter, appropriate methods, lesson plans, textbooks and other instructional 
materials, measurement and topics pertinent to foreign language education. For in-service teachers. 



EDCI — Curriculum and Instruction 277 



EDCI 434 Methods of Teaching English to Speakers of Other Languages (3) 

An introductory course in methods for teaching listening, speaking, reading and writing techniques 
and a review of research findings. 

EDCI 435 Teaching Reading in a Second Language (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Analysis of selected theories and practices in first language read- 
ing applied to second language teaching/learning; diagnostic and prescriptive techniques and analysis 
of the student's cultural background as a factor in evaluating reading achievement in the second lan- 
guage. 

EDCI 436 Teaching for Multicultural Understanding (3) 

The techniques and content for teaching culture in foreign language classes and English as a Second 
Language (ESL) classes. Research and evaluation of selected aspects of a culture as basis for creat- 
ing teaching materials. 

EDCI 437 BUingual-Bicultural Education (3) 

Analysis of bilingual-bicultural education in the U.S. and abroad with emphasis on TESOL. 
Methods of teaching, goals, instructional materials and mainstreaniing of bilingual students. 
EDCI 438 Field Experience in TESOL (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCI 434 or equivalent, and consent of instructor. Systematic observations, tutoring 
and teaching in a TESOL field setting. 

EDCI 440 Student Teaching Seminar in Secondary Education: English, Speech, Drama (1) 
Corequisite: EDCI 441. An analysis of teaching theory, strategies and techniques in relation to the 
student teaching experience. 

EDCI 441 Student Teaching in Secondary Schools: English (12) 
Prerequisite: EDCI 340. 

EDCI 442 Student Teaching in Secondary Schools: Speech (12) 
Prerequisite: EDCI 340. 

EDCI 443 Literature for Children and Youth (3) 

Analysis of literary materials for children and youth. Timeless and ageless books, and outstanding 
examples of contemporary publishing. Evaluation of the contributions of individual authors, illustra- 
tors and children's book awards. 

EDCI 444 Language Arts in Early Childhood Education (3) 

Teaching of spelling, handwriting, oral and written expression and creative expression. Primarily for 
in-service teachers, nursery school through grade 3. 
EDCI 445 Language Arts in the Elementary School (3) 

Teaching of spelling, handwriting, oral and written expression and creative expression. Primarily for 
in-service teachers, grades 1-6. 

EDCI 446 Methods of Teaching English, Speech, Drama in Secondary Schools (3) 
Prerequisite: EDHD 300 and EDCI 390. or consent of instructor. The objectives, selection and or- 
ganization of subject matter, appropriate methods, lesson plans, textbooks, and other instructional 
materials, measurement and topics pertinent to English, speech, and drama education. For in-service 
teachers . 

EDCI 447 Field Experience in English, Speech, Drama Teaching (1) 

Corequisite: EDCI 340. Practical experience as an aide to a regular English, speech or drama teach- 
er; assigned responsibilities and participation in a variety of teaching/learning activities. 
EDCI 450 Student Teaching Seminar in Secondary Education: Mathematics (3) 
Corequisite: EDCI 451. An analysis of teaching theory, strategies, and techniques in relation to the 
student teaching experience. 

EDCI 451 Student Teaching in Secondary Schools: Mathematics (12) 
Prerequisite: EDCI 350. 



278 Course Descriptions 



EDCI 452 Mathematics in Early Childhood Education (3) 

Prerequisite: MATH 210 or equivalent. Emphasis on materials and procedures which help pupils 
sense arithmetic meanings and relationships. Primarily for in-service teachers, nursery school 
through grade 3. 

EDCI 453 Mathematics in the Elementary School (3) 

Prerequisite: MATH 210 or equivalent. Emphasis on materials and procedures which help pupils 
sense arithmetic meanings and relationships. Primarily for in-service teachers, grades 1-6. 
EDCI 454 The Mathematics Laboratory (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCI 352 or equivalent, or consent of the instructor. The definition, design, and uses 
of an elementary school mathematics laboratory. Laboratory visitations. The design of instructional 
activities and field-test activities with children. 

EDCI 455 Methods of Teaching Mathematics in Secondary Schools (3) 

Prerequisites: EDHD 300; EDCI 390: and 2 semesters of calculus. The objectives, selection and or- 
ganization of subject matter, appropriate methods, lesson plans, textbooks and other instructional 
materials, measurement and topics pertinent to mathematics education. 
EDCI 456 Diagnosis of Learning Disabilities in Mathematics (3) 

Prerequisites: all courses in the EDSP 330 block and MATH 210 or consent of the instructor. 
Development of skills in diagnosing and identifying learning disabilities in mathematics and in 
planning for individualized instruction. Clinic participation required. 
EDCI 461 Reading in Early Childhood Education (3) 

Fundamentals of developmental reading instruction, including reading readiness, use of experience 
stories, procedures in using basal readers, the improvement of comprehension, word analysis, and 
procedures for determining individual needs. Primarily for in-service teachers, nursery school 
through grade 3. 

EDCI 462 Reading in the Elementary School (3) 

Fundamentals of developmental reading instruction, including reading readiness, use of experience 
stories, procedures in using basal readers, the improvement of comprehension, word analysis, and 
procedures for determining individual needs. Primarily for in-service teachers, grades 1-8. 
EDCI 463 The Teaching of Reading in the Secondary School (3) 

The fundamentals of secondary reading instruction, including emphasis on content reading instruc- 
tion. 

EDCI 464 Clinical Practices in Reading Diagnosis and Instruction (3) 

Prerequisite. EDCI 362 or 463. A laboratory course in which each student has one or more pupils 
for analysis and instruction. At least one class meeting per week to diagnose individual cases and to 
plan instruction. 

EDCI 466 Literature for Adolescents (3) 

Reading and analysis of fiction and nonfiction; methods for critically assessing quality and appeal; 
current theory and methods of instruction; research on response to literature; curriculum design and 
selection of books. 
EDCI 467 Teaching Writing (3) 

Sources and procedures for developing curriculum objectives and materials for teaching written com- 
position; prewriting, composing, and revision procedures; contemporary directions in rhetorical theo- 
ry; survey of research on composition instruction. 
EDCI 471 Student Teaching in Secondary Schools: Science (12) 
Prerequisite: EDCI 352 

EDCI 472 Methods of Teaching Science in Secondary Schools (3) 

Prerequisites: EDHD 300, EDCI 390, and consent of instructor. The study of the teachers role in 
secondary school science instruction: preparing objectives, planning lessons, selecting and organizing 



EDCI — Curriculum and Instruction 279 



for classroom and laboratory instruction, determining appropriate teaching methods, selecting text- 
books and other instructional materials, measuring and evaluating student achievement. Includes lab 
and field experience. For in-service teachers. 
EDCI 473 Environmental Education (3) 

Two lecture-discussion periods and one three hour laboratory-field experience session per week. An 
interdisciplinary course covering the literature, techniques and strategies of environmental education. 
Emphasis on the study of environmental education programs and the development of a specific pro- 
gram which is designed to implement the solution of an environmental problem. The laboratory-field 
experience is provided as a model for future activities of students. [Open to any student who wishes 
to become actively involved in the process of environmental education program development.] 
EDCI 474 Science in Early Childhood Education (3) 

Objectives, methods, materials and activities for teaching science in the elementary school. Primarily 
for in-service teachers, nursery school through grade 3. 
EDCI 475 Science in the Elementary School (3) 

Objectives, methods, materials, and activities for teaching science in the elementary school. 
Primarily for in-service teachers, grades 1-6. 
EDCI 476 Teaching Ecology and Natural History (3) 

An introduction to the teaching of natural history in the classroom and in the field. Ecological prin- 
ciples; resources and instructional materials; curricular materials. Primarily for teachers, park natu- 
ralists, and outdoor educators. 

EDCI 480 The Child and the Curriculum: Elementary (3) 

Relationship of the school curriculum, grades 1-6, to child growth and development. Recent trends 
in curriculum organization; the effect of environment on learning; readiness to learn; and adapting 
curriculum content and methods to maturity levels of children. Primarily for in-service teachers, 
grades 1-6. 

EDCI 481 Student Teaching: Elementary (12) 

Prerequisite: completion of required methods courses and consent of department. 
EDCI 482 Student Teaching in Elementary School: Special Education (8) 

Prerequisite: completion of required methods courses and consent of department. Limited to special 
education majors who have previously applied. Provides 8 weeks of full-time experience in the regu- 
lar elementary classroom. 

EDCI 483 Student Teaching in School Media Centers: Elementary (6) 

Prerequisites: EDHD 300. EDCI 480. or consent of instructor. Supervised internship experience in 
elementary and middle school media centers. Participation at a professional level in the management 
and operation of an on-going media program. 
EDCI 484 Student Teaching in Elementary School: Music (4-6) 

Limited to MUED majors who have consent of department. Fulfills elementary leaching require- 
ments in K-12 music education programs. 

EDCI 485 Student Teaching in Elementary School: Physical Education (4-8) 
Limited to PHED majors who have consent of the department. Fulfills elementary teaching require- 
ments in K-12 physical education programs. 
EDCI 486 Supervision of Student Teachers (3) 

Designed for in-service teachers. The development and refinement of skills in observing, evaluating 
and conducting conferences with student teachers. Clinical supervision and cooperative problem 
solving. Required by some school systems for supervision of student teachers. 
EDCI 487 Introduction to Computers in Instructional Settings (3) 

Prerequisite: at least .v/.v hours in education or instructional experience. A first-level survey course 
for students interested in the possibilities of using computers for instructional purposes. "Hands-on" 



280 Course Descriptions 



experience with computers. Site visits, guest speakers, and individual project opportunities. 
EDCI 488 Selected Topics in Teacher Education (1-3) 

Prerequisite: Major in curriculum and instruction, or consent of department . May be repeated to a 
maximum of six credits when topic is different. 
EDCI 489 Field Experiences in Education (1^) 

Prerequisite: Consent oj department . Planned field experience in education-related activities. Credit 
not to be granted for experiences accrued prior to registration. 
EDCI 490 Curriculum and Instruction in the Middle and Junior High School (3) 
Curriculum and Instruction in the middle and junior high school. Purposes, functions and charac- 
teristics of this school unit; a study of its population, organization, program of studies, methods, 
staff, and other topics together with implications for prospective teachers. 
EDCI 491 Student Teaching in Secondary Schools: Health (12) 
Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 

EDCI 492 Student Teaching in Secondary Schools: Dance (2-8) 
Prerequisite: EDCI 383. 

EDCI 493 Student Teaching in School Media Centers: Secondary (6) 

Prerequisite: EDHD 300 or consent of instructor. Supervised internship experience in secondary 
school media centers. Participation at a professional level in the management and operation of an on 
going media program. 

EDCI 494 Student Teaching in Secondary Schools: Music (2-8) 
Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 

EDCI 495 Student Teaching in Secondary Schools: Physical Education (2-8) 
Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 

EDCI 496 Student Teaching Seminar in Library Media Services (3) 

An analysis of theory, strategies, and techniques in relation to the student teaching experience. 
EDCI 497 The Study of Teaching (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCI 481 : corequisite: EDCI 489. Identification and exmination of learner and teacher 
outcome variables related to teaching systems, methods, and processes. Methods of conducting 
classroom research. 

EDCI 498 Special Problems in Teacher Education (1-6) 

Prerequisite: Consent of advisor. Available only to curriculum and instruction majors who have de- 
finite plans for individual study of approved problems. Credit according to extent of work. 
EDCI 499 Workshops, Clinics, and Institutes (1-6) 

The maximum number of credits that may be earned under this course symbol toward any degree is 
six semester hours; the symbol may be used two or more times until six semester hours have been 
reached. The following types of educational enterprise may be scheduled under this course heading: 
workshops conducted by the College of Education (or developed cooperatively with other colleges 
and universities) and not otherwise covered in the present course listing; clinical experiences in 
pupil-testing centers, reading clinics, speech therapy laboratories, and special education centers; in- 
stitutes developed around specific topics or problems and intended for designated groups such as 
school superintendents, principals and supervisors. 
EDCI 600 Trends in Art Education Curriculum (3) 

The effect of recent developments in educational thinking and practice on the curriculum in art edu- 
cation. 

EDCI 601 History of Art Education (3) 

A study of the growth of the art curriculum in American schools. Perspective on art education phi- 
losophy as viewed through a historical survey beginning with the United States colonial period to the 
present. 



EDCI — Curriculum and Instruction 281 



EDCI 602 The Teaching of Aesthetics in the Public Schools (3) 

The aesthetic foundations of art education. Development of skills necessary for critical investigation 
of works of art, and identification of curriculum implications resulting from various aesthetic and 
psychological approaches to art. 

EDCI 610 Curriculum for Early Childhood Education (3) 

Basic examination of curriculum theory, research and practice in educational settings for infants and 
children to age eight. 

EDCI 611 The Young Child in the Community (3) 

Analysis of the impact of major social and economic trends on young children through study and re- 
search of community agencies, commercial enterprises and social experiences. 
EDCI 612 Teaching Strategies in Early Childhood Education (3) 

An examination of theory and research concerning teacher-learner interaction. Analysis of planning, 
organization of learning environments, evaluation of learning, general classroom management, and 
inter-personal relationships. 
EDCI 613 Teacher-Parent Relationships (3) 

Research in the teachers" role in parent involvement in school activities and processes. 
EDCI 614 Intellectual and Creative Experiences in Early Childhood Education (3) 
A critical examination of theories of intellectual and creative development, language development, 
problem solving and critical thinking. 

EDCI 620 Trends in Secondary School Curriculum: Social Studies (3) 

The effect of recent developments in educational thinking and practice on the curriculum in social 
studies. 

EDCI 621 Trends in Secondary School Curriculum: Geography (3) 

The effect of recent developments in educational thinking and practice on the curriculum in geogra- 
phy. 

EDCI 622 Teaching Social Studies in Elementary Schools (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCI 322 or consent of instructor. Examination of current literature and research re- 
ports in the social sciences as they relate to social studies curriculum and instruction. 
EDCI 630 Trends in Secondary School Curriculum: Foreign Language (3) 
The effect of recent developments in educational thinking and practice on the curriculum in foreign 
language education. 

EDCI 631 Testing in the Foreign Language/ESL Classroom (3) 

Analysis of standardized and teacher-made FL/ESL tests; i.e., aptitude, achievement, and proficien- 
cy; emphasis on principles of FL/ESL test construction with opportunity to field test commercial and 
teacher-made materials. 
EDCI 634 Advanced TESOL Methods (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCI 434 or equivalent. Reading, writing, listening and speaking skills; work in diag- 
nosing student strengths and weaknesses in English: development of ESOL instructional materials 
and TESOL research projects. 

EDCI 637 Advanced Laboratory Practice in Foreign Language/ESOL Education (2-6) 
Prerequisites: EDCI 434 and 634 or consent of instructor. Supervised internship in TESOL setting. 
Six credits require full-time work for one-half semester. A full-time commitment involving ob- 
serving, tutoring, teaching. 

EDCI 640 Trends in Secondary School Curriculum: English (3) 

The effect of recent developments in educational thinking and practice on the curriculum in english 
education. 

EDCI 641 Trends in Secondary School Curriculum: Speech (3) 
The effect of recent developments in educational thinking and practice on the curriculum in speech. 



282 Course Descriptions 



EDCI 642 Communications and the School Curriculum (3) 

Curriculum development based on communication as the major vehicle for describing the learner's 
interactions with persons, knowledge, and materials in the classroom and school environment. 
EDCI 643 Teaching Language Arts in Elementary Schools (3) 

Prerequisite. EDCI 342 or consent of instructor. Analysis of current issues, trends, and problems in 
language-arts instruction in terms of research in educational theory and the language arts; processes 
for effecting changes in methods and materials for classroom instruction. 
EDCI 644 Teaching Children's Literature in the Classroom (3) 

Issues and trends in children's literature with emphasis on implications in classroom settings. 
Contemporary social conditions and problems, trends in publishing, advertising, censorship, media 
adaptation, and reading habits. 
EDCI 650 Trends in Mathematics Education (3) 

Recent developments in educational thinking and practice which have affected the curriculum in 
mathematics. 

EDCI 651 Theoretical and Research Foundations of Elementary School Mathematics (3) 
Prerequisite: EDCI 352 or equivalent, or consent of the instructor. Theoretical and research litera- 
ture interrelating mathematics education with psychology, sociology, philosophy, and history. 
Evaluation of the influence of this literature on research, teacher preparation, and mathematics in- 
struction in schools. 

EDCI 652 Elementary School Mathematics Curricula (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCI 352 or equivalent, and consent of instructor. Critical evaluation of past and pre- 
sent curricular projects, experimental programs, and instructional materials. Design and implementa- 
tion of elementary school mathematics curricula. 

EDCI 653 Diagnosis and Treatment of Learning Disabilities in Mathematics I (3) 
Prerequisite: EDCI 352 or equivalent and approval of instructor. Diagnosis and treatment of disabil- 
ities in mathematics. Theoretical models, specific diagnostic and instructional techniques and ma- 
terials for working with children in both clinical and classroom settings. Practice using techniques by 
conducting case studies with children previously diagnosed as primarily corrective rather than se- 
verely disabled. Clinic hours to be arranged. 

EDCI 654 Diagnosis and Treatment of Learning Disabilities in Mathematics II (3) 
Prerequisite. EDCI 653 or equivalent and consent of instructor. Diagnosis and treatment of severe 
learning disabilities in elementary school mathematics. Theoretical models, relevant research and 
specific techniques appropriate for accessing the interaction of subject matter, organisniic, and in- 
structional variables. Clinic hours for case study work to be arranged. 

EDCI 655 Practicum in Diagnosis and Treatment of Learning Disabilities in Mathematics (3) 
Prerequisite: EDCI 654 or equivalent and consent of instructor. Supervised clinical research studies 
with children experiencing learning difficulties in mathematics. 
EDCI 660 Corrective Reading Instruction (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCI 362 or 463, or equivalent. Diagnostic techniques, instructional materials and 
teaching procedures useful in the regular classroom; appropriate for teachers, supervisors, and ad- 
ministrators. 

EDCI 661 Teaching Reading in the Content Areas (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCI 362 or 463. The effect of recent developments in educational thinking and prac- 
tice on the teaching of reading in the content areas. Focus on improving student achievement in con- 
tent disciplines where reading materials are used as instructional resources. 
EDCI 662 Reading Diagnostic Assessment and Prescription (3) 

Prerequisites: 12 credits of -graduate study in education, or consent of instructor. Survey course in 
reading diagnosis and prescription for graduate students not majoring in reading. The interpretation 



EDCI — Curriculum and Instruction 283 



of reading diagnostic techniques with an overview of various prescriptions based on diagnosis. 
EDCI 663 Teaching Reading in the Elementary School (3) 

Implications of current theory and the results of research for the teaching of reading in the elemen- 
tary school. 

EDCI 664 Clinical Assessment in Reading (3) 

Prerequisites: EDCI 660 and EDCI 663 or 667. Clinical diagnostic techniques and materials useful 
to the reading specialist in assessing serious reading difficulties. At least one diagnostic screening 
conducted with a school age student. 

EDCI 665 Clinical Remediation of Reading Disabilities (3) 

Prerequisites: EDCI 660 and EDCI 663 or 667. Remedial procedures and materials useful to the 
reading specialist in planning programs of individual and small group instruction. 
EDCI 666 The Role of the Reading Resource Teacher (3) 

Prerequisites: EDCI 663 or 667 and EDMS 645. Preparation of reading personnel to function as re- 
source persotis to classroom teachers, administrators and the school community. Emphasis on role 
expectations, pertinent research, literature review and on site experiences, 
EDCI 667 Teaching Reading in Secondary Schools (3) 

Implications of current theory and the results of research for the teaching of reading in the secondary 
school. 

EDCI 670 Trends in Secondary School Curriculum: Science (3) 

The effect of recent developments in educational thinking and practice on the curriculum in science 
education. 

EDCI 671 Teaching Science in Elementary Schools (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCI 372 or consent of instructor. Analysis of the teaching of science to children 
through (I) the identification of problems to teaching science, (2) the investigation and study of re- 
search reports related to the identified problems, and (3) the hypothesizing of methods for improving 
the effectiveness of science education for children. 

EDCI 672 Curriculum Innovations in Early Childhood-Elementary Science Education (3) 
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Analysis of curricula in early childhood-elementary science; in- 
teraction with early childhood-element ary school children using selected activities from science cur- 
ricula. 

EDCI 677 Computers in Science Education (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCI 487 or consent of instructor. A survey and analysis of current and projected 
methods by which computers can augment classroom and laboratory-based science instruction in 
school and nonschool settings. An evaluation of representative uses, including simulations, gaming, 
laboratory data, logging and analysis, and scientific data base exploration. in the light of contem- 
porary science education goals and instruction strategies. 
EDCI 680 Trends in Secondary School Curriculum (3) 

The effect of recent developments in educational thinking and practice on the curriculum. 
EDCI 681 Trends in Elementary School Curriculum (3) 

Recent developments in educational thinking and practice which have affected the curriculum in ele- 
mentary education. 

EDCI 682 Trends in Secondary School Curriculum: Urban Schools (3) 

The effect of recent developments in educational thinking and practice on the curriculum in urban 
schools. 

EDCI 683 Implementation of Curricular Specialties (3) 

Implementation of curricular specialties in educational settings: research methods applied in curricu- 
lum implementation: societal values, ethics and responsibilities associated with the implementation 
of curricular specialties: and personal capabilities to successfully implement curriculum. 



284 Course Descriptions 



EDCI 684 Introduction to Field Methods in School and Community (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Application of selected field research methods to problems of 
professional practice. Issues pertaining to the role and responsibilities of the field investigator 
working in schools and other service agencies. Students plan and conduct field study utilizing quali- 
tative field techniques. 
EDCI 685 Research Methods (3) 

The interpretation and conduct of research in curriculum and instruction. 
EDCI 687 Applications of Computers in Instructional Settings (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCI 487 or consent of instructor. Applications of computers in instructional settings. 
Psychological and human-factor implications. The application of learning theory to such topics as si- 
mulations. CMI. CAI, and representative courseware and hardware evaluations. 
EDCI 700 Theory and Research in Art Education (3) 

A survey of the research literature; evaluation of research techniques; consideration of relevant in- 
structional curriculum theory; evaluation of modem teaching methods and techniques. 
EDCI 701 Theory and Research in Music Education (3) 

A survey of the research literature; evaluation of research techniques; consideration of relevant in- 
structional curriculum theory; evaluation of modem teaching methods and techniques. 
EDCI 710 Staffing in Early Childhood Programs (3) 

For advanced students in early childhood education. Problems involved in administration of faculty 
and staff in programs for young children. 

EDCI 711 Education and Group Care of the Infant and Young Child (3) 

Prerequisite: EDMS 645 or con.sent of the instructor. The historical, theoretical and empirical basis 
for the group care and education of young children with special emphasis on the child under the age 
of three. 

EDCI 713 Research in Early Childhood Education (3) 

Prerequisites: EDMS 645 or equivalent. The design and conduct of research with infants and chil- 
dren to age eight; reviews, evaluations and discussions of significant and relevant early childhood re- 
search literature. 

EDCI 720 Theory and Research in Social Studies Education (3) 

Prerequisites: EDCI 620 or 622, and EDMS 645. A survey of the research literature; evaluation of 
research techniques; consideration of relevant instructional curriculum theory; evaluation of modem 
teaching methods and techniques. 

EDCI 730 Theory and Research in Foreign Language/ESOL Education (3) 
A survey of the research literature; evaluation of research techniques; consideration of relevant in- 
stmctional curriculum theory; evaluation of modem teaching methods and techniques. 
EDCI 731 Advanced Teaching of Reading in a Second Language (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCI 435. A survey of research literature and evaluation of research techniques ap- 
plied in second language teaching/learning. Interpretations of diagnostic techniques with prescrip- 
tions for meeting individual differences based upon student's cultural background. 
EDCI 740 Theory and Research in English Education (3) 

A survey of the research literature; evaluation of research techniques; consideration of relevant in- 
stmctional curriculum theory; evaluation of modem teaching methods and techniques. 
EDCI 741 Theory and Research in Speech Education (3) 

A survey of the research literature; evaluation of research techniques; consideration of relevant in- 
structional curriculum theory; evaluation of modern teaching methods and techniques. 
EDCI 750 Theory and Research in Mathematics Education (3) 

A survey of the research literature; evaluation of research techniques; consideration of relevant in- 
structional curriculum theory; evaluation of modem teaching methods and techniques. 



EDCI — Curriculum and Instruction 285 



EDCI 761 Advanced Clinical Practices in Reading Diagnosis (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCI 665. Corequisite: EDCI 762. Diagnostic work with children in clinic and school 
situations. Administration, and interpretation. Prescription, diagnostic instrument, case report writing 
and conferences. 

EDCI 762 Advanced Clinical Practices in Reading Instruction (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCI 665. Corequisite: EDCI 761. Remedial instruction with children in clinic and 
school situations. The development of competency in remedial techniques, diagnostic teaching and 
evaluation. 

EDCI 769 Theory and Research in Reading (3) 

Prerequisite - consent of instructor. Survey of the literature in reading and allied fields, an examina- 
tion of current research directions and methodologies. Implications for classroom practice. 
Repeatable to a maximum of six credits. 
EDCI 770 Foundations of Science Education (3) 

Prerequisites: EDCI 670 or 671. or consent of instructor. The study and interpretation of science 
education literature describing the development of science education: pre-kindergarten through col- 
lege; the establishment of frames of reference to determine the influences on current and future prac- 
tices in science education: and the identification and critical analysis of topics in science education. 
EDCI 771 Theory and Research in Science Education (3) 

Prerequisites: EDCI 770 and EDMS 646. or con.tenl of instructor. A study of various techniques 
and paradigms for research in science education, pre-kindergarten through college. The significance 
of selected science education research studies. The identification and critical analysis of one re- 
searchable topic in science education and the development of a proposal for this topic which outlines 
a well delineated research plan. 
EDCI 780 Theory and Research on Teaching (3) 

Analysis of general theory and research on teaching: the interactive process of instruction preschool 
through higher education in school and non-school settings: future directions and needed research. 
EDCI 781 Persons as Researchers (3) 

Study of the ways persons function as researchers and the reasons they pursue selected areas of in- 
quiry. Analysis of research roles, designs, and approaches in a variety of educational settings. 
EDCI 782 Theory and Research in Urban Education (3) 

A survey of the research literature: evaluation of research techniques: consideration of relevant in- 
structional curriculum theory; evaluation of modem teaching methods and techniques. 
EDCI 787 Computer Courseware Development (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCI 687 or consent of instructor. The design, creation, and refinement of instruction- 
al sequences using microcomputer capabilities and appropriate learning theory implications. 
Instructional modes including tutorial, drill and practice, simulation, and real-world interfacing. 
Advanced programming techniques using BASIC and author languages such as PILOT. 
EDCI 788 Selected Topics in Teacher Education (1-3) 

Current topics and issues in teacher education. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits when 
topic is different. 

EDCI 798 Special Problems in Teacher Education (1-6) 

Prerequisite: Consent of advisor. Intended for masters. AGS, or doctoral students in education who 
desire to pursue a research problem. 
EDCI 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 
EDCI 800 Seminar in Art Education (3) 
EDCI 810 Seminar in Early Childhood Education (3) 
EDCI 820 Seminar in Social Studies Education (3) 



286 Course Descriptions 



EDCI 822 Seminar in Secondary Education (3) 
EDCI 830 Seminar in Foreign Language Education (3) 
EDCI 840 Seminar in English Education (3) 
EDCI 841 Seminar in Speech Education (3) 
EDCI 858 Seminar in Mathematics Education (1-3) 

Survey and analysis of literature on an identified research topic in matiiematics education. Design 
and implementation of a research study to investigate the identified topic. Repeatable to a maximum 
of six credits. 

EDCI 860 Seminar in Reading Education (3) 
EDCI 861 Research Methods in Reading (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCI 769 and EDMS 646 or equivalent. Current research questions and methods 
culminating in a study suitable for submission to journals. Emphasis on using and conducting re- 
search. 

EDCI 870 Seminar in Science Education (3) 
EDCI 880 Doctoral Proposal Seminar (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of advisor and instructor. EDCI 685 and either EDCI 780 or EDCI 683. 
Definition of the problem, development of research design, design of data collection processes, and 
writing of proposal. 

EDCI 881 Seminar in Instructional Computing (3) 
EDCI 888 Apprenticeship in Education (1-8) 

Prerequisite: Consent of department. Apprentice practice under professional supervision in an area 
of competence compatible with the student's professional goals. Credit not to be granted for experi- 
ence accrued prior to registration. Open only to degree- and certificate-seeking graduate students. 
EDCI 889 Internship in Education (3-8) 

Prerequisite: Consent of department. Internship experiences at a professional level of competence in 
a particular role with appropriate supervision. Credit not to be granted for experience accrued prior 
to registration. Open only to students advanced to candidacy for doctoral degree. 
EDCI 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

EDCP — Education Counseling and Personnel Services 

EDCP 410 Introduction to Counseling and Personnel Services (3) 

Presents principles and procedures, and examines the function of counselors, psychologists in 
schools, school social workers, and other personnel service workers. 
EDCP 411 Mental Hygiene (3) 

Prerequisite: nine semester hours in the behavioral sciences or consent of department. Mechanisms 
involved with personal adjustment, coping skills, and the behaviors that lead to maladjustment. 
EDCP 413 Behavior Modification (3) 

Knowledge and techniques of intervention in a variety of social situations, including contingency 
contracting and time out will be acquired. 
EDCP 414 Principles of Behavior (3) 

Development of student proficiency in analyzing complex patterns of behavior on the basis of em- 
pirical evidence. 

EDCP 415 Behavior Mediation (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCP 414. Basic principles of human behavior will be reviewed and application of 
these principles will be implemented under supervision. 
EDCP 416 Theories of Counseling (3) 
An overview and comparison of the major theories of counseling, including an appraisal of their 



EDCP — Education Counseling and Personnel Services 287 



utility and empirical support. 

EDCP 417 Group Dynamics and Leadership (3) 

Two hours of lecture discussion and two hours of laboratory per week. 

The nature and property of groups, interaction analysis, developmental phases, leadership dynamics 
and styles, roles of members and interpersonal communications. Laboratory involves experimental 
based learning. ? 

EDCP 420 Education and Racism (3) 

Strategy development for counselors and educators to deal with problems of racism. 
EDCP 460 Introduction to Rehabilitation CounseHng (3) 

Introductory course for majors in rehabilitation counseling, social work, psychology, or education 
who desire to work professionally with physically or emotionally handicapped persons. 
EDCP 461 Psycho-Social Aspects of Disability (3) 

Theory and research concerning disability, with emphasis on crisis theory, loss and mourning, han- 
dicapped as a deviant group, sexuality and functional loss, attitude formation, dying process and 
coping. Implications for counseling and the rehabilitation process. 
EDCP 462 The Disabled Person in American Society (3) 

Critical examination of the history of legislation and analysis of current policies toward severely 
physically and mentally disabled persons. 
EDCP 470 Introduction to Student Personnel (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. A systematic analysis of research and theoretical literature on a 
variety of major problems in the organization and administration of student personnel services in 
higher education. Included will be discussion of such topics as the student personnel philosophy in 
education, counseling services, discipline, housing, student activities, financial aid, health, remedial 
services, etc. 

EDCP 489 Field Experiences in Counseling and Personnel Services (1^) 

Prerequisite: Consent of department. Planned field experience in education-related activities. Credit 
not to be granted for experiences accrued prior to registration. 
EDCP 498 Special Problems in Counseling and Personnel Services (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Available only to major students who have formal plans for indi- 
vidual study of approved problems. 
EDCP 499 Workshops, Clinics, Institutes ( 1-6) 

The maximum number of credits that may be earned under this course symbol toward any degree is 
six semester hours; the symbol may be used two or more times until six semester hours have been 
reached. The following type of educational enterprise may be scheduled under this course heading: 
workshops conducted by the Department of Counseling and Personnel Services (or developed coo- 
j)eratively with other departments, colleges and universities) and not otherwise covered in the present 
course listing; clinical experiences in counseling and testing centers, reading clinics, speech therapy 
laboratories, and special education centers; institutues developed around specific topics or problems 
and intended for designated groups. 
EDCP 605 Issues in Counseling Adults (3) 

Theoretical approaches to adult development. The scope and variety of settings (industry, education, 
government) in which programs of adult counseling and guidance take place, and the nature of such 
programs. 

EDCP 606 Counseling Adults in Transition (3) 

Theoretical background for understanding adult transitions such as divorce, promotion, major illness 
and bereavement. Strategies for helping adult clients cope with major life changes. 
EDCP 610 Professional Orientation (3) 
Survey of knowledge base and practices in counseling and personnel services specializations, profes- 



288 Course Descriptions 



sional ethics, credentialling relevant legislation, current issues. 
EDCP 611 Career Development Theory and Programs (3) 

Research and theory related to career and educational decisions; programs of related information and 
other activities in career decision. 

EDCP 614 Personality Theories in Counseling and Personnel Services (3) 

Exaniination of constructs and research relating to major personality theories with emphasis on their 
significance for working with the behaviors of individuals. 
EDCP 615 Counseling I: Appraisal (3) 

For counseling and personnel majors only. Collection and interpretation of appraisal data, synthesis 
of data through case study procedures. Development of interview skills. 
EDCP 616 Counseling II: Theory and Practice (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCP 615. Counseling theories and the practices which stem from such theories. 
EDCP 617 Group Counseling (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCP 616. A survey of theory, research and practice of group counseling and psycho- 
therapy with an introduction to growth groups and the laboratory approach, therapeutic factors in 
groups, composition of therapeutic groups, problem clients, therapeutic techniques, research meth- 
ods, theories, ethics and training of group counselors and therapists. 
EDCP 619 Practicum in Counseling (2-6) 

Prerequisites: EDCP 616 and permission of instructor. Sequence of supervised counseling experi- 
ences of increasing complexity. Limited to eight applicants in advance. Two hours class plus la- 
boratory. 

EDCP 625 Counseling the Chemically Dependent (3) 

Chemical dependency and its effects on the individual's pwrsonal, social, and work functioning. 
Counseling procedures for persons with drug and alcohol problems. 
EDCP 626 Group Counseling Practicum (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCP 617. EDCP 619. and consent of instructor. A supervised field experience in 
group counseling. 

EDCP 627 Process Consultation (3) 

Prerequisite: graduate course in group process. Study of case consultation, systems consultation, 
mental health consultation and the professional's role in systems intervention strategies. 
EDCP 633 Diagnostic Appraisal of Children I (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCP 726. Corequisite: EDCP 738. Assessment of development, emotional and 
learning problems of children. 
EDCP 634 Diagnostic Appraisal of Children II (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCP 633. Corequisite: EDCP 738. Assessment of development, emotional, and 
learning problems of children. 

EDCP 635 Therapeutic Techniques and Classroom Management I (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCP 414. Diagnosis and treatment of problems presented by teachers and parents. 
Practicum experience. 

EDCP 636 Therapeutic Techniques and Classroom Management II (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCP 635. The objective of this course is to understand and to treat children's prob- 
lems. The focus is primarily on the older child in secondary school and the orientation is essentially 
behavioral. Practicum experience will be provided. 
EDCP 655 Organization and Administration of Personnel Services (2) 

Prerequisite: EDCP 619 or permission of instructor. Exploration of personnel services programs and 
implementing personnel services practices. 



EDCP — Education Counseling and Personnel Services 289 



EDCP 656 Counseling and Personnel Services Seminar (2) 

Prerequisite: advanced standing. Examination of issues that bear on professional issues sucii as etli- 
ics, interprofessional relationships and research. 
EDCP 662 Medical Aspects of Disability (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCP 460 or consent of instructor. Appraisal of medical aspects in rehabilitation; na- 
ture, cause, treatment, limitations, prognosis of most common disabilities; medical terminology; role 
of the medical specialities. 
EDCP 663 Psychiatric Aspects of Disability (3) 

Prerequisite: EDCP 460 or equivalent and consent of instructor. Part of core curriculum in rehabili- 
tation counseling. The psychiatric rehabilitation client: understanding his needs, treatment appro- 
aches available, and society's reaction to the client. 
EDCP 668 Special Topics in Rehabilitation (1-6) 

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. Repeatable to a maximum of six hours. 
EDCP 716 Advanced Counseling Theory Seminar (3) 

Prerequisite: Master' s degree in counseling, or instructor's permission. Systematic investigation of 
methods of theory analysis and their application to counseling theory. 
EDCP 717 Evaluation of Research in Counseling (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of department. Research on process and outcome in counseling. A review of 
research and appropriate research methodologies. 
EDCP 718 Advanced Seminar in Group Processes (2-6) 
Prerequisites: EDCP 626. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits. 
EDCP 726 Practicum in Individual Testing I (3) 

Prerequisite: EDMS 622. The administration and interpretation of the Stanford-Binet and Wechsler 
scales of intelligence. 

EDCP 727 Practicum in Individual Testing II (3) 

Prerequisite: EDMS 622 and consent of the instructor. Practicum experience in the administration of 
and the interpretation of the results of individual psychological tests. Alternate instruments to the 
Stanford-Binet and Wechsler scales of intelligence and the measurement of special abilities through 
the use of appropriate instruments. 
EDCP 735 Seminar in Rehabilitation Counseling (2) 

This course is part of the core curriculum for rehabilitation counselors. It is designed to provide the 
advanced rehabilitation counseling student with a formal seminar to discuss, evaluate and attempt to 
reach personal resolution regarding pertinent professional problems and issues in the field. 
EDCP 738 Practicum in Child Assessment (1-6) 

Corequisite: EDCP 633 or EDCP 634. Administration of complete test batteries to children; supervi- 
sion of initial interviews: test administration and scoring: interpretation and synthesis of test battery 
and interview material: the psychological report; verbal interpretation of test results; and recommen- 
dations. Taken initially with EDCP 633; repeated with EDCP 634 in the subsequent semester. 
Repeatable to a maximum of six credits. 
EDCP 771 The College Student (3) 

A demographic study of the characteristics of college students as well as a study of their aspirations, 
values, and purposes. 

EDCP 776 ModiHcation of Human Behavior: Laboratory and Practicum (3) 
Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Individual and group supervised introduction to intake and 
counseling relationships. 

EDCP 777 Modification of Human Behavior: Laboratory and Praticum (3) 
Prerequisite: EDCP 776 and permission of instructor. Continuation of EDCP 776. Further experi- 
ence under direct supervision of more varied forms of counseling relationships. 



290 Course Descriptions 



EDCP 778 Research Proposal Seminar (3) 

The development of thesis, dissertation or other research proposals. 
EDCP 788 Advanced Practicum (1-6) 

Prerequisite : permission of instructor, previous practicum experience. Individual supervision in one 
of the following areas: (a) individual counseling, (b) group counseling, (c) consultation, or id) ad- 
ministration. 

EDCP 789 Advanced Topics in Counseling and Personnel Services (1-6) 
Repeatable to a maximum of 6 credits. 
EDCP 794 Gender-Related Issues in Counseling (3) 

The implications of gender roles and conflicts on the counseling process: philosophical, clinical, and 
research issues. 

EDCP 798 Special Problems in Counseling and Personnel Services (1-6) 

Master's AGS, or doctoral candidates who desire to pursue special research problems under the 
direction of their advisers may register for credit under this number. 
EDCP 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 
Registration required to the extent of six hours for Master's thesis. 
EDCP 888 Apprenticeship in Counseling and Personnel Services (1-8) 

Prerequisite: consent of department . Apprentice practice under professional supervision in an area of 
competence compatible with the student's professional goals . Credit not to be granted for experi- 
ence accrued prior to registration. Open only to degree- and certificate-seeking graduate students. 
EDCP 889 Internship in Counseling and Personnel Services (3-8) 

Prerequisite: consent of department. Internship experiences at a professional level of competence in 
a particular role with appropriate supervision. Credit not to be granted for experience accrued prior 
to registration. Open only to students advanced to candidacy for doctoral degree. 
EDCP 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

Registration required to the extent of 6-9 hours for an ED.D. Project and 12-18 hours for a Ph.D. 
Dissertation. 

EDHD — Education, Human Development 

EDHD 400 Introduction to Gerontology (3) 

Multidisciplinary survey of the processes of aging. Physiological changes, cultural forces, and self- 
processes that bear on quality of life in later years. Field study of programs, institutions for elderly, 
individual elders, their families and care providers. 
EDHD 411 Child Growth and Development (3) 

Theoretical approaches to and empirical studies of physical, psychological and social development 
from conception to puberty. Implications for home, school and community. 
EDHD 413 Adolescent Development (3) 

Adolescent development, including special problems encountered in contemporary culture. 
Observational component and individual case study. Does not satisfy requirement for professional 
teacher education program. 

EDHD 416 Scientific Concepts in Human Development III (3) 

Guided reading and observation of students through the school year. Impact of family, school, so- 
ciety, and peer group on individual. Analysis of field data in terms of behavioral patterns. 
EDHD 417 Laboratory in Behavior Analysis HI (3) 

Prerequisite: EDHD 416. Continuation of analysis of field observations: emphasis on cognitive pro- 
cesses, motivation, self-concept, attitudes and values. 
EDHD 419 Human Development and Learning in School Settings (3) 
Prerequisite: classroom teaching experience or consent of instructor. Advanced study of human 



EDHD — Education, Human Development 291 



development and learning in different phases of school program over a period of time. Repeatable 
for maximum of 6 credits if topics differ. 
EDHD 445 Guidance of Young Children (3) 

Prerequisite: PSYC 100 or EDHD 306 or consent of instructor. Practical aspects for helping and 
working with children, drawing on research, clinical studies, and observation. Implications for day 
care and other public issues. 
EDHD 460 Educational Psychology (3) 

Prerequisite: PSYC 100 or EDHD 306 or consent of instructor. Application of psychology to 
learning processes and theories. Individual differences, measurement, motivation, emotions, intelli- 
gence, attitudes, problem solving, thinking and communicating in educational settings. (May not be 
substituted for EDHD 300 by students in professional teacher education programs.) 
EDHD 489 Field Experiences in Education (1^) 

Prerequisite: Consent of department. Planned field experience in education-related activities. Credit 
not to be granted for experiences accrued prior to registration. 
EDHD 498 Special Problems in Education (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Available only to mature students who have definite plans for in- 
dividual study of approved problems. 
EDHD 499 Workshops, Clinics, and Institutes (1-6) 

The maximum number of credits that may be earned under this course symbol toward any degree is 
six semester hours; the symbol may be used two or more times until six semester hours have been 
reached the following type of educational enterprise may be scheduled under this course heading; 
workshops conducted by the College of Education (or developed cooperatively with other colleges 
and universities) and not otherwise covered in the present course listing; clinical experiences in 
pupil-testing centers, reading clinics, speech therapy laboratories, and special education centers; in- 
stitutes developed around specific topics or problems and intended for designated groups such as 
school superintendents, principals and supervisors. 
EDHD 600 Introduction to Human Development and Child Study (3) 

An overview of the multidisciplinary, scientific principles which describe human development and 
behavior and an application of the.se principles in an analysis of a behavioral record. Techniques of 
observation, recording, and analysis of human behavior. Emphasis on critiquing and applying re- 
search findings. 

EDHD 601 Biological Bases of Behavior (3) 

EDHD 600 or its equivalent must be taken before EDHD 601 or concurrently. Emphasizes that un- 
derstanding human life, growth and behavior depends on understanding the ways in which the body 
is able to capture, control and expend energy. Application throughout is made to human body pro- 
cesses and implications for understanding and working with people. 
EDHD 602 Social Bases of Behavior (3) 

The social forces and expectations that influence behavior from infancy through old age and death. 
The effects of ethnicity, social learning values, attitudes, historical events and mass media on per- 
ception and behavior in societal interactions. 
EDHD 603 Integrative Bases of Behavior (3) 

EDHD 600 or its equivalent. Prerequisites are EDHD 601 AND 602. Analyzes the organized and 
integrated pattern of feeling, thinking and behaving which emerge from the interaction of basic bio- 
logical drives and potentials with one's unique experience growing up in a social group. 
EDHD 610 Physiological Aspects of Aging (3) 

Prerequisite: ZOOL 201 OR 202 or equivalent, or consent of instructor. Physiological changes with 
advancing age including cells and tissues; metabolism; homeostasis; and sensorium, with implica- 
tions with respect to coping with these changes. 



292 Course Descriptions 



EDHD 613 Advanced Laboratory in Behavior Analysis 1 (3) 

First of a three-hour sequence in the study of behavior. Analysis focuses upon the major forces 
which shape the development and learning of children and youth. Summer session only. 
EDHD 615 Advanced Laboratory in Behavior Analysis II (3) 

Prerequisite: EDHD 613 or equivalent. Second of a three-course sequence in the behavior analysis 
of children and youth focusing on self-developmental and self-adjustive processes. Summer session 
only. 

EDHD 617 Advanced Laboratory in Behavior Analysis III (3) 

Prerequisite: EDHD 615 or equivalent. Third of a three-course sequence in the behavioral analysis 
of children and youth which contrasts the child's concept of self and the world and the world's con- 
cept of the child. Summer session only. 

EDHD 619 Advanced Scientiric Concepts in Human Development (3) 

A critical examination of concepts and issues in contemporary culture as these relate to the develop- 
ment and learning of children and youth. Summer session only. Repeatable to a maximum of 6 cred- 
its. 

EDHD 620 Aging in the Cultural Context (3) 

The factors and forces that affect life quality in the late years. Identification of economic, social? 
and governmental influences in the cultural context that enhance or impede continued growth of the 
person. Individual projects involving direct field experience. 
EDHD 630 Cognitive Processes During Aging (3) 

Cognitive functioning of the aged. The roles of cultural, environmental and affectional variables as 
they contribute to the healthy functioning of cognitive processes. On-site field trips to consolidate an 
understanding of these interrelationships. Designed for those who desire a fuller understanding of 
life-span human development and/or are interested in working with the elderly. 
EDHD 659 Direct Study of Individuals (3) 

Observational techniques to record the behavior of an individual. Procedures to ensure objectivity in 
data collection. Methods used to analyze, categorize, quantify observational data in research. 
EDHD 700 Infant Development (3) 

An examination of recent research findings in physical, social, emotional and language development 
during infancy. A review of prenatal and perinatal factors in relation to their influence on later deve- 
lopment. 

EDHD 701 Training the Parent Educator (3) 

Prerequisite: course in child development at the 400 level or above. History, philosophy, and ethics 
of parent education, and examination of issues critical to the design, implementation, and evaluation 
of parent education programs. Training in communication and leadership skills. 
EDHD 710 Affectional Relationships and Processes in Human Development (3) 
EDHD 600 or its equivalent must be taken before or concurrently. Describes the normal develop- 
ment, expression and influence of love in infancy, childhood, adolescence and adulthood. Deals 
with the influence of parent-child relationship involving normal acceptance, neglect, rejection, in- 
consistency, and over-protection upon health, learning, emotional behavior and personality adjust- 
ment and development. 

EDHD 711 Peer-culture and Group Processes in Human Development (3) 
EDHD 600 or its equivalent must be taken before or concurrently. Analyzes the process of group 
formation, role-taking and status-winning, describes the emergence of the "peer-culture" during 
childhood and the evolution of the child society at different maturity levels to adulthood. Analyzes 
the developmental tasks and adjustment problems associated with winning, belonging, and playing 
roles in the peer group. 



EDHD — Education, Human Development 293 



EDHD 721 Learning Theory and the Educative Process I (3) 

Major theories, issues and researcii in learning and cognitive development. Emphasis on the applica- 
tion of these theories to education and the helping professions. 
EDHD 722 Learning Theory and the Educative Process II (3) 

Prerequisite: EDHD 721 or consent of instructor . Advanced study of theories, issues and research in 
several categories of cognition and learning applied to education and the helping professions. 
EDHD 730 Field Program in Child Study I (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Offers introductory training and apprenticeship preparing persons 
to become staff members in human development workshops, consultants in child study field pro- 
grams and coordinators of municipal or regional child study programs for teachers or parents. 
Extensive field experience is provided. In general, this training is open only to persons who have 
passed their preliminary examinations for the doctorate with a major in human development or psy- 
chology. 

EDHD 731 Field Program in Child Study II (3) 

Prerequisite: EDHD 730 or consent of instructor. Offers advanced training and apprenticeship pre- 
paring persons to become staff members in human development workshops, consultants to child stu- 
dy field programs and coordinators of municipal or regional child study programs for teachers or 
parents extensive field experience is provided. In general, this training is open only to persons who 
have passed their preliminary examinations for the doctorate with a major in human development or 
psychology. 

EDHD 740 Theories of Conflict Resolution in Human Development (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Psychological and sociological theories regarding the nature of 
human conflict and its resolution and research regarding bargaining and negotiation techniques. 
Applications to students" professional work. 
EDHD 741 Conflict Resolution in Divorce Settlement (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Conflict resolution and negotiation techniques to the divorce 
settlement process. Neutral third party negotiation in conjunction with legal professionals in re- 
solving issues of child custody and visitation, division of marital property, spousal support, and 
child support. 

EDHD 779 Special Topics in Human Development (1-6) 
Prerequisite: consent of instructor. 

EDHD 780 Research Methods in Human Development (3) 

Prerequisite: EDMS 651 or equivalent. Potentials and limitations of empirical observation for contri- 
buting to human development knowledge, locating and evaluating relevant human development re- 
search, and choosing and applying statistical techniques to human development problems. 
EDHD 789 Internship in Human Development (3-8) 

Prerequisites: nine credits of human development and consent of instructor. Internship experience in 
one or more human service agencies in the community. Repeatable to a maximum of nine credits. 
EDHD 798 Special Problems in Education (1-6) 

Master's AGS, or doctoral candidates who desire to pursue special research problems under the 
direction of their advisors may register for credit under this number. 
EDHD 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 
Registration required to the extent of six hours for master's thesis. 
EDHD 810 Physical Processes in Human Development I (3) 

Prerequisite: Consent of department. Doctoral core course focused on the biological bases of human 
behavior including physiological processes which have an impact on human development and behav- 
ior. Emphasis on theoretical perspectives and identification of research problems. 



294 Course Descriptions 



EDHD 811 Physical Processes in Human Development II (3) 

Prerequisite: EDHD 810 or consent of instructor. Advanced doctoral seminar in the biological bases 
of behavior with consideration of selected topics introduced in EDHD 810. Identification of research 
problems and areas of application. 

EDHD 820 Socialization Processes in Human Development I (3) 

Prerequisite: Consent of department . Doctoral core course focused on the socialization of human be- 
ings. Emphasis on theoretical perspectives from sociology, anthropology, and psychology; examina- 
tion of the outcomes of socialization (e.g., sex role, moral behavior). 
EDHD 821 Socialization Processes in Human Development II (3) 

Prerequisite: EDHD 820 or consent of instructor. Advanced doctoral seminar on socialization and 
social development with consideration of selected topics introduced in EDHD 820. Identification of 
research problems and areas of application. 
EDHD 830 Self Processes in Human Development I (3) 

Prerequisite: Consent of department . Doctoral core course focused on personality theories — their 
history, constructs, and methods; examination of the reciprocal relation between self and the social 
environment; consideration of different conceptualization of self-processes and related personality re- 
search. 

EDHD 831 Self Processes in Human Development 11 (3) 

Prerequisite: EDHD 830 or consent of instructor. Advanced doctoral seminar on current theoretical 
perspectives in self-processes, with consideration of selected topics introduced in EDHD 830. 
Identification of research problems and areas of application. 
EDHD 860 Synthesis of Human Development Concepts (3) 

Prerequisites: EDHD 810. 820 and 830. A seminar wherein advanced students work toward a per- 
sonal synthesis of their own concepts in human growth and development. Emphasis is placed on see- 
ing the dynamic interrelations between all process in the behavior and development of an individual. 
EDHD 878 Team Research in Human Development (3) 

Pre- or corequisite: EDMS 651: consent of department. Current research literature in human deve- 
lopment. Definition of a research problem . Design and implemention of a research study in colla- 
boration with faculty, with completed project presented to colloquium of faculty/students. Must be 
taken in consecutive fall and spring terms. Repeatable to a maximum of six (6) credits. 
EDHD 888 Apprenticeship in Education (1-8) 

Prerequisite: consent of department . Apprentice practice under professional supervision in an area of 
competence compatible with the student's professional goals. Credit not to be granted for experience 
accrued prior to registration. Open only to degree- and certificate-seeking graduate students. 
EDHD 889 Internship in Education (3-8) 

Prerequisite: consent of department. Internship experiences at a professional level of competence in 
a particular role with appropriate supervision. Credit not to be granted for experience accrued prior 
to registration. Open only to students advanced to candidacy for doctoral degree. 
EDHD 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

Registration required to the extent of 6-9 hours for an ED.D. Project and 12-18 hours for a Ph.D. 
Dissertation. 

EDIT — Industrial, Technological and Occupational Education 

EDIT 400 Technology Activities For the Elementary School (3) 

Experience in the development and use of technology and career education instructional materials for 

construction activities in an interdisciplinary approach to elementary school education. 

EDIT 401 Essentials of Design (2) 

Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite: EDIT 101 and basic laboratory work. A study of the 



EDIT — Industrial, Technological and Occupational Education 295 



basic principles of design and practice witii application to the construction of laboratory projects. 
EDIT 402 Methods and Materials in Teaching Bookkeeping and Related Subjects (3) 
Important problems and procedures in the mastery of bookkeeping and related office knowledge and 
skills. Consideration of materials and teaching procedures. 
EDIT 403 Problems in Teaching Office Skills (3) 

Problems in development of occupational competency, achievement tests, standards of achievement, 
instructional materials, transcription, and the integration of office skills. 
EDIT 404 Basic Business Education in the Secondary Schools (3) 

Subject matter selection; methods of organization; and presenting business principles, knowledge and 
practices. 

EDIT 405 Business Communications (3) 

The fundamental principles of effective written communication. Word usage, grammar, punctua- 
tion, principles and procedures for writing business letters, and the principles and procedures for 
writing formal research reports. 
EDIT 406 Word Processing (3) 

An introduction to the word processing field with emphasis on word processing theory and concepts 
including hands-on equipment training. Management of office personnel, procedures, and equip- 
ment; the incorporation of word processing into the school curriculum, the automated office of the 
future and career opportunities., n-site field experiences are scheduled throughout the course. 
EDIT 410 Administration and Program Development for Industrial Arts and Vocational 
Education (3) 

Principles and practices of program development and supervision with reference to the role of the 
departmental chairperson in vocational, technical, and industrial arts programs at the secondary and 
post-secondary levels. ^ 

EDIT 412 Management of Physical Facilities in Industrial Arts and Vocational Education (3) 
Principles, practices, and theory related to the role of the departmental chairperson charged with the 
management of the physical facilities in vocational, technical, and industrial arts laboratories. 
EDIT 413 Methods and Materials in Distributive Education (3) 

Basic methods and materials needed to teach the preparatory classroom related instruction of a one 
or two year distributive education program. The organization of special supplementary materials for 
individual and group instruction. Youth club programs, organization, and administration. 
EDIT 414 Organization and Coordination of Cooperative Education Programs (3) 
The organization of a cooperative distributive education program; the development of an effective 
cooperative relationship between coordinator and training sponsor; the selection, orientation, and 
training of sponsors; analysis of training opportunities, reports and records; the evaluation and selec- 
tion of students for part-time cooperative work assignments; and the evaluation of the program. 
EDIT 415 Financial and Economic Education I (3) 

Problems of teaching courses in personal finance and economics in the public schools, including ma- 
terials and resources. 

EDIT 416 Financial and Economic Education II (3) 
Continuation of EDIT 415. 

EDIT 421 Industrial Arts in Special Education (3) 

Four hours laboratory and one hour lecture per week. Prerequisite: EDSP 470 and 471 or consent of 
instructor. Experiences of a technical and theoretical nature in industrial processes applicable for 
classroom use. Emphasis on individual research in the specific area of major interest in special edu- 
cation. 
EDIT 422 Student Teaching: Industrial Arts Education (2-12) 



296 Course Descriptions 



EDIT 425 Analysis of Industrial Training Programs I (3) 

An overview of the function of industrial training, including methods of instruction, types of pro- 
grams and their organization, development of program objectives, and evaluation. 
EDIT 426 Analysis of Industrial Training Programs II (3) 

Prerequisite: EDIT 425 . Continuation of EDIT 425. Studies of training programs in a variety of in- 
dustries, including plant program visitation, training program development, and analysis of industrial 
training research. 

EDIT 427 Experimental Electronics (2) 

Six hours of laboratory per week. Student investigation of an area of electronics of particular interest 
or usefulness at a depth appropriate for student background and need. Emphasis on student-based 
objectives relating to one or more of the following: digital circuitry, communication, energy conver- 
sion, test equipment utilization, analog circuitry. 
EDIT 432 Student Teaching: Business Education (2-121 
EDIT 433 Advanced Topics in Power Technology (3| 

Two hours of lecture and four hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: EDIT 233 or equivalent. 
The development of a competency in building and evaluating the performance of energy transmis 
sion, control and converter systems. Methane digestors. solar collectors, electric motors, steam tur- 
bines, and fluid power systems. 

EDIT 434 Color Reproduction in Graphic Communications (3) 
Two hours of lecture and four hours of laboratory per week. 

Prerequisite: EDIT 334 or equivalent. An advanced course in the theory and processes of color 
graphic reproduction. Continuous tone color photography, flat color preparation, process color se- 
parations and the reproduction of a multi-color product on a semi-automatic or automatic printing 
press. ? 

EDIT 435 Curriculum Development in Home Economics (3) 

An analysis of curriculum development including the tools for planning, managing, and evaluating 
the teaching/learning environment of conceptual curriculum design. 
EDIT 436 Analysis of Child Development Laboratory Practices (3) 

Prerequisite: FMCD 332 or EDHD 411. Integration of child development theories with laboratory 
practices; observation and participation in a secondary school child development laboratory arranged 
to alternate with class meetings. 
EDIT 440 Industrial Hygiene (3) 

Introduction to the concept of industrial hygiene and environmental health. Evaluation techniques, 
instrumentation for identification of problems; design parameters for achieving control over environ- 
mental epidemological and toxicological hazards. 
EDIT 442 Student Teaching: Home Economics Education (2-12) 
EDIT 443 Industrial Safety I (3) 

The history and development of effective safety programs in modem industry including causes, ef- 
fects and values of industrial safety education including fire prevention and hazard controls. 
EDIT 444 Industrial Safety II (3) 

Study of exemplary safety practices through conference discussions, group demonstration, and or- 
ganized plant visits to selected industrial situations. Methods of fire precautions and safety practices. 
Evaluative criteria in safety programs. 
EDIT 445 Systems Safety Analysis (3) 

The development of systems safety, a review of probability concepts and the application of systems 
technique to industrial safety problems. Hazard mode and effect, fault free analysis and human fac- 
tors considerations. 



EDIT — Industrial, Technological and Occupational Education 297 



EDIT 450 Training Aids Development (3) 

Study of the aids in common use. Sources and applications. Special emphasis on principles to be 
observed in making aids useful to laboratory teachers. Actual construction and application of aid de- 
vices will be required. 

EDIT 451 Research and Experimentation in Industrial Arts (3) 

A laboratory-seminar course designed to develop jjersons capable of planning, directing and evaluat- 
ing effective research and experimentation procedures with the materials, products and processes of 
industry. 

EDIT 452 Student Teaching: Marketing and Distributive Education (2-12) 
EDIT 453 Fire Safety Research and Transfer (3) 

The technological transfer of scientific findings to private sector tire safety. Review of research ap- 
plicable to the adequacy and reliability of fire safety in industry. 
EDIT 454 Private Fire Protection Analysis I (3) 

Risk analysis, life safety and property conservation from fire in industrial properties and complexes. 
Emphasis on a systems approach for implementing private fire protection. 
EDIT 455 Private Fire Protection Analysis II (3) 

Prerequisite: EDIT 448. Internal property detection and fire suppression systems that can mitigate a 
fire in the incipient stage. Review of systems, with emphasis on the performance objectives of pre- 
venting, controlling, and extinguishing fires. 
EDIT 457 Tests and Measurements (3) 

The construction of objective tests for occupational and vocational subjects. Use of measures in 
domains of learning and examination of test analysis techniques. 
EDIT 460 Design Illustrating II (2) 
Four hours of laboratory per week. 

Prerequisite: EDIT 160. Advanced drawing, rendering, shadow construction, lettering techniques 
and advanced pictorial representation techniques. 
EDIT 461 Principles of Vocational Guidance (3) 

The underlying principles of guidance and their application to the problems of educational and occu- 
pational adjustment of students of all ages. 
EDIT 462 Occupational Analysis and Course Construction (3) 

Application of the techniques of occupational and job analysis concepts to instructional development 
and the design of occupational programs. 
EDIT 464 Laboratory Organization and Management (3) 

The basic elements of organizing and managing an industrial education program, the selection of 
equipment, facility development, legal responsibilities of laboratory instructors, inventory, and stor- 
age control. 

EDIT 465 Modern Industry (3) 

The manufacturing, service, and extractive industries in American social, economic, and cultural 
patterns. Representative basic industries studied from the viewpoints of personnel and management 
organization, industrial relations, production procedures, distribution of products, etc. 
EDIT 466 Educational Foundations of Industrial Arts (3) 

A study of the factors which place industrial arts education in a well-rounded program of general 
education. 

EDIT 467 Problems in Occupational Education (3) 

The procurement, assembly, organization, and interpretation of data relative to the scope, character 
and effectiveness of occupational education. 
EDIT 470 Numerical Control in Manufacturing (31 
The historical development of numerical control (NIC) in manufacturing, recent industrial trends in 



298 Course Descriptions 



N/C, and a variety of N/C equipment and support services. N/C machine operations: machine mo- 
tions, positioning control systems, N/C tapes and their preparation, manual and computer assisted 
(APT III) part programming. Experience in product design, part programming, and product machin- 
ing. 

EDIT 471 History and Principles of Vocational Education (3) 

The development of vocational education from primitive times to the present with special emphasis 
given to the vocational education movement with the american program of public education. 
EDIT 472 Quality Control and Assurance in Industrial Settings (3) 

Principles and theory of quality control and assurance, with focus on "quality of conformance." 
Organizational aspects of QC/QA, data collection and analysis, quality control in input, process and 
output functions, and human and cultural dimensions of quality control. 
EDIT 474 Organization and Administration of Youth Groups (3) 

Principles, practices, and theoretical considerations related to youth organizations as a co-curricular 
function of the subject areas of industrial arts, business and distributive education, home economics, 
health occupations and trades and industry. 

EDIT 475 Recent Technological Developments in Products and Processes (3) 
Recent technological developments as they pertain to the products and processes of industry. The na- 
ture of newer products and processes and their effect upon modem industry and/or society. 
EDIT 476 Application of Technology to Societal Problems (3) 

A study of alternative solutions of a technological nature with respect to such areas as housing, tran- 
sportation, energy, communications, production, trash and waste disposal, water development, and 
pollution control. 

EDIT 481 Manufacture and Use of Inorganic Nonmetallic Materials (3) 

Two hours of lecture and four hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: EDIT 381 or equivalent. 
Fabrication of products from calculated compositions; application of forming process: utilization of 
compositions; experiences with property analysis and product design. 
EDIT 482 Student Teaching: Trade and Industrial Education (2-12) 
EDIT 484 — 486 Field Experiences in Vocational Areas. 

Supervised work experience in an occupation related to vocational education. Application of theory 
to work situations as a basis for teaching in vocational education programs. By individual arrange- 
ment with advisor. 

EDIT 485 Field Experiences in Business Education (3) 
EDIT 486 Field Experiences in Marketing and Distributive Education (3) 
EDIT 488 Selected Topics in Education (1-3) 

Prerequisite: Consent of department . May be repeated to a maximum of six credits when topic is 
different. 

EDIT 489 Field Experiences in Education ( 1^) 

Prerequisite: Consent of department. Planned field experience in education-related activities. Credit 
not to be granted for experiences accrued prior to registration. 
EDIT 491 Plastics Design and Equipment Selection (3) 

Lecture and laboratory. Prerequisite: EDIT 391 or permission of the department . Experience with 
material selection, product design, mold design, auxiliary equipment and fixtures. 
EDIT 493 Home Economics for Special Need Learners (3) 

Mental, emotional, social and physical handicaps affecting learners in home economics education 
settings. The unique needs and abilities of special learners and methods of teaching daily living 
skills. 



EDIT — Industrial, Technological and Occupational Education 299 



EDIT 498 Special Problems in Education (1-6) 

Prerequisite: Consent of department. Available only to majors who have definite plans for individual 
study of approved problems. Credit according to extent of work. 
EDIT 499 Workshops, Clinics, and Institutes (1-6) 

The maximum number of credits that may be earned under this course symbol toward any degree is 
six semester hours: the symbol may be used two or more times until six semester hours have been 
reached. The following type of educational enterprise may be scheduled under this course heading: 
Workshops conducted by the College of Education (or developed cooperatively with other colleges 
and universities) and not otherwise covered in the present course listing: clinical experiences in 
pupil-testing centers, reading clinics, speech therapy laboratories, and special education centers: in- 
stitutes developed around specific topics or problems and intended for designated groups such as 
school superintendents, principals and supervisors. 
EDIT 600 Administration and Supervision of Business Education (3) 

Major emphasis on departmental organization and its role in the school program, curriculum, equip- 
ment, budget-making, supervision, guidance, placement and follow-up, school-community relation- 
ships, qualifications and selection of teaching staff, visual aids, and in-service programs for teacher 
development. For administrators, supervisors, and teachers. 
EDIT 60S Principles and Problems of Business Education (3) 

Principles, objectives, and practices in business education; occupational foundations: current attitudes 
of business, labor and school leaders: general business education in relation to consumer business 
education and to education in general. 

EDIT 606 Curriculum Development in Business Education (3) 

Study of curriculum planning in business education. Emphasis on the philosophy and objectives of 
the business education program, and on curriculum research and organization of appropriate course 
content. 

EDIT 607 Philosophy of Industrial Arts Education (3) 

An ovei-view of the development of the industrial arts movement and the philosophical framework 
upon which it was founded. Special emphasis on contemporary movements in industrial arts and 
their theoretical foundations. 

EDIT 614 School Shop Planning and Equipment Selection (3) 

The principles and problems of providing the physical facilities for industrial education programs. 
The selection, arrangment and placement of equipment, and the determination of laboratory space 
requirements, utility services and storage requirements for various types of industrial education pro- 
grams. 

EDIT 616 Supervision of Industrial Arts (3) 

The nature and function of the supervisory function in the industrial arts field. Administrative and 
supervisory responsibilities, techniques, practices and personal qualifications of the industrial arts su- 
pervisor. 

EDIT 620 Organization, Administration and Supervision of Vocational Education (3) 
A theoretical and research base for the study of practices in vocational and technical education. 
Examination of administrative processes. 
EDIT 636 Evaluation in Home Economics Education (3) 
Construction and use of evaluation processes in home economics programs. 
EDIT 640 Research in Industrial Arts and Vocational Education (1-3) 

A seminar for students conducting research in industrial arts, vocational education, and industrial 
technology. 

EDIT 641 Content and Method of Industrial Arts (3) 
Examination of methods and procedures used in curriculum development. Application of those 



300 Course Descriptions 



suited to the field of industrial arts education. Methods and devices for industrial arts instruction. 
EDIT 642 Coordination in Work-Experience Programs (3) 

Philosophy and practices of cooperative programs. Methods and techniques of coordination in 
comprehensive and part-time programs. 

EDIT 643 Curriculum Trends in Marketing and Distributive Education (3) 
Recent developments in educational thinking and practice which have affected the curriculum in dis- 
tributive education. 

EDIT 644 Curriculum Trends in Business Education (3) 

Recent developments in educational thinking and practice which have affected the curriculum in bu- 
siness education. 

EDIT 647 Seminar in Industrial Arts and Vocational Education (1-3) 

A seminar for students conducting and developing research in industrial arts, vocational education, 
and industrial technology. 

EDIT 650 Teacher Education in Industrial Arts (3) 

The function and historical development of industrial arts teacher education. Program adminstration 
and development, physical facilities and requirements, staff organization and relationships, college- 
secondary school relationships, philosophy and evaluation. 

EDIT 676 Planning and Policy Issues in Vocational and Technical Education (3) 
Prerequisite: EDIT 471 or permission of the instructor. Current problems and issues in policy 
planning, including training, social, and economic functions of vocational and technical education. 
Characteristics of youth, adult client populations, training in public, private, domestic and interna- 
tional settings. 

EDIT 705 Trends in the Teaching and Supervision of Home Economics Education (3) 
Study of home economics programs and practices in light of current educational trends. 
Interpretation and analysis of democratic teaching procedures, outcomes of instruction, and supervi- 
sory practices. 

EDIT 742 Theory and Research in Business Education (1-3) 

A survey of the research literature: evaluation of research techniques; consideration of relevant in- 
structional curriculum theory; evaluation of modem teaching methods and techniques. 
EDIT 743 Theory and Research in Marketing and Distributive Education ( 1-3) 
A survey of the research literature; evaluation of research techniques; consideration of relevant in- 
structional curriculum theory; evaluation of modem teaching methods and techniques. 
EDIT 746 Theory and Research in Home Economics Education (1-3) 

Prerequisite: EDMS 645 or consent of instructor. A survey of the research literature; evaluation of 
research techniques; consideration of relevant instructional curriculum theory; evaluation of modem 
teaching methods and techniques. 

EDIT 760 Modes of Inquiry in Industrial and Social Institutions (3) 

Modes of inquiry used to conduct research in industrial and social institutions in the interest of hu- 
man context in these settings. Interpretive and critical science as alternatives to the empirical orien- 
tation. 

EDIT 780 Leadership Seminar in Vocational Education (3) 

Seminar in the contributions of local, state, and national agencies to the formulation of 
vocational/technical education programs. 
EDIT 788 Selected Topics in Education (1-3) 

Current topics and issues in education. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits when topic is 
different. 

EDIT 798 Special Problems in Education (1-6) 
Prerequisite: consent of advisor. Intended for Masters. AGS, or doctoral students in education who 



EDIT — Industrial, Technological and Occupational Education 301 



desire to pursue a research problem. 

EDIT 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

EDIT 821 Seminar in Business Education (3) 

EDIT 823 Seminar in Distributive Education (3) 

EDIT 826 Seminar in Home Economics Education (3) 

EDIT 888 Apprenticeship in Education (1-8) 

Prerequisite: consent of department. Apprentice practice under professional supervision in an area of 

competence compatible with the student's professional goals. Credit not to be granted for experience 

accrued prior to registration. Open only to degree-and certificate-seeking graduate students. 

EDIT 889 Internship in Education (^-8) 

Prerequisite: consent of department . Internship experiences at a professional level of competence in 

a particular role with appropriate supervision. Credit not to be granted for experience accrued prior 

to registration. Open only to students advanced to candidacy for doctoral degree. 

EDIT 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

EDMS — Measurement, Statistics, and Evaluation 

EDMS 410 Principles of Testing and Evaluation (3) 

Basic principles including the steps in the specification of instructional objectives and subsequent 
development of teacher-made tests; problems in the use and interpretation of achievement and apti- 
tude tests; introduction to the development and use of non-testing evaluation procedures; basic con- 
sideration in the assignment of marks and grades; introduction to computer technology as applied to 
measurement. 

EDMS 451 Introduction to Educational Statistics (3) 

Designed as a first course in statistics for students in education. Emphasis is upon educational ap- 
plications of descriptive statistics, including measures of central tendency, variability and associa- 
tion. Also included are inferential statistics through one-way ANOVA. 
EDMS 465 Algorithmic Methods in Educational Research (3) 

Introduction to the use of the computer as a tool in educational research. Instruction in a basic scien- 
tific computer source language as well as practical experience in program writing for solving statisti- 
cal and educational research problems. 

EDMS 489 Field Experiences in Measurement and Statistics (1-4) 

Prerequisites: Consent of department. Planned field experience in education-related activities. Credit 
not to be granted for experiences accrued prior to registration. 
EDMS 498 Special Problems in Measurement and Statistics (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Available only to education majors who have formal plans for 
individual study of approved problems. Repeatable for credit to a maximum of six credits. 
EDMS 622 Theory and Practice of Standardized Testing (3) 

Prerequisite: EDMS 410, 645 or 451. Study of groups tests typically employed in school testing 
programs; discussion of evidence relating to the measurement of abilities; practice in standardized 
group test administrations. 

EDMS 623 Applied Measurement: Issues and Practices (3) 

Prerequisites: EDMS 645 . 646. Current research and applications in Measurement Theory. 
EDMS 626 Measurement Techniques For Research (3) 

Theory, development and applications of various measurement instruments and procedures used in 
educational research. Questionnaires, interviews, rating scales, attitude scales, observational proce- 
dures, ecological approaches. Q-sort. semantic-differental . sociometry and other approaches. 
Prerequisite: EDMS 451 or 646. 



302 Course Descriptions 



EDMS 635 Computer-Based Measurement (3) 

Prerequisites: EDMS 651 and EDMS 623. Theory and technological developments in computer- 
based measurement, including computer adaptive testing, instructional testing, item banking, appli- 
cations to non-cognitive measures, as well as comparisons to traditional methods. 
EDMS 645 Quantitative Research Methods I (3) 

An introduction to research design principles and the scientific method as applied to behavioral 
phenomena. Instrumentation procedures including the planning and construction of simple data col- 
lection instruments and their analysis, and assessment of the reliability and validity of such instru- 
ments. Statistical procedures appropriate to the analysis of data from simple research designs. 
Laboratory experiences in instrumentation and research design are emphasized. 
EDMS 646 Quantitative Research Methods II (3) 

Prerequisite: EDMS 645. Special problems arising in the implementation of educational research de- 
signs. Instrumentation to measure attitudes and collection of questionnaire data. Additional statistical 
procedures appropriate to the analysis of education research designs. Laboratory experiences in in- 
strumentation and research design are emphasized. 
EDMS 647 Introduction to Evaluation Models (3) 

Prerequisite: EDMS 646. or equivalent. Explores the principal approaches to evaluation research. 
EDMS 651 Intermediate Statistics in Education (3) 

Distributional theory; Chi-square analysis of contingency tables; analysis of variance; introduction to 
multiple correlation and regression. 
EDMS 653 Correlation and Regression Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: EDMS 651. Systematic development of simple regression, multiple regression, and 
non-linear regression as applied to educational research problems. Emphasis is on underlying theory 
of procedures and on analytical approaches which are amenable to computerization. 
EDMS 657 Factor Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: EDMS 651 . Development and evaluation of models for factor analysis and their practi- 
cal applications. Treatment of factor extraction, rotation, second-order factor analysis, and factor 
scoring. Emphasis on computer applications. 
EDMS 723 Measurement Theory I (3) 

Prerequisite: EDMS 410. 451. or 646. Classical measurement theory dealing with the nature of 
measurement, principles and procedures concerning the accuracy of measurement and prediction, re- 
liability, and validity theory. 
EDMS 724 Measurement Theory II (3) 

Theoretical formulations of reliability, validity and scaling as related to problems in measurement 
theory and prediction. Prerequisites: EDMS 651 . 723. 
EDMS 738 Seminar in Special Problems in Measurement (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. An apportunity for students with special interests to focus in 
depth on contemporary topics in measurement. Topics to be announced, but will typically be related 
to applied and theoretical measurement. 
EDMS 747 Design of Program Evaluations (3) 

Prerequisites: EDMS 626, 647. and 651. or permission of instructor. Analysis of measurement and 
design problems in program evaluations. 

EDMS 769 Special Topics in Applied Statistics in Education (1-4) 

Prerequisite: EDMS 771 or equivalent, and consent of instructor. Designed primarily for students 
majoring or minoring in measurement and statistics in education. Topics to be announced, but will 
typically relate to the areas of advanced multivariate analysis and advanced design of experiments. 
EDMS 771 Design of Experiments (3) 
Prerequisite: EDMS 651 or equivalent. Primarily for the education student desiring more advanced 



EDMS — Measurement, Statistics, and Evaluation 303 



work in statistical methodology. Survey of major types of statistical design in educational research; 
application of multivariate statistical techniques to educational problems. 
EDMS 779 Seminar in Applied Statistics (1-3) 

Enrollment restricted to doctoral students with a major or minor in measurement and statistics. 
Seminar topics will be chosen in terms of individual student interest, 
EDMS 780 Research Methods and Materials (3) 

Research methodology for case studies, surveys, and experiments; measurements and statistical tech- 
niques. Primarily for advanced students and doctoral candidates, 
EDMS 798 Special Problems in Education (1-6) 

Master's, AGS, or doctoral candidates who desire to pursue special research problems under the 
direction of their advisors may register for credit under this number. 
EDMS 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 
Registration required to the extent of 6 hours for Master's thesis, 
EDMS 879 Doctoral Seminar (1-3) 

Prerequisite: passing the preliminary examinations for a Doctor's degree in education, or recom- 
mendation of a doctoral advisor. Analysis of doctoral projects and theses, and of other on-going re- 
search projects. A Doctoral candidate may participate in the seminar during as many university ses- 
sions as he desires, but may earn no more than three semester hours of credit accumulated one hour 
at a time in the seminar. An ED.D. Candidate may earn in total no more than nine semester hours, 
and a Ph.D. Candidate, no more than eighteen semester hours in the seminar and in EDMS 899 
EDMS 889 Internship in Measurement and Statistics (3-8) 

Prerequisite: Consent of department . Provides internship experiences at a professional level of 
competence in a particular role with appropriate supervision. Credit not to be granted for experience 
accrued prior to registration. Open only to students advanced to candidacy for doctoral degree. 
EDMS 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

Registration required to the extent of 6-9 hours for an ED.D. Project and 12-18 hours for a Ph.D. 
Dissertation. 

EDPA — Education Policy, Planning and Administration 

EDPA 400 The Future of the Human Community (3) 

Examination of the future of our social and cultural institutions for education and child rearing, so- 
cial and family relationships, health and leisure, information exchange, and the provision of food, 
clothing, and shelter. 
EDPA 412 Logic of Teaching (3) 

An analysis of the structure of basic subject matters in the curriculum and of the standard logical 
moves in teaching. 

EDPA 440 Utilization of Educational Media (3) 

Survey of classroom uses of instructional media. Techniques for integrating media into instruction. 
Includes preparation of a unit of instruction utilizing professional and teacher produced media. 
EDPA 441 Instructional Materials Development (3) 

The planning, production, and evaluation of a variety of instructional materials for use in education 
and training. Graphic design, lettering, transparencies, mounting, laminating, still photography, sup- 
er 8mm photography, audio, video, slide/tape, planning storyboards and scripts. 
EDPA 442 Instructional Media Services (3) 

Prerequisites: teaching experience and EDPA 440. or equivalent. Procedures for coordinating in- 
structional media programs; instructional materials acquisition, storage, scheduling, distribution, pro- 
duction, evalution and other service responsibilities; instructional materials center staff coordination 
of research, curriculum improvement and faculty development programs. 



304 Course Descriptions 



EDPA 443 Instructional Television Utilization (3) 

Combining televised lessons, on-campus seminars, and related workbook assignments, this course 
focuses upon planning for the various uses of instructional television with students. State, local 
school unit, school, and classroom uses will be illustrated through film and studio production. The 
aspects of producing ITV programs are developed through the television lessons and "hands-on" as- 
signments of the seminars. 
EDPA 444 Programmed Instruction (3) 

Analysis of programmed instruction techniques; selection, utilization and evaluation of existing pro- 
grams and teaching machines; developing learning objectives; writing and validating programs. 
EDPA 471 The Legal Rights and Obligations of Teachers and Students (3) 
Selected state and federal court decisions, legislation, and executive guidelines regulating public 
education: speech and other forms of expression, privacy, suspensions, expulsions, search and sei- 
zure, tort liability for negligence (including education malpractice), hiring, promotion, dismissal and 
non-renewal of teachers. No prior legal training required. 
EDPA 488 Special Topics in Education Policy and Administration (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Special and intensive treatment of current topics and issues in 
education policy and administration. Repeatable to a maximum of six credits. 
EDPA 489 Field Experiences in Education (1-4) 

Prerequisites: Consent of department. Planned field experience in education-related activities. Credit 
not to be granted for experiences accrued prior to registration. 
EDPA 498 Special Problems in Education (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Available only to mature students who have definite plans for in- 
dividual study of approved problems. 
EDPA 499 Workshops, Clinics, and Institutes (1-6) 

The maximum number of credits that may be earned under this course symbol toward any degree is 
six semester hours; the symbol may be used two or more times until six semester hours have been 
reached. The following type of educational enterprise may be scheduled under this course heading: 
Workshops conducted by the College of Education (or developed cooperatively with other colleges 
and universities) and not otherwise covered in the present course listing; clinical experiences in 
pupil-testing centers, reading clinics, speech therapy laboratories, and special education centers; in- 
stitutes developed around specific topics or problems and intended for designated groups such as 
school superintendents, principals and supervisors. 
EDPA 601 Contemporary Social Issues in Education (3) 

Theoretical and practical consideration of vital social issues currently affecting education. 
EDPA 605 Comparative Education (3) 

Analyzes and compares leading issues in education in various countries of the world, particularly as 
they relate to crucial problems in American education. 
EDPA 610 History of Western Education (3) 

Educational institutions through the ancient, medieval and early modem periods in western civiliza- 
tion, as seen against a background of socio-economic development. 
EDPA 611 History of Education in the United States (3) 

A study of the origins and development of the principal features of the present system of education 
in the United States, emphasizing the variety of interpretive and methodological concerns that define 
the field. 

EDPA 612 Philosophy of Education (3) 

A study of the great educational philosophers and systems of thought affecting the development of 
modem education, with particular emphasis on recent scholarship on philosophical problems in edu- 
cation. 



EDPA — Education Policy. Planning and Administration 305 



EDPA 613 Educational Sociology (3) 

The sociological study of education as an evolving set of methods and procedures, and body of 
knowledge. Several major theoretical perspectives used by sociologists studying education, comprise 
the focus of the course. 
EDPA 614 Politics of Education (3) 

Educational institutions as political entities with an emphasis on their relationships with federal, 
state, and local governments as well as with interest groups. The application of competing models of 
the political process to the passing of laws, development of budgets, and the control of the formula- 
tion, implementation, and evaluation of education policies. 
EDPA 620 Education Policy Analysis (3) 

Policy making in education from planning to evaluation with emphasis on the identification of policy 
problems and the resources available to analysts through multi-disciplinary approaches. An introduc- 
tory experience with education policy analysis. 
EDPA 621 Decision Making and Education Policy (3) 

Prerequisites: EDPA 620 or consent of instructor. Organizational decision processes and policy for- 
mation within educational organizations — schools, colleges, universities, government agencies and 
industry. 

EDPA 622 Values, Ideology, and Education Policy (3) 

Examination of relationships between education policy, values, and social change. Role of educa- 
tional organizations and institutional change in such social issues as equity and cultural diversity. 
EDPA 623 Education Policy and Social Change (3) 

Prerequisites: EDPA 620 or consent of instructor. Relationships between education policy-making 
and social change. The work of theorists in history, economics, political science, philosophy, socio- 
logy and anthropology. 
EDPA 625 Federal Education Policy (3) 

Prerequisite: EDPA 620 or consent of instructor. Federal involvement in education in the United 
States from 1780 to the present, emphasizing the effects of legislation, court decisions, agencies, 
and presidential initiatives on the distribution of education opportunities. 
EDPA 626 Education Policy and the Young (3) 

The systematic exploration of education policy as it has organized, reflected and influenced the lives 
of children, youth, and families, with particular emphasis on American policies and systems. 
EDPA 627 Education Policy: An International Perspective (3) 

An analysis of education policy issues in various parts of the world. Comparisons with the United 
States. Teachers' organizations and citizen participation in policy determination. Ethnic and racial 
group pressures and attempts to control education policy. 
EDPA 634 The School Curriculum (2-3) 

A foundations course embracing the curriculum as a whole from early childhood through adole- 
scence, including a review of historical developments, an analysis of conditions affecting curriculum 
change, an examination of issues in curriculum making, and a consideration of current trends in cur- 
riculum design. 

EDPA 635 Principles of Curriculum Development (3) 

Curriculum planning, improvement, and evaluation in the schools; principles for the selection and 
organization of the content and learning experiences; ways of working in classroom and school on 
curriculum improvement. 

EDPA 636 Communication and the School Curriculum (3) 

Curriculum development based on communication as the major vehicle for describing the learner's 
interactions with persons, knowledge, and materials in the classroom and school environment. 
(Listed also as EDEL 636.) 



306 Course Descriptions 



EDPA 641 Selection and Evaluation of Educational Media (3) 

Examination of media policy, and development of criteria for selection and evaluation of educational 
materials for classroom, school and system use. Measures of readability, listenability, visual difficul- 
ty, and interest level. 

EDPA 642 Instructional Systems Development (3) 

Introduction to the systems approach to designing instruction. Survey of instructional systems and 
instructional design models. Application of learning/instructional theories to designing instructional 
systems. Analysis of criteria for selecting and utilizing instructional media and for evaluating in- 
structional systems. 

EDPA 644 Practicum in Educational Communications (3) 

Prerequisite: EDPA 642. Planned and supervised field or internship experience for advanced gradu- 
ate students in educational communications. 

EDPA 650 Professional Seminar in Higher and Adult Education (3) 

Introduction to higher and adult education as a field of study. Origins, current dimensions and prob- 
lems, and emerging issues. Field trips to institutions, state and national capitals, and involvement in 
professional conferences. 
EDPA 651 Higher Education Law (3) 

Selected court opinions, legislation and executive guidelines regulating higher education. First and 
fourth amendment rights of students and faculty, procedural due process, equal educational oppor- 
tunity, equal protection in hiring, promotion, non-renewal and salaries, individual and institutional 
liability for civil rights violations and common law torts. No prior legal training required. 
EDPA 652 Higher Education in American Society (3) 

Examines the concepts of academic freedom, corporate autonomy and institutional accountability 
with emphasis on twentieth century relationships between higher education and government in the 
United States. 

EDPA 653 Organization and Administration of Higher Education (3) 

Basic concepts and terminology related to organizational behavior and institutional governance struc- 
tures. The governance and organization of higher education in the United States. 
EDPA 654 The Community and Junior College (3) 

Historical development and philosophical foundations of community and junior colleges in America 
with emphasis on organizational and administrative structures in two year institutions and the clien- 
tele they serve. 

EDPA 655 Administration of Adult and Continuing Education (3) 

An overview of the field of Adult/Continuing education focusing on the administration of institutions 
and organizations that provide both credit and non-credit educational experiences for adult learners. 
Historical development of adult education in America. Concepts that have molded the adult educa- 
tion movement, and issues in financing and delivering adult education programs. 
EDPA 656 Collective Bargaining in Higher Education (3) 

Legal and education policy of collective bargaining in higher education. Nature and scope of the 
bargaining process, impact of collective bargaining on academic governance, student interests, per- 
sonnel decisions, and grievance mechanisms. 
EDPA 657 History of Higher Education in the United States (3) 

History of higher education in America from colonial times to the present with emphasis on expan- 
sion of higher education and the growing complexity of its structures, organization, and purposes. 
EDPA 660 Administrative Foundations (3) 

Develops a theoretical and research based structure for the study and practice of administration in 
the field of education by introducing the student to selected contributors to administration, and by 
indicating the multidisciplinary nature of administrative study as it relates to purpose-determination. 



EDPA ^Education Policy, Planning and Administration 307 



policy-definition, and task-accomplishment. 

EDPA 661 Administrative Behavior and Organizational Management (3) 

A critical analysis of organizational management (informal and formal dimensions), an assessment of 
the contributions from other fields (traditional and emerging) to the study of administrative behavior 
and the governance of organizations, and an analysis and assessment of the administrator's motiva- 
tions, perceptions, and sensitivity as determinants of behavior. The theoretical and research bases for 
these areas and such related concepts as status, role, systems, interpersonal relations, and sensitivity 
training are examined. 
EDPA 662 Administrative Processes (3) 

Develops competence with respect to selected administrative process areas. Examines efforts to 
develop theories and models in these areas and analyzes research studies and their implications for 
administrative practice. Develops skill in selected process areas through such techniques as simula- 
tion, role-playing, case analysis, and computer-assisted instruction. 
EDPA 663 Policy Formulation in Education (3) 

Introduction to education policy at all levels of school governance. Policy formation, administration 
and evaluation issues are studied. Conceptual and analytical models for the study of policy. 
EDPA 664 School Surveys (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Includes study of school surveys with emphasis on problems of 
school organization and adminstration, finance and school plant planning. Field work in school sur- 
veys is required. 

EDPA 665 The Organization and Administration of Secondary Schools (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. The work of the secondary school principal. Includes topics such 
as personnel problems, school-community relationships, student activities, schedule making, and in- 
ternal financial accounting. 

EDPA 666 Administration and Supervision in Elementary Schools (3) 
Problems in administering elementary schools and improving instruction. 
EDPA 667 Public School Supervision (3) 

The nature and functions of supervision; various supervisory techniques and procedures; human rela- 
tionship factors; and personal qualities for supervision. 
EDPA 671 Elementary and Secondary School Law (3) 

Selected court opinions, legislation and executive guidelines regulating elementary and secondary 
education. Equal educational opportunity, first and fourth amendment rights of students and teach- 
ers, tort liablity for negligence, equal protection in hiring, firing and non-renewal of teachers, indi- 
vidual and institutional liablity for federal civil rights violations and common law torts. No prior le- 
gal training required. 

EDPA 673 Collective Bargaining in Elementary-Secondary Education (3) 

Evolution and impact of collective bargaining in elementary and secondary education. Impact of col- 
lective bargaining on the educational power structure, third-party community interests and education 
policy making. 

EDPA 675 Public School Personnel Administration (3) 

A comparison of practices with principles governing the satisfaction of school personnel needs, in- 
cluding a study of tenure, salary schedules, supervision, rewards, and other benefits. 
EDPA 676 School Finance and Business Administration (3) 

An introduction to principles and practices in the administration of the public school finance activity. 
Sources of tax revenue, the budget, and the function of finance in the educational program are con- 
sidered. 

EDPA 679 Seminar in Educational Administration and Supervision (2-4) 
Prerequisite: at least four hours in educational adminstration and supervision or consent of 



308 Course Descriptions 



instructor. A student may register for two hours and may take the seminar a second time for an ad- 
ditional two hours. 
EDPA 690 Research Issues in Education Policy, Planning and Administration (3) 

An introduction to the practice of research and a survey of various modes of conceptualization, 
problem identification, and research design used in studies of education policy, planning, and ad- 
ministration. 

EDPA 700 Qualitative Research Methods in Education (3) 

Qualitative methods in education research, emphasizing the paradigms of philosophy, history, socio- 
logy, anthropology, and comparative studies as they rely on narrative rather than quantitative order- 
ing of data. 

EDPA 705 International Educational Change (3) 

An exploration and analysis of major trends in education in several parts of the world, with attention 
directed to educational change as the outcome of deliberate efforts by nations and international or- 
ganizations as well as those which occur without central planning or direction. 
EDPA 706 Education in Africa (3) 

An e.xamination of the development of modem educational systems in Africa south of the Sahara out 
of the colonial and pre-colonial past into the independent present and future. The focus is on re- 
search into the changing philosophies and persistent problems in African education. 
EDPA 707 Education in the Near East (3) 

A consideration of current educational problems of the Near East as they have emerged from the 
confrontation of the traditional Muslim educational heritage with the foreign educational activities 
and the forces of nationalism and modernization. 
EDPA 712 Analysis of Educational Concepts (3) 
Analyses of selected concepts used in thinking about education. 
EDPA 732 History of Curriculum Theory and Development (3) 

Prerequisite: EDPA 6J5 or permission of instructor. The writings of major educators in curriculum. 
Conceptual and formal similarities and differences between current curriculum projects and historical 
antecedents. Survey of cumculum materials for classroom use in their relationship to the curriculum 
theory of their time. 

EDPA 734 Organization and Administration of Teacher Education (3) 

Teacher education today. Current patterns and significant emerging changes, particularly those in- 
volving teachers and schools. Deals with selection, curriculum, research, accreditation, and 
institution-school relationships. 

EDPA 738 Scholarly Thought and Contemporary Curriculum ( 1-3) 

Current curricular trends, issues, theory, and research in the light of past curricular and social 
thought. Linguistic analysis, analysis of thinking, disciplines as modes of inquiry, influence of 
romantic thought, influence of the industrial model, school as transformer of society, and political 
ideologies. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits. 
EDPA 750 International Higher Education (3) 

Comparison of higher education systems in several countries, and of the problems and issues in 
higher education faced by these countries. 
EDPA 751 Law and Higher Education Policy (3) 

Prerequisite: EDPA 651 or permission of instructor. Analysis and evaluation of judicial and execu- 
tive branch attempts to give operational meaning to federal equity legislation and to develop reme- 
dial policies relating to equal educational and employment opportunity in post-secondary education. 
EDPA 752 State Systems of Higher Education (3) 

Creation, operation, alteration and evaluation of state systems of higher education. Campus 
autonomy versus public accountability. Analysis of topics such as state planning, budget and pro- 



EDPA — Education Policy, Planning and Administration 309 



gram review, and administration of student aid and federal programs. 
EDPA 753 Higher Education Planning (3) 

Prerequisite: EDPA 653 or permission of instructor. Social science concepts underlying planning. 
Applications of planning concepts and techniques to higher education at institutional, state and na- 
tional levels. 

EDPA 754 Higher Education Finance (3) 

Economic perspectives on higher education. Ways of financing higher education and current finance 
issues. Higher education budget concepts and processes. 
EDPA 755 Federal Policies in Post-Secondary Education (3) 

Evolution of the federal role, its current scope and funding. Policy issues associated with federal 
student aid programs, research grants and social equity regulations. 
EDPA 756 Curriculum in Higher Education (3) 

Critical analysis of the curriculum in higher education from historical, epistemological. and political 
perspectives, tracing changes of context and content of curriculum in colleges and universities. 
EDPA 757 College Teaching (3) 

Review of literature on teaching in institutions of higher education. College teaching is considered 
from practical, conceptual, and empirical vantage points. Designed for current and prospective adult 
educators interested in research on teaching and improvement of instruction. 
EDPA 759 Seminar in Adult and Continuing Education (3) 

Current issues and problems in adult and continuing education and lifelong learning in America. 
EDPA 760 The Human Dimension in Administration (3) 

Prerequisite: EDPA 660 or consent of instructor. Theory, research findings, and laboratory experi- 
ences in human skills in organizations. Goal setting, communication, conflict, decision making eva- 
luation, and consultant intervention. 
EDPA 761 Group Relationships in Administration (3) 

Prerequisite: EDPA 660 or consent of instructor. Group relationships and relevant administrative 
skills in educational settings. The role of authority, group maturation, group member roles, group 
decision making, and intra-group and inter-group conflict. 
EDPA 764 General Systems Theory 1(3) 

Prerequisite: EDPA 662 or permission of instructor. Theory of complex systems, principles and 
mechanisms of regulation, control, and adaptation in physical, biological, social, and symbolic sys- 
tems. Equi-finality. evolution, feedback, hierarchy theory, homeostasis, requisite variety, and self- 
organization. Applications to policy making, planning, and management in educational organiza- 
tions. 

EDPA 765 General Systems Theory II (3) 

Prerequisite: EDPA 764 or permission of instructor. General systems theory applied to actual organ- 
izational problems. Field work and relevant social science literature for the definition of one or more 
key, long-range problems and the development of plans to solve the problems. 
EDPA 766 Child Accounting (2) 

An inquiry into the record keeping activities of the school system, including an examination of the 
marking system. 

EDPA 788 Special Topics in Education Policy and Administration (1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Special and intensive treatment of current topics and issues in 
education policy and administration. Repeatable to maximum of six credits. 
EDPA 798 Special Problems in Education (1-6) 

Master's. AGS. or doctoral candidates who desire to pursue special research problems under the 
direction of their advisors may register for credit under this number. 



310 Course Descriptions 



EDPA 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 

Registration required to the extent of six hours for master's thesis. 
EDPA 805 Seminar in Comparative Education (3) 

Analysis of educational issues on a worldwide basis with opportunities to focus on a particular coun- 
try on an individual basis. Analysis of qualitative research methods as used in cross-cultural and 
comparative education studies. 
EDPA 809 Research Methods (3) 
Specific methodologies employed in educational studies. 
EDPA 811 Seminar in History of Education (3) 

Examination of current developments and continuing controversies in the field of history of educa- 
tion. The analysis of the various ways in which history of education is approached methodologically 
and interpretatively. 

EDPA 812 Seminar in Philosophy of Education (3) 

Examination of current developments and continuing controversies in the field of philosophy of edu- 
cation. The function of educational philosophy, methodological approaches, and current research 
trends. 

EDPA 813 Seminar in Educational Sociology (3) 

Sociological analvsis of educational processes and institutions: emphasis on the social effects of for- 
mal organizations. 

EDPA 837 Curriculum Theory and Research (3) 

Prerequisite: EDPA 635. Critical and analytic review of major themes, concepts and language forms 
relevant to current curriculum theory and research. 
EDPA 839 Seminar in Teacher Education (3-6) 

A problem seminar in teacher education. A maximum of six hours may be earned in this course. 
EDPA 850 Seminar in Problems of Higher Education (3) 

Contemporary issues and problems in post-secondary education relevant to the interests of both ad- 
ministrators and college/universtiy faculty members. Problems of individual interest. Preparation of 
papers for publication on post- secondary education topics. 
EDPA 851 College and University Development (3) 

Identification and acquisition of extramural fiscal resources for institutions of higher education. The 
nature of philanthropy, foundation solicitation, alumni administration, publications and public rela- 
tions, and funding agency relationships. 
EDPA 853 Problems in Higher Education (3) 

Consideration of current issues in higher education from a historical perspective. 
EDPA 855 Lifelong Learning Policy in Non-Collegiate Institutions (3) 

Policies and programs for training and continued learning in business and industry, government 
agencies, unions, professional societies, and nonprofit organizations. 
EDPA 861 Seminar: Research in School Effectiveness (3) 

Prerequisite: EDPA 660. 661. 662. 663. and consent of instructor. Examination of organizational 
effectiveness and the methodologies for assessing organizational effectiveness. An individual re- 
search project is required. 

EDPA 862 Seminar: Theoretical Basis of Administrative Behavior (3) 

Prerequisite: EDPA 660, 661 . 662. 663. and consent of instructor. Study of administrative behavior 
in educational institutions. Development of a research design for the study of administrative behav- 
ior in one educational institution. 
EDPA 888 Apprenticeship in Education (1-8) 

Prerequisite: consent of department. Apprentice practice under professional supervision in an area of 
competence compatible with the student's professional goals. Credit not to be granted for experience 



EDPA — Education Policy, Planning and Administration 31 1 



accrued prior to registration. Open only to degree- and certificate-seeking graduate students. 

EDPA 889 Internship in Education (3-8) 

Prerequisite: consent of department . Internship experiences at a professional level of competence in 

a particular role with appropriate supervision. Credit not to be granted for experience accrued prior 

to registration. Open only to students advanced to candidacy for doctoral degree. 

EDPA 895 Research Critique Seminar (3) 

Critiques of research designs in preparation for the doctoral dissertation. 

EDPA 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

Registration required to the extent of 6-9 hours for an ED.D. Project and 12-18 hours for a PH.D. 

Dissertation. 

EDSP — Education, Special 

EDSP 400 Curriculum and Instructional Methods For Severely Handicapped Students (3) 

Corequisite: EDSP 402 or EDSP 431. Methodology and curriculum for severely handicapped stu- 
dents. 

EDSP 401 Environmental and Physical Adaptations for Severely Handicapped Students (3) 
Pre- or corequisite: EDSP 41 1 and 412; or EDSP 430 and 431. Medical, physical, and management 
problems of severely handicapped individuals. 
EDSP 402 Field Placement: Severely Handicapped I (2-5) 

Pre- or corequisites: EDSP 400 and 404. Practicum experience in settings serving severely handi- 
capped individuals. Enrollment limited to those admitted to severely handicapped specialty area. 
Field placement for two to five half-days per week. 

EDSP 403 Physical and Communication Development for Severely Handicapped Students (3) 
Prerequisite: EDSP 400. Co-requisite: EDSP 405 and 410. The communication needs, methods, and 
alternatives for severely handicapped individuals. 
EDSP 404 Education of Autistic Children (3) 

Pre- or corequisite: EDSP 400 and 402. The characteristics and educational needs and methods for 
children diagnosed as autistic. 

EDSP 405 Field Placement: Severely Handicapped II (2-5) 

Prerequisite: EDSP 402: pre- or corequisite: EDSP 403 and 410. Practicum experience in settings 
serving severely handicapped individuals. Field placement for two to five half-days per week. 
EDSP 410 Community Functioning Skills For Severely Handicapped Students (3) 
Prerequisite: EDSP 400. Corequisite: EDSP 405. Instructional techniques and curriculum develop- 
ment strategies related to community functioning skills for severely handicapped students. 
EDSP 411 Field Placement: Severely Handicapped III (2-5) 

Prerequisite: EDSP 405: pre- or corequisite: EDSP 412. Practicum experience in settings serving 
severely handicapped individuals. Field placement for two to five half-days per week. 
EDSP 412 Vocational Instruction For Severely Handicapped Students (3) 

Corequisite; EDSP 411. The development of vocational skills with severely handicapped individuals. 
EDSP 417 Student Teaching: Severely Handicapped (4-11) 

Student teaching, full time for eight weeks, with severely handicapped individuals. Limited to spe- 
cial education majors admitted to severely handicapped specialty area. 

EDSP 418 Seminar: Issues and Research Related to the Instruction of the Severely 
Handicapped (1-3) 

Examines the current research related to the instruction of severely handicapped individuals. 
Repeatable up to 6 credits, provided content is different. 

EDSP 420 Developmental and Behavioral Characteristics of Nonhandicapped and Handicapped 
Infants and Young Children (3) 



312 Course Descriptions 



Corequisite: EDSP 421 or EDSP 411. Study of the developmental, behavioral, and learning charac- 
teristics of nonhandicapped and handicapped infants and young preschool children. Divergent and 
parallel patterns of development among the respective groups of children. 
EDSP 421 Field Placement: Early Childhood Special Education 1 (2-3) 

Pre- or corequisite: EDSP 420. Practicum experience in settings serving preschool handicapped chil- 
dren. Opportunities for studying the patterns of development and learning among nonhandicapped 
and handicapped infants and older preschoolers. Enrollment limited to students admitted to early 
childhood specialty. Field placement for two or three half-days per week. 

EDSP 422 Curriculum and Instruction in Early Childhood Special Education (Moderate to 
Mild: 3-8 Years) (3) 

Prerequisite: EDSP 420. Corequisite: EDSP 424 and EDCI 416. Characteristics, methods and ma- 
terials for the instruction of young children (ages 3-8) traditionally labeled mild to moderately han- 
dicapped. 

EDSP 423 Psychoeducational Assessment of Preschool Handicapped Children (3) 
Prerequisite: EDSP 420 and 422. Corequisite: EDSP 430 and 431. Current psychoeducational as- 
sessment and evaluation procedures used with profoundly to moderately handicapped infants and 
young preschool children. Psychometric, criterion-referenced, developmental checklists, and 
automated and ecological assessment procedures. Administration of selected assessment instru- 
ments. 

EDSP 424 Field Placement: Early Childhood Special Education II (Moderate to Mild) (2-4) 
Prerequisite: EDSP 421; pre- or corequisite: EDSP 422. Practicum experience in settings serving 
young (ages 3 to 8) mild to moderately handicapped children in self-contained and integrated early 
childhood programs. Opportunities to apply educational methods and materials. Field placement for 
two to four half-days per week. 

EDSP 430 Intervention Techniques and Strategies For Preschool Handicapped Children 
(Severe to Moderate, Birth - 6 Years) (3) 

Prerequisite: EDSP 420 and 422. Corequisites: EDSP 423 and 431. Current approaches to the psy- 
choeducational treatment of preschool severely to moderately handicapped children. Emphasis on 
multi-dimensional approach to intervention with handicapped preschoolers. 

EDSP 431 Field Placement: Early Childhood Special Education III (Severe to Moderate) (2-4) 
Prerequisite: EDSP 424; pre- or corequisite: EDSP 430 and 423. Opportunities to apply techniques, 
strategies, methods and materials for educating severely to moderately handicapped infants and 
young children. Field placement for two to four half-days per week. 
EDSP 437 Student Teaching: Early Childhood Special Education (4-11) 

Student teaching, full time for eight weeks, with handicapped infants and preschool children. 
Limited to special education majors in early childhood special education specialty area. 
EDSP 438 Seminar: Special Issues in Early Childhood Special Education ( 1-3) 
Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Study of current issues and research concerning education of pre- 
school handicapped children. Repeatable up to 6 credits, provided content is different. 
EDSP 440 Assessment and Instructional Design for the Educationally Handicapped: Cognitive 
and Psychosocial Development (3) 

Prerequisite: EDSP 441 and 442. Pre- or corequisite: EDSP 443 and 445. Learning style, cognitive, 
and problem-solving strategies, and psychosocial behavior of educationally handicapped individuals 
at elementary to secondary levels. Characteristics, assessment and instruction. Enrollment limited to 
Special Education majors accepted into educationally handicapped area of specialization. 
EDSP 441 Assessment and Instructional Design for the Educationally Handicapped: Oral 
Language and Communication Disorders (3) 
Corequisite: EDSP 442 or EDSP 431. Characteristics of individuals with oral language and com- 



EDSP —Education, Special 313 



munication disorders, assessment of such disorders and instructional strategies, curricula and ma- 
terials. 

EDSP 442 Field Placement: Educationally Handicapped I (2-3) 

Pre- or corequisite: EDSP 441. Practicum experience in settings serving educationally handicapped 
individuals. Demonstration of the content of EDSP 441. Enrollment limited to students admitted to 
educationally handicapped specialty. 

EDSP 443 Assessment and Instructional Design for the Handicapped: Reading and Written 
Communication Disorders (3) 

Prerequisites: EDSP 320 and EDSP 331 . Characteristics and assessments of individuals with reading 
and written communication disorders at elementary to secondary levels, and methods of teaching 
reading and written language skills to such individuals. Adaptation of regular instructional methods 
and curricula. Curricula and strategies designed specifically for educationally handicapped individ- 
uals. 

EDSP 445 Field Placement: Educationally Handicapped II (2-4) 

Prerequisite: EDSP 442: pre- or corequisite: EDSP 440 and 443. Practicum experience in settings 
serving educationally handicapped. The application of instructional design and assessment in the 
areas of reading, written communication, and cognitive development. Field placement for 2-A half 
days per week. 

EDSP 446 Instructional Design for the Educationally Handicapped: Functional Living Skills (3) 
Pre- or corequisite: EDSP 447 or EDSP 465. Instructional methods, curricula and materials designed 
to teach functional living skills to educationally handicapped individuals at elementary to secondary 
levels. Curricula and teaching strategies in science and social studies used in general education and 
adaptations for educationally handicapped individuals. 
EDSP 447 Field Placement: Educationally Handicapped III (2-4) 

Prerequisite: EDSP 445: pre- or corequisite EDSP 446 and 450. Practicum experience in settings 
serving educationally handicapped individuals. The application of the content of EDSP 446 and 450. 
Field placement for two to four half-days per week. 

EDSP 450 Program Management For the Educationally Handicapped (3) 

Corequisitcs: EDSP 446 and 447, or EDSP 464 and 465. Emphasis on skills in managing programs 
for educationally handicapped individuals. Service delivery models: scheduling; establishing referral, 
assessment and follow through procedures; methods for mainstreaming; training aides and volunte- 
ers. 

EDSP 457 Student Teaching: Educationally Handicapped (4-11) 
Student teaching, full time for eight weeks, with educationally handicapped individuals. 
EDSP 458 Seminar: Special Issues and Research Related to the Educationally Handicapped 
(1-3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Current issues and research concerning the education of educa- 
tionally handicapped individuals. Repeatable to maximum of 6 credits, provided content is differ- 
ent. 

EDSP 460 Career/Vocational Education For the Handicapped (3) 

Corequisite: EDSP 461 or EDSP 411. Introduction to career/vocational education for the handi- 
capped. Historical and current issues and trends, characteristics and training needs of handicapped 
individuals and review of existing programs. 
EDSP 461 Field Placement: Career/Vocational I (2-3) 

Pre- or corequisite: EDSP 460. Visitation and observation of sites relevant to career/vocational edu- 
cation for the handicapped, including various program models such as special center-based, compre- 
hensive school-based, vocational center-based, community-based, and public and private sheltered 
and open employment sites. Enrollment limited to special education majors admitted to 



314 Course Descriptions 



career/vocational area of specialization. Field placement for two or three half-days per week. 
EDSP 462 Career/Vocational Assessment and Instruction For the Mild to Moderately 
Handicapped I (3) 

Prerequisite: EDSP 460. Corequisites: EDSP 463, EDSP 443, and EDCI 456. The first course of a 
two course sequence focusing on assessment, interpretation of assessment results, and planning, de- 
livery and evaluation of instruction in career/vocational education for the handicapped. Vocational 
and prevocational preparation, daily living skills and personal-social development. 
EDSP 463 Field Placement: Career/Vocational II (2-3) 

Prerequisite: EDSP 461 : pre- or corequisite: EDSP 462. Practicum experience in career/ vocational 
programs for the handicapped. Field placement for two or three half-days per week. 
EDSP 464 Career/Vocational Assessment and Instruction for Mild to Moderately Handicapped 
n(3) 

Prerequisite: EDSP 462. Pre-or Corequisite EDSP 465 and EDSP 450, A continuation of EDSP 
462. 

EDSP 465 Field Placement: Career/Vocational III (2-3) 

Prerequisite: EDSP 463: pre- or corequisite: EDSP 450. Practicum experience in career/vocational 
programs for the handicapped. Field placement for two or three half days per week. 
EDSP 467 Student Teaching: Career/Vocational (4-11) 

A full-time eight week field assignment in a setting providing career/vocational education for handi- 
capped students. Enrollment limited to Special Education majors who have successfully completed 
coursework in career/vocational area of specialization. 

EDSP 468 Special Topics Seminar in Career/Vocational Education For the Handicapped ( 1-3) 
Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Current issues and research relating to career/vocational edu- 
cation of the handicapped. Repeatable to maximum of 6 credits, provided content is different. 
EDSP 470 Introduction to Special Education (3) 

Prerequisite: junior standing. Designed to give an understanding of the needs of all types of excep- 
tional children. Stressing preventive and remedial measures. 
EDSP 471 Characteristics of Exceptional Children: Mentally Retarded (3) 

Prerequisite: EDSP 470 or equivalent. Studies the diagnosis etiology, physical, social and emotional 
characteristics of exceptional children. 

EDSP 472 Education of Exceptional Children: Mentally Retarded (3) 

Prerequisite: EDSP 471 or equivalent. Offers practical and specific methods of teaching exceptional 
children. Selected observation of actual teaching may be arranged. 
EDSP 473 Curriculum For Exceptional Children: Mentally Retarded (3) 

Prerequisite: EDSP 471 or equivalent. Examines the principles and objectives guiding curriculum 
for exceptional children; gives experience in developing curriculum: studies various curricula cur- 
rently in use. 

EDSP 475 Education of the Slow Learner (3) 

Studies the characteristics of the slow learner and those educational practices which are appropriate 
for the child who is functioning as a slow learner. 
EDSP 481 Characteristics of Exceptional Children: Gifted (3) 

Prerequisite: EDSP 470 or equivalent. Studies the diagnosis, etiology, physical, social, and emo- 
tional characteristics of exceptional children. 
EDSP 482 Education of Exceptional Children: Gifted (3) 

Prerequisite: EDSP 481 or equivalent. Offers practical and specific methods of teaching exceptional 
children. Selected observation of actual teaching may be arranged. 
EDSP 483 Curriculum For Exceptional Children: Gifted (3) 
Prerequisite: EDSP 481 or equivalent. Examines the principles and objectives guiding current curri- 



EDSP —Education, Special 315 



culum for exceptional children; gives experience in developing curriculum; studies various curricula 
currently in use. 

EDSP 488 Selected Topics in Teacher Education (1-3) 

Prerequisite: major in education or consent of department . May be repeated to a maximum of six 
credits when topic is different. 

EDSP 489 Field Experiences in Special Education (1-4) 

Prerequisite: Consent of department. Planned field experience in education-related activities. Credit 
not to be granted for experiences accrued prior to registration. 
EDSP 491 Characteristics of Learning Disabled Students (3) 

Diagnosis, etiology, physical, social, and emotional characteristics of learning disabled students. 
EDSP 492 Education of Learning Disabled Students (3) 

Prerequisites: EDSP 491 or consent of instructor. Methods of teaching learning disabled children. 
EDSP 493 Curriculum For Exceptional Children: Perceptual Learning Problems (3) 
Prerequisite: EDSP 492 or equivalent. Examines the principles and objectives guiding curriculum 
for exceptional children; gives experience in developing curriculum; studies various curricula cur- 
rently in use. 

EDSP 498 Special Problems in Special Education (1-6) 

Prerequisite: consent of advisor. Available only to education majors who have definite plans for in- 
dividual study of approved problems. Credit according to extent of work. 
EDSP 499 Workshops, Clinics, and Institutes in Special Education (1-6) 

The maximum number of credits that may be earned under this course symbol toward any degree is 
six semester hours; the symbol may be used two or more times until six semester hours have been 
reached the following type of educational enterprise may be scheduled under this course heading; 
workshops conducted by the special education department (or developed cooperatively with other de- 
partments, colleges and universities) and not otherwise covered in the present course listing. 
Laboratories, and special education centers; institutes developed around specific topics or problems 
and intended for designated groups such as school superintendents, principals and supervisors. 
EDSP 600 Exceptional Children and Youth (3) 

Prerequisite: 9 hours in special education and consent of instructor. Deals primarily with research 
relevant to the intellectual, psychological, physical, and emotional charateristics of exceptional chil- 
dren. 

EDSP 601 Characteristics of Behaviorally Disordered Students (3) 

Prerequisite: EDSP 600 or consent of instructor. Characteristics and theoretical perspectives related 
to students with behavioral disorders. 
EDSP 605 The Exceptional Child and Society (3) 

Prerequisite: EDSP 600 or con.sent of instructor. Relationship of the role and adjustment of the 
child with an exceptionality to societal characteristics. 

EDSP 610 Administration and Supervision of Special Education Programs (3) 
Prerequisite: EDSP 600 and consent of instructor. Consideration of the determination, establishment 
and function of educational programs to exceptional children for administrative and supervisory per- 
sonnel. 

EDSP 615 Evaluation and Measurement of Exceptional Children and Youth (3) 
Prerequisites: EDMS 446. 646. and EDSP 600. Deals with the understanding and interpretation of 
the results of psychological and educational tests applicable for use with exceptional children. 
EDSP 620 Educational Diagnosis and Planning For Learning Disabled Students (3) 
Prerequisites: EDSP 491, EDSP 615, or consent of instructor. Identification of learning characteris- 
tics of learning disabled students and planning of educational programs. 



316 Course Descriptions 



EDSP 621 Social and Academic Skill Development for Behaviorally Disordered Students (3) 

Prerequisite: EDSP 600. EDSP 601 or consent of instructor. Strategies to teach social and academic 
skills to behaviorally disordered students. 

EDSP 625 Problems in the Education of the Mentally Retarded (3) 

Prerequisite: EDSP 600 or permission of department. Research and theories relevant to the educa- 
tion of severely handicapped individuals. 
EDSP 630 Problems in the Education of the Gifted (3) 

Prerequisite: 9 hours edsp includint; EDSP 600 or consent of instructor. Consideration of the perti- 
nent psychological, educational, medical, sociological and other relevant research and theoretical 
material relevant to the determination of trends, practices, regarding the gifted. 
EDSP 635 Seminar: Behavioral Disorders (3) 

Prerequisites: EDSP 601. EDSP 621 or consent of instructor. Methodological and theoretical issues 
related to behaviorally disordered students. 
EDSP 640 Seminar: Learning Disabilities (3) 

Prerequisites: EDSP 492. EDSP 600. EDSP 615, or consent of instructor. Research and theoretical 
material relevant to trends and practices regarding the learning disabled. 
EDSP 651 Program Planning and Instruction for Handicapped Children (3) 
Pre- or corequisite: EDSP 430 or equivalent. Program design for serving high risk and handicapped 
infants from birth to three years of age. 
EDSP 678 Seminar in Special Education (3) 
EDSP 788 Selected Topics in Special Education (1-3) 

Current topics and issues in teacher education. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits when 
topic is different. 

EDSP 798 Special Problems in Special Education (1-6) 

Prerequisite: consent of advisor. Intended for Masters. AGS. or doctoral students in education who 
desire to pursue a research problem. 
EDSP 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 
Registration required to the extent of six hours for Master's thesis. 
EDSP 860 Doctoral Research Seminar (3) 

Issues and procedures relevant to conducting and analyzing research in special education. 
EDSP 888 Apprenticeship in Special Education (1-8) 

Prerequisite: Consent of department . Apprentice practice under professional supervision in an area 
of competence compatible with the student's professional goals. Credit not to be granted for experi- 
ence accrued prior to registration. Open only to degree- and certificate- seeking graduate students. 
EDSP 889 Internship in Special Education (3-8) 

Prerequisite: Consent of department. Internship experiences at a professional level of competence in 
a particular role with appropriate supervision. Credit not to be granted for experience accrued prior 
to registration. Open only to students advanced to candidacy for doctoral degree. 
EDSP 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

Registration required to the extent of 6-9 hours for an Ed.D. Project and 12-18 hours for a Ph.D. 
dissertation. 

ENAE — Engineering, Aerospace 

ENAE 401 Aerospace Laboratory II (2) 

Prerequisites: ENAE 305 and ENAE 345. Corequisites: ENAE 452 and ENAE 471. Application of 
fundamental measurement techniques to experiments in aerospace engineering, structural, aero- 
dynamic, and propulsion tests, correlation of theory with experimental results. 



ENAE — Engineering, Aerospace 317 



ENAE 402 Aerospace Laboratory III ( I ) 

Prerequisites: ENAE 305 and ENAE 345. Corequisites: ENAE 452, ENAE 471, and ENAE 475. 
Application of fundamental measurement techniques to experiments in aerospace engineering, struc- 
tural, aerodynamic, flight simulation, and heat transfer tests. Correlation of theory with experimental 
results. 

ENAE 411 Aircraft Design (3) 

Prerequisites: ENAE 345, ENAE 451 . and ENAE 371 . Theory, background and methods of airplane 
design, subsonic and supersonic. 
ENAE 412 Design of Aerospace Vehicles (3) 

Prerequisites: ENAE 345 and ENAE 371 . Theory, background and methods of space vehicle design 
for manned orbiting vehicles, manned lunar and planetary landing systems. 
ENAE 415 Computer-aided Structural Design Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: ENAE 452 or consent of instructor. Introduction to structural design concepts and anal- 
ysis techniques. Introduction to computer software for structural analysis which is utilized to verify 
exact solutions and perform parametric design studies of aerospace structures. Not open to students 
who have earned credit in ENAE 431. 

ENAE 445 Stability and Control of Aerospace Vehicles (3) 

Prerequisite:ENAE 345 and ENAE 371 . Stability, control and miscellaneous topics in dynamics. 
ENAE 451 Flight Structures I: Introduction to Solid Mechanics (4) 

Prerequisite: ENES 220. An introduction to the analysis of aircraft structural members. Introduction 
to theory of of elasticity, mechanical behavior of materials, thermal effects, finite-difference approx- 
imations, virtual work, variational and energy principles for static systems. 
ENAE 452 Flight Structures II: Structural Elements (3) 

Prerequisite: ENAE 451. Application of variational and energy principles to analysis of elastic bo- 
dies; stresses and deflections of beams including effects of non-principal axes, non-homogeneity, 
and thermal gradients: differential equations of beams, bars, and cables. Stresses and deflections of 
torsional members, stresses due to shear. Deflection analysis of structures. 
ENAE 453 Matrix Methods in Computational Mechanics (3) 

Prerequisite: ENAE 452 or consent of instructor. Introduction to the concepts of computational anal- 
ysis of continuous media by use of matrix methods. Foundation for use of finite elements in any 
field of continuum mechanics, with emphasis on the use of the displacement method to solve ther- 
mal and structural problems. 
ENAE 457 Flight Structures III (3) 

Prerequisite: ENAE 452 or equivalent. An advanced undergraduate course dealing with the theory 
and analysis of the structures of flight vehicles. Stresses due to shear, indeterminate structures, plate 
theory, buckling and failure of columns and plates. 
ENAE 461 Flight Propulsion I (3) 

Prerequisites: ENME 216 and ENAE 471 . Operating principles of piston, turbojet, turboprop, ramjet 
and rocket engines, thermodynamic cycle analysis and engine performance, aerothermochemistry of 
combustion, fuels, and propellants. 
ENAE 462 Flight Propulsion II (3) 

Prerequisite: ENAE 461 . Advanced and current topics in flight propulsion. 
ENAE 471 Aerodynamics II (3) 

Prerequisite: ENAE 371 and ENME 216. Elements of compressible flow with applications to aero- 
space engineering problems. 
ENAE 472 Aerodynamics III (3) 
Prerequisite: ENAE 371 . Theory of the flow of an incompressible fluid. 



318 Course Descriptions 



ENAE 473 Aerodynamics of High-Speed Flight (3) 

Prerequisite: ENAE 472 or equivalent. An advanced course dealing with aerodynamic problems of 
flight at supersonic and hypersonic velocities. Unified hypersonic and supersonic small disturbance 
theories, real gas effects, aerodynamic heating and mass transfer with applications to hypersonic 
flight and re-entry. 

ENAE 475 Viscous Flow and Aerodynamic Heating (3) 

Prerequisites: ENAE 371, ENAE 471, and ENME 216. Fundamental aspects of viscous flow, 
Navier-Stokes equations, similarity, boundary layer equations; laminar, transitional and turbulent in- 
compressible flows on airfoils, thermal boundary layers and convective heat transfer; conduction 
through solids, introduction to radiative heat transfer. 
ENAE 488 Topics in Aerospace Engineering ( 1-4) 

Technical elective taken with the permission of the student's advisor and instructor. Lecture and 
conference courses designed to extend the student's understanding of aerospace engineering. 
Current topics are emphasized. 
ENAE 499 Elective Research (1-3) 

May be repeated to a maximum of three credits. Elective for seniors in aerospace engineering with 
permission of the student's advisor and the instructor. Original research projects terminating in a 
written report. 

ENAE 631 Helicopter Aerodynamics I (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Introduction to hovering theory. Hovering and vertical-flight per- 
formance analyses. Factors affecting hovering and vertical-flight performance. Autorotation and ver- 
tical descent. Physical concepts of blade motion and rotor control. Aerodynamics of forward flight 
and performance calculations. Prediction and effects of rotor blade stall. 
ENAE 632 Helicopter Aerodynamics H (3) 

Prerequisite: ENAE 631, ENAE 371 or equivalent, or consent of instructor. Basic inviscid incom- 
pressible aerodynamic theory with application to the calculation of the flowfield and loads for rotary 
wings. 

ENAE 633 Helicopter Dynamics (3) 

Prerequisite: ENAE 631 or consent of instructor. Flap dynamics. Mathematical methods to solve 
rotor dynamics problems. Flap-lag-torsion dynamics and identify structural and inertial coupling 
terms. Overview on rotary wing unsteady aerodynamics. Basic theory of blade aero-elastic stability 
and ground resonance problems. 
ENAE 634 Helicopter Design (3) 

Prerequisite: ENAE 63 J or consent of instructor. Principles and practice of the preliminary design of 
helicopters and similar rotary wing aircrafts. Design trend studies, configuration selection and sizing 
methods, performance and handling qualities analyses, structural concepts, vibration reduction and 
noise. Required independent design project conforming to a standard helicopter request for proposal 
(RFP). 

ENAE 635 Helicopter Stability and Control (3) 

Prerequisite: ENAE 631 or consent of instructor. Advanced dynamics as required to model rotorcraft 
for flight dynamic studies. Development of appropriate models for the helicopter and study of stabil- 
ity, control, requirements for various applications, and handling qualities as determined by mission 
requirements. 

ENAE 640 Flight Mechanics I (3) 

Prerequisites - ENAE 445 or consent of instructor. Studies in the dynamics and control of flight ve- 
hicles. Fundamentals of the dynamics of rigid and non-rigid bodies and their motion under the influ- 
ence of aerodynamic and gravitational forces. 



ENAE — Engineering, Aerospace 319 



ENAE 641 Flight Mechanics II (3) 

Prerequisites - ENAE 640 or consent of instructor. A continuation of ENAE 640. 
ENAE 650 Variational Methods in Structural Mechanics (3) 

Prerequisites: ENAE 452 or equivalent. Review of theory of linear elasticity with introduction to 
cartesian tensors: application of calculus of variations and variational principles of elasticity: 
Castigliano's theorems; applications to aerospace structures. 
ENAE 652 Finite Element Method in Engineering (3) 

Prerequisite: ENAE 453 and ENAE 650, or consent of instructor. Development of finite element 
representation of continua using Galerkin and variational techniques. Derivation of shell elements 
and parametric representation of two and three dimensional elements. Application to aerospace 
structures, fluids and diffusion processes. 

ENAE 653 Nonlinear Finite Element Analysis of Continua (3) 

Prerequisite: ENAE 652. Finite element formulation of nonlinear and time dependent processes. 
Introduction to tensors, nonlinear elasticity, plasticity and creep. Application to nonlinear continua 
including aerospace structures, shells, radiation heat transfer, creep. 
ENAE 654 Composite Structures (3) 

Prerequisite: ENAE 452 or consent of instructor. Stiffness of unidirectional composites, stress and 
strain transformation, inplane and bending stiffness of symmetric laminates, properties of general la- 
minates, strength of composite structures, environmental effect. 
ENAE 655 Structural Dynamics I (3) 

Prerequisites: MATH 246 and ENAE 452 or equivalents: or consent of instructor. Advanced princi- 
ples of dynamics necessary for structural analysis: solutions of eigenvalue problems for discrete and 
continuous elastic systems, solutions to forced respon.se boundary value problems by direct, modal, 
and transform methods. 
ENAE 656 Structural Dynamcis II (3) 

Prerequisite: ENAE 655 or consent of instructor. Topics in aeroelasticity: wing divergence: aileron 
reversal: flexibility effects on aircraft stability derivatives: wing, empennage and aircraft flutter: air- 
craft gust response. 

ENAE 657 Theory of Structural Stability (3) 

Prerequisite: ENAE 451 or equivalent. Static and dynamic stability of structural systems. 
Classification of leading systems: linear and nonlinear post — buckling behavior. Perfect and imper- 
fect system behavior. Buckling and failure of columns and plates. 
ENAE 661 Advanced Propulsion (3) 

Prerequisites: ENAE 461 , ENAE 462. Special problems of thermodynamics and dynamics of aircraft 
power plants: jet, rocket and ramjet engines. Plasma, ion and nuclear propulsion for space vehicles. 
ENAE 662 Advanced Propulsion (3) 

Prerequisites: ENAE46I . 462. Special problems of thermodynamics and dynamics of aircraft power 
plants: jet, rocket and ramjet engines. Plasma, ion and nuclear propulsion for space vehicles. 
ENAE 671 Aerodynamics of Incompressible Fluids (3) 

Prerequisite: MATH 463 or permission of instructor. Fundamental equations in fluid mechanics. 
Irrotational motion. Circulation theory of lift. Thin airfoil theory. Lifting line theory. Wind tunnel 
corrections. Perturbation methods. 
ENAE 672 Aerodynamics of Incompressible Fluids (3) 

Prerequisite: MATH 463 or permission of instructor. Fundamental equations in fluid mechanics. 
Irrotational motion. Circulation theory of lift. Thin airfoil theory. Lifting line theory. Wind tunnel 
corrections. Perturbation methods. 
ENAE 673 Aerodynamics of Compressible Fluids (3) 
Prerequisite: ENAE 472 or permission of instructor. One dimensional flow of a perfect compressible 



320 Course Descriptions 



fluid. Shock waves. Two - dimensional linearized theory of compressible flow. Two - dimensional 
transonic and hypersonic flows. Exact solutions of two dimensional isotropic flow. Linearized theory 
of three - dimensional potential flow. Exact solution of axially symmetrical potential flow. One - 
dimensional flow with friction and heat addition. 
ENAE 674 Aerodynamics of Compressible Fluids (3) 

Prerequisite: ENAE 472 or permission of instructor. One dimensional flow of a perfect compressible 
fluid. Shock waves. Two - dimensional linearized theory of compressible flow. Two - dimensional 
transonic and hypersonic flows. Exact solutions of two dimensional isotropic flow. Linearized theory 
of three - dimensional potential flow. Exact solution of axially symetrical potential flow. One - di- 
mensional flow with friction and heat addition. 
ENAE 675 Aerodynamics of Viscous Fluids (3) 

Derivation of navier stokes equations, some exact solutions: boundary layer equations. Laminar 
flow-similar solutions, compressibility, transformations, analytic approximations, numerical meth- 
ods, stability and transition of turbulent flow. Turbulent flow-isotropic turbulence, boundary layer 
flows, free mixing flows. 

ENAE 676 Aerodynamics of Viscous Fluids (3) 

Derivation of navier stokes equations, some exact solutions: boundary layer equations. Laminar 
flow-similar solutions, compressibility, transformations, analytic approximations, numerical meth- 
ods, stability and transition to turbulent flow. Turbulent flow-istropic turbulence, boundary layer 
flows, free mixing flows. 
ENAE 688 Seminar (1-3) 
ENAE 757 Advanced Structural Dynamics (3) 

Prerequisite: ENAE 655 or equivalent. Fundamentals of probability theory pertinent to random vi- 
brations, including correlation functions, and spectral densities; example random processes; response 
of single degree and multidegree of freedom systems. 
ENAE 788 Selected Topics in Aerospace Engineering (1-3) 
ENAE 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 
ENAE 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

ENAG — Engineering, Agricultural 

ENAG 401 Agricultural Production Equipment (3) 

Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Prerequisite: ENAG 100. Principles of operation and 
functions of power and machinery units as related to tillage; cutting, conveying, and separating 
units; and control mechanisms. Principles of internal combustion engines and power unit compo- 
nents. 

ENAG 402 Agricultural Materials Handling and Environmental Control (3) 
Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Prerequisite: ENAG 100. Characteristics of construction 
materials and details of agricultural structures. Fundamentals of electricity, electrical circuits, and 
electrical controls. Materials handling and environmental requirements of farm products and animals. 
ENAG 414 Mechanics of Food Processing (4) 

Three lectures and one laboratory per week. Prerequisite: PHYS 121. Applications in the processing 
and preservation of foods, of power transmission, hydraulics, electricity, thermodynamics, refrigera- 
tion, instruments and controls, materials handling and time and motion analysis. 
ENAG 421 Power Systems (3) 

Two lectures and one two hour laboratory per week. Prerequisites: ENME 217. ENEE 300 and 
ENME 342 or ENCE 330. Analysis of energy conversion devices including internal combustion en- 
gines, electrical and hydraulic motors. Fundamentals of power transmission and coordination of 
power sources with methods of power transmission. 



ENAG —Engineering, Agricultural 321 



ENAG 422 Soil and Water Engineering (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: ENME 342 or ENCE 330. Applications of engineering and 
soil sciences in erosion control, drainage, irrigation and watershed management. Principles of agri- 
cultural hydrology and design of water control and conveyance systems. 
ENAG 424 Functionai and Environmental Design of Agricultural Structures (3) 
Two lectures and one hour laboratory per week. Prerequisite: ENAG 454. An analytical approach to 
the design and planning of functional and environmental requirements of plants and animals in semi- 
or completely enclosed structures. 
ENAG 432 General Hydrology (3) 

Three lectures per week. Qualitative aspects of basic hydrologic principles pertaining to the proper- 
ties, distribution and circulation of water as related to public interest in water resources. 
ENAG 433 Engineering Hydrology (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisites: MATH 246. ENCE 330 or ENME 342. Properties, distribu- 
tion and circulation of water from the sea and in the atmosphere emphasizing movement overland, in 
channels and through the soil profile. Qualitative and quantitative factors are considered. 
ENAG 435 Aquacultural Engineering (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of department. A study of the engineering aspects of development, utilization 
and conservation of aquatic systems. Emphasis will be on harvesting and processing aquatic animals 
or plants as related to other facets of water resources management. 
ENAG 444 Functional Design of Machinery and Equipment (3) 

Two lectures and one two-hour laboratory per week. Prerequisite: ENES 221 and senior standing. 
Theory and methods of agricultural machine design. Application of machine design principles and 
physical properties of soils and agricultural products in designing machines to perform specific tasks. 
ENAG 454 Bioligical Process Engineering (4) 

Prerequisite: ENME 342 or ENCE 330. Design of systems to pump, heat. cool, dry and control bio- 
logical materials as part of food and agricultural engineering. The effect of physical parameters on 
biological material response to these processes. 
ENAG 488 Topics in Agricultural Engineering Technology (1-3) 

Prerequisite: permission of the instructor. Selected topics in agricultural engineering technology of 
current need and interest. May be repeated to a maximum of six credits if topics are different. Not 
acceptable for credit towards major in agricultural engineering. 
ENAG 489 Special Problems in Agricultural Engineering (1-3) 

Prerequisite: approval of department. Student will select an engineering problem and prepare a tech- 
nical report. The problem may include design, experimentation, and/or data analysis. 
ENAG 499 Special Problems in Agricultural Engineering Technology (1-3) 
Prerequisite: approval of department. Not acceptable for majors in agricultural engineering. 
Problems assigned in proportion to credit. 
ENAG 601 Instrumentation Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: approval of department. Analysis of instrumentation requirements and techniques for 
research and operational agricultural or biological systems. 
ENAG 602 Laboratory Applications of Microcomputers (3) 

Laboratory instrumentation emphasizing microcomputers. Programming in BASIC, with all applica- 
tions directed toward data acquisition and analysis. Program documentation, user-friendliness fea- 
tures, file handling, graphics, A/D conversion, digital filtering, and digital image processing. 
ENAG 612 Similitude in Agricultural Engineering (3) 

Prerequisites: ENCE 350 and either ENME 342 or ENCE 330, or consent of instructor. Application 
and use of dimensional and model analysis for studying mechanical, structural, and fluid systems en- 
countered in agricultural engineering. 



322 Course Descriptions 



ENAG 631 Land and Water Resource Development Engineering (3) 

Prerequisite: ENAG 422 or approval of department. A comprehensive study of engineering aspects 
of orderly development for land and water resources. Emphasis on project formulation, data acquisi- 
tion, project analysis and engineering economy. 
ENAG 642 Engineering Dynamics of Biological Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: AGEN 454 or equivalent. Description of the physical state of a biological system using 
geometry, physical properties and forces. Discussion of important interrelationships, measurement 
techniques and resulting transport processes as applied to biological process engineering. 
ENAG 688 Advanced Topics in Agricultural Engineering (I^) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Advanced topics of current interest in the various areas of agri- 
cultural engineering. Maximum eight credits. 
ENAG 698 Seminar ( 1 ) 
First and second semesters. 

ENAG 699 Special Problems in Agricultural and Aquacultural Engineering (1-6) 
First and second semester and summer school. Work assigned in proportion to amount of credit. 
ENAG 799 Master's Thesis Research (1-6) 
ENAG 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research ( 1-8) 

ENCE — Engineering, Civil 

ENCE 410 Advanced Strength of Materials (3) 

Prerequisites: ENES 220. ENCE 350 and MATH 246. Strength and deformation of deformable bo- 
dies, plane stress and strain. Torsion theory, unsymmetrical bending, curved beams. Behavior of 
beams, columns, slabs, plates and composite members under load. Elastic and inelastic stability. 
ENCE 411 Construction Scheduling and Estimating (4) 
Two lectures and one laboratory per week. 

Use of critical path planning and scheduling with aiTOw and precedence networks; project time con- 
trol; introduction to resource leveling and least cost scheduling. Cost estimating, using cost indices, 
parametric estimates and unit price estimates. 
ENCE 420 Construction Equipment and Methods (3) 

Evaluation and selection of equipment and methods for engineering/constructi on projects, including 
earthmoving, paving, steel and concrete construction, rock excavation, tunneling, site preparation, 
and organization of the site. 

ENCE 421 Construction Engineering and Management (3) 

Overview of the construction industry and the factors that need to be considered to successfully 
manage engineering/ construction projects. Introduction into how resources of money, labor, ma- 
terial and equipment are committed and managed within the construction environment. 
ENCE 430 Hydraulic Engineering and Open Channel Flovf (4) 

Three lectures and one laboratory per week. Prerequisite: ENCE 330. Application of basic principles 
to the solution of engineering problems: ideal fluid flow, mechanics of fluid resistance, open channel 
flow under uniform, gradually varied and rapidly varied conditions, sediment transport, role of mod- 
el studies in analysis and design. 
ENCE 431 Surface Water Hydrology (3) 

Prerequisites: ENCE 330 AND 360. Study of the physical processes of the hydrologic cycle. 
Hydrometeorology, concepts of weather modification, evaporation and transpiration infiltration stu- 
dies, runoff computations, flood routing, reservoir requirements, emphasis on process simulation as 
a tool in the water resource development. 
ENCE 432 Ground Water Hydrology (3) 
Prerequisites: ENCE 330. Concepts related to the development of the ground water resource, hydro- 



ENCE — Engineering, Civil 323 



geology, hydrodynamics of flow through porous media, hydraulics of wells, artificial recharge, sea 
water intrusion, basin- wide ground water development. 
ENCE 433 Environmental Engineering Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: CHEM 113 and ENCE 221. Two lectures and one laboratory per week. The theory 
and analytical techniques used in evaluating man"s environment. Emphasis on quantitative, physical, 
electroanalytical and organic chemistry as applied to chemical analysis of water. 
ENCE 434 Air Pollution (3) 

Classification of atmospheric pollutants and their effects on visibility, inanimate and animate recep- 
tors. Evaluation of source emissions and principles of air pollution control: meteorological factors 
governing the distribution and removal of air pollutants; air quality measurements and air pollution 
control legislation. 

ENCE 435 Sanitary Engineering Analysis and Design (4) 

Three lectures and one laboratory per week. Prerequisite: ENCE 221 and ENCE 330. The applica- 
tion of sanitary analysis and fundamental principles to the design and operation of water and waste 
water treatment plants and the control of stream pollution. 
ENCE 440 Engineering Soil Tests (4) 

Prerequisite: ENCE 340. Two lectures and two laboratory sessions per week. Review of major soil 
tests and their interpretation for engineering purposes. Engineering classification tests (Atterberg li- 
mits, grain-size distribution, specific gravity), permeability and seepage properties, in-situ and lab 
density-moisture tests, soil strength (penetrometers, vane shear, CBR, unconfined compression, 
direct shear and triaxial) and compressibility characteristics. 
ENCE 441 Soil-Foundation Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCE 340. Review of classical lateral earth pressure theories, analysis of braced ex- 
cavation systems, cantilever and anchored sheet piling design, bearing capacity of shallow founda- 
tions (footings and mats) design of deep pile foundations to include pile capacity and pile group ac- 
tion. 

ENCE 442 Higliway and Airfield Pavement Design (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCE 340 Principles relative to the design, construction and rehabilitation of highway 
and airfield pavement systems. Introduction to multi-layered elastic and slab theories, properties of 
pavement materials and methods of characteriaztion, stochastic treatment of design variables, 
economic principles of design alternates and the effect of environment upon pavement performance. 
Review of existing rigid and flexible design methods as well as major fundamentals relative to the 
rehabilitation of existing pavement systems. 
ENCE 450 Design of Steel Structures (3) 

Pre- or corequisite; ENCE 360 and ENCE 351. Analyses for stresses and deflections in structures by 
methods of consistent deformations, virtual work and internal strain energy. Application to design of 
plate girders, indeterminate and continuous trusses, two hinged arches and other structures. Elements 
of plastic analysis and design of steel structures. 
ENCE 451 Design of Concrete Structures (4) 

Prerequisites: ENCE 351 and pre- or corequisite ENCE 360. Three lecture hours and one laboratory 
per week. Design of reinforced concrete structures, including slabs, footings, composite members, 
building frames, and retaining walls. Approximate methods of analysis; code requirements; influence 
of concrete properties on strength and deflection; optimum design. Introduction to prestressed con- 
crete design. 

ENCE 460 Modern Techniques For Structural Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCE 360 and pre- or corequisite: ENCE 351 . Two lecture hours and one laboratory 
per week. Application of computer oriented methods and numerical techniques to analysis and de- 
sign of structural systems. Matrix formulation of the stiffness and flexibility methods for framed 



324 Course Descriptions 



structures. Introduction of numerical techniques to the solution of selected problems in such topics 
as plates, structural stability, and vibrations. 
ENCE 461 Analysis of Civil Engineering Systems I (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of department . Application of the principles of engineering economy and sta- 
tistics to the solution of civil engineering problems. Economic comparison of alternatives using pre- 
sent worth, annual cost, rate of return and cost benefit analyses. Development and use of simple 
and multiple regression models, and statistical decision theory. 
ENCE 463 Engineering Economics and System Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of department . Development and application of the principles of engineering 
economics to problems in civl engineering. Evaluation of design alternatives, depreciation and sensi- 
tivity analysis. Use of systems analysis techniques, including CPM, PERT and decision networks. 
Introduction to microeconomic analysis. 
ENCE 470 Highway Engineering (4) 

Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory per week. Prerequisite: ENCE 340. Location, design, 
construction and maintenance of roads and pavements. Introduction to traffic engineering. 
ENCE 473 Air and Water Transportation Engineering (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCE 370. Detailed study of the planning, design, construction, operations and main- 
tenance of airports and waterways, emphasis on design and operations of transportation facilities. 
ENCE 474 Railroad Mass Transportation Engineering (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCE 370. Detailed study of the planning, design, construction, operations, and main- 
tenance of railroads and mass transportation systems, emphasis on design and operations of transpor- 
tation facilities. 

ENCE 489 Special Problems (3) 

Prerequisite: senior standing. A course arranged to meet the needs of exceptionally well prepared 
students for study in a particular field of civil engineering. 
ENCE 600 Advanced Engineering Materials Laboratory (3) 

Prerequisites: ENES 220. 221 and ENCE 300 or equivalent. Critical examination of the methods for 
testing engineering materials and structures under static, repeated, sustained and impact forces. 
Laboratory experiments for the determination of strength and stiffness of structureal alloys, concrete 
and other construction materials. Critical examination of the effects of test factors on the determina- 
tion of engineering properties. 
ENCE 601 Structural Materials and Design (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCE 410 AND 411 or consent of instructor. Relation of structural analysis, properties 
of materials and laboratory study of the behavior of members to structural design methods, codes 
and specifications. Effects of temperature, loading rates and state of combined stress on behavior of 
construction materials. 

ENCE 603 Theories of Concrete and Granular Materials (3) 

Prerequisites: ENCE 600. or consent of instructor. Critical reviews of analytical and experimental 
investigations of the behavior of concretes under diverse conditions of loading and environment. 
Mechanics of granular aggregates and the chemistry of cements. Theories of the design of Portland 
cement and field experience. 
ENCE 610 Advanced Strength of Materials (3) 

Prerequisites: ENES 220. 221 and ENCE 300. or equivalent. Analysis for stress and deformation in 
engineering members by the methods of mechanics of materials and elementary theories of elasticity 
and plasticity. Problems in flexure, Torison plates and shells, stress concentrations, indeterminate 
combinations, residual stresses, stability. 

ENCE 612 Structures Research Methods and Model Analysis (3) 
Prerequisite: ENCE 450 and ENCE 451 or equivalent instrumentation, data analysis: states of 



ENCE — Engineering, Civil 325 



stress; structural models, structural similitude: analogies: non-destructive testing techniques; 
planning research projects, lab studies and reports. 
ENCE 620 Urban-regional Civil Engineering Planning (3) 

First semester. Prerequisite: degree in civil engineering or consent instructor. Theory and methodo- 
logy for the synthesis of general civil engineering aspects of urban and regional planning. 
Integration of land use conditions and capabilities, population factors and needs, engineering 
economics and engineering technologies. Application to special problems in urban-regional develop- 
ment. Preparation of engineering reports. Presentation methods. 
ENCE 621 Civil Engineering Planning (3) 

Second semester. Prerequisite: ENCE 620 or equivalent. General to comprehensive planning of 
complex engineering facilities such as industrial plants, bridges, utilities and transportation projects. 
Planning based on the synthesis of all applicable factors. Emphasis on general civil engineering 
planning including site, structural and construction planning. Plan evaluation and feasibility. 
ENCE 622 Urban and Regional Systems Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite or corequisite: ENCE 461 or coment of instructor. Current applications and research 
approaches in land-use forecasting, land-use evaluation, urban transportation, land-use interrelation- 
ships, and the planning implementation process in a systems analytic framework. 
ENCE 623 Interpretation of Satellite Imagery For Regional Analysis (3) 

Prerequisites: foundation courses in computer programming and stati sites. The concepts and appro- 
aches used in the computer-aided interpretation of digital format data collected by orbiting electro- 
magnetic scanner systems. Emphasis on the translation of computer compatible tapes from the land- 
sat series of satellites into information required for the analysis of land and water related problems 
on a regional scale. 

ENCE 630 Environmental and Water Resource Systems I (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Application of statistical and systems engineering techniques 
in the analysis of information necessary for the design or characterization of environmental or hydro- 
logic processes: emphasis on the fundamental considerations that control the design of information 
collection programs, data interpretation, and the evolution of simulation models used to support the 
decision-making process. 

ENCE 631 Physical Foundations For Hydrologic Modeling (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCE 431 or permission of instructor. A detailed analysis of the physical processes 
controlling the distribution of runoff from land areas. Infiltration, interception, transpiration, eva- 
poration, and spatially varied flows. Emphasis on developing an understanding of the physics of hy- 
drologic processes and translating this understanding into models that can be used. 
ENCE 632 Free Surface Flow (3) 

Prerequisite ENCE 330 or equivalent. Application of fundamentals of fluid mechanics to problems 
of free surface flow; computation of steady and transient water surface profiles: stratified flows in 
reservoirs and estuaries: diffusion: transition structures; sediment transport. 
ENCE 633 The Chemistry of Natural Waters (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCE 433 or consent of instructor. Application of principles from chemical thermo- 
dynamics and kinetics to the study and interpretation of the chemical characteristics of natural water 
systems. Explanation of the chemical composition of natural waters from a consideration of metal 
ion solubility controls, ph, carbonate equilibria, absorption reactions, redox reactions, and the kinet- 
ics of oxygenation reactions which occur in natural water environments. 
ENCE 634 Air Sampling and Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCE 434 or consent of instructor. Two lectures and one laboratory a week. The the- 
ory and techniques used in the determination and measurement of chemical, radiological, and bio- 
logical pollutants in the atmosphere. Discussion of air sampling equipment, analytical methods and 



326 Course Descriptions 



data evaluation. 

ENCE 635 Design of Water Puriflcation Facilities (3) 

Corequisite: ENCE 636 or equivalent. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Application 
of basic science and engineenng science to design of water supply and purification processes; design 
and economics of unit operations as applied to environmental systems. 
ENCE 636 Unit Operations of Environmental Engineering (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCE 221 or consent of instructor. Properties and quality criteria of drinking water as 
related to health are interpretated by a chemical and biological approach. Legal aspects of water use 
and handling are considered. Theory and application of aeration, sedimentation, filtration, centrifu- 
gation, desalinization, corrosion and corrosion control are among topics to be considered. 
ENCE 637 Biological Principles of Environmental Engineering (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. An examination of biological principles directly affecting man 
and his environment, with particular emphasis on microbiological interactions in environmental engi- 
neering related to air, water and land systems: microbiology and biochemistry of aerobic and 
anaerobic treatment processes for aqueous wastes. 
ENCE 640 Advanced Soil Mechanics (3) 

Prerequisites - ENCE 340 or equivalent. Introduction to the use of elastic theory in stress and di- 
splacement solutions to geotechnical engineering (soil and rock mechanics). The effect of soil mois- 
ture (at rest) relative to effective stress principles, capillary and frost. Exact and numeric techniques 
for the analysis for soil seepage under isotropic and anisotropic conditions. Classical settlement 
(consolidation) and compressiblility theories, including finite difference solution for vertical and ra- 
dial drainage. 

ENCE 641 Advanced Foundations (3) 

Prerquisite - ENCE 340 or equivalent. Introduction to braced lateral earth pressure concepts and the- 
ories applied to foundations. Analysis of braced excavations, retaining walls and design of cantile- 
ver and anchored sheet piling systems. Principles of Cofferdam design; bearing capacity theories re- 
lated to shallow and deep foundations; soil-foundation interactions for footing and mat designs and 
analysis of single pile and pile group foundations. Exact and numeric solution techniques. 
ENCE 642 SoU Dynamics (3) 

Pre- or corequisite: ENCE 640 or consent of instructor. Introduction to field and laboratory methods 
for determining the dynamic characterization of soil at both small and large strain levels. Analysis 
and design of soil foundations subjected to machinery generated vibrations. A critical review of 
earthquake causes and their effect upon foundations and earth structures relative to earthquake resis- 
tant design methodologies. 
ENCE 643 Stability of Earth Structures (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCE 340 or equivalent. Shear strength of saturated and partially saturated cohesive 
and cohesionless soils incorporating the effects of stress history and in-situ stress conditions. 
Fundamentals of lateral earth pressure and classical methods of analysis. Integration of basic tech- 
niques of subsurface exploration methods (equipment, sampling tubes, and number of samples) with 
the above topics to critically analyze stability of earth structures (landslides, slope stability and earth 
dam stability). 

ENCE 644 Engineering Soil Problems of North America (3) 

Prerequisites - ENCE 340 or equivalent. A critcal review of the distnbution of the soils in North 
America with respect to engineering design and construction problems. Design factors such as avail- 
ability of quality aggregate resouces, soil origin and texture, high volume change soils, potentially 
poor subgrade support conditions, and frost-susceptible soils. 
ENCE 645 Embankment Dam Design (3) 
The design procedures involved in embankment dam design, touching on preliminary considerations. 



ENCE — Engineering, Civil 327 



embankment design and construction preparation, with special attention to rock fill dams, small 
dams, and mine waste disposal dams. Dam surveillance, safety and repair. 
ENCE 646 Rock Mechanics (3) 

The composition, structure, and properties of intact rock and discontinuous rock masses and to the 
practical analysis and design techniques for common rock engineering problems. 
ENCE 647 Underground Construction (3) 

Design and construction aspects of soft ground tunnels, rock tunnels and caverns, shafts, and cut- 
and-cover excavations. Design criteria and philosophies, excavation systems, ground stability, sup- 
port systems, support load analysis, and ground movement prediction. Project management, risk, li- 
ability, and contractual problems peculiar to tunneling. 
ENCE 651 Matrix Methods of Structural Analysis (3) 

Review of basic structural and matrix theory. Development of force and displacement methods with 
emphasis on the latter. Discussion of special topics such as geometric non-linearity, automated and 
optimum design non-prismatic members and thin-walled open sections and sub-division of large 
structures. Emphasis on applications to civil engineering structures. 
ENCE 652 Analysis of Plate and Shell Structures (3) 

Prerequisites: ENCE 410 and ENCE 381 or equivalent review of theory of elasticity and in-plane 
forces: theory of orthotropic plates: approximate methods: large deflection theory, buckling: general 
theory of shells, cylindrical shells, domes. 
ENCE 653 Structural Dynamics (3) 

Analysis of the dynamic response of structures and structural components subjected to impact load, 
transient load, and ground excitations; study of single degree-of-freedom and multi degree-of- 
freedom systems in classical closed form solution and approximate numerical solution; solution in 
the frequency domain and the use of finite element method. 
ENCE 655 Plastic Analysis and Design of Structures (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. The study of the factors effecting the plastic behavior of steel 
structures and the criteria necessary for design. The design of beams, rigid frames and multi-story 
braced frames using current specifications. A review of current research and practice. 
ENCE 656 Advanced Steel Design (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCE 450 and ENCE 451 or equivalent interpretation of specifications and codes for 
the design of steel buildings and bridges. Discussion of the behavior of steel connections, members 
and structures: the relationship between behavior and design specifications. 
ENCE 657 Theory of Structural Design (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCE 656. Correlation of theory, experience, and experiments in study of structural 
behavior, proportioning, and preliminary design. Special design problems of fatigue, buckling, vi- 
brations, and impact. 
ENCE 660 Engineering Analysis (3) 

ENCE 661 Finite Element Techniques in Engineering Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: consent of instructor. Basic principles and fundamental concepts of the finite element 
method. Consideration of geometric and material nonlinearities, convergence, mesh gradation and 
computational procedures in analysis. Applications to plane stress and plane strain, plates and shells, 
eigenvalue problems, axi-symmetric stress analysis, and other problems in civil engineering. 
ENCE 662 Construction Project Management (3) 

The techniques needed by a project manager to be successful in the engineering/construction en- 
vironment. Organizations and information needed by the construction manager to make timely deci- 
sions which affect quality, cost, progress and safety issues. 
ENCE 663 Management of Construction Organizations (3) 
Study of establishing authority and responsibility for construction management techniques for moti- 



328 Course Descriptions 



vating construction labor organizations; and traits needed for success in managing construction pro- 
jects. 

ENCE 664 Project Acquisition and Risit Management (3) 

Concepts and current issues surrounding construction project evaluation and financing. The use of 
decision theory in evaluating project feasibility studies. 
ENCE 665 Project Planning and Resource Allocation (3) 

Analytic techniques for planning and controlling the duration of construction project. Networking 
techniques, including treatment of uncertainty, resource allocation and leveling, and time/cost 
tradeoff. 

ENCE 666 Cost Engineering and Control (3) 

Analytic techniques to estimate and control project costs, including site investigation, quantity 
takeoff, work analysis and bid preparation. Systematic cost control as related to job production and 
historical data. 

ENCE 667 Construction Operations and Improvement (3) 

Applications of time-lapse photography, crew balance, process charts, delay surveys, and other tech- 
niques to permit improvement analysis of construction operations. The use of safety, incentive and 
communication programs for productivity improvement. 
ENCE 670 Highway Traffic Characteristics and Measurements (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCE 470 or consent of instructor. The study of the fundamental traits and behavior 
patterns of the road user and his vehicle in traffic. The basic characteristics of the pedestrian, the 
driver, the vehicle, traffic volume and speed, stream flow and intersection operation, parking, and 
accidents. 

ENCE 671 Highway Traffic Operations (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCE 470, ENCE 670 or consent of instructor. A survey of traffic laws and or- 
dinances. The design, application and operation of traffic control devices and aids, including traffic 
signs and signals, pavement markings, and hazard delineation. Capacity, accident, and parking ana- 
lyses. 

ENCE 672 Regional Transportation Planning (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCE 471 or consent of instructor. Factors involved and the components of the pro- 
cess for planning statewide and regional transportation systems, encompassing all modes. 
Transportation planning studies, statewide traffic models, investment models, programming and 
scheduling. 

ENCE 673 Urban Transportation (3) 

The contcmpory methodology of urban transportation planning. The urban transportation planning 
process, interdependence between the urban transportation system and the activity system, urban 
travel demand models, evaluation of urban transportation alternatives and their implementation. 
ENCE 674 Urban Transit Planning and Rail Transportation Engineering (3) 
Prerequisite: ENCE 471 or con.sent of instructor. Basic engineering components of conventional and 
high speed railroads and of air cushion and other high speed new technology. The study of urban 
rail and bus transit. The characteristics of the vehicle, the supporting way. and the terminal require- 
ments will be evaluated with respect to system performance, capacity, cost, and level of service. 
ENCE 675 Airport Planning and Design (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCE 471 or consent of instructor. The planning and design of airports including site 
selection, runway configuration, geometric and structural design of the landing area, and terminal fa- 
cilities. Methods of financing airports, estimates of aeronautical demand, air traffic control, and air- 
port lighting are also studied. 
ENCE 676 Highway Traffic Flow Theory (3) 
Prerequisite: ENCE 461. ENCE 462 or consent of the instructor. An examination of physical and 



ENCE — Engineering, Civil 329 



statistical laws that are used to represent traffic flow phenomena. Deterministic models including 
heat flow, fluid flow, and energy-momentum analogies, car following models, and acceleration 
noise. Stochastic approaches using independent and Markov processes. Queuing models, and prob- 
ability distributions. 

ENCE 677 Quantitative Metiiods in Transportation Engineering (3) 

Applications of operations research and management science models to the planning, design and op- 
erations of various types of transportation systems. Equilibrium traffic assignment, network design, 
fleet assignment, fleet routing, crew scheduling, simulation, and queueing theory. 
ENCE 681 Freight Transportation Analysis (3) 

Application of operations research and system analysis methods to freight transportation systems. 
Cost and output analysis, terminal location, freight transportation demand models, freight transporta- 
tion network equilibrium models and analytic models for analyzing the operations of rail, motor car- 
rier, water carrier and air cargo systems. 
ENCE 688 Advanced Topics in Civil Engineering (1-3) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Advanced topics selected by the faculty from the current li- 
terature of civil engineering to suit the needs and background of students. May be taken for repeated 
credit when identified by topic title. 
ENCE 689 Seminar (1-16) 

ENCE 730 Environmental and Water Resource Systems II (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCE 630 or permission of instructor. Advanced topics in operational research. 
Applications to complex environmental and water resource systems. The use of systems simulation 
and probabalistic modeling. 

ENCE 731 Advanced Ground Water Hydrology (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCE 432 or equivalent. Theory and application of unsteady flow in porous media. 
Analysis of one and two dimensional unsteady flow. Solutions of non-linear equation of unsteady 
flow with a free surface. Development and use of approximate numerical and graphical methods in 
the study of ground water movement. 
ENCE 732 Advanced Hydrologic Analysis (3) 

Prerequisite: permission of instructor. A critical examination of advanced data analysis and model- 
ing techniques used in hydrology; stochastic-deterministic interfaces; trade-offs among lumped, 
linked system and spatially distributed models; sensitivity analysis in performance evaluation; model 
formulation; calibration and verification concepts. 
ENCE 733 Applied Water Chemistry (4) 

Prerequisite: ENCE 633 or consent of instructor. Three lectures, one lab a week. A study of the 
chemistry of both municipal and industrial water treatment processes. Among the topics to be con- 
sidered are water softening, stabilization, chemical destabilization of colloidal materials, ion ex- 
change, disinfection, chemical oxidation and oxygenation reactions. 
ENCE 734 Aerosol Science and Technology (3) 

Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: ENCE 430 or equivalent. Physical properties of air-borne par- 
ticles. Theories of: particle motion under the action of external forces; coagulation; brownian motion 
and diffusion. Application of aerosols in atmospheric sciences and industrial processes. 
ENCE 735 Design of Municipal and Industrial Wastes Treatment Facilities (3) 
Corcquisite: ENCE 736 or equivalent. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Application 
of basic science and engineering science to design of municipal and industrial waste treatment pro- 
cesses; design and economics of unit operations as applied to environmental systems. 
ENCE 736 Theory of Aqueous and Solid Waste Treatment and Disposal (3) 
Prerequisites: ENCE 221 and fundamentals of microbiology, or consent of instructor. Theory and 
basic principles of treating and handling waste products; hydraulics of sewers; biological oxidation; 



330 Course Descriptions 



principles and design criteria of biological and physical treatment processes; disposal of waste 
sludges and solids. 
ENCE 737 Industrial Wastes (3) 

Corequisite: ENCE 736 or equivalent. A study of the characterisitcs of liquid wastes from major in- 
dustries, and the processes producing the wastes. The theory and methods of eliminating or treating 
the wastes, and their effects upon municipal sewage-treatment plants, and receiving waters. 
ENCE 738 Selected Topics in Porous Media Flow (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCE 731. Analysis of two-liquid flows for immiscible fluids, simultaneous flow of 
two immiscible fluids and miscible fluids. Hydrodynamic dispersion theories, parameters of disper- 
sion and solutions of some dispersion problems with emphasis on migration of pollutants. A maxi- 
mum of six hours may be earned in this course. 
ENCE 741 Aircraft Remote Sensing in Civil Engineering (3) 

Prerequisite - ENCE 340 or equivalent or consent of instructor. Theoretical and practical aspects of 
the use of remote sensing in engineering. Emphasis on the interpretation of aerial photography and 
infrared, radar, multispectral and other sensor data. The planning of aerial and field remote sensing 
missions and the applications of these sensors to engineering programs including regional invento- 
ries, route locations, environmental surveys and site investigations. Computer analysis of remote 
sensing data is considered. 
ENCE 742 Site Investigation (3) 

Prerequisite - ENCE 340 or equivalent or consent of instructor. A study of various techniques for 
evaluating the physical environment and performing exploration programs for engineering facilities. 
Methods for using various techniques available for engineering site investigations, including interpre- 
tation of topographic, geological and agricultural soil maps; and the use of geophysical and subsur- 
face exploration systems. 
ENCE 745 Advanced Pavement Design (3) 

Fundamentals of recent mechanistic structural design approaches of flexible and rigid systems for 
highway and airfield pavements. The principles of probabilistic (reliability) design approaches, 
dynamic material characterization, theoretical stress solutions (multilayer and slab analysis) and fun- 
damental distress criterion of material fatigue and deformability, integrated into a total structural de- 
sign system framework. 

ENCE 746 Pavement Management Systems (3) 

The overall framework necessary to develop a Pavement Management System (PMS) at the project 
and network level. Major emphasis on the data collection, maintenance and rehabilitation phases of 
the systems concept. Pavement condition, performance, safety and structural evaluation 
Maintenance and rehabilitation methodologies needed to develop life cycle costing of various alter- 
native strategies. 

ENCE 750 Analysis and Design of Structural Systems (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCE 450 and ENCE 451 or equivalent review of classical determinate and indeter- 
minate analysis techniques: numerical technique: multistory buildings; space structures: suspension 
bridges and cables structures: arches: long span bridges. 
ENCE 751 Advanced Problems in Structural Behavior (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCE 750 or equivalent. Elastic and inelastic behavior of structural members and 
frames; problems in torsion, stability and bending; open and closed thin-walled sections; curved 
girders. 

ENCE 753 Reinforced Concrete Structures (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCE 450 AND 451 or equivalent the behavior and strength of reinforced concrete 
members under combined loadings, including the effects of creep, shrinkage and temperature. 
Mechanisms of shear resistance and design procedures for bond, shear and diagonal tension. 



ENCE — Engineering, Civil 331 



Elastic and ultimate strength analysis and design of slabs. Columns in multistory frames. 

Applications to reinforced concrete strulures. 

ENCE 754 Prestressed Concrete Structures (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCE 450 AND 451 or equivalent. Fundamental concepts of prestressed concrete. 

Analysis and design of flexural members including composite and continuous beams with emphasis 

on load balancing technique. Ultimate strength design for shear. Design of post tensioned flat slabs. 

Various applications of prestressing including tension members, compression members, circular pres- 

tressing, frames and folded plates. 

ENCE 799 Master's Thesis Research ( 1-6) 

ENCE 899 Doctoral Dissertation Research (1-8) 

ENCH — Engineering, Chemical 

ENCH 425 Transport Processes II: Heat Transfer (3) 

Prerequisite: MATH 246. Pre- or corequisite: ENCH 280. Steady and unsteady state conduction, 
convective heat transfer, radiation, design of condensers, heat exchangers, evaporators, and other 
types Oi heat transfer equipment. 

ENCH 427 Transport Processes III: Mass Transfer (3) 

Prerequisite: ENCH 425. Steady and unsteady state molecular diffusion, inter-phase transfer, simul- 
taneous heat and mass transfer, boundary layer theory, mass transfer and chemical reaction. Design 
applications in humidification, gas absorption, distillation, extraction, adsorption and ion exchange. 
ENCH 437 Chemical Engineering Laboratory (3) 

Prerequisites: ENCH 427. ENCH 440. ENCH 442. Application of chemical engineering process and 
unit operation principles in small scale semi-commercial equipment. Data from experimental obser- 
vations are used to evaluate performance and efficiency of operations. Emphasis on correct presen- 
tation of results in report form. 
ENCH 440 Chemical Engineering Kinetics (3) 

Prerequisites: ENCH 300, ENCH 425. CHEM 481. Fundamental of chemical reaction kinetics and 
their application to the design and operation o